Bộ đề thi thử Tiếng Anh năm 2019 - Giáo viên Dương Thị Hương (Megabook) gồm 38 đề có lời giải chi tiết
https://app.box.com/s/5c8mkl2ywq8sh9lplkaakezppezl1j8f
https://app.box.com/s/5c8mkl2ywq8sh9lplkaakezppezl1j8f
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
B Ộ Đ Ề T H I T H Ử T H P T Q G<br />
T I Ế N G A N H<br />
vectorstock.com/25026454<br />
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú<br />
Tuyển tập<br />
<strong>Bộ</strong> <strong>đề</strong> <strong>thi</strong> <strong>thử</strong> <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong> <strong>năm</strong> <strong>2019</strong> - <strong>Giáo</strong><br />
<strong>viên</strong> <strong>Dương</strong> <strong>Thị</strong> <strong>Hương</strong> (<strong>Megabook</strong>) <strong>gồm</strong><br />
<strong>38</strong> <strong>đề</strong> <strong>có</strong> <strong>lời</strong> <strong>giải</strong> <strong>chi</strong> <strong>tiết</strong><br />
PDF VERSION | <strong>2019</strong> EDITION<br />
GIÁ CHUYỂN GIAO : $86<br />
Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo<br />
Phát triển kênh bởi<br />
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú<br />
Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / <strong>chi</strong>a sẻ học thuật :<br />
Nguyen Thanh Tu Group<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Hỗ trợ 24/7<br />
Fb www.facebook.com/HoaHocQuyNhon<br />
Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
1<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A.B.C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose inderlined part differs<br />
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. challenge B. a<strong>chi</strong>evement C. chance D. scholarship<br />
Question 2: A. passage B. luggage C. age D. damage<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. comfortable B. powerful C. opinion D. accurate<br />
Question 4: A. completion B. understand C. material D. behavior<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Sally has just won a full scholarship to one of the most prestigious universities in the world;<br />
she must be on cloud nine now.<br />
A. extremely panicked B. obviously delighted<br />
C. incredibly optimistic D. desperately sad<br />
Question 6: Her physical condition was not an impediment to her career as a singer. She has won a lot of<br />
prizes.<br />
A. advantage B. obstacle C. barrier D. disadvantage<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: The new cartoon film catches the fancy of the <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
A. satisfies B. amuses C. attracts D. surprises<br />
Question 8: The kidnapper gave himself up to the police.<br />
A. confided himself B. surrendered<br />
C. accommodated himself D. went up<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Kelly: “It’s was very kind of you to give me a lift home”.<br />
- Mark: “_________ ”<br />
A. As a matter of fact, you’re pretty nice.<br />
B. Oh, don’t do that. I was coming past your house any way.<br />
C. I’m not pleased.<br />
D. Oh, don’t mention it. I was coming past your house any way.<br />
Question 10: Two students are talking about the school curriculum.<br />
- Hoa: “Swimming should be taught in the school.” - Nam: “ _________ .It is an essential life skill.”<br />
( PC WEB )
A. Oh, that’s a problem B. I can’t agree with you more<br />
C. Not at all D. You can make it<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Many parents tend to push their <strong>chi</strong>ldren because they believe that good education will<br />
enable them to _________ in the future.<br />
A. turn up B. get on C. get out D. turn down<br />
Question 12: It gets _________ when the winter is coming.<br />
A. cold and cold B. cold and colder C. more and more cold D. colder and colder<br />
Question 13: The organization underwent _________ reforms.<br />
A. far-rea<strong>chi</strong>ng B. far-gone C. far-off D. far-flung<br />
Question 14: The Beauty Contest is _________start at 8:00 a.m our time next Monday.<br />
A. due to B. bound to C. about to D. on the point of<br />
Question 15: If people paid more attention to the environment, the Earth _________ greener.<br />
A. would be B. will be C. would have been D. had been<br />
Question 16: Nobody comes there, _________ ?<br />
A. does he B. doesn’t he C. do they D. don’t they<br />
Question 17: The teacher likes her essay because it’s very ....................................... .<br />
A. imagination B. imaginable C. imaginative D. imaginary<br />
Question 18: I have lived in <strong>thi</strong>s city for so long, so I’ve grown ............................to the noise of vehicles.<br />
A. accustomed B. unconscious C. familiar D. aware<br />
st<br />
Question 19: All applicants must .......................a full CV with their job application before October 1 .<br />
A. permit B. omit C. submit D. admit<br />
Question 20: That book is about the people in Samoa ........................................ for two years.<br />
A. that she lived B. that she lived among them<br />
C. among whom she lived D. where she lived among them<br />
Question 21: When the first <strong>chi</strong>ld was bom, they .................................... married for three years.<br />
A. have been married B. had been married<br />
C. will been married D. will have been married<br />
Question 22: This girl doesn’t reveal much about herself, and is .............................fascinating for it.<br />
A. as B. the same C. all the more D. the more<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
The Microscope<br />
One of the most important inventions in the development of science and medicine was the microscope.<br />
It was (23) ........... the principle that light could be “refracted” or bent, by a glass lens. It was soon<br />
discovered that tiny objects could be magnified (24) ........... size when viewed through a glass lens that<br />
had been ground and polished in a specific (25) ........... Although the principle was known to the Chinese<br />
as early as 1000 A.D, it was not until the 13th and 14th centuries in Europe (26) ........... it was put to<br />
practical use in the form of eyeglasses.<br />
Trang 2/19<br />
( PC WEB )
In Europe the first microscope was invented by brothers Zacharias and Hans Janssen, two Dutch<br />
eyeglass-makers, around 1590. They built a “compound” microscope, so called because of its two lenses.<br />
The most significant development and use of the microscope during <strong>thi</strong>s period, however, belongs to<br />
another Dutch optician, Antonie van Leeuwenhoek. Bom in Delft, Holland, he became skilled at (27)<br />
........... very sharp and accurate magnifying lenses.<br />
Question 23: A. based upon B. based by C. based in D. based at<br />
Question 24: A. by B. on C. in D. with<br />
Question 25: A. procedure B. manner C. fashion D. character<br />
Question 26: A. when B. than C.then D. that<br />
Question 27: A. granting B. grinding C. scraping D.rubbing<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Carnegie Hall, which is a famous concert hall in New York City, has again undergone a restoration.<br />
While <strong>thi</strong>s is not the first, it is certainly the most extensive in the building’s history. As a result of <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
new restoration, Carnegie Hall once again has the quality of sound that it had when it was first built.<br />
Carnegie Hall owes its existence to Andrew Carnegie, the wealthy owner of a steel company in the late<br />
1800s. The hall was finished in 1891 and quickly gained a reputation as an excellent performing arts hall<br />
where accomplished musicians gained fame. Despite its reputation, the concert hall suffered from several<br />
detrimental renovations over the years. During the Great Depression, when fewer people could afford to<br />
attend performances, the directors sold part of the building to commercial businesses. As a result, a coffee<br />
shop was opened in one comer of the building, for which the builders replaced the brick and terra cotta<br />
walls with windowpanes. A renovation in 1946 seriously damaged the acoustical quality of the hall when<br />
the makers of the film Carnegie Hall cut a gaping hole in the dome of the ceiling to allow for lights and<br />
air vents. The hole was later covered with short curtains and a fake ceiling, but the hall never sounded the<br />
same afterwards.<br />
In 1960, the violinist Isaac Stem became involved in restoring the hall after a group of real estate<br />
developers unveiled plans to demolish Carnegie Hall and build a high-rise office building on the site.<br />
This threat spurred Stem to rally public support for Carnegie Hall and encourage the City of New York to<br />
buy the property. The movement was successful, and the concert hall is now owned by the city. In the<br />
current restoration, builders tested each new material for its sound qualities, and they replaced the hole in<br />
the ceiling with a dome. The builders also restored the outer walls to their original appearance and closed<br />
the coffee shop. Carnegie has never sounded better, and its prospects for the future have never looked<br />
more promising.<br />
Question 28: What is <strong>thi</strong>s passage mainly about?<br />
A. Changes to Carnegie Hall<br />
B. The appearance of Carnegie Hall<br />
C. Carnegie Hall’s history during the Great Depression<br />
D. Damage to the ceiling in Carnegie Hall<br />
Question 29: In the second paragraph, what is the meaning of the word “detrimental”?<br />
A. Dangerous B. Significant C. Extreme D. Harmful<br />
Trang 3/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 30: What major change happened to the hall in 1946?<br />
A. The acoustic dome was damaged.<br />
B. Space in the building was sold to commercial businesses.<br />
C. The walls were damaged in an earthquake.<br />
D. The stage was renovated.<br />
Question 31: Who was Andrew Carnegie?<br />
A. A violinist B. An ar<strong>chi</strong>tect<br />
C. A steel mill owner D. The mayor of New York City<br />
Question 32: What was Isaac Stem’s relationship to Carnegie Hall?<br />
A. He made the movie “Carnegie Hall” in 1946.<br />
B. He performed on opening night in 1891.<br />
C. He tried to save the hall, beginning in 1960.<br />
D. He opened a coffee shop in Carnegie Hall during the Depression.<br />
Question 33: What was probably the most important aspect of the recent renovation?<br />
A. Restoring the outer wall B. Expanding the lobby<br />
C. Restoring the plaster trim D. Repairing the ceiling<br />
Question 34: Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “unveiled” in the last paragraph?<br />
A. Announced B. Restricted C. Overshadowed D. Located<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Happiness and sadness are experienced by people in all cultures around the world, but how can we tell<br />
when other people are happy or despondent? It turns out that the expression of many emotions may be<br />
universal. Smiling is apparently a universal sign of friendliness and approval. Baring the teeth in a hostile<br />
way, as noted by Charles Darwin in the nineteenth century, may be a universal sign of anger. As the<br />
originator of the theory of evolution, Darwin believed that the universal recognition of facial expressions<br />
would have survival value. For example, facial expressions could signal the approach of enemies (or<br />
friends) in the absence of language.<br />
Most investigators concur that certain facial expressions suggest the same emotions in all people.<br />
Moreover, people in diverse cultures recognize the emotions manifested by the facial expressions. In<br />
classic research Paul Ekman took photographs of people exhibiting the emotions of anger, disgust, fear,<br />
happiness, and sadness. He then asked people around the world to indicate what emotions were being<br />
depicted in them. Those queried ranged from European college students to members of the Fore, a tribe<br />
that dwells in the New Guinea highlands. All groups, including the Fore, who had almost no contact with<br />
Western culture, agreed on the portrayed emotions. The Fore also displayed familiar facial expressions<br />
when asked how they would respond if they were the characters in stories that called for basic emotional<br />
responses. Ekman and his colleagues more recently obtained similar results in a study of ten cultures in<br />
which participants were permitted to report that multiple emotions were shown by facial expressions. The<br />
participants generally agreed on which two emotions were being shown and which emotion was more<br />
intense.<br />
Psychological researchers generally recognize that facial expressions reflect emotional states. In fact,<br />
various emotional states give rise to certain patterns of electrical activity in the facial muscles and in the<br />
brain. The facial-feedback hypothesis argues, however, that the causal relationship between emotions and<br />
Trang 4/19<br />
( PC WEB )
facial expressions can also work in the opposite direction. According to <strong>thi</strong>s hypothesis, signals from the<br />
facial muscles (“feedback) are sent back to emotion centers of the brain, and so a person’s facial<br />
expression can influence that person’s emotional state. Consider Darwin’s words: “The free expression by<br />
outward signs of an emotion intensifies it. On the other hand, the repression, as far as possible, of all<br />
outward signs softens our emotions.” Can smiling give rise to feelings of good will, for example, and<br />
frowning to anger?<br />
Psychological research has given rise to some interesting findings concerning the facial-feedback<br />
hypothesis. Causing participants in experiments to smile, for example, leads them to report more positive<br />
feelings and to rate cartoons (humorous drawings of people or situations) as being more humorous. When<br />
they are caused to frown, they rate cartoons as being more aggressive.<br />
What are the possible links between facial expressions and emotion? One link is arousal, which is the<br />
level of activity or preparedness for activity in an organism. Intense contraction of facial muscles, such as<br />
those used in signifying fear, heightens arousal. Self-perception of heightened arousal then leads to<br />
heightened emotional activity. Other links may involve changes in brain temperature and the release of<br />
neurotransmitters (substances that transmit nerve impulses.) The contraction of facial muscles both<br />
influences the internal emotional state and reflects it. Ekman has found that the so-called Duchenne smile,<br />
which is characterized by “crow’s feet” wrinkles around the eyes and a subtle drop in the eye cover fold<br />
so that the skin above the eye moves down slightly toward the eyeball, can lead to pleasant feelings.<br />
Ekman’s observation may be relevant to the British expression “keep a stiff upper lip” as a<br />
recommendation for handling stress. It might be that a “stiff” lip suppresses emotional response - as long<br />
as the lip is not quivering with fear or tension. But when the emotion that leads to stiffening the lip is<br />
more intense, and involves strong muscle tension, facial feedback may heighten emotional response.<br />
Question 35. The word “despondent” in the passage is closest in meaning to .............................<br />
A. Curious B. Unhappy C. Thoughtful D. Uncertain<br />
Question 36. The author mentions “Baring the teeth in a hostile way” in order to ..........................<br />
A. Differentiate one possible meaning of a particular facial expression from other meanings of its<br />
B. Support Darwin’s theory of evolution<br />
C. Provide an example of a facial expression whose meaning is widely understood<br />
D. Contrast a facial expression that is easily understood with other facial expressions<br />
Question 37. The word “them” in the passage refers to .............................<br />
A. Emotions B. People C. Photographs D. Cultures<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. According to paragraph 2, which of the following was TRUE about the Fore people of New<br />
Guinea?<br />
A. They did not want to be shown photographs.<br />
B. They were famous for their story-telling skills.<br />
C. They knew very little about Western culture.<br />
D. They did not encourage the expression of emotions.<br />
Question 39. According to the passage, what did Darwin believe would happen to human emotions that<br />
were not expressed?<br />
A. They would become less intense. B. They would last longer than usual.<br />
C. They would cause problems later. D. They would become more negative<br />
Trang 5/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 40. According to the passage, research involving which of the following supported the facialfeedback<br />
hypothesis?<br />
A. The reactions of people in experiments to cartoons<br />
B. The tendency of people in experiments to cooperate<br />
C. The release of neurotransmitters by people during experiments<br />
D. The long-term effects of repressing emotions<br />
Question 41. The word “rate” in the passage is closest in meaning to ........................ .<br />
A. Judge B. Reject C. Draw D. Want<br />
Question 42. According to the passage, stiffening the upper lip may have which of the following effects?<br />
A. It first suppresses stress, then intensifies it.<br />
B. It may cause fear and tension in those who see it.<br />
C. It can damage the lip muscles.<br />
D. It may either heighten or reduce emotional response.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: French is the only language other than English spoken on five continents.<br />
A. French and English are the only languages that are spoken on five continents.<br />
B. Unlike French, English is spoken on five continents.<br />
C. French and English are spoken widely in official and commercial circles.<br />
D. Before English, French was the only language spoken on five continents.<br />
Question 44: “Don’t forget to submit your assignments by Friday,” said the teacher to the students.<br />
A. The teacher reminded the students to submit their assignments by Friday.<br />
B. The teacher allowed the students to submit their assignments by Friday.<br />
C. The teacher ordered the students to submit their assignments by Friday.<br />
D. The teacher encouraged the students to submit their assignments by Friday.<br />
Question 45: He didn’t eat any<strong>thi</strong>ng but small pieces of bread and butter.<br />
A. He ate small pieces of bread and butter but didn’t like them.<br />
B. He only ate some small pieces of bread and butter.<br />
C. He didn’t eat any<strong>thi</strong>ng, not even the bread and butter.<br />
D. He didn’t touch the bread and butter, but he ate other <strong>thi</strong>ngs.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: We have conducted (A) exhausting research (B)into the effects of smartphones on<br />
students’ (C) behaviour and their (D) academic performance.<br />
Question 47: (A) On the table (B) is (C) hundreds of books written (D) in English.<br />
Question 48: Tim works (A) as a doctor and he (B) earns (C) twice (D) as much than his brother.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: He helped us a lot with the project. We couldn’t continue without him.<br />
A. Provided his contribution wouldn’t come, we couldn’t continue with the project.<br />
Trang 6/19<br />
( PC WEB )
B. But for his contribution, we could have continued with the project.<br />
C. Unless we had his contribution, we could continue with the project.<br />
D. If he hadn’t contributed positively, we couldn’t have continued with the project.<br />
Question 50: The storm was so great. Many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city.<br />
A. Although the storm was not great, many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city.<br />
B. So great was the storm that many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city.<br />
C. Many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city in spite of the great storm.<br />
D. It was so a great storm that many families had to be evacuated to safer parts of the city.<br />
Trang 7/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A.B.C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose inderlined part differs<br />
from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question1 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- challenge / ˈtʃælɪndʒ / (n, v): thách thức<br />
E.g: I <strong>thi</strong>nk it will be a great challenge for me because <strong>thi</strong>s job is very difficult.<br />
- a<strong>chi</strong>evement / əˈtʃiːvmənt/(n): thành tích, thành quả<br />
E.g: It was a remarkable a<strong>chi</strong>evement for such a young boy.<br />
- chance / tʃɑːns/(n): cơ hội<br />
E.g: If I have a chance to go abroad, I will go to France.<br />
- scholarship / ˈskɒləʃɪp/(n): học bổng<br />
E.g: He won a scholarship to study at Harvard University.<br />
Question 2 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- passage /ˈpæsɪdʒ/ (n): bài đọc, đoạn văn<br />
E.g: You should read the passage carefully.<br />
- luggage /ˈlʌɡɪdʒ/ (n): hành lý<br />
E.g: We bought sonic new luggage for our trip.<br />
- age /eɪdʒ/ (n): tuổi<br />
E.g: She left home at the age of 17.<br />
- damage /ˈdæmɪdʒ/ (n, v): <strong>thi</strong>ệt hại, gây <strong>thi</strong>ệt hại<br />
E.g: The storm caused serious damage to the house.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/ (adj): thoải mái<br />
E.g: I feel comfortable when living here.<br />
- powerful /ˈpaʊəfl/ (adj): <strong>có</strong> quyền lực lớn, hùng mạnh<br />
E.g: She’s the most powerful person in the company.<br />
- opinion /əˈpɪnjən/ (n): ý kiến<br />
E.g: What’s your opinion about/ on <strong>thi</strong>s matter?<br />
- accurate /ˈækjərət/ (adj): chính xác, đúng đắn<br />
E.g: The above information is accurate.<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- completion /kəmˈpliːʃn/ (n): sự hoàn thành<br />
E.g: He is the person who supervised the completion of the building.<br />
- understand /ˌʌndəˈstænd/ (v): hiểu<br />
E.g: She didn’t understand what I said.<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
Trang 8/19<br />
( PC WEB )
- material /məˈtɪəriəl/ (n): vật liệu, chất liệu, tài liệu<br />
E.g: I need some writing materials.<br />
- behavior /bɪˈheɪvjə/ (n): hành vi, cách cư xử<br />
E.g: Her behavior towards me is becoming aggressive.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- on cloud nine ~ extremely happy: cực kì sung sướng/ hạnh phúc, lên đến chín tầng mây<br />
A. extremely panicked: cực kì hoảng sợ<br />
B. obviously delighted: rất vui sướng<br />
C. incredibly optimistic: cực kì lạc quan<br />
D. desperately sad: cực kì buồn, rất buồn<br />
Do đó: on cloud nine<br />
<br />
desperately sad<br />
Dịch: Sally vừa mới nhận được học bổng toàn phần đến một trong những trường đại học danh tiếng nhất<br />
trên thế giới, bây giờ chắc là cô ấy rất vui sướng.<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- impediment /ɪmˈpedɪmənt/ (n) ~ obstacle /ˈɒbstəkl/ (n): chứng ngại, sự trở ngại<br />
- advantage /ədˈvɑːntɪdʒ/ (n): thuận lợi<br />
- barrier /ˈbæriə(r)/ (n); rào cản<br />
- disadvantage /ˌdɪsədˈvɑːntɪdʒ/ (n): bất lợi<br />
Do đó: impediment<br />
<br />
advantage<br />
Dịch: Tình trạng sức khỏe không phải là rào cản ảnh hưởng đến sự nghiệp ca hát của cô ấy. Cô ấy đã đạt<br />
được nhiều <strong>giải</strong> thưởng.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- catch/ take the fancy of.../ one’s fancy ~ attract/ please someone: thu hút, làm ai thích thú<br />
- satisfy (v): làm hài lòng<br />
- amuse (v): làm buồn cười, <strong>giải</strong> trí<br />
- attract (v): thu hút, hấp dẫn<br />
- surprise (v): làm ngạc nhiên<br />
Do đó: catch the fancy of ~ attract<br />
Dịch: <strong>Bộ</strong> phim hoạt hình mới thu hút bọn trẻ.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- give yourself up to sb ~ suưender to sb: đầu hàng ai<br />
- confide yourself: giãi bày tâm sự<br />
- accommodate yourself: làm cho mình thích nghi<br />
- go up: tăng lên<br />
Dịch: Kẻ bắt <strong>có</strong>c đã đầu hàng cảnh sát.<br />
Trang 9/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Kelly: “Bạn thật tốt khi cho mình đi nhờ xe về nhà.” => <strong>lời</strong> cảm ơn<br />
A. Thực sự thì bạn khá tốt.<br />
B. Ô, đừng làm điều đó. Mình đi ngang qua nhà bạn.<br />
C. Mình không hài lòng.<br />
D. Ô, không <strong>có</strong> gì đâu. Mình tiện đường đi ngang qua nhà bạn luôn.<br />
+ give sb a lift: cho ai đi nhờ xe + as a matter of fact ~ actually: thực tế thì, thực sự<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Hoa: Môn bơi lội nên được dạy trong nhà trường.<br />
Nam: ... Đó là một kĩ năng sống cần <strong>thi</strong>ết<br />
A. Ồ, đó là một vấn <strong>đề</strong>.<br />
B. Tớ hoàn toàn đồng ý với cậu. (~ I totally agree with you.)<br />
C. Không <strong>có</strong> gì (dùng để đáp lại <strong>lời</strong> cảm ơn)<br />
D. Cậu <strong>có</strong> thể làm nó.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- turn up (ph.v) ~ arrive: đến<br />
E.g: We arranged to meet in front of the cinema yesterday, but he didn’t turn up. (Hôm qua chúng tôi<br />
định gặp nhau trước rạp <strong>chi</strong>ếu phim, nhưng anh ấy đã không đến.)<br />
- get on (ph.v) ~ be successful: thành công<br />
E.g: I hope he will get on. (Tôi hi vọng anh ấy sẽ thành công.)<br />
- get out (ph.v): thoát ra, để lộ ra ngoài (tin tức, ...)<br />
E.g: If <strong>thi</strong>s gets out, we will get into trouble. (Nếu điều này lộ ra ngoài thì chúng ta sẽ gặp rắc rối.)<br />
- turn down (ph.v) ~ refuse: từ chối<br />
E.g: She turned down my invitation. (Cô ấy đã từ chối <strong>lời</strong> mời của tôi.)<br />
Dịch: Nhiều bố mẹ <strong>có</strong> khuynh hướng bắt ép các con của mình chăm học vì họ tin rằng học giỏi sẽ giúp<br />
chúng thành công trong tương lai.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- get/ become + adj (trở nên như thế nào ..,)<br />
- Cấu trúc: short adj - er + and + short adj - er/ more and more + long adj (so sánh kép với tính từ: ngày<br />
càng)<br />
E.g: He studies harder and harder. (<strong>Anh</strong> ta học ngày càng chăm chỉ hơn.)<br />
Life in the city is becoming more and more difficult. (Cuộc sống ở thành phố ngày càng trở nên khó khăn<br />
hơn.)<br />
Dịch: Trời ngày càng lạnh hơn khi mùa đông đang đến.<br />
Trang 10/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Double comparison (So sánh kép)<br />
+ Cùng tính từ /trạng từ<br />
Note 1<br />
Short adj/ adv: S + V + adj/adv + er + and + adj/adv +<br />
erLong adj/ adv: S + V + more and more + adj/adv<br />
E.g: It gets darker and darker. (Trời càng ngày càng tối.)<br />
+ Khác tính từ/ trạng từ<br />
The + comparative (hình thức so sánh hơn) + S + V + the comparative + S + V<br />
E.g: - The hotter it is, the more uncomfortable I feel. (Trời càng nóng thì tôi càng cảm thấy khó chịu<br />
hơn.)<br />
- The more you study, the better you will be. (Bạn càng chăm học thì bạn sẽ càng giỏi hơn.)<br />
- The more English words we know the better we speak. (Chúng ta biết càng nhiều từ tiếng <strong>Anh</strong> thì chúng<br />
ta nói tiếng <strong>Anh</strong> càng tốt.)<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- far-rea<strong>chi</strong>ng (adj): Có ảnh hưởng sâu rộng, tác động lớn<br />
E.g: I <strong>thi</strong>nk that <strong>thi</strong>s decision will have far-rea<strong>chi</strong>ng consequences. (Tôi nghĩ rằng quyết định này sẽ dẫn<br />
đến nhiều hậu quả lớn.)<br />
- far-gone (adj): ốm rất nặng, say mềm<br />
E.g: Last night, my husband was so far-gone that he couldn’t walk. (Tối qua chồng tôi say đến nỗi không<br />
thể đi được.)<br />
- far-off (adj): xa xôi, xa xưa<br />
E.g: They want to live in a far-off country. (Họ muốn sống ở một đất nước xa xôi.)<br />
- far-flung (adj): xa, trải rộng bao la<br />
E.g: She wants to travel to the most far-flung regions of the world. (Cô ấy muốn đi du lịch đến những<br />
vùng xa nhất trên thế giới.)<br />
Dịch: Tổ chức đã trải qua những cuộc cải cách lớn.<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- be due to V: mong đợi xảy ra (nói về 1 sự kiện/ sự việc mong đợi xảy ra tại thời điểm cụ thể nào đó<br />
trong tương lai (<strong>có</strong> kèm thời gian))<br />
- due to + V-ing/N ~ because of: bởi vì<br />
E.g: The match was cancelled due to the heavy snow.<br />
- be bound to + V ~ certain or extremely likely to happen: chắc chắn xảy ra<br />
E.g: It’s bound to be rainy again tomorrow.<br />
- be about to + V ~ to be going to do some<strong>thi</strong>ng very soon: sắp sửa làm gì đó<br />
E.g: They are about to leave here.<br />
- be on the point of + V-ing ~ to be going to do some<strong>thi</strong>ng very soon: sắp sửa làm gì đó<br />
E.g: When they were on the point of giving up hope, a man arrived and helped them.<br />
Dịch: Cuộc <strong>thi</strong> hoa hậu chắc chắn sẽ bắt đầu lúc 8 giờ 30 sáng thứ 2 tuần sau theo giờ của chúng ta.<br />
Trang 11/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Note 2<br />
Một số cụm từ diễn tâ nghĩa tưong tự như to be about to infinitive<br />
- be about to + bare Verb: sắp làm gì đó<br />
- be on the verge of/ on the brink of/ on the point of + Ving/ N: <strong>đề</strong>u diễn tả một điều gì đó, hành động<br />
nào đó sắp xảy ra (Tuy nhiên, cụm từ "on the point of" mang phong văn trang trọng hơn cả)<br />
E.g: - People are on the verge of starvation as the drought continues. (Mọi người sắp chết đói khi hạn hán<br />
tiếp tục.)<br />
- She is on the point of bursting into tears. (Cô ta sắp bật khóc.)<br />
- be due to + infinitive: nói về 1 sự kiện/ sự việc mong đợi xảy ra tại thời điểm cụ thể nào đó trong tương<br />
lai (<strong>có</strong> kèm thời gian)<br />
E.g: The train is due to leave at 5 a.m.<br />
+ due to + N (do, vì): còn dùng để đưa ra lý do cho điều gì đó<br />
E.g: Due to illness, Mary is unable to perform tonight. (Vì bị ốm nên Mary không thể biểu diễn tối nay<br />
được.)<br />
- be set to + infinitive: nói về những thứ sắp xảy ra theo dự kiến<br />
E.g: Prices are set to rise once more.<br />
- be bound/sure/certain to + infinitive: khẳng định điều gì đó chắc chắn sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai<br />
E.g: The president is certain to resign. (Chủ tịch chắc chắn sẽ từ chức.)<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> if: If people paid a little more attention to the environment-if + S + V2/ed ... câu điều kiện<br />
loại 2<br />
Cấu trúc: If + S + V2/ed ..., S + would + V(bare-inf) ... (câu điều kiện loại 2)<br />
Câu điều kiện loại 2 diễn tả sự việc trái với thực tế hiện tại.<br />
Dịch: Nếu con người quan tâm đến môi trường hơn thì trái đất sẽ xanh hơn.<br />
Các loại câu điều kiện cơ bản:<br />
- Câu điều kiện loại 1<br />
Note 3<br />
Đây là loại câu điều kiện <strong>có</strong> thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai<br />
If clause<br />
If + S + V (present tense)...<br />
Main clause<br />
S+ will /can/may + V (bare-inf)<br />
E.g: If the weather is nice, we will go swimming.<br />
- Câu điều kiện loại 2<br />
Đây là loại câu điều kiện trái với thực tế ở hiện tại<br />
If clause<br />
Main Clause<br />
If + S + V-ed/V2,… S + would/could + V (bare-inf)<br />
Trang 12/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Tobe: were/weren’t<br />
E.g: If I were you, I would follow her advice<br />
- Câu điều kiện loại 3<br />
Đây là câu điều kiện trái với thực tế trong quá khứ<br />
If clause<br />
Main Clause<br />
If +S +had + V pp<br />
S+ would/could + have +V pp<br />
E.g: If I had stuied the lessons, I could have answerd the question yesterday.<br />
Câu 16 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Chủ ngữ là “nobody” mang nghĩa phủ định nên phía sau ta dùng câu hỏi đuôi ở dạng khẳng định và dùng<br />
đại từ “they” để thay thế.<br />
Dịch: Không ai đến đó phải không?<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- imagination /ɪˌmædʒɪˈneɪʃn/ (n): sự tưởng tượng, trí tưởng tượng<br />
E.g: My daughter has a very vivid imagination. (Con gái tôi <strong>có</strong> một trí tưởng tượng rất phong phú.)<br />
- imaginable /ɪˈmædʒɪnəbl/ ~ possible to <strong>thi</strong>nk of/ imagine (adj): <strong>có</strong> thể tưởng tượng, hình dung được<br />
E.g: What they went through is hardly imaginable. (Những gì họ đã trải qua thì khó mà hình dung được.)<br />
- imaginative /ɪˈmædʒɪnətɪv/ ~ inventive, creative (adj): sáng tạo, giàu trí tưởng tượng, <strong>có</strong> nhiều ý tưởng<br />
mới mẻ<br />
E.g: You should be more imaginative if you want to win <strong>thi</strong>s contest. (Bạn nên sáng tạo hơn nếu bạn<br />
muốn thắng cuộc <strong>thi</strong> này.)<br />
- imaginary (adj): tưởng tượng, ảo, không <strong>có</strong> thật<br />
E.g: The story is completely imaginary. (Câu chuyện hoàn toàn không <strong>có</strong> thật.)<br />
Dịch: <strong>Giáo</strong> <strong>viên</strong> thích bài văn của cô ấy vì nó rất sáng tạo.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- accustomed to sth: quen với cái gì<br />
E.g: I had grown accustomed to his long absences in my life. (Tôi đã dần quen với việc không <strong>có</strong> anh ấy<br />
trong cuộc đời mình.)<br />
- unconscious of sth: mất nhận thức, không ý thức được về điều gì<br />
E.g: She was unconscious of the danger. (Cô ấy đã không ý thức được nguy hiểm.)<br />
- familiar with sth: quen với cái gì<br />
E.g: I am familliar with traffic in <strong>thi</strong>s city<br />
- aware of sth: <strong>có</strong> ý thức, nhận thức về điều gì<br />
E.g: They were well aware of the problem. (Họ nhận thức rất rõ về vấn <strong>đề</strong>.)<br />
Dịch: Tôi đã sống ở thành phố này quá lâu nên tôi đã quen với tiếng ồn của các phương tiện giao thông.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- permit /pəˈmɪt/(v): Cho phép<br />
E.g: Mobile phones are not permitted in the class. (Không được phép sử dụng điện thoại di động trong<br />
lớp học.)<br />
- omit (v): bỏ đi, bỏ quên<br />
Trang 13/19<br />
( PC WEB )
E.g: You can omit these questions. (Bạn <strong>có</strong> thể bỏ đi những câu hỏi này.)<br />
- submit /səbˈmɪt/ (v): nộp<br />
E.g: You have to submit your application before next Monday. (Bạn phải nộp đơn trước thứ 2 tuần sau.)<br />
- admit /ədˈmɪt/ (v): thừa nhận<br />
E.g: She admitted making a serious mistake. (Cô ấy thừa nhận đã phạm lỗi nghiêm trọng.)<br />
Dịch: Tất cả các ứng <strong>viên</strong> phải nộp 1 bản CV đầy đủ cùng với đơn xin việc trước ngày 1 tháng 10.<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án C<br />
That book is about the people in Samoa. She lived among them for two years, (them = the people in<br />
Samoa) That book is about the people in Samoa whom she lived among for two years, (“whom” thay<br />
thế cho “them”) That book is about the people in Samoa among whom she lived for two years. (chuyển<br />
giới từ lên trước đại từ quan hệ)<br />
A. That she lived (<strong>thi</strong>ếu giới từ “among”)<br />
B. That she lived among them (“that” thay thế cho “them” nên “them” được lược bỏ)<br />
D. Where she lived among them (sai đại từ quan hệ và thừa “them”)<br />
Dịch: Cuốn sách đó viết về người dân ở Samoa mà bà ấy đã sống cùng khoảng 2 <strong>năm</strong>.<br />
Note 4<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ (Relative clauses) là mệnh <strong>đề</strong> phụ dùng để <strong>giải</strong> thích rõ hơn về danh từ đứng trước nó.<br />
Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ đứng ngay sau danh từ mà nó bổ nghĩa.<br />
E.g: The girl is Nam’s girlfriend. She is sitting next to me.<br />
=> The girl who is sitting next to me is Nam’s girlfriend.<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ thường được nối với mệnh <strong>đề</strong> chính bằng các đại từ quan hệ (relative pronouns): who,<br />
whom, which, whose, that hoặc các trạng từ quan hệ (relative adverbs): where, when, why<br />
+ Who: được dùng làm chủ ngữ trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người.<br />
-E.g: My close friend who sings very well is your brother.<br />
+ Which: được dùng làm chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vật<br />
E.g: Do you see the book which is on the table?<br />
+ Whom: được dùng làm tân ngữ trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ, thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người<br />
E.g: The man whom I met yesterday is Hoa’s brother.<br />
+ Whose: được dùng để chỉ sở hữu cho danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật đứng trước. Sau whose là danh từ mà<br />
nó làm sở hữu.<br />
E.g: Do you know the girl whose mother is a famous artist?<br />
+ That: được dùng để thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người hoặc vật “That” dùng để thay cho “who, whom,<br />
which” trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ xác định<br />
E.g: I don’t like houses which/ that are very old.<br />
Các trường hợp nên dùng “that”<br />
- Khi nó đi sau các hình thức so sánh nhất<br />
E.g: It is the most boring book that I have read.<br />
- Khi nó đi sau các từ: only, the first,..the last<br />
E.g: He is the first man that I have loved.<br />
- Khi danh từ phía trước chỉ người và vật<br />
Trang 14/19<br />
( PC WEB )
E.g: He is talking about the people and places that he visited.<br />
- Khi nó đi sau các đại từ bất định: nobody, no one, no<strong>thi</strong>ng, any<strong>thi</strong>ng, any one, anybody, any, some,<br />
someone, somebody, all.<br />
E.g: These books are all that my grandmother left me.<br />
+ Where: là trạng từ quan hệ để thay thế cho các từ/cụm từ chỉ địa điểm, nơi chốn.<br />
E.g: This is my hometown. I was bom and grew up here.<br />
=> This is my hometown where I was bom and grew up.<br />
+ When: là trạng từ quan hệ để thay thế cho cụm từ/từ chỉ thời gian.<br />
E.g: That was the day. I met my wife on <strong>thi</strong>s day.<br />
=> That was the day when I met my wife.<br />
+ Why: là trạng từ quan hộ chỉ lý do, thường thay cho cụm for the reason; for that reason... N (reason)<br />
+ WHY + S + V...<br />
E.g: I don’t know the reason. You didn’t go to school for that reason.<br />
=> I don’t know the reason why you didn’t go to school.<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc thì quá khứ hoàn thành: S + had + V pp + ....<br />
Thì quá khứ hoàn thành diễn tả hành động xảy ra và hoàn tất trước một hành động khác trong quá khứ<br />
Dịch: Lúc đứa con đầu tiên của họ được sinh ra thì họ đã kết hôn được 3 <strong>năm</strong> rồi.<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Cấu trúc: - as: như (dùng trong so sánh bằng)<br />
- the same + N: cùng, giống ... (dùng trong so sánh bằng)<br />
- the more + adj/ adv: càng ... (dùng trong so sánh kép)<br />
- all the more + adj ~ even more ... (than before): càng/ thậm chí còn .. .hơn (so với trước)<br />
Dịch: Cô gái này không <strong>tiết</strong> lộ nhiều về bản thân mình và điều này càng làm cho cô ấy trở nên quyến rũ<br />
hơn.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- be based on/ upon: được dựa vào, căn cứ vào<br />
E.g: The film is based on a real-life story. (<strong>Bộ</strong> phim được dựa theo một câu chuyện đời thực.)<br />
" One of the most important inventions in the development of science and medicine was the microscope.<br />
It was based upon the principle that light could be “refracted” or bent, by a glass lens. (Một trong những<br />
phát minh quan trọng nhất trong sự phát triển của khoa học và y học là kính hiển vi. Nó hoạt động dựa<br />
theo nguyên tắc khúc xạ ánh sáng qua thấu kính thủy tinh.)<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- in size (phrase): về kích thước, độ lớn<br />
“It was soon discovered that tiny objects could be magnified in size when viewed through a glass lens...”<br />
(Người ta đã sớm khám phá ra rằng những vật thể nhỏ <strong>có</strong> thể được phóng to về kích thước khi được quan<br />
sát qua một thấu kính thủy tinh...)<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Trang 15/19<br />
( PC WEB )
- procedure (n): phương pháp, cách thức, thủ tục<br />
- manner (n): cách, kiểu<br />
+ in + a/ an + adj + manner: the way in which some<strong>thi</strong>ng is done or happens: theo cách ...<br />
- fashion (n): kiểu cách, thời trang<br />
+ in fashion: đúng mốt, hợp thời trang<br />
- character (n): tính cách<br />
“It was soon discovered that tiny objects could be magnified in size when viewed through a glass lens that<br />
had been ground and polished in a specific manner. (Người ta đã sớm khám phá ra rằng những vật thể<br />
nhỏ <strong>có</strong> thể được phóng to về kích thước khi được quan sát qua một thấu kính thủy tinh được mài và đánh<br />
bóng theo cách riêng.)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Cấu trúc: - It was not until + S + V2/ed ... + that + ... (Mãi cho đến khi... thì...)<br />
E.g: It was not until midnight that I went home. (Mãi cho đến nửa đêm thì tôi mới về nhà.)<br />
"... it was not until the 13th and 14th centuries in Europe that it was put to practical use in the form of<br />
eyeglasses” (nhưng mãi cho đến thế kỉ 13 và 14 thì ở châu Âu nó mới được đưa vào sử dụng thực tiễn<br />
dưới hình thức kính mắt)<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- grant (v): cho, cấp<br />
- grind (v): mài, giũa<br />
- scrape (v): nạo, cạo, gọt, gạt<br />
- rub (v): cọ xát<br />
“Bom in Delft, Holland, he became skilled at grinding very sharp and accurate magnifying lenses”<br />
(Sinh ra ở Delft, Hà Lan nên ông rất giỏi trong việc mài các loại kính lúp rất sắc và chính xác.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Bài đọc này chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?<br />
A. Những sự thay đổi của Carnegie Hall<br />
B. Sự xuất hiện của Carnegie Hall<br />
C. Lịch sử của Carnegie Hall suốt thời kì Đại suy thoái<br />
D. Thiệt hại cho trần nhà ở Carnegie Hall<br />
Từ câu đầu tiên của bài đọc: “Carnegie Hall, which is a famous concert hall in New York City, has again<br />
undergone a restoration” (Carnegie Hall, một phòng hòa nhạc nổi tiếng ở thành phố New York lại trải qua<br />
một sự phục hồi.) đến những đoạn tiếp theo tác giả nói về việc Carnegie Hall được sửa chữa phục hồi như<br />
thế nào.<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- dangerous (adj): nguy hiểm<br />
- significant (adj): đầy ý nghĩa, đáng chú ý<br />
- detrimental ~ harmful (adj): <strong>có</strong> hại<br />
- extreme (adj): vô cùng, cực độ<br />
Trang 16/19<br />
( PC WEB )
“Despite its reputation, the concert hall suffered from several detrimental renovations over the years”<br />
(Mặc dù <strong>có</strong> danh tiếng nhưng phòng hòa nhạc đã chịu một số sự phục hồi <strong>có</strong> hại trong những <strong>năm</strong> qua.)<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Sự thay đổi lớn xảy ra với hội trường vào <strong>năm</strong> 1946?<br />
A. Mái vòm âm thanh bị hư hỏng<br />
B. Không gian trong tòa nhà được bán cho các doanh nghiệp thương mại<br />
C. Những bức tường bị hư hại trong một trận động đất.<br />
D. Sân khấu được cải tạo<br />
Dẫn chứng: A renovation in 1946 seriously damaged the acoustical quality of the hall when the makers<br />
of the film Carnegie Hall cut a gaping hole in the dome of the ceiling to allow for lights and air vents.<br />
(Một sự đổi mới vào <strong>năm</strong> 1946 đã gây <strong>thi</strong>ệt hại nghiêm trọng đến chất lượng âm thanh của căn phòng khi<br />
các nhà sản xuất phim Carnegie Hall cắt một lỗ trong mái vòm trần nhà để <strong>có</strong> ánh sáng và lỗ thông hơi.)<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Andrew Carnegie là ai?<br />
A. một nghệ sĩ vĩ cầm<br />
B. một kiến trúc sư<br />
C. một ông chủ nhà máy thép<br />
D. thị trưởng thành phố New York<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Carnegie Hall owes its existence to Andrew Carnegie, the wealthy owner of a steel<br />
company in the late 1800s” (Carnegie Hall <strong>có</strong> được sự tồn tại là nhờ vào Andrew Carnegie, ông chủ giàu<br />
<strong>có</strong> của một công ty thép vào cuối thập niên 1800.)<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Mối quan hệ của Isaac Stem với Carnegie Hall là gì?<br />
A. Ông đã sản xuất bộ phim “Carnegie Hall” vào <strong>năm</strong> 1946.<br />
B. Ông đã biểu diễn vào đêm khai mạc vào <strong>năm</strong> 1891.<br />
C. Ông đã cố gắng để cứu hội trường, bắt đầu vào <strong>năm</strong> I960.<br />
D. Ông đã mở một quán cà phê ở Carnegie Hall suốt thời kì suy thoái.<br />
Dẫn chứng: In 1960, the violinist Isaac Stem became involved in restoring the hall after a group of real<br />
estate developers unveiled plans to demolish Carnegie Hall and build a high-rise office building on the<br />
site. (Vào <strong>năm</strong> 1960, nghệ sĩ vĩ cầm Isaac Stem đã tham gia vào việc khôi phục lại hội trường sau khi một<br />
nhóm nhà phát triển bất động sản công bố kế hoạch phá hủy Carnegie Hall và xây dựng một tòa nhà văn<br />
phòng cao tầng trên trang web.)<br />
Question 33 chọn đáp án D<br />
Điều gì <strong>có</strong> thể là khía cạnh quan trọng nhất của sự đổi mới gần đây?<br />
A. phục hồi lại bức tường bên ngoài<br />
B. mở rộng hành lang<br />
C. phục hồi lại thạch cao trang trí<br />
D. sửa chữa trần nhà<br />
Dẫn chứng: In the current restoration, builders tested each new material for its sound qualities, and they<br />
replaced the hole in the ceiling with a dome. (Trong quá trình phục hồi hiện thời thì các nhà xây dựng đã<br />
Trang 17/19<br />
( PC WEB )
<strong>thử</strong> nghiệm mỗi loại vật liệu mới cho chất lượng âm thanh, và họ đã thay thế cái lỗ trên trần nhà bằng một<br />
mái vòm.)<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- announce (v): tuyên bố, công bố<br />
- restrict (v): hạn chế, giới hạn<br />
- overshadow (v): che bóng, che mắt, làm lu mờ, làm đen tối<br />
- locate (v): đặt, xác định đúng vị trí<br />
In 1960, the violinist Isaac Stem hecame involved in restoring the hall after a group of real estate<br />
developers unveiled plans to demolish Carnegie Hall and build a high-rise office building on the site.<br />
This threat spurred Stem to rally public support for Carnegie Hall and encourage the City of New York to<br />
buy the property. (Vào <strong>năm</strong> 1960, nghệ sĩ vĩ cầm Isaac Stem đã tham gia vào việc khôi phục lại hội<br />
trường sau khi một nhóm nhà phát triển bất động sản công bố kế hoạch phá hủy Carnegie Hall và xây<br />
dựng một tòa nhà văn phòng cao tầng trên trang web. Mối đe dọa này đã thúc đẩy Stem tập hợp được sự<br />
ủng hộ của quần chúng cho Carnegie Hall và khuyến khích thành phố New York mua tài sản.)<br />
Do đó: unveiled ~ announced<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- curious (adj): tò mò<br />
- unhappy (adj): buồn, bất hạnh<br />
- thoughtful (adj): trầm tư<br />
- uncertain (adj): không chắc chắn<br />
“Happiness and sadness are experienced by people in all cultures around the world, but how can we tell<br />
when other people are happy or despondent?” (Con người từ khắp mọi nền văn hóa trên thế giới <strong>đề</strong>u trải<br />
qua niềm vui và nỗi buồn, nhưng làm thế nào chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể biết được khi nào người khác vui hay<br />
buồn?)<br />
Do đó: despondent ~ sad, unhappy<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tác giả <strong>đề</strong> cập “Baring the teeth in a hostile way - nhe răng một cách thù địch” để ....................<br />
A. phân biệt một ý nghĩa <strong>có</strong> thể của một biểu hiện khuôn mặt đặc biệt với những ý nghĩa khác của nó<br />
B. ủng hộ thuyết tiến hóa của Darwin<br />
C. cung cấp ví dụ về biểu hiện khuôn mặt mà hầu hết mọi người <strong>đề</strong>u hiểu<br />
D. đối <strong>chi</strong>ếu một biểu hiện khuôn mặt mà mọi người dễ hiểu với những biểu hiện khuôn mặt khác<br />
Dẫn chứng: It turns out that the expression of many emotions may be universal. Smiling is apparently a<br />
universal sign of friendliness and approval. Baring the teeth in a hostile way, as noted by Charles Darwin<br />
in the nineteenth century, may be a universal sign of anger. (Hóa ra biểu hiện của nhiều cảm xúc <strong>có</strong> thể<br />
phổ quát. Mỉm cười <strong>có</strong> vẻ là một dấu hiệu chung cho sự thân <strong>thi</strong>ện và sự đồng tình. Nhe răng một cách<br />
thù địch, như Darwin đã ghi nhận vào thế kỉ 19, <strong>có</strong> thể là một dấu hiệu chung cho sự tức giận.)<br />
=> “Smiling, baring the teeth” là các ví dụ minh chứng cho việc biểu hiện trên khuôn mặt chung với tất<br />
cả mọi người.<br />
Question 37 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Trang 18/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Từ “them” trong bài đọc <strong>đề</strong> cập đến .<br />
A. những cảm xúc B. con người C. những bức ảnh D. các nền văn hóa<br />
Dẫn chứng: “In classic research Paul Ekman look photographs of people exhibiting the emotions of<br />
anger, disgust, fear, happiness, and sadness. He then asked people around the world to indicate what<br />
emotions were being depicted in them,” (Trong nghiên cứu kinh điển, Paul Ekman đã chụp những bức<br />
ảnh về con người biểu lộ sự tức giận, sợ hãi, hạnh phúc và buồn bã. Sau đó, ông ấy yêu cầu mọi người<br />
khắp thế giới chỉ ra những cảm xúc gì đang được miêu tả trong các bức ảnh.)<br />
Do đó: them = photographs<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
Theo đoạn 2, điều nào sau đây ĐÚNG về bộ tộc Fore ở New Guinea?<br />
A. Họ không muốn trưng bày những bức ảnh.<br />
B. Họ nổi tiếng với kĩ năng kể chuyện.<br />
C. Họ biết rất ít về văn hóa Phương Tây.<br />
D. Họ không khuyến khích biểu hiện cảm xúc.<br />
Dẫn chứng: “All groups, including the Fore, who had almost no contact with Western culture, agreed on<br />
the portrayed emotions.” (Tất cả các nhóm, bao <strong>gồm</strong> cả tộc Fore mà gần như không tiếp xúc với văn hóa<br />
Phương Tây, <strong>đề</strong>u đồng tình về những cảm xúc được miêu tả.)<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Theo bài đọc, Darwin tin điều gì sẽ xảy ra với những cảm xúc con người mà không được biểu lộ?<br />
A. Chúng sẽ giảm bớt cường độ hơn<br />
B. Chúng sẽ kéo dài hơn bình thường<br />
C. Chúng sẽ gây ra những vấn <strong>đề</strong> về sau<br />
D. Chúng sẽ trở nên tiêu cực hơn<br />
Dẫn chứng: “The free expression by outward signs of an emotion intensifies it. On the other hand, the<br />
repression, as far as possible, of all outward signs softens our emotions.” (Tự do biểu lộ cảm xúc ra các<br />
dấu hiệu bên ngoài làm cho cường độ cảm xúc mạnh lên. Mặt khác, sự kìm nén cảm xúc ra bên ngoài<br />
càng lớn sẽ làm giảm bớt cường độ cảm xúc của chúng ta.)<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Theo bài đọc, nghiên cứu liên quan đến điều nào sau đây ủng hộ giả thuyết phản ứng bằng cơ mặt?<br />
A. Những phản ứng của con người trong thí nghiệm đối với phim hoạt hình<br />
B. Xu hướng của con người trong thí nghiệm cộng tác với nhau<br />
C. Sự <strong>giải</strong> phóng các chất dẫn truyền thần kinh của con người suốt thí nghiệm<br />
D. Những ảnh hưởng lâu dài của việc kìm nén cảm xúc<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Psychological research has given rise to some interesting findings concerning the facialfeedback<br />
hypothesis. Causing participants in experiments to smile, for example, leads them to report more<br />
positive feelings and to rate cartoons as being more humorous.” (Nghiên cứu tâm lý đã mang lại một số<br />
phát hiện thú vị liên quan đến giả thuyết phản ứng bằng cơ mặt. Chẳng hạn như, việc khiến những người<br />
tham gia thí nghiệm mỉm cười khiến cho họ <strong>có</strong> cảm xúc tích cực hơn và đánh giá phim hoạt hình hài hước<br />
hơn.)<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- judge (v): đánh giá<br />
Trang 19/19<br />
( PC WEB )
- reject (v): từ chối<br />
- draw (v): vẽ<br />
- want (v): muốn<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Causing participants in experiments to smile, for example, leads them to report more<br />
positive feelings and to rate cartoons as being more humorous.” (Chẳng hạn như, việc khiến những người<br />
tham gia thí nghiệm mỉm cười khiến cho họ <strong>có</strong> cảm xúc tích cực hơn và đánh giá phim hoạt hình hài hước<br />
hơn.)<br />
Do đó: rate<br />
judge<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Theo bài đọc, mím chặt môi trên cơ thể <strong>có</strong> những ảnh hưởng nào sau đây?<br />
A. ban đầu ngăn chặn căng thẳng, sau đó làm gia tăng căng thẳng<br />
B. gây ra nỗi sợ hãi và căng thẳng cho những người nhìn thấy nó<br />
C. làm hại đến các cơ môi<br />
D. làm tăng hoặc giảm phản ứng cảm xúc.<br />
Dẫn chứng: Ekman’s observation may be relevant to the British expression “keep a stiff upper lip” as a<br />
recommendation for handling stress. It might be that a “stiff” lip suppresses emotional response -- as long<br />
as the lip is not quivering with fear or tension. But when the emotion that leads to stiffening the lip is<br />
more intense, and involves strong muscle tension, facial feedback may heighten emotional response.<br />
(Quan sát của Ekman <strong>có</strong> thể liên quan đến thành ngữ của người <strong>Anh</strong> “giữ cho môi trên không run rẩy”<br />
như là một <strong>lời</strong> khuyên để xử lý căng thẳng. Nó <strong>có</strong> thể là một môi “cứng” ngăn chặn phản ứng cảm xúc -<br />
miễn là môi không run lên vì sợ hãi hay căng thẳng. Nhưng khi cảm xúc dẫn đến việc mím chặt môi<br />
mạnh hơn và liên quan đến việc căng cơ mạnh, thì phản ứng trên cơ mặt <strong>có</strong> thể làm tăng phản ứng cảm<br />
xúc.)<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: <strong>Tiếng</strong> Pháp là ngôn ngữ duy nhất ngoại trừ <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong> được nói ở 5 châu lục.<br />
Cấu trúc: - other than: ngoại trừ<br />
E.g: I don’t know any French people other than you,<br />
A. <strong>Tiếng</strong> Pháp và <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong> là những ngôn ngữ duy nhất được nói ở 5 châu lục<br />
B. Không giống như <strong>Tiếng</strong> Pháp, <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong> được nói ở 5 châu lục<br />
C. <strong>Tiếng</strong> Pháp và <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong> được nói nhiều ở các nhóm văn phòng và thương mại.<br />
D. Trước <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong>, <strong>Tiếng</strong> Pháp là ngôn ngữ duy nhất được nói ở 5 châu lục.<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: “Đừng quên nộp bài tập của các em trước thứ 6 nhé,” giáo <strong>viên</strong> nói với các học sinh.<br />
Cấu trúc: - remind sb to do sth: nhắc nhở ai làm gì đó<br />
- allow sb to do sth: cho phép ai làm gì đó<br />
- order sb to do sth: ra lệnh ai làm gì đó<br />
- encourage sb to do sth: khuyến khích/ động <strong>viên</strong> ai làm gì đó<br />
Ta dùng: “Don’t forget + to V “Đừng quên làm gì đó” để đưa ra <strong>lời</strong> nhắc nhở đối với ai đó<br />
Trang 20/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Reported speech with infinitives:<br />
Form 1: S + V + O + (not) + to V, ….<br />
Note 5<br />
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là ask; tell; order (ra lệnh); invite (mời); beg (cầu xin); urge (hối<br />
thúc); encourage (khuyến khích); advise (khuyên); warn (cảnh báo); remind (nhắc nhở); command (ra<br />
lệnh); entreat (mong đợi); forbid (ngăn cấm); invite (mời); instruct (hướng dẫn); persuade (thuyết phục);<br />
recommend (khuyên); request (yêu cầu)<br />
E.g: “Don’t forget to get up early.”, my mother said.<br />
My mother reminded me to get up early. (Mẹ tôi nhắc nhở tôi thức dậy sớm)<br />
Form 2: S + V + to V, …<br />
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là promise (hứa); threaten (đe dọa); agree (đồng ý); offer (<strong>đề</strong> nghị<br />
giúp ai); refuse (từ chối); propose (<strong>có</strong> ý định); volunteer (tình nguyện); hope (hi vọng); demand (yêu cầu);<br />
guarantee (bảo đảm); swear/vow (thề nguyền)<br />
E.g: " I will kill you if you call police", the man said<br />
=> The man threatened to kill me if I called the police.<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Câu ban đầu: Cậu ấy không ăn bất cứ thứ gì ngoài vài mẩu bánh mỳ và bơ<br />
A. Cậu ấy đã ăn mấy mẩu bánh mỳ nhỏ và bơ nhưng không thích chúng.<br />
B. Cậu ấy chỉ ăn một vài mẩu bánh mỳ và bơ.<br />
C. Cậu ấy không ăn bất cứ thứ gì, ngay cả bánh mỳ và bơ.<br />
D. Cậu ấy không động đến bánh mỳ và bơ, nhưng cậu ấy ăn những thứ khác.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- exhaustive (adj): including every<strong>thi</strong>ng possible; very thorough or complete: toàn diện hết mọi khía cạnh<br />
+ exhaustive research: nghiên cứu toàn diện<br />
- exhausting (adj): làm kiệt sức, mệt nhoài<br />
- academic performance (n, p): thành tích học tập<br />
Do đó: exhausting => exhaustive<br />
“Chúng tôi đã tiến hành nghiên cứu toàn diện ảnh hưởng của điện thoại thông minh vào cách cư xử và<br />
thành tích học tập của học sinh.”<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc: - Adv of place + V + S (đảo ngữ trạng từ nơi chốn lên trước để nhấn mạnh)<br />
E.g: Under the tree slept a girl.<br />
- Hundreds of + N-plural + V -plural<br />
E.g: Hundreds of people are standing in front of the cinema.<br />
Do đó: is => are<br />
“Trên bàn là hàng trăm cuốn sách được viết bằng <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong>.”<br />
Trang 21/19<br />
( PC WEB )
Note 6<br />
- Đảo ngữ với các trạng từ chỉ phương hướng hoặc vị trí<br />
Khi câu bắt đầu bằng một từ hoặc một cụm trạng ngữ chỉ phương hướng hoặc vị trí thì động từ được đảo<br />
lên trước chủ ngữ.<br />
- Mary walked into the conference room.<br />
=> Into the conference room walked Mary.<br />
- Các động từ được sử dụng trong dạng đảo ngữ này chủ yếu là các động từ chỉ sự chuyển động như: BE,<br />
CLIMB, COME, FLY, GO, HANG, LIE, RUN, SIT, STAND, SWIM, WALK, ...<br />
- Thường chỉ dùng dạng đảo ngữ này khi động từ ở thì quá khứ đơn.<br />
- Trường hợp đảo ngữ này, không sử dụng trợ động từ mà sử dụng trực tiếp động từ đặt trước chủ từ.<br />
- Không đảo ngữ khi chủ từ là đại từ.<br />
E.g: Into the conference room she walked, (không được đảo thành walked she)<br />
Đảo ngữ với các trạng từ chỉ thứ tự thời gian như first, next, now, then đi với động từ be hoặc come<br />
E.g: First comes love, then comes marriage. (Tình yêu đến trước rồi mới đến hôn nhân.)<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Cấu trúc: S + V + multiple number (half/ twice/ three times/....) + as + much/many/adj/adv + (N) + as<br />
+ N/pronoun (so sánh bội so)<br />
E.g: The yellow skirt costs twice as much as the red one. (Cái váy mầu vàng <strong>có</strong> giá gấp đôi cái váy màu<br />
đỏ.)<br />
Do đó; as much than => as much as<br />
“Tim là một bác sĩ và cậu ấy kiếm được gấp đôi anh trai cậu ấy.”<br />
Note 7<br />
Multiple numbers comparison (So sánh gấp nhiều lần)<br />
Là loại so sánh gấp rưỡi, gấp đôi, gấp 3. Nên nhớ rằng trong cấu trúc này không được dùng so sánh hơn<br />
kém mà phải dùng so sánh bằng.<br />
S + V + multiple numbers + as + much/many/adj/adv + (N) + as + N/pronoun<br />
Multiple numbers: half/twice/3,4,5...times/Phân số/phần trăm.<br />
E.g: She types twice as fast as I do.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án D<br />
“<strong>Anh</strong> ấy đã giúp đỡ chúng ta rất nhiều trong dự án này. Chúng ta đã không thể tiếp tục nếu không <strong>có</strong> anh<br />
ấy.”<br />
Đây là sự việc trong quá khứ nên ta phải dùng câu điều kiện loại 3 để diễn tả sự việc trái trái thực tế trong<br />
quá khứ.<br />
- Provided: miễn là<br />
- But for + N: nếu không <strong>có</strong><br />
-Unless<br />
<br />
If ...not: nếu... không<br />
A. Miễn là sự đóng góp của anh ấy sẽ không đến thì chúng tôi không thể tiếp tục dự án. (sai cấu trúc)<br />
Trang 22/19<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Nếu không <strong>có</strong> sự đóng góp của anh ấy thì chúng tôi đã <strong>có</strong> thể tiếp tục dự án. (sai nghĩa)<br />
C. Nếu chúng tôi không <strong>có</strong> sự đóng góp của anh ấy thì chúng tôi <strong>có</strong> thể tiếp tục dự án. (sai nghĩa và cấu<br />
trúc)<br />
D. Nếu anh ấy đã không đóng góp tích cực thì chúng tôi không thể tiếp tục dự án<br />
Những cách khác để diễn đạt câu điều kiện:<br />
a. Unless = If....not (Trừ phi, nếu...không)<br />
Note 8<br />
E.g: If you don’t study hard, you can’t pass the exam. = Unless you study hard, you can’t pass the exam.<br />
b. Suppose / Supposing (giả sử như), in case (trong trường hợp), even if (ngay cả khi, cho dù), as<br />
long as, so long as, provided (that), on condition (that) (miễn là, với điều kiện là) <strong>có</strong> thể thay cho if<br />
trong câu điều kiện<br />
E.g: Supposing (that) you are wrong, what will you do then?<br />
c. Without/ But for: nếu không <strong>có</strong><br />
E.g: Without water, life wouldn’t exist. = If there were no water, life wouldn’t exist.<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án B<br />
“Cơn bão quá mạnh. Nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an toàn trong thành phố.”<br />
A. Mặc dù cơn bão không mạnh nhưng nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an toàn trong<br />
thành phố. (sai nghĩa)<br />
B. Cơn bão quá mạnh nên nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an toàn trong thành phố.<br />
C. Nhiều gia đình phải được sơ tán đến những nơi an toàn trong thành phố mặc dù cơn bão mạnh, (sai<br />
nghĩa)<br />
D. Sai cấu trúc (so a great storm => such a great storm/ so great a storm)<br />
Cấu trúc: - So + adj + be + S + that + S + V... (đảo ngữ với so)<br />
Đảo ngữ với so/ such<br />
So + adj + be + S + that + a clause<br />
So + adv + trợ động từ + S + V + that + a clause<br />
Note 9<br />
E.g: So dangerous did weather conditions become that all roads were closed.<br />
Such + be + N + that + a clause<br />
E.g: Such was her anger that she couldn’t say any<strong>thi</strong>ng. (Cô ấy giận đến mức mà cô ấy đã không nói gì.)<br />
+ Be so much/great đổi thành such be noun<br />
E.g: The force of the storm was so great that trees were uprooted.<br />
Such was the force of the storm that trees were uproored. ( = The force of the storm was such that...)<br />
Trang 23/19<br />
( PC WEB )
BẢNG MỤC TIÊU ÔN LUYỆN<br />
Thời gian làm bài: ........................................<br />
Bắt đầu lúc ........................................ Kết thúc lúc ........................................<br />
Số điểm mục tiêu: ........................................<br />
Số điểm thực tế: ........................................<br />
Kiến thức quan trọng: - ........................................<br />
- ........................................<br />
- ........................................<br />
challenge If it doesn’t you,<br />
challenge If it doesn’t you!<br />
- Fred Deuto –<br />
BẢNG GHI CHÚ KIẾNTHỨC<br />
Câu Nội Dung Ghi Chú<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
Em đã bỏ quên kiến thức quan trọng nào không? – Nhớ ghi lại sau mỗi <strong>đề</strong> nhé!<br />
Trang 24/19<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 25/19
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
2<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
trang<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. mineral B. mitigate C. minimize D. minor<br />
Question 2: A. distant B. resistant C. tangible D. essential<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. atmosphere B. exhausted C. variety D. adventure<br />
Question 4: A. beneficial B. renewable C. advantageous D. influential<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: She had never seen such discourtesy towards the director as it happened in the meeting last<br />
week.<br />
A. politeness B. rudeness C. measurement D. encouragement<br />
Question 6: They conducted a campaign to promote people’s awareness of environmental problems.<br />
A. encourage B. publicize C. hinder D. strengthen<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: That restaurant tempts many customers because of its affordable price and good food.<br />
A. attracts B. frees C. refuses D. offers<br />
Question 8: I’ll back up your ideas if they don’t believe you.<br />
A. support B. rebel C. admire D. protect<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Marry is talking to Linda over the phone.<br />
Mary: “Thank you for helping me prepare for the party.”<br />
Linda: “_________”.<br />
A. My pleasure B. The meal was out of <strong>thi</strong>s world<br />
C. Never mention me. D. Of course not<br />
Question 10: Tom is in Ho Chi Minh City and asks a passer-by the way to the railway station.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 1/5
( PC WEB )<br />
Tom: “Can you show me the way to the railway station, please?”<br />
- Passer-by: “ _________ ”<br />
A. No way. B. Just round the comer over there.<br />
C. Look it up in a dictionary! D. There’s no traffic near here.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Prices are increasing dramatically in big cities. The _________ seems to go up every day.<br />
A. standard of living B. quality of life<br />
C. annual income D. cost of living<br />
Question 12: The government should take some measures to _________ that tourism develops in<br />
harmony with the environment.<br />
A. promote B. ensure C. facilitate D. improve<br />
Question 13: They _________ actions to stop the blaze spreading. However, they didn’t do that.<br />
A. must have taken B. had to take<br />
C. neededn’t have taken D. should have taken<br />
Question 14: When Tim was a <strong>chi</strong>ld, there _________ a park near his house.<br />
A. used to be B. used to have been<br />
C. used to have D. used to be being<br />
Question 15: Mr Nam knows Hanoi City like the back of his _________. He used to be a taxi driver there<br />
for 10 years.<br />
A. head B. mind C. hand D. life<br />
Question 16: Although she is my sister, I find it hard to _________ her selfishness.<br />
A. put up with B. catch up with C. keep up with D. come down with<br />
Question 17: David refused _________ in the contest because he was ill.<br />
A. to participate B. participate C. participating D. to participating<br />
Question 18: _________ people are those who share the same interests, or points of view.<br />
A. Light-hearted B. Like-minded C. Even-handed D. Open-minded<br />
Question 19: _________ in the Middle East, oil became known as black gold because of the large profit<br />
it brought.<br />
A. That when discovered B. Discovered<br />
C. Discovering D. Which was discovered<br />
Question 20. He has just bought a _________ schoolbag.<br />
A. small plastic blue B. blue small plastic<br />
C. plastic small blue D. small blue plastic.<br />
Question 21. We should make full _________of renewable sources of energy such as wind and solar<br />
power in the world.<br />
Trang 2/21
A. effort B. use C. need D. limit<br />
Question 22. The boy quickly _________ the old woman’s telephone number to memory.<br />
A. devoted B. added C. committed D. admitted<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
After winter months, the days become longer, the buds (23) _________ in the trees, birds sing, and<br />
the world (24) _________ a green dress. Spring passes (25) _________summer. Everyone knows that<br />
summer will not (26) _________. The power of all the wisest men and women in the world cannot keep it<br />
for us. The com becomes ripe, the leaves turn brown and then drop to the ground, (27) _________ the<br />
world changes its green dress for a dress of autumn colors.<br />
Question 23: A. fall off B. take up C. put off D. come out<br />
Question 24: A. looks after B. puts on C. carries on D. deals with<br />
Question 25: A. into B. by C. from D. on<br />
Question 26: A. forego B. evaluate C. succumb D. last<br />
Question 27: A. yet B. therefore C. whereas D. and<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
After twenty years of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business schools in<br />
the United States have started to face harder times. Only Harvard’s MBA School has shown a substantial<br />
increase in enrollment in recent years. Both Princeton and Stanford have seen decreases in their<br />
enrollments. Since 1990, the number of people receiving Masters in Business Administration (MBA)<br />
degrees, has dropped about 3 percent to 75,000, and the trend of lower enrollment rates is expected to<br />
continue.<br />
There are two factors causing <strong>thi</strong>s decrease in students seeking an MBA degree. The first one is that<br />
many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA degree does not guarantee a plush job on<br />
Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major American cities. Many of the entry- level management<br />
jobs are going to students graduating with Master of Arts degrees in English and the humanities as well as<br />
those holding MBA degrees. Students have asked the question, “Is an MBA degree really what I need to<br />
be best prepared for getting a good job?” The second major factor has been the cutting of American<br />
payrolls and the lower number of entry-level jobs being offered. Business needs are changing, and MBA<br />
schools are struggling to meet the new demands.<br />
Question 28. What is the main focus of <strong>thi</strong>s passage?<br />
A. Jobs on Wall Street<br />
B. Types of graduate degrees<br />
C. Changes in enrollment for MBA schools<br />
D. How schools are changing to reflect the economy<br />
Question 29. The word “prosperity” in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of the<br />
following?<br />
A. success B. surplus C. nurturing D. education<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 3/21
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 30. Which of the following business schools has shown an increase in enrollment?<br />
A. Princeton B. Harvard C. Stanford D. Yale<br />
Question 31. Which of the following descriptions most likely applies to Wall Street?<br />
A. a center for international affairs B. a major financial center<br />
C. a shopping district D. a neighborhood in New York<br />
Question 32: According to the passage, what are two causes of declining business school enrollments?<br />
A. lack of necessity for an MBA and an ecorfomic recession<br />
B. low salary and foreign competition<br />
C. fewer MBA schools and fewer entry-level jobs<br />
D. declining population and economic prosperity<br />
Question 33: As used in the second paragraph, the word “struggling” is closest in meaning to<br />
_________.<br />
A. evolving B. plunging C. starting D. striving<br />
Question 34: Which of the following might be the topic of the next paragraph?<br />
A. MBA schools’ efforts to change<br />
B. Future economic predictions<br />
C. A history of the recent economic changes<br />
D. Descriptions of non-MBA graduate programs<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
The main cause of tooth decay is acid, which is produced by bacteria in the mouth. The acid<br />
removes minerals from tooth enamel, allowing tooth decay to begin; the saliva in your mouth encourages<br />
remineralization and neutralizes the acid. The rate at which bacteria in the mouth produce acid depends<br />
on the amount of plaque on the teeth, the composition of the microbial flora, and whether the bacteria of<br />
the plaque have been “primed” by frequent exposure to sugar. To keep your teeth healthy, a regular dental<br />
hygiene program should be followed.<br />
Removing plaque with a toothbrush and dental floss temporarily reduces the numbers of bacteria in<br />
the mouth and thus reduces tooth decay. It also makes the surfaces of the teeth more accessible, enabling<br />
saliva to neutralize acid and remineralize lesions. If fluoride is present in drinking water when teeth are<br />
forming, some fluoride is incorporated into the enamel of the teeth, making them more resistant to attack<br />
by acid. Fluoride toothpaste seems to act in another way, by promoting the remineralization of early<br />
carious lesions.<br />
In addition to a regular dental hygiene program, a good way to keep your teeth healthy is to reduce<br />
your intake of sweet food. The least cavity-causing way to eat sweets is to have them with meals and not<br />
between. The number of times you eat sweets rather than the total amount determines how much harmful<br />
acid the bacteria in your saliva produce. But the amount of sweets influences the quality of your saliva.<br />
Avoid, if you can, sticky sweets that stay in your mouth a long time. Also try to brush and floss your teeth<br />
after eating sugary foods. Even rinsing your mouth with water is effective. Whenever possible, eat foods<br />
with fiber, such as raw carrot sticks, apples, celery sticks, etc., that scrape off plaque, acting as a<br />
toothbrush. Cavities can be greatly reduced if these rules are followed when eating sweets.<br />
Trang 4/21
Question 35. What does <strong>thi</strong>s passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Good nutrition B. Food with fiber<br />
C. Ways to keep your teeth health D. Fluoridization and cavities<br />
Question 36. According to the passage, all of the following statements about plaque are true EXCEPT<br />
_________.<br />
A. It consists of acid producing bacteria<br />
B. It is not affected by eating sweets<br />
C. It can be removed from teeth by brushing and flossing<br />
D. It reduces the positive effect of saliva<br />
Question 37. We can infer from the passage that one benefit of fluoride to healthy teeth is _________ .<br />
A. It strengthens tooth enamel<br />
B. It stimulates saliva production<br />
C. It makes teeth whiter<br />
D. It is a replacement for brushing and flossing in dental care<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. The word “it” in the second paragraph refers to _________.<br />
A. dental floss B. bacteria<br />
C. removal ofplaque D. plaque<br />
Question 39. What can be concluded from the passage about sweets?<br />
A. All sweets should be avoided.<br />
B. Sweets should be eaten with care.<br />
C. It is better to eat sweets a little at a time throughout the day.<br />
D. Sticky sweets are less harmful than other sweets.<br />
Question 40. The word “scrape off” in line 29 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. repel B. rub together with<br />
C. remove D. dissolve<br />
Question 41. According to the passage, the value of eating foods with fiber is that_________.<br />
A. they contain Vitamin A<br />
B. they are less expensive than a toothbrush<br />
C. they are able to remove the plaque from your teeth<br />
D. they contain no sugar<br />
Question 42. The author of the passage states that the amount of acid produced by the bacteria in your<br />
saliva increases _________.<br />
A. with the amount of sweets you eat B. with the number of times you eat sweets<br />
C. if you eat sweets with your meals D. if you eat sticky sweets<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 5/21
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: Sometimes what is best for society is not always good for an individual living in that<br />
society.<br />
A. From time to time, there is a conflict between the benefits of a society and an individual living in that<br />
society.<br />
B. Individuals not always seek for the best of the society they live in.<br />
C. It is impossible for individuals to accept the rules of the society they live in.<br />
D. What is best for individuals is always suitable for the society they live in.<br />
Question 44: Much to my surprise, I found her lecture on wild animals extremely interesting.<br />
A. Contrary to my expectations, her lecture on wild animals was the most fascinating of all.<br />
B. I was fascinated by what she said in her lecture on wild animals though I hadn’t expected to be.<br />
C. I hadn’t expected her to lecture on wild animals, but she spoke well.<br />
D. It was at her lecture on wild animals that I realized I needed to study it.<br />
Question 45: I had no sooner got to know my neighbors than they moved away.<br />
A. Soon after I got to know my new neighbors, I stopped having contact with them.<br />
B. If my new neighbors had stayed longer, I would have got to know them better.<br />
C. Once I had got used to my new neighbors, they moved somewhere else.<br />
D. Hardly had I become acquainted with my new neighbors when they went somewhere else to live.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Papyrus (A) was used (B) for to make not only paper (C) but also sails, baskets, (D) and<br />
clo<strong>thi</strong>ng.<br />
Question 47: (A) Because the boy spent (B) too many time (C) surfing the Internet and playing computer<br />
games, he didn’t pass the (D) final exam.<br />
Question 48: According to (A) most medical experts, massage (B) relieves pain and anxiety, eases<br />
depression and (C) speeding up recovery from (D) illnesses.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: These students may be excellent. They will not get used to dealing with practical situations.<br />
A. Excellent as may be these students, they will get used to dealing with practical situations.<br />
B. These students may be too excellent to get used to dealing with practical situations.<br />
C. These students will get used to dealing with practical situations although they are excellent.<br />
D. Excellent as they may be, these students will not get used to dealing with practical situations.<br />
Question 50: She behaved in a very strange way. That surprised me a lot.<br />
A. Her behaviour was a very strange <strong>thi</strong>ng, that surprised me most.<br />
B. She behaved very strangely, which surprised me very much.<br />
Trang 6/21<br />
( PC WEB )
C. What almost surprised me was the strange way she behaved.<br />
D. I was almost not surprised by her strange behaviour.<br />
Trang 7/21<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án D D A B A C A A A B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D B D A C A A B B D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án B B D B A D D C A B<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B A D A C B A C B C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C B A B D B B C D B<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 1. Chọn đáp án D<br />
- mineral/ˈmɪn. ə r. ə l/ (n): khoáng chất, nước khoáng<br />
E.g: A good diet will provide all necessary vitamins and minerals.<br />
- mitigate /ˈmɪt.ɪ.ɡeɪt/ (v): giảm nhẹ, làm dịu bớt<br />
E.g: The government should mitigate the effects of tourism on the city.<br />
- minimize /ˈmɪn.ɪ.maɪz/ (v): giảm tới mức tối <strong>thi</strong>ểu<br />
E.g: You should focus on your strengths and minimize your weaknesses.<br />
- minor /ˈmaɪ.nə(r)/ (adj): nhỏ, không quan trọng<br />
E.g: It is only a minor problem.<br />
Question 2. Chọn đáp án D<br />
- distant / ˈdɪstənt / (adj): xa<br />
E. g: I want to travel to a distant country.<br />
- resistant /rɪˈzɪstənt/ (adj): kháng cự, <strong>đề</strong> kháng<br />
E.g: You shouldn’t be resistant to change.<br />
- tangible /ˈtændʒəbl / (adj): thật, hữu hình, <strong>có</strong> thể sờ mó được<br />
E.g: We need tangible evidence.<br />
- essential /ɪˈsenʃl/ (adj): <strong>thi</strong>ết yếu, cần <strong>thi</strong>ết<br />
E.g: Water is essential for/ to living <strong>thi</strong>ngs.<br />
Mark the letter Ạ, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- atmosphere / æt.mə.sfɪə(r)/ (n): không khí, khí quyển<br />
E.g: The atmosphere in <strong>thi</strong>s room is very stuffy.<br />
- exhausted /ɪɡˈzɔː.stɪd/ (adj): kiệt sức<br />
E.g: Yesterday I had to work hard, so I was exhausted.<br />
- variety /vəˈraɪə.ti/ (n): sự đa dạng, nhiều thứ<br />
Trang 8/21
( PC WEB )<br />
E.g: She took part in a variety of extracurricular activities.<br />
- adventure /ədˈven.tʃə(r)/ (n): chuyến phiêu lưu<br />
E.g: He had an exciting adventure in Egypt.<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- beneficial / ˌben.ɪˈfɪʃ. ə l / (adj): <strong>có</strong> lợi, <strong>có</strong> ích<br />
E.g: Living in the country is beneficial to our health.<br />
- renewable / rɪˈnjuː.əb ə l/ (adj): <strong>có</strong> thể tái tạo, <strong>có</strong> thể phục hồi lại<br />
E.g: Renewable energy sources should be widely used in the world.<br />
- advantageous /ˌædvənˈteɪdʒəs / (adj): <strong>có</strong> lợi, thuận lợi<br />
E.g: This policy is advantageous to the poor.<br />
- influential /ˌɪnfluˈenʃl/ (adj): <strong>có</strong> ảnh hưởng, <strong>có</strong> thế lực<br />
E.g: He is one of the most influential people in politics.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- politeness (n): sự lịch sự<br />
- rudeness (n): sự thô lỗ, bất lịch sự, sự khiếm nhã<br />
- measurement (n): sự đo lường, phép đo<br />
- encouragement (n): sự khuyến khích, động <strong>viên</strong><br />
- discourtesy (n) ~ impoliteness, rudeness: sự bất lịch sự, sự thô lỗ politeness<br />
Dịch: Cô ấy chưa bao giờ nhìn thấy sự bất lịch sự như vậy đối với giám đốc khi điều này đã xảy ra tại<br />
cuộc họp vào tuần trước.<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- encourage (v): khuyến khích, động <strong>viên</strong><br />
- publicize (v): quảng cáo, đưa ra công khai<br />
- hinder (v): cản trở, gây trở ngại<br />
- strengthen (v); tăng cường<br />
- promote (v) ~ encourage: đẩy mạnh, khuyến khích<br />
Dịch: Họ đã thực hiện một <strong>chi</strong>ến lược để tăng cường ý thức của mọi người về các vấn <strong>đề</strong> môi trường.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the<br />
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- attract (v): thu hút, hấp dẫn, lôi cuốn<br />
- free (v): thả, <strong>giải</strong> thoát, phóng thích .<br />
- refuse (V): từ chối<br />
- offer (v): cung cấp<br />
- tempt (v): cám dỗ, lôi cuốn, quyến rũ<br />
Dịch: Nhà hàng đó thu hút được rất nhiều khách hàng vì giá cả hợp lý và thức ăn ngon.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- support (v): ủng hộ<br />
- rebel (v): chống đối<br />
Trang 9/21
( PC WEB )<br />
- admire (v): ngưỡng mộ<br />
- protect (v): bảo vệ<br />
- back up (ph.v): ủng hộ<br />
Dịch: Tôi sẽ ủng hộ ý kiến của bạn nếu họ không tin bạn.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Mary đang nói chuyện điện thoại với Linda.<br />
Mary: Cảm ơn cậu vì đã giúp tớ chuẩn bị cho bữa tiệc.<br />
A. Đó là niềm hân hạnh của tớ khi giúp được cậu.<br />
B. Bữa ăn thì vô cùng tuyệt vời.<br />
C. Đừng bao giờ nhắc tới tớ.<br />
D. Tất nhiên là không.<br />
Ta dùng “You’re welcome”, “My pleasure” để đáp lại <strong>lời</strong> cảm ơn.<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Tom đang ở thành phố Hồ Chí Minh và hỏi người qua đường đường tới nhà ga xe lửa.<br />
A. Không đời nào.<br />
B. Nó chỉ ở quanh góc kia thôi.<br />
C. Hãy tra cứu nó trong cuốn từ điển!<br />
D. Không <strong>có</strong> giao thông ở gần đây.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- standard of living: mức sống, tiêu chuẩn của đời sống<br />
- quality of life: chất lượng đời sống<br />
- annual income: thu nhập hàng <strong>năm</strong><br />
- cost of living: <strong>chi</strong> phí sinh hoạt<br />
Dịch: Giá đang tăng nhanh ở các thành phố lớn. Chi phí sinh hoạt dường như tăng lên từng ngày.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- promote (v); đẩy mạnh, thúc đẩy<br />
- ensure (v): bảo đảm<br />
- facilitate (v): tạo điều kiện thuận lợi<br />
- improve (v): cải <strong>thi</strong>ện<br />
Cấu trúc: ensure + that + a clause (bảo đảm rằng ...)<br />
Dịch: Chính phủ nên <strong>có</strong> một số biện pháp để đảm bảo du lịch phát triển hài hòa với môi trường.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- must + have Vpp: chắc hẳn đã làm gì trong quá khứ<br />
- had to + V bare-inf: đã phải làm gì trong quá khứ<br />
- needn’t + have Vpp: đáng lẽ ra đã không cần <strong>thi</strong>ết làm gì trong quá khứ (nhưng thực tế đã làm)<br />
- should + have Vpp: đáng lẽ ra đã nên làm gì trong quá khứ (nhưng thực tế đã không làm)<br />
Dịch: Họ lẽ ra đã nên hành động để ngăn chặn ngọn lửa lan rộng ra. Tuy nhiên, họ đã không làm điều đó.<br />
Trang 10/21
( PC WEB )<br />
Modal perfect<br />
- Could/ May/ Might + have + Vpp: <strong>có</strong> lẽ đã<br />
Note 10<br />
Diễn tả một điều gì đó <strong>có</strong> thể dã xảy ra hoặc <strong>có</strong> thể đúng ở quá khứ; một khả năng <strong>có</strong> thể ở quá khứ<br />
nhưng người nói không dám chắc.<br />
E.g: She didn’t hear the phone ring. She might have been sleeping at that time. (Cô ấy đã không nghe<br />
thấy chuông điện thoại. Vào lúc đó <strong>có</strong> lẽ là cô ốy đang ngủ).<br />
Mai could have gone out with him last night. (Tối qua Mai <strong>có</strong> lẽ đã đi chơi với anh ta.)<br />
- Should/ Ought to +have + Vpp: Lẽ ra phải, lẽ ra nên<br />
Diễn tả một điều gì đó lẽ ra đã nên hoặc phải xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng thực tế đã không xảy ra trong<br />
quá khứ vì lý do nào đó.<br />
E.g: I should have gone to the post office <strong>thi</strong>s morning. (Lẽ ra sáng nay tôi phải đi bưu điện.)<br />
Tôi đã không đi.<br />
- Diễn tả sự đáng tiếc, hối hận đã không làm việc gì đó<br />
E.g: I failed the exam. I should have studied harder. (Tôi đã <strong>thi</strong> trượt. Lẽ ra tôi nên chăm học hơn.)<br />
- Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể dùng cụm was/were supposed to V để thay thể cho should have Vpp<br />
E.g: She was supposed to go/ should have gone to the party last night.<br />
- Must + have + Vpp: Chắc hẳn đã, hẳn là<br />
Diễn tả sự suy đoán hay kết luận logic dựa vào thực tế ở quá khứ.<br />
E.g: Mary passed the exam with flying colors. She must have studied hard. (Mary đã <strong>thi</strong> đậu với kết quả<br />
cao. Cô ấy chắc hẳn đã học chăm chỉ.)<br />
Must + have been + V – ing: chắc hẳn lúc ấy đang<br />
E.g: I didn’t hear the doorbell. I must have been gardening behind the house. (Tôi đã không nghe thấy<br />
chuông cửa. Chắc hẳn lúc ấy tôi đang làm vườn phía sau nhà.)<br />
- Would + have + Vpp: dùng trong câu điêu kiện loại 3 với nghĩa “đã .. .rồi”<br />
E.g: If I had had enough money, I would have bought that house last year. (Nếu <strong>năm</strong> ngoái tôi đã <strong>có</strong> đủ<br />
tiền thì tôi đã mua ngôi nhà kia rồi.)<br />
- Diễn tả một tình huống đã <strong>có</strong> thể xảy ra trong quá khứ, nhưng thực sự đã không xảy ra.<br />
E.g: I would have been happy to see him, but I didn’t have time.<br />
- Can’t + have + Vpp: Chắc là đã không thể làm gì.<br />
Diễn tả một sự việc gần như chắc chắn không thể xảy ra.<br />
E.g: They can’t have bought is today because shops are closed. (Hôm nay chắc là họ không thể mua được<br />
nó vì các cửa hàng <strong>đề</strong>u đóng cửa)<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Cấu trúc: - There + is/ are + N ... (dùng để chỉ sự tồn tại của người/ vật mà không <strong>có</strong> đối tượng sở hữu)<br />
E.g: + There are two books on the table. (<strong>có</strong> 2 quyển sách trên bàn.)<br />
+ There was an accident in my neighborhood last night. (Tối qua đã <strong>có</strong> một vụ tai nạn ở khu tôi.)<br />
Used to + V (bare-inf): đã từng ...<br />
Dịch: Khi Tim còn bé thì đã từng <strong>có</strong> một công <strong>viên</strong> gần nhà cậu ấy.<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- head (n): đầu<br />
Trang 11/21
- mind (n): trí óc, tâm trí<br />
- hand (n): tay<br />
- life (n): cuộc sống<br />
+ know sb/ sth like the back of one’s hand ~ to be very familiar with somebody/some<strong>thi</strong>ng: hiểu biết rất<br />
rõ, biết rõ như lòng bàn tay<br />
Dịch: Ông Nam biết thành phổ Hà Nội rõ như lòng bàn tay. Ông ấy từng lái xe taxi ở đó 10 <strong>năm</strong>.<br />
Question 16 Chọn đáp án A<br />
put up with: chịu đựng<br />
E.g: I cannot put up with him any more.<br />
catch up with (sb): đuổi kịp (ai)<br />
E.g: Go on ahead. I’ll catch up with you.<br />
keep up with: theo kịp, bắt kịp<br />
E.g: Technology changes so fast it’s hard to keep up with it.<br />
come down with: mắc bệnh, ốm (nhẹ)<br />
E.g: I came down with flu last week.<br />
Dịch: Mặc dù cô ấy là chị tôi nhưng tôi cảm thấy khó <strong>có</strong> thể chịu đựng được tính ích kỉ của chị.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Cấu trúc: - refuse + to V: từ chối làm gì đó<br />
E.g: She refused to answer private questions.<br />
Dịch: David từ chối tham gia cuộc <strong>thi</strong> bởi vì cậu ấy bị ốm.<br />
Động từ nguyên mẫu <strong>có</strong> “to” được dùng để:<br />
- Làm chủ ngữ trong câu<br />
Note 11<br />
E.g: To become a teacher is her dream. (Trở thành giáo <strong>viên</strong> là ước mơ của cô ấy.)<br />
- Làm tân ngữ của động từ<br />
Eg: It’s raining, so she decides to bring an umbrella. (Trời đang mưa, vì vậy cô ấy quyết định mang theo<br />
một <strong>chi</strong>ếc ô.)<br />
- Làm tân ngữ của tính từ<br />
E.g: I’m glad to see you here. (Tôi rất vui khi được gặp bạn ở đây.)<br />
- Chỉ mục đích<br />
E.g: Is there any<strong>thi</strong>ng to eat? (Có cái gì để ăn không?)<br />
- Dùng sau các từ để hỏi “wh-”: who, what, when, how... nhưng thường không dùng sau “why”<br />
E.g: I don’t know what to do. (Tôi không biết phải làm gì.)<br />
- Đứng sau các từ ‘the first”, “the second”, “the last”, “the only”.<br />
E.g: Nam is the first person to receive the scholarship in my class.<br />
- Dùng trong các cấu trúc:<br />
a. It takes/took + O + thời gian + to + V-inf (Ai đó mất bao lâu thời gian để...)<br />
E.g: It took me 2 weeks to find a suitable job.<br />
b. S + be + adj + to V - inf<br />
E.g: It’s interesting to play volleyball together. (Thật thú vị khi chơi bóng chuyền cùng nhau.)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 12/21
c. S + V + too + adj/adv + to + V-inf: (quá …để)<br />
E.g: It’s too late to say goodbye.<br />
d. Ss + V + adj/adv + enough + to + V-inf (đủ... dể...)<br />
E.g: He speaks English well enough to communicate with foreigners.<br />
e. I + <strong>thi</strong>nk/ thought/ believe/ find + it + adj + to + V-inf (tôi nghĩ ... để...)<br />
E.g: I find it difficult to learn to play the piano.<br />
- Dùng sau một số động từ: afford, agree, appear, arrange, attempt, begin, care, choose, consent,<br />
determine, happen, hesitate, hope, intend, pretend, propose, promise, refuse, love, offer, start, swear,...<br />
E.g: They agreed to build a new hospital in <strong>thi</strong>s area.<br />
- Dùng sau một số động từ <strong>có</strong> tân ngữ đi kèm: ask, advise, allow, bear, cause, encourage, expect, forbid,<br />
force, get, hate, compel, intend, order, permit, like, invite, request, tell, trouble, want, prefer, warn, wish,<br />
teach...<br />
Form: S + V + O + to + V – inf<br />
E.g: The doctor advises me to eat more vegetable.<br />
- Dung sau một số tính từ diễn tả cảm xúc của con người: able, unable, delighted, proud, ashamed, afraid,<br />
glad, anxious, surprised, pleased, easy, amused, annoyed, happy, ready...<br />
E.g: Lan is able to speak Spanish fluently.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- light-hearted (adj): cheerful and without problems: vui vẻ, vô tư lự<br />
E.g: I felt light-hearted and optimistic.<br />
- like -minded (adj): having similar ideas and interests: <strong>có</strong> ý kiến và sở thích giống nhau<br />
E.g: This is an opportunity for like-minded people get together.<br />
- even-handed (adj): completely fair: công bằng<br />
E.g: He had an even-handed approach to the negotiations.<br />
- open-minded (adj): phóng khoáng, sẵn sàng tiếp thu cái mới<br />
E.g: Children should be open-minded about new ideas.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Điều kiện để rút gọn mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ: Chủ ngữ 2 vế giống nhau<br />
Cách rút gọn: - Dùng V-ing nếu mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ ở dạng chủ động; Dùng Vpp nếu mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ ở<br />
dạng bị động<br />
- Bỏ liên từ và động từ “to be” nếu <strong>có</strong>.<br />
Câu ban đầu chưa rút gọn: When oil was discovered in the Middle East, oil/ it became known as black<br />
gold because of the large profit it brought, (mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ ở dạng bị động) => Discovered in the<br />
Middle East, oil became known as black gold because of the large profit it brought.<br />
Dịch: Được phát hiện ra ở vùng Trung Đông, dầu mỏ đã được ví như “kho vàng đen” bởi vì nó mang lại<br />
lợi nhuận lớn.<br />
Note 12<br />
Reduced adverb clause (Rút gọn mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trang ngữ)<br />
Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ là mệnh <strong>đề</strong> nối bằng các liên từ như when, because, while ...<br />
Điều kiện rút gọn: Hai chủ ngữ phải giống nhau<br />
Trang 13/21
Cách làm:<br />
- Bỏ liên từ (hoặc để lại thì biến thành giới từ)<br />
- Chủ động thì đổi động từ thành Ving<br />
- Bị động thì dùng Vpp (nhưng nếu giữ lại liên từ, hoặc <strong>có</strong> NOT thì phải để lại "to be" và thêm ing vào to<br />
be: (being + Vpp) - ngoại trừ các liên từ when, if, though thì lại <strong>có</strong> thể bỏ luôn to be.<br />
Đối với liên từ when, as (khi) mà động từ chính trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> đó là to be + N và mang nghĩa “là” thì <strong>có</strong><br />
thể bỏ luôn to be mà giữ lại danh từ thôi.<br />
Eg:<br />
Chủ động: When I see him, I will give him <strong>thi</strong>s gift.<br />
When seeing him, I will give him <strong>thi</strong>s gift. / Seeing him, I will give him <strong>thi</strong>s gift.<br />
Bị động: Because I was given a present, I was happy.<br />
=> Because of being given a present, I was happy, (giới từ của because là because of, bắt buôc để lại to<br />
be)<br />
When he was attacked by a tiger, he ran away.<br />
+ Mức độ 1: bỏ chủ từ<br />
=> When being attacked by a tiger, he.... (theo nguyên tắc để lại liên từ phải để lại to be)<br />
+Mức độ 2: bỏ to be<br />
=> When attacked by a tiger, he.... (nhưng với when thì <strong>có</strong> thể bỏ luôn to be)<br />
+Mức độ 3: bỏ liên từ<br />
=> Attacked by a tiger, he<br />
E.g: Because he wasn’t rewarded with a smile, he ....<br />
=> Not being rewarded with a smile, he .... (<strong>có</strong> NOT nên bắt buộc để lại to be)<br />
As he was a <strong>chi</strong>ld, he lived in the countryside.<br />
=> As a <strong>chi</strong>ld, he lived in the country. (bỏ luôn to be)<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Trật tự của tính từ trong câu này là: small (size) - blue (color) - plastic (material)<br />
Dịch: <strong>Anh</strong> ấy vừa mới mua một cái cặp sách nhỏ màu xanh da trời bằng nhựa<br />
Note 13<br />
- Trật tự của các tính từ trước danh từ: OpSACOMP<br />
Opinion Size Age Color Origin Material Purpose<br />
Opinion - tính từ chỉ quan điểm (beautiful, wonderful, bad…)<br />
Size - tính từ chỉ kích cỡ (big, small, long, big, short, tall…)<br />
Age – tính từ chỉ độ tuổi (old, young, new...)<br />
Color - tính từ chỉ màu sắc (orange, yellow, blue ...)<br />
Origin - tính từ chỉ nguồn gốc, xuất xứ (Japanese, American, Vietnamese...)<br />
Material - tính từ chỉ chất liệu. (stone, plastic, leather, silk...)<br />
Purpose - tính từ chỉ mục đích, tác dụng.<br />
E.g: A small (size) red (color) ball<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 14/21
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- effort (n): nỗ lực<br />
- use (v, n): sử dụng, cách sử dụng<br />
- need (v, n): cần, nhu cầu<br />
- limit (v, n); hạn chế, giới hạn<br />
+ Cụm từ: make use of - take advantage of: tận dụng<br />
“Chúng ta nên tận dụng triệt để các nguồn năng lượng tái tạo như năng lượng gió và mặt trời trên thế giới.<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- devote (v): cống hiến, dành hết cho<br />
- add (v): thêm vào<br />
- commit (v): cam kết, dính vào<br />
+ commit sth to memory: ghi nhớ điều gì<br />
- admit (v): thừa nhận<br />
“Cậu bé nhanh chóng ghi nhớ số điện thoại của bà cụ vào đầu.”<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án D<br />
fall off (ph.v): rơi xuống, giảm (về số lượng)<br />
take up (ph.v): bắt đầu một sở thích<br />
put off (ph.v): trì hoãn<br />
come out (ph.v): xuất hiện, lộ ra, nở (hoa), nảy (chồi)<br />
“After winter months, the days become longer, the buds come out in the trees (Sau những tháng mùa đông<br />
thì ngày trở nên dài hơn, cây cối đâm chồi nảy lộc)”<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án B<br />
look after (ph.v): chăm sóc, trông nom<br />
put on (ph.v): mặc<br />
carry on (ph.v): tiếp tục<br />
deal with (ph.v): <strong>giải</strong> quyết<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án A<br />
pass into: chuyển qua, chuyển sang<br />
E.g: Many foreign words have passed into the English language.<br />
“Spring passes into summer. (Xuân sang hè tới.)”<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- forego (v): thôi, bỏ<br />
- evaluate (v): đánh giá<br />
- succumb (v): không thể chống nổi, không thể chịu nổi (bệnh tật, tấn công, ...)<br />
- last (v): kéo dài<br />
Everyone knows that summer will not last. (Mọi người <strong>đề</strong>u biết rằng mùa hè sẽ không kéo dài mãi.)”<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- yet (conj): nhưng mà, tuy nhiên<br />
E.g: It’s a small car, yet it’s surprisingly spacious.<br />
Trang 15/21
- therefore (adv): vì vậy, vì thế<br />
- whereas (conj): trong khi đó, trong khi mà<br />
- and (conj): và<br />
“The com becomes ripe, the leaves turn brown and then drop to the ground, and the world changes its<br />
green dress for a dress of autumn colors. “(Ngô bắp chín, những <strong>chi</strong>ếc lá chuyển sang màu nâu rồi rụng<br />
xuống, và thế giới chuyển từ màu xanh sang màu của mùa thu.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Trọng tâm chính của bài đọc này là gì?<br />
A. Các công việc trên phố Wall<br />
B. Các loại bằng tốt nghiệp<br />
C. Những thay đổi trong việc tuyển sinh của các trường MBA<br />
D. Cách thức các trường đang thay đổi để phản ánh nền kinh tế<br />
Dẫn chứng:<br />
Đoạn 1: After twenty years of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business schools in<br />
the United States have started to face harder times... (Sau 20 <strong>năm</strong> gia tăng số sinh <strong>viên</strong> đăng kí học và sự<br />
phát triển thịnh vượng của nền kinh tế thì các trường kinh doanh ở Mỹ đã bắt đầu phải đối mặt với những<br />
khó khăn...)<br />
Đoạn 2: There are two factors causing <strong>thi</strong>s decrease in students seeking an MBA degree. (Có 2 yếu tố dẫn<br />
đến tình trạng giảm số lượng sinh <strong>viên</strong> theo đuổi bằng MBA.)<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- success (n): sự thành công<br />
- surplus (n): số dư<br />
- nurture (n): sự nuôi dưỡng<br />
- education (n): giáo dục<br />
“After twenty years of growing student enrollments and economic prosperity, business schools in the<br />
United States have started to face harder times... (Sau 20 <strong>năm</strong> gia tăng số sinh <strong>viên</strong> đăng kí học và sự phát<br />
triển thịnh vượng của nền kinh tế thì các trường kinh doanh ở Mỹ đã bắt đầu phải đối mặt với những khó<br />
khăn...)”<br />
Do đó: prosperity: ~ success: sự thịnh vượng, sự thành công<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Trường kinh doanh nào sau đây cho thấy sự gia tăng trong việc tuyển sinh?<br />
A. Princeton<br />
B. Harvard<br />
C. Stanford<br />
D. Yale<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Dẫn chứng: Only Harvard’s MBA School has shown a substantial increase in enrollment in recent years.<br />
Both Princeton and Stanford have seen decreases in their enrollments. (Chỉ <strong>có</strong> trường kinh doanh MBA ở<br />
Harvard đã cho thấy việc tuyển sinh tăng đáng kể trong những <strong>năm</strong> gần đây. Cả Princeton và Standford<br />
<strong>đề</strong>u cho thấy việc tuyển sinh giảm xuống.)<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Trang 16/21
Miêu tả nào sau đây <strong>có</strong> thể thích hợp nhất với Phố Wall?<br />
A. Một trung tâm ngoại giao<br />
B. Một trung tâm tài chính lớn<br />
C. Một khu vực mua sắm<br />
D. Một vùng lân cận ở New York<br />
Dẫn chứng: The first one is that many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA degree<br />
does not guarantee a plush job on Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major American cities...<br />
(Yếu tố đầu tiên là nhiều sinh <strong>viên</strong> tốt nghiệp đại học 4 <strong>năm</strong> nhận thấy rằng bằng MBA không đảm bảo<br />
công việc tốt ở phố Wall hoặc các khu vực tài chính khác ở các thành phố lớn của nước Mỹ.)<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Theo bài đọc, hai nguyên nhân của việc giảm học sinh đăng kí ở các trường kinh doanh là gì?<br />
A. Thiếu sự cần <strong>thi</strong>ết cho bằng MBA và suy thoái kinh tế<br />
B. Mức lương thấp và cạnh tranh nước ngoài<br />
C. Ít trường MBA và ít công việc không đòi hỏi kinh nghiệm hơn<br />
D. Dân số suy giảm và sự thịnh vượng kinh tế<br />
Dẫn chứng:<br />
The first one is that many graduates of four-year colleges are finding that an MBA degree does not<br />
guarantee a plush iob on Wall Street, or in other financial districts of major American cities...<br />
(Yếu tố đầu tiên là nhiều sinh <strong>viên</strong> tốt nghiệp đại học 4 <strong>năm</strong> nhận thấy rằng bằng MBA không đảm bảo<br />
công việc tốt ở phố Wall hoặc các khu vực tài chính khác ở các thành phố lớn của nước Mỹ)<br />
The second major factor has been the cutting of American payrolls and the lower number of entry- level<br />
jobs being offered. (Yếu tố chính thứ hai là việc cắt giảm biên chế của nước Mỹ và số lượng công việc<br />
không đòi hỏi kinh nghiệm thấp hơn đang được cung cấp.)<br />
Question 33 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- evolving: tiến hóa<br />
- plunging: lao xuống, đẩy vào<br />
- starting: bắt đầu<br />
- striving: cố gắng, đấu tranh<br />
Business needs are changing, and MBA schools are struggling to meet the new demands. (Nhu cầu kinh<br />
doanh đang thay đổi và các trường MBA đang cố gắng hết sức để đáp ứng các yêu cầu mới.)”<br />
Do đó: struggling ~ striving: cố gắng phấn đẩu<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Điều nào sau đây <strong>có</strong> thể là chủ <strong>đề</strong> của đoạn văn tiếp theo?<br />
A. Những nỗ lực thay đổi của các trường MBA<br />
B. Những dự đoán kinh tế trong tương lai<br />
C. Lịch sử của những thay đổi kinh tế gần đây<br />
D. Những mô tả về các chương trình đại học không phải của MBA<br />
Dẫn chứng: Business needs are changing, and MBA schools are struggling to meet the new demands.<br />
(Nhu cầu kinh doanh đang thay đổi và các trường MBA đang cố gắng hết sức để đáp ứng các yêu cầu<br />
mới.)<br />
=> Đoạn tiếp theo sẽ nói về việc các trường MBA nỗ lực để thay đổi<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 17/21
( PC WEB )<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chon đáp án C<br />
Bài đọc này chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?<br />
A. Dinh dưỡng tốt<br />
B. Thức ăn giàu chất xơ<br />
C. Các cách để giữ cho răng chắc khỏe<br />
D. Sự cho florua vào nước để ngừa sâu răng và các lỗ sâu răng<br />
Dẫn chứng: To keep your teeth healthy, a regular dental hygiene program should be followed (Để giữ<br />
cho răng chắc khỏe thì chúng ta nên tuân theo một chương trình vệ sinh răng miệng thường xuyên)<br />
In addition to a regular dental hygiene program, a good way to keep your teeth healthy is to reduce your<br />
intake of sweet food. (Ngoài việc vệ sinh răng miệng thường xuyên thì cách hiệu quả để giữ răng chắc<br />
khỏe là giảm lượng thức ăn ngọt.)<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Theo bài đọc, tất cả những điều sau đây <strong>đề</strong>u đúng về cao răng NGOẠI TRỪ _________<br />
A. Nó <strong>có</strong> chứa các loại vi khuẩn <strong>tiết</strong> ra axit<br />
B. Nó không bị ảnh hưởng bởi việc ăn đồ ngọt<br />
C. Nó <strong>có</strong> thể được loại bỏ ra khỏi răng bằng việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha khoa<br />
D. Nó giảm tác dụng tích cực của nước bọt<br />
Dẫn chứng:<br />
- The rate at which bacteria in the mouth produce acid depends on the amount of plaque on the teeth, the<br />
composition of the microbial flora, and whether the bacteria of the plaque have been “primed” by<br />
frequent exposure to sugar. (Tỉ lệ vi khuẩn trong miệng <strong>tiết</strong> ra axit phụ thuộc vào lượng cao răng, thành<br />
phần của hệ vi khuẩn, và vào việc vi khuẩn của cao răng <strong>có</strong> được “phát triển” bởi việc tiếp xúc thường<br />
xuyên với đường hay không.” => A đúng, B sai<br />
- Removing plaque with a toothbrush and dental floss temporarily reduces the numbers of bacteria in the<br />
mouth and thus reduces tooth decay. It also makes the surfaces of the teeth more accessible, enabling<br />
saliva to neutralize acid and remineralize lesions. (Loại bỏ cao răng bằng việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha<br />
khoa tạm thời làm giảm số lượng vi khuẩn trong miệng và do đó giảm được sâu răng. Điều đó cũng làm<br />
cho bề mặt răng dễ tiếp cận hơn, cho phép nước bọt trung hòa axit và bù khoáng cho các tổn thương.)<br />
=> C, D đúng.<br />
Question 37 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy luận từ đoạn văn rằng một lợi ích của florua đối với răng chắc khỏe là _________.<br />
A. Nó tăng cường men răng<br />
B. Nó kích thích việc <strong>tiết</strong> nước bọt<br />
C. Nó làm cho răng trắng hơn<br />
D. Nó là sự thay thế cho việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha khoa trong việc chăm sóc răng miệng<br />
Dẫn chứng: If fluoride is present in drinking water when teeth are forming, some fluoride is incorporated<br />
into the enamel of the teeth, making them more resistant to attack by acid. (Nếu Florua <strong>có</strong> mặt trong nước<br />
uống khi răng đang hình thành thì một số florua sẽ được kết hợp vào men răng giúp chúng <strong>có</strong> khả năng<br />
chống lại sự tấn công của axit.)<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
Trang 18/21
( PC WEB )<br />
“Removing plaque with a toothbrush and dental floss temporarily reduces the numbers of bacteria in the<br />
mouth and thus reduces tooth decay. It also makes the surfaces of the teeth more accessible, enabling<br />
saliva to neutralize acid and remineralize lesions. (Loại bỏ cao răng băng việc đánh răng và dùng chỉ nha<br />
khoa tạm thời làm giảm số lượng vi khuẩn trong miệng và do đó giảm được sâu răng. Điều đó cũng làm<br />
cho bề mặt răng dễ tiếp cận hơn, cho phép nước bọt trung hòa axit và bù khoáng cho các tổn thương.)”<br />
Do đó: It = Removing plaque (việc loại bỏ cao răng)<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Điều gì <strong>có</strong> thể được kết luận từ bài đọc về đồ ngọt?<br />
A. Chúng ta nên tránh tất các loại đồ ngọt<br />
B. Đồ ngọt phải được ăn cẩn thận<br />
C. Tôt hơn nên ăn đồ ngọt riêng biệt trong ngày<br />
D. Đồ ngọt dẻo thì ít <strong>có</strong> hại hon các loại đồ ngọt khác<br />
Dẫn chứng: In addition to a regular dental hygiene program, a good way to keep your teeth healthy is to<br />
reduce your intake of sweet food. The least cavity-causing way to eat sweets is to have them with meals<br />
and not between. (Ngoài việc vệ sinh răng miệng thường xuyên thì cách tốt để giữ răng khoe là giảm<br />
lượng đồ ngọt. Cách ít gây sâu răng nhất khi ăn đồ ngọt là ăn cùng với các bữa ăn chứ không phải giữa<br />
các bữa ăn.) => Phải ăn đồ ngọt cẩn thận.<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ “scrape off’ gần nghĩa nhất với từ _________.<br />
A. đẩy lùi<br />
B. cọ xát vào nhau.<br />
C. loại bỏ<br />
D. hòa tan<br />
“Whenever possible, eat foods with fiber, such as raw caưot sticks, apples, celery sticks, etc., that scrape<br />
off plaque, acting as a toothbrush.” (Bất cứ khi nào <strong>có</strong> thể, hãy ăn các loại thực phẩm giàu chất xơ, như cà<br />
rốt sống, táo, cần tây, ...mà <strong>có</strong> thể giúp loại bỏ cao răng, chúng giống như một <strong>chi</strong>ếc bàn chải đánh răng.)<br />
Do đó: scrape off ~ remove<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Theo bài đọc, giá trị của việc ăn thực phẩm <strong>có</strong> chất xơ là _________.<br />
A. chúng chứa Vitamin A<br />
B. chúng rẻ hơn một cái bàn chải đánh răng<br />
C. chúng <strong>có</strong> thể loại bỏ cao răng<br />
D. chúng không chứa đường<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Whenever possible, eat foods with fiber, such as raw carrot sticks, apples, celery sticks,<br />
etc., that scrape off plaque, acting as a toothbrush.” (Bất cứ khi nào <strong>có</strong> thể, hãy ăn các loại thực phẩm giàu<br />
chất xơ, như cà rốt sống, táo, cần tây, ...mà <strong>có</strong> thể giúp loại bỏ cao răng, chúng giống như một <strong>chi</strong>ếc bàn<br />
chải đánh răng.)<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Tác giả của bài đọc nói rằng lượng axit do vi khuẩn <strong>tiết</strong> ra trong nước bọt tăng lên _________.<br />
A. cùng với lượng đồ ngọt mà bạn ăn<br />
B. cùng với số lần bạn ăn đồ ngọt<br />
C. nếu bạn ăn đồ ngọt cùng với các bữa ăn<br />
Trang 19/21
( PC WEB )<br />
D. nếu bạn ăn đồ ngọt dẻo<br />
Dẫn chứng: The number of times you eat sweets rather than the total amount determines how much<br />
harmful acid the bacteria in your saliva produce. (Số lần bạn ăn đồ ngọt quyết định <strong>có</strong> bao nhiêu axit gây<br />
hại do vi khuẩn <strong>tiết</strong> ra trong nước bọt của bạn.)<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Đôi khi điều tốt nhất cho xã hội không luôn tốt cho mỗi cá nhân sống trong xã hội đó.<br />
A. Đôi khi <strong>có</strong> một sự mâu thuẫn giữa lợi ích của xã hội và cá nhân sống trong xã hội đó.<br />
B. Các cá nhân không luôn luôn tìm kiếm điều tốt nhất của xã hội mà họ sống.<br />
C. Không thể cho cá nhân chấp nhận các quy tắc của xã hội mà họ sống.<br />
D. Điều tốt nhất cho các cá nhân luôn phù hợp cho xã hội mà họ sống.<br />
+ sometimes ~ from time to time, ocassionally: thỉnh thoảng, đôi khi<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Câu ban đầu: Rất ngạc nhiên, tôi thấy bài giảng của cô ấy về động vật hoang dã vô cùng thú vị.<br />
A. Trái với mong đợi của mình, tôi thấy bài giảng của cô ấy về động vật hoang dã thú vị nhất trong tất cả.<br />
B. Tôi bị cuốn hút bởi những gì mà cô ấy nói trong bài giảng về động vật hoang dã mặc dù tôi đã không<br />
mong đợi như vậy.<br />
C. Tôi đã không mong đợi cô ấy giảng về động vật hoang dã, nhưng cô ấy đã nói rất tốt.<br />
D. Tại bài giảng của cô ấy về động vật hoang dã, tôi đã nhận ra mình cần học thêm về nó.<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Câu ban đầu: Ngay khi tôi quen những người hàng xóm thì họ chuyển đi nơi khác.<br />
A. Ngay sau khi tôi quen những người hàng xóm mới thì tôi ngừng liên lạc với họ.<br />
B. Nếu những người hàng xóm của tôi ở lại lâu hơn thì tôi đã quen họ hơn.<br />
C. Một khi tôi quen với những hàng xóm mới thì họ chuyển đến nơi khác<br />
D. Ngay khi tôi quen với những hàng xóm của mình thì họ đến nơi khác sống.<br />
+ no sooner ... than ~ hardly ... when: ngay khi... thì...<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án B<br />
(for to make => for making)<br />
Cấu trúc: be used for + V-ing: được sử dụng làm gì<br />
“Cây <strong>có</strong>i giấy được dùng không chỉ để làm giấy mà còn làm thuyền buồm, rổ và quần áo.”<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án B<br />
(too many => too much)<br />
Cấu trúc: many + N- đếm được sốnhiều: nhiều; much + N - không đếm được<br />
+ “time - thời gian” là danh từ không đếm được nên ta dùng “much”<br />
“Bởi vì cậu bé dành quá nhiều thời gian để lướt web và chơi điện tử nên câu ấy không vượt qua kì <strong>thi</strong><br />
cuối.”<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án C<br />
(speeding up => speeds up)<br />
Trang 20/21
Đây là câu trúc song song nên các động từ “relieve, ease và speed up” trong câu này <strong>đề</strong>u được <strong>chi</strong>a theo<br />
danh từ “massage”<br />
Dịch: Theo nhiều chuyên gia y học, việc mát-xa làm giảm cơn đau và lo lắng, làm giảm chứng trầm cảm<br />
và đẩy nhanh việc phục hồi bệnh tật.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Cấu trúc: Adj + as/ though + S + be, S + V ~ Although + S + be + adj, S + V (mặc dù ....nhưng)<br />
E.g: Old as she is, she is active. (Mặc dù già nhưng bà ấy vẫn rất năng động.)<br />
Do đó: “These students maybe excellent. They will not get used to dealing with practical situations.<br />
=> Excellent as they may be, these students will not get used to dealing with practical situations.” (Mặc<br />
dù <strong>có</strong> thể xuất sắc nhưng những học sinh này sẽ không quen <strong>giải</strong> quyết những tình huống thực tế.)<br />
A. sai ngữ pháp; B, C: sai nghĩa<br />
B. Những học sinh này quá xuất sắc để quen với việc <strong>giải</strong> quyết những tình huống thực tế.<br />
C. Những học sinh này sẽ quen với việc <strong>giải</strong> quyết những tình huống thực tế mặc dù chúng xuất sắc.<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Which: đại từ quan hệ <strong>có</strong> thể thay thế cho cả mệnh <strong>đề</strong> phía trước với nghĩa “điều mà”<br />
E.g: He came here yesterday, which made me surprised.<br />
Do đó: She behaved in a very strange way. That surprised me a lot. => She behaved very strangely, which<br />
surprised me very much. (Cô ấy đã cư xử rất lạ, điều mà đã khiến tôi rất ngạc nhiên.)<br />
A. sai ngữ pháp (“that” không được dùng trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ không xác định)<br />
C. sai nghĩa (Điều gần như đã khiến tôi ngạc nhiên là cách cô ấy cư xử lạ.)<br />
D. sai nghĩa (Tôi gần như không bị ngạc nhiên bởi cách cư xử lạ của cô ấy.)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 21/21
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
3<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. compete B. intend C. medal D. defend<br />
Question 2: A. extinction B. exhibit C. exhaustion D. exist<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. hurricane B. photograph C. recommend D. separate<br />
Question 4: A. dangerous B. computer C. courageous D. industrial<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Tom was too wet behind the ears to be in charge of such a difficult task.<br />
A. full of experience B. lack of responsibility<br />
C. without money D. full of sincerity<br />
Question 6: Lisa rarely smiles because she’s shy about exposing her crooked teeth.<br />
A. pulling B. hiding C. showing D. brushing<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: I <strong>thi</strong>nk Michael hit the nail on the head when he said that what is lacking in <strong>thi</strong>s company is<br />
the feeling of confidence.<br />
A. interpreted some<strong>thi</strong>ng indirectly<br />
B. described some<strong>thi</strong>ng unconsciously<br />
C. said some<strong>thi</strong>ng correctly<br />
D. misunderstood some<strong>thi</strong>ng seriously<br />
Question 8: The most irritating people are those who always disturb others by asking really stupid<br />
questions.<br />
A. annoying B. exciting C. cheerful D. humorous<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Mike is going to New York to study next week.<br />
- Linda: “ ___________________ ”<br />
- Mike: “Thanks. I will write to you when I come to New York.”<br />
A. Better luck next time! B. Have a go!<br />
C. God bless you! D Have a nice trip<br />
Question 10: Tim: "Where will you go on holiday?” - David " ___________________ "<br />
( PC WEB )
A. The beach is nice, isn’t it? B. Probably I won't <strong>thi</strong>nk of.<br />
C. Probably to the beach. D. I have a four-day vacation.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: They were extremely tired at the end of the journey because they __________ for more<br />
than 24 hours.<br />
A. have travelled B. have been travelling<br />
C. had travelled D. had been travelling<br />
Question 12: The fireworks festival is ____________ event that we all want to watch it.<br />
A. such wonderful an B. so wonderful an<br />
C. a very wonderful D. a too wonderful<br />
Question 13: Many tourists have decided to visit Ha Long Bay because of UNESCO’s _____ of its<br />
natural beauty.<br />
A. accepting B. protection C. recognition D. condition<br />
Question 14: I’ve been ___________ with my friends for a couple of years.<br />
A. out of reach B. out of the condition<br />
C. out of touch D. out of the question<br />
Question 15: I thought the party ___________________ really well.<br />
A. came off B. came up C. came about D. came across<br />
Question 16: He denied ___________________ the window of the classroom.<br />
A. to break B. break C. to breaking D. breaking<br />
Question 17: The government is aiming _______ a 40% reduction _________ unemployment.<br />
A. to - of B. at - in C. on - in D. for - of<br />
Question 18: You should be a little more _________ if you want to attract their attention.<br />
A. imaginative B. imagine C. imagination D. imaginatively<br />
Question 19: I didn’t ___________________ to see my aunt when I was in Paris.<br />
A. take B. make C. get D. meet<br />
Question 20: The _________ of new technology transformed our lives.<br />
A. interaction B. advent C. emergency D. identity<br />
Question 21: What does global warming have ___________________ overpopulation?<br />
A. to do B. to do with C. made D. made up<br />
Question 22: I <strong>thi</strong>nk I put my ___________________ in it when I asked Lisa about her ex-husband.<br />
A. thought B. elbow C. foot D. nose<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word<br />
Can we see (23) _______ the earth is a globe? Yes, we can, when we watch a ship that sails out to sea.<br />
If we watch closely, we see that the ship begins (24) _______. The bottom of the ship disappears first,<br />
and then the ship seems to sink lower and lower, (25) _______we can only see the top of the ship, and<br />
then we see no<strong>thi</strong>ng at all. What is hiding the ship from us? It is the earth. Stick a pin most of the way into<br />
an orange, and (26) _______ turn the orange away.<br />
Trang 2/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 23: A. if B. where C. that D. when<br />
Question 24: A. being disappeared<br />
B. to be disappeared<br />
C. to have disappeared D. to disappear<br />
Question 25: A. until B. since C. after D. by the time<br />
Question 26: A. reluctantly B. accidentally C. slowly D. passionately<br />
Question 27: A. the same B. alike C. just as D. similar to<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Because the low latitudes of the Earth, the areas near the equator, receive more heat than the latitudes<br />
near the poles, and because the nature of heat is to expand and move, heat is transported from the tropics<br />
to the middle and high latitudes. Some of <strong>thi</strong>s heat is moved by winds and some by ocean currents, and<br />
some gets stored in the atmosphere in the form of latent heat. The term “latent heat” refers to the energy<br />
that has to be used to convert liquid water to water vapor. We know that if we warm a pan of water on a<br />
stove, it will evaporate, or turn into vapor, faster than if it is allowed to sit at room temperature. We also<br />
know that if we hang wet clothes outside in the summertime, they will dry faster than in winter, when the<br />
temperature is lower. The energy used in both cases to change liquid water to water vapor is supplied by<br />
heat - supplied by the stove in the first case and by the Sun in the latter case. This energy is not lost. It is<br />
stored as vapor in the atmosphere as latent heat. Eventually, the water stored as vapor in the atmosphere<br />
will condense to liquid again, and the energy will be released to the atmosphere.<br />
In the atmosphere, a large portion of the Sun’s incoming energy is used to evaporate water, primarily in<br />
the tropical oceans. Scientists have tried to quantify <strong>thi</strong>s proportion of the Sun’s energy. By analyzing<br />
temperature, water vapor, and wind data around the globe, they have estimated the quantity to be about 90<br />
watts per square meter, or nearly 30 percent of the Sun’s energy. Once <strong>thi</strong>s latent heat is stored wi<strong>thi</strong>n the<br />
atmosphere, it can be transported, primarily to higher latitudes, by prevailing, large - scale winds. Or it<br />
can be transported vertically to higher levels in the atmosphere, where it forms clouds and subsequent<br />
storms, which then release the energy back to the atmosphere.<br />
Question 28: The passage mainly discusses how heat ___________________<br />
A. is transformed and transported in the Earth’s atmosphere.<br />
B. is transported by ocean currents.<br />
C. can be measured and analyzed by scientists.<br />
D. moves about the Earth’s equator.<br />
Question 29: The passage mentions that the tropics differ from the Earth’s polar regions in which of the<br />
following ways?<br />
A. The height of cloud formation in the atmosphere.<br />
B. The amount of heat they receive from the Sun.<br />
C. The strength of their large scale winds.<br />
D. The strength of their oceanic currents.<br />
Question 30: The word “convert” is closest in meaning to ___________________ .<br />
A. mix B. change C. adapt D. reduce<br />
Question 31: Why does the author mention “the stove” in the passage?<br />
A. To describe the heat of the Sun.<br />
Trang 3/22<br />
( PC WEB )
B. To illustrate how water vapor is stored.<br />
C. To show how energy is stored.<br />
D. To give an example of a heat source<br />
Question 32: According to the passage, most ocean water evaporation occurs especially _________ .<br />
A. around the higher latitudes B. in the tropics<br />
C. because of large - scale winds D. because of strong ocean currents<br />
Question 33: According to the passage, 30 percent of the Sun’s incoming energy __________<br />
A. is stored in clouds in the lower latitudes<br />
B. is transported by ocean currents<br />
C. never leaves the upper atmosphere<br />
D. gets stored as latent heat<br />
Question 34: The underlined word “it” refers to ___________________ .<br />
A. square meter B. the Sun’s energy<br />
C. latent heat D. the atmosphere<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Often the craft worker’s place of employment in ancient Greece was set in rural isolation. Potter, for<br />
instance, found it convenient to locate their workshops near their source of clay, regardless of its relation<br />
to the center of settlement, At Corinth and Athens, however, two of the best-known potters’ quarters were<br />
situated on the cities’ outskirts, and potters and makers of terra-cotta figurines were also established well<br />
wi<strong>thi</strong>n the city of Athens itself. The techniques of pottery manufacture had evolved well before the Greek<br />
period, but marked stylistic developments occurred in shape and in decoration, for example, in the<br />
interplay of black and other glazes with the red surface of the fired pot. Athenian black-figure and redfigure<br />
decoration, which emphasized human figures rather than animal images, was adopted between 630<br />
and 530 B.C.; its distinctive color and luster were the result of the skillful adjustments of the kiln’s<br />
temperature during an extended three-stage period if firing the clayware. Whether it was the potters or the<br />
vase-painters who initiated changes in firing is unclear; the functions of making and decorating were<br />
usually divided between them, but neither group can have been so specialized that they did not share in<br />
the concerns of the other.<br />
The broad utility of terra-cotta was such that workers in clay could generally afford to confine<br />
themselves to either decorated housewares like cooking pots and jars or building materials like roof tiles<br />
and drainpipes. Some sixth-and fifth-century B.C. Athenian pottery establishments are known to have<br />
concentrated on a limited range of fine ware, but a rural pottery establishment on the island of Tliasos<br />
produced many types of pottery and roof tiles too, presumably to meet local demand. Molds were used to<br />
create particular effects for some products, such as relief-decorated vessels and figurines; for other<br />
products such as roof tiles, which were needed in some quantity, they were used to facilitate mass<br />
production. There were also a number of poor-quality figurines and painted pots produced in quantity by<br />
easy, inexpensive means- as numerous featureless statuettes and unattractive cases testify.<br />
Question 35: The passage mainly discusses ancient Greek pottery and its __________ .<br />
A. production techniques B. similarity to other crafts<br />
C. unusual materials D. resemblance to earlier pottery<br />
Trang 4/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 36: It can be inferred from the passage that most pottery establishments in ancient Greece were<br />
situated ___________ .<br />
A. in city centers B. on the outskirts of cities<br />
C. where clay could be found D. near other potters’ workshops<br />
Question 37: The word “marked” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to __________ .<br />
A. original B. attractive C. noticeable D. patterned<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The word “confine” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to _________ .<br />
A. adapt B. train C. restrict D. organize<br />
Question 39: It can be inferred from the passage that terra-cotta had which of the following advantages?<br />
A. It did not break during the firing process.<br />
B. It was less expensive than other available materials.<br />
C. Its surface had a lasting shine.<br />
D. It could be used for many purposes.<br />
Question 40: The word “presumably” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ____________<br />
A. frequently B. practically C. preferably D. probably<br />
Question 41: The word “they” in the second paragraph refers to __________________.<br />
A. molds B. particular effects C. products D. vessels and figurines<br />
Question 42: According to the passage, all of the following are true of ancient Greek potters and vase<br />
painters EXCEPT __________________.<br />
A. Their functions were so specialized that they lacked common concerns.<br />
B. They sometimes produced inferior ware.<br />
C. They produced pieces that had unusual color and shine.<br />
D. They decorated many of their works with human images<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: Our chances of success are very small.<br />
A. It’s not very likely that we will succeed.<br />
B. There is possibility that we will a<strong>chi</strong>eve success.<br />
C. We will certainly be very successful.<br />
D. We have no chances, so we are not successful.<br />
Question 44: There were so many people on the bus that Sally couldn’t get a seat.<br />
A. The bus was too crowded for Sally not to get a seat.<br />
B. The bus was so crowded that there was nowhere for Sally to sit.<br />
C. So crowded the bus was that Sally couldn’t get a seat.<br />
D. The crowded bus did not prevent Sally from getting a seat.<br />
Question 45: “No, no, you really must stay with us! said the <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
A. The <strong>chi</strong>ldren denied my staying with them.<br />
B. The <strong>chi</strong>ldren refused to let me stay with them.<br />
C. The <strong>chi</strong>ldren didn’t agree to let stay with them.<br />
D. The <strong>chi</strong>ldren insisted on my staying with them.<br />
Trang 5/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Pointing in someone is usually considered rude but it is acceptable when teachers want to<br />
A B C D<br />
attract their students’ attention in class.<br />
Question 47: The bones of the elderly are more prone to fractures than of young people.<br />
A B C D<br />
Question 48: Lack of animal protein in a diet is a serious cause for malnutrition.<br />
A B C D<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: She did not study hard. She failed the exam.<br />
A. Even though she failed the exam, she didn’t study hard.<br />
B. Unless she had studied hard, she would have failed the exam.<br />
C. If she had studied hard, she would have passed the exam.<br />
D. However hard she studied, she failed the exam.<br />
Question 50: You cannot completely avoid stress in your life. You need to find ways to cope with it.<br />
A. After you can completely avoid stress in your life, you need to find ways to cope with it.<br />
B. As long as you can completely avoid stress in your lives, you need to find ways to cope with it.<br />
C. As you cannot completely avoid stress in your life, you need to find ways to cope with it.<br />
D. Because stress can completely be avoided in your life, you need to find ways to cope with it.<br />
Trang 6/22<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐÁP ÁN<br />
1A 2A 3C 4A 5A 6B 7C 8A 9D 10C<br />
11D 12B 13C 14C 15A 16D 17B 18A 19C 20B<br />
21B 22C 23C 24D 25A 26C 27C 28A 29B 30B<br />
31D 32B 33D 34C 35A 36C 37C <strong>38</strong>C 39D 40D<br />
41A 42A 43A 44B 45D 46A 47D 48D 49C 50C<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- compete /kəmˈpiːt/ (v): cạnh tranh<br />
E.g: It’s difficult for our small shop to compete with big stores.<br />
- intend /ɪnˈtend/ (v): <strong>có</strong> ý định<br />
E.g: I intend to go to New York next month.<br />
- medal /ˈmedl/ (n): huy chương<br />
E.g: She won a gold medal.<br />
- defend /dɪˈfend/ (v): bảo vệ<br />
E.g: She wants to defend her point of view<br />
Question 2 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- extinction /ɪkˈstɪŋkʃn/ (n): sự tuyệt chủng<br />
E.g: Many species are threatened with extinction.<br />
- exhibit /ɪɡˈzɪbɪt/ (v): triển lãm<br />
E.g: They have exhibited many of her works at their gallery recently.<br />
- exhaustion /ɪɡˈzɔːstʃən/ (n): sự mệt nhoài, tình trạng kiệt sức<br />
E.g: He felt ill with exhaustion.<br />
- exist /ɪɡˈzɪst/ (v): tồn tại<br />
E.g: Slavery still exists in <strong>thi</strong>s country<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Trang 7/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 3 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- hurricane /ˈhʌrɪkən/ (n): bão mạnh ở Đại Tây <strong>Dương</strong><br />
E.g: The house was destroyed in a hurricane.<br />
- photograph /ˈfəʊtəɡrɑːf/ (n): ảnh<br />
E.g: My parents took a lot of photographs when they went to Paris.<br />
- recommend /ˌrekəˈmend/ (v): khuyên<br />
E.g: The teacher recommend that I study harder.<br />
- separate /ˈseprət/ (v): tách biệt<br />
E.g: The north and south of the country are separated by a bridge.<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- dangerous /ˈdeɪndʒərəs/ (adj): nguy hiểm<br />
E.g: It’s dangerous to go out at night.<br />
- computer /kəmˈpjuːtə/ (n): máy tính<br />
E.g: I have just bought a new computer.<br />
- courageous /kəˈreɪdʒəs/ (adj): dũng cảm, can đảm<br />
E.g: He had a courageous decision.<br />
- industrial /ɪnˈdʌstriəl/ (adj): (thuộc) công nghiệp<br />
E.g: Industrial waste should be buried carefully<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- full of experience: đầy kinh nghiệm<br />
- lack of responsibility: <strong>thi</strong>ếu trách nhiệm<br />
- without money: <strong>thi</strong>ếu tiền<br />
- full of sincerity: đầy sự chân thành, rất chân thành<br />
- wet behind the ears: young and without much experience: chưa <strong>có</strong> kinh nghiệm, quá non nớt, miệng còn<br />
hôi sữa<br />
E.g: He was still wet behind the ears.<br />
Do đó: wet behind the ears<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- pulling (v-ing): đẩy ra<br />
- hiding (v-ing): che giấu<br />
- showing (v-ing): để lộ ra<br />
- brushing (v-ing): đánh (răng)<br />
- exposing (v-ing): để lộ ra<br />
Do đó: exposing<br />
hiding<br />
<br />
full of experience<br />
Dịch: Lisa hiếm khi cười vì cô ấy ngại phải để lộ hàm răng khểnh của mình.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question7 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Trang 8/22<br />
( PC WEB )
- interpreted some<strong>thi</strong>ng indirectly: <strong>giải</strong> thích điều gì đó gián tiếp<br />
- described some<strong>thi</strong>ng unconsciously: mô tả điều gì đó vô ý thức<br />
- say some<strong>thi</strong>ng correctly: nói điều gì đó chính xác<br />
- misunderstood some<strong>thi</strong>ng seriously: hiểu lầm điều gì đó một cách nghiêm trọng<br />
- hit the nail on the head: to say some<strong>thi</strong>ng that is exactly right: nói điều gì hoàn toàn chính xác, đánh<br />
đúng trọng tâm, gãi đúng chỗ ngứa<br />
Do đó: hit the nail on the head ~ said some<strong>thi</strong>ng correctly<br />
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ Michael đã đúng khi cậu ấy nói rằng cái mà công ty này đang <strong>thi</strong>ếu là sự tin tưởng.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- irritating ~ annoying (adj): làm bực mình, chọc tức<br />
- exciting (adj): hấp dẫn, hứng thú<br />
- cheerful (adj): vui vẻ<br />
- humorous (adj): hài hước<br />
Dịch: Những người khiến cho người khác bực mình nhất là những người luôn quấy rầy người khác bởi<br />
việc hỏi các câu hỏi thực sự ngớ ngẩn.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Tuần sau Mike đi học ở New York.<br />
- Linda: “___________________ ”<br />
- Mike: “Cảm ơn cậu, tớ sẽ viết thư cho cậu khi tớ đến New York.”<br />
A. Chúc cậu may mắn lần sau!<br />
B. Đi thôi!<br />
C. Chúa sẽ phù hộ cho cậu! (nói câu này khi ai đó hắt xì hơi, để cầu mong người đó được chúa che chở<br />
cho khỏi bệnh)<br />
D. Chúc cậu <strong>có</strong> chuyến đi tốt đẹp nhé!<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tim: “Cậu sẽ đi nghỉ ở đâu?” David: “ ___________________ ”<br />
A. Bờ biển đẹp, <strong>có</strong> phải không?<br />
B. Có lẽ tớ sẽ không nghĩ tới.<br />
C. Có lẽ là tớ sẽ tới biển.<br />
D. Tớ <strong>có</strong> kì nghi 4 ngày.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Động từ trong câu này phải được <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn để diễn tả hành động này là<br />
nguyên nhân của một điều gì đó trong quá khứ.<br />
Cấu trúc: S + had + been + V-ing .... (thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn)<br />
Dịch: Họ cực kì mệt vào cuối cuộc hành trình vì họ đã đi hơn 24 tiếng đồng hồ.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Trang 9/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Cấu trúc: S + be + so + adj + a/an + N đếm được số ít + that + S + V = S + be + such + a/ an + adj +N<br />
đếm được số ít + that + S + V (quá ,, .đến nỗi mà ...)<br />
Dịch: Lễ hội bắn pháo hoa là một sự kiện tuyệt vời đến nỗi mà tất cả chúng tôi <strong>đề</strong>u muốn đi xem.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- recognition (n): sự thừa nhận, sự công nhận<br />
- accept (v): chấp nhận<br />
- protection (n): sự bảo vệ<br />
- condition (n): điều kiện<br />
Dịch: Nhiều du khách đã quyết định đi tham quan Vịnh Hạ Long vì UNESCO đã công nhận vẻ đẹp tự<br />
nhiên của nó.”<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- out of reach: ngoài tầm với<br />
- out of condition: không được khỏe<br />
- out of touch (with sb): không còn liên lạc (với ai)<br />
- out of the question: không thể được, không thể chấp nhận được, không đáng để bàn<br />
Dịch: Tôi đã không còn liên lạc với bạn của mình vài <strong>năm</strong> rồi.<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án A<br />
come off (ph.v): be successful: thành công<br />
come up (ph.v): xảy ra, xuất hiện<br />
come across (ph.v): tình cờ gặp<br />
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ bữa tiệc đã thực sự thành công<br />
Question 16 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Cấu trúc: - deny + V-ing: phủ nhận làm việc gì<br />
E.g: She denied stealing his car.<br />
Dịch: Cậu ấy phủ nhận đập vỡ cánh cửa sổ phòng học.<br />
Gerunds (Danh động từ)<br />
Danh động từ thường được dùng để:<br />
- Làm chủ ngữ trong câu:<br />
Note 14<br />
E.g: Doing exercise regularly is very good for our health.<br />
- Làm tân ngữ đứng sau một số động từ: avoid, appreciate, admit, consider, deny, detest, enjoy,<br />
fancy, mind, finish, imagine, resume, forgive, practice, resent, keep, tolerate, risk, postpone, suggest,<br />
miss...<br />
E.g: He practices speaking English every day.<br />
- Làm tân ngữ đứng sau một số cụm từ: it's (not) worth..., it’s (no) use/good..., in addition to, can I help,<br />
can’t bear, can't stand ...<br />
E.g: It’s worth buying an expensive ticket to <strong>thi</strong>s concert.<br />
- Đứng sau các cụm động từ (phrasal verbs): give up, put off, keep on, be opposed to, face up to, be<br />
against, look forward to, be interested in, be/get used to, see about, care for...<br />
Trang 10/22<br />
( PC WEB )
E.g: I get used to getting up early.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc: - aim at sth: nhằm mục đích làm gì<br />
- reduction in sth: giảm cái gì.<br />
Dịch: Chính phủ đang nhằm mục đích giảm 40% tỉ lệ thất nghiệp.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- imaginative (adj): sáng tạo<br />
- imagine (v): tưởng tượng<br />
- imagination (n): trí tưởng tượng<br />
- imaginatively (adv): một cách sáng tạo<br />
Trong câu này, từ cần điền vào là một tính từ.<br />
Dịch: Bạn nên sáng tạo hơn một chút nếu bạn muốn thu hút sự chú ý của họ.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Cấu trúc: - take to doing sth ~ begin/ start to do sth as a habit: bắt đầu làm gì như một thói quen<br />
get to do sth -have the opportunity to do sth: <strong>có</strong> cơ hội làm gì đó<br />
Dịch: Tôi đã không <strong>có</strong> cơ hội gặp dì tôi khi tôi ở Paris.<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- interaction (n): sự tương tác<br />
- advent (n): sự đến, sự ra đời, sự xuất hiện<br />
+ the advent of sth/ sb: sự xuất hiện của cái gì/ ai<br />
- emergency (n): tình trạng khẩn cấp<br />
- identity (n): sự giống hệt, nét để nhận dạng<br />
Dịch: Sự xuất hiện của công nghệ mới đã thay đổi cuộc sống của chúng ta.<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc: “ have to + V: phải làm gì<br />
- make up: tạo nên, cấu thành<br />
- have to do with sth ~ be about/ be involved/ connected with some<strong>thi</strong>ng: nói về, liên quan đến<br />
E.g: My question has to do with last week’s assignment.<br />
Dịch: Sự nóng lên toàn cầu <strong>có</strong> liên quan gì đến sự bùng nổ dân số?<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- ex-husband (n): chồng cũ, chồng trước<br />
- thought (n): suy nghĩ<br />
- elbow (n): khuỷu tay<br />
- foot (n): bàn chân<br />
- nose (n): mũi<br />
+ Put your foot in it/ put your foot in your mouth (cho chân vào mồm): to say or do some<strong>thi</strong>ng that upsets,<br />
offends or embarrasses somebody: nói hay làm điều gì đó không nên, làm cho người khác xấu hổ hoặc bị<br />
xúc phạm<br />
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ tôi đã <strong>thi</strong>ếu tế nhị khi hỏi Lisa về chồng cũ của cô ấy.<br />
Trang 11/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- if: nếu<br />
- where: ở đâu<br />
- that: rằng<br />
- when: khi nào<br />
Cấu trúc: see + that + a clause “Can we see that the earth is a globe?” (Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể nhìn thấy trái đất<br />
<strong>có</strong> hình cầu không?)<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- begin + to V/ V-ing: bắt đầu làm gì (chủ động)<br />
“If we watch closely, we see that the ship begins to disappear” (Nếu chúng ta quan sát kĩ thì chúng ta thấy<br />
rằng con tàu bắt đầu biến mất)<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- until: cho đến khi<br />
- since: từ khi, vì<br />
- after: sau khi<br />
- by the time: trước<br />
“The bottom of the ship disappears first, and then the ship seems to sink lower and lower, until we can<br />
only see the top of the ship, and then we see no<strong>thi</strong>ng at all.” (Phần dưới của con tàu biến mất đầu tiên, rồi<br />
sau đó con tàu bắt đầu chìm xuống càng thấp hơn, cho đến khi chúng ta chỉ nhìn thấy phần trên của con<br />
tàu, và sau đó chúng ta không nhìn thấy gì nữa)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- reluctantly (adv): một cách miễn cưỡng<br />
- accidentally (adv): một cách tình cờ, ngẫu nhiên<br />
- slowly (adv): một cách từ từ, chầm chậm<br />
- passionately (adv): một cách đam mê, say sưa<br />
“Stick a pin most of the way into an orange, and slowly turn the orange away from you.” (Cắm một cái<br />
ghim vào một quả cam và từ từ xoay quả cam hướng ra khỏi bạn)<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- same (adj): giống nhau<br />
the same (N) (+ as): giống (với)<br />
E.g: We lived in the same house.<br />
- alike (adj, adv): giống nhau<br />
E.g: My brother and I do not look alike.<br />
- just as + S + V: giống như, đúng như<br />
E.g: It’s just as I thought. (Điều đó thì đúng như tôi nghĩ.)<br />
- similar to: tương tự với<br />
E.g: Their house is similar to ours.<br />
Trang 12/22<br />
( PC WEB )
“You will see the pin disappear, just as a ship does on the earth. “ (Bạn sẽ nhìn thấy cái ghim biến mất,<br />
giống như con tàu trên trái đất.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận về việc bằng cách nào mà nhiệt ___________________<br />
A. được biến đổi và luân chuyển trong khí quyển của trái đất<br />
B. được dòng hải lưu luân chuyển<br />
C. <strong>có</strong> thể được các nhà khoa học đo lường và phân tích<br />
D. di chuyển quanh xích đạo trái đất<br />
Dẫn chứng: Because the low latitudes of the Earth, the areas near the equator, receive more heat than the<br />
latitudes near the poles, and because the nature of heat is to expand and move heat is transported from the<br />
tropics to the middle and high latitudes. Some of <strong>thi</strong>s heat is moved by winds and some by ocean currents,<br />
and some gets stored in the atmosphere in the form of latent heat. (Do vĩ độ thấp của trái đất nên các vùng<br />
gần xích đạo nhận được nhiều nhiệt hơn vĩ độ gần cực và bởi vì bản chất của nhiệt là lan truyền và di<br />
chuyển nên nhiệt được luân chuyển từ các vùng nhiệt đới đến các vĩ độ trung bình và cao. Một số lượng<br />
nhiệt này được di chuyển bởi gió và một số bởi dòng hải lưu, và một số được lưu trữ trong khí quyển ở<br />
dạng nhiệt ẩn.)<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Bài đọc <strong>đề</strong> cập đến các vùng nhiệt đới khác với các vùng cực của trái đất như thế nào?<br />
A. Độ cao của việc hình thành đám mây trong khí quyển<br />
B. Lượng nhiệt mà chúng nhận được từ mặt trời<br />
C. Sức gió trên phạm vi rộng<br />
D. Sức mạnh của dòng hải lưu<br />
Dẫn chứng: Because the low latitudes of the Earth, the areas near the equator, receive more heat than the<br />
latitudes near the poles, and because the nature of heat is to expand and move, heat is transported from the<br />
tropics to the middle and high latitudes. (Do vĩ độ thấp của trái đất nên các vùng gần xích đạo nhận được<br />
nhiều nhiệt hơn vĩ độ gần cực, và bởi vì bản chất của nhiệt là lan truyền và di chuyển nên nhiệt được luân<br />
chuyển từ các vùng nhiệt đới đến các vĩ độ trung bình và cao.)<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- mix (v): trộn<br />
- change (v): biến đổi<br />
- adapt (v): thích nghi<br />
- reduce (v): giảm<br />
“The term “latent heat” refers to the energy that has to be used to convert liquid water to water vapor.”<br />
(Thuật ngữ “nhiệt ẩn” <strong>đề</strong> cập đến năng lượng được sử dụng để chuyển đổi nước lỏng thành hơi nước.)<br />
Do đó: convert ~ change: biến đổi, chuyển đổi<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Tại sao tác giả <strong>đề</strong> cập đến “the stove-cái bếp” trong bài đọc?<br />
A. Để mô tả nhiệt của mặt trời<br />
B. Để minh họa hơi nước được lưu trữ như thế nào<br />
Trang 13/22<br />
( PC WEB )
C. Để chỉ ra năng lượng được lưu trữ như thế nào<br />
D. Để đưa ra một ví dụ của nguồn nhiệt<br />
Dẫn chứng: We know that if we warm a pan of water on a stove, it will evaporate, or turn into vapor,<br />
faster than if it is allowed to sit at room temperature. We also know that if we hang wet clothes outside in<br />
the summertime, they will dry faster than in winter, when the temperature is lower. The energy used in<br />
both cases to change liquid water to water vapor is supplied by heat - supplied by the stove in the first<br />
case and by the Sun in the latter case. (Chúng ta biết rằng nếu chúng ta đun một ấm nước trên bếp thì nó<br />
sẽ bay hơi, hoặc biến thành hơi nước nhanh hơn nếu nó được để ở nhiệt độ phòng. Chúng ta cũng biết<br />
rằng nếu chúng ta treo quần áo ướt bên ngoài vào mùa hè thì chúng sẽ khô nhanh hơn vào mùa đông, khi<br />
nhiệt độ thấp hơn, Năng lượng được sử dụng trong cả hai trường hợp để biến đổi nước lỏng thành hơi<br />
nước được cung cấp bởi nhiệt - được cung cấp bởi cái bếp trong trường hợp đầu tiên và bởi mặt trời trong<br />
trường hợp sau.)<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Theo bài đọc, hầu hết sự bốc hơi nước đại dương xảy ra đặc biệt ___________________ .<br />
A. ở quanh vùng vĩ độ cao hơn<br />
B. ở các vùng ôn đới<br />
C. do sức gió trên phạm vi rộng<br />
D. do dòng hải lưu mạnh<br />
Dẫn chứng: In the atmosphere, a large portion of the Sun’s incoming energy is used to evaporate water,<br />
primarily in the tropical oceans. (Trong khí quyển, một phần lớn năng lượng của Mặt Trời được sử dụng<br />
để làm bay hơi nước, chủ yếu ở các đại dương nhiệt đới.)<br />
Question 33 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Theo bài đọc, 30% của năng lượng đến từ mặt trời ___________________<br />
A. được lưu trữ trong các đám mây ở vĩ độ thấp hơn<br />
B. được luân chuyển bởi các dòng hải lưu<br />
C. chưa bao giờ ra khỏi bầu khí quyển phía trên<br />
D. được lưu trữ dưới dạng nhiệt ẩn<br />
Dẫn chứng: By analyzing temperature, water vapor, and wind data around the globe, they have estimated<br />
the quantity to be about 90 watts per square meter, or nearly 30 percent of the Sun’s energy. Once <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
latent heat is stored wi<strong>thi</strong>n the atmosphere, it can be transported, primarily to higher latitudes, by<br />
prevailing, large - scale winds. (Bằng cách phân tích nhiệt độ, hơi nước và dữ liệu gió trên toàn cầu, họ đã<br />
ước tính số lượng khoảng 90w/1m2, hoặc gần 30% năng lượng của mặt trời. Một khi nhiệt ẩn này được<br />
lưu trữ trong khí quyển thì nó <strong>có</strong> thể được luân chuyển, chủ yếu đến các vĩ độ cao hơn bởi các cơn gió<br />
thịnh hành <strong>có</strong> quy mô lớn.)<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ "it" <strong>đề</strong> cập đến ___________________ .<br />
A. mét vuông B. năng lượng mặt trời C. nhiệt ẩn D. khí quyển<br />
"Once <strong>thi</strong>s latent heat is stored wi<strong>thi</strong>n the atmosphere, it can be transported, primarily to higher latitudes,<br />
by prevailing, large - scale winds.” (Một khi nhiệt ẩn này được lưu trữ trong khí quyển thì nó <strong>có</strong> thể được<br />
luân chuyển, chủ yếu đến các vĩ độ cao hơn bởi các cơn gió thịnh hành <strong>có</strong> quy mô lớn<br />
Do đó: it = latent heat<br />
Trang 14/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận đến việc làm gốm ở Hy Lạp cổ đại và ___________________ .<br />
A. các kĩ thuật sản xuất<br />
B. sự tương tự với các nghề thủ công khác<br />
C. các chất liệu khác thường<br />
D. sự giống với nghề làm đồ gốm trước đó<br />
Dẫn chứng: ....The techniques of pottery manufacture had evolved well before the Greek period, but<br />
marked stylistic developments occurred in shape and in decoration, for example, in the interplay of black<br />
and other glazes with the red surface of the fired pot... (...Các kĩ thuật sản xuất gốm đã phát triển mạnh<br />
trước thời kì Hy Lạp, nhưng sự phát triển nghệ thuật đáng chú ý đã xuất hiện trong hình dạng và trang trí,<br />
ví dụ trong sự tương tác giữa màu đen và các men khác với bề mặt màu đỏ của nồi nung...)<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng hầu hết các cơ sở sản xuất gốm ở Hy Lạp cổ đại được đặt _____ .<br />
A. ở trung tâm thành phố<br />
B. ở các vùng ngoại ô của thành phố<br />
C. ở nơi <strong>có</strong> thể tìm thấy đất sét<br />
D. ở gần các xưởng gốm khác<br />
Dẫn chứng: Potter, for instance, found it convenient to locate their workshops near their source of clay,<br />
regardless of its relation to the center of settlement... (Chẳng hạn, các thợ làm gốm thấy thuận tiện khi đặt<br />
xưởng gốm ở gần nguồn đất sét, mà không quan tâm đến việc nó <strong>có</strong> gần khu đông dân cư không...)<br />
Question 37 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ “marked” trong đoạn đầu gần nghĩa nhất với ___________________<br />
A. thuộc nguồn gốc<br />
B. hấp dẫn, lôi cuốn<br />
C. đáng chú ý<br />
D. được trang trí bằng mẫu vẽ<br />
“ThetechniquesofpotterymanufacturehadevolvedwellbeforetheGreekperiod.butmarkedstvlistic<br />
developments occurred in shape and in decoration, for example, in the interplay of black and other glazes<br />
with the red surface of the fired pot.” (Các kĩ thuật sản xuất gốm đã phát triển mạnh trước thời kì Hy Lạp,<br />
nhưng sự phát triển nghệ thuật đáng chú ý đã xuất hiện trong hình dạng và trang trí, ví dụ trong sự tương<br />
tác giữa màu đen và các men khác với bề mặt màu đỏ của nồi.)<br />
Do đó: marked ~ noticeable: đáng chú ý, <strong>có</strong> thể nhận thấy<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ “confine” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với ___________________ .<br />
A. thích nghi<br />
B. huấn luyện, đào tạo<br />
C. hạn chế<br />
D. tổ chức<br />
Trang 15/22<br />
( PC WEB )
“The broad utility of terra-cotta was such that workers in clay could generally afford to confine<br />
themselves to either decorated housewares like cooking pots and jars or building materials like roof tiles<br />
and drainpipes” (Ứng dụng của đất nung là rất rộng nên các công nhân <strong>có</strong> thể tự giới hạn mình với các đồ<br />
dùng gia đình trang trí như nồi nấu ăn và chum dự trữ hoặc vật liệu xây dựng như ngói và ống thoát<br />
nước.)<br />
Do đó: confine ~ restrict: giới hạn, hạn chế<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng đất nung <strong>có</strong> những lợi ích nào sau đây?<br />
A. Nó không bị vỡ suốt quá trình nung<br />
B. Nó rẻ hơn các vật liệu <strong>có</strong> sẵn khác<br />
C. Bề mặt của nó sáng bóng lâu<br />
D. Nó <strong>có</strong> thể được sử dụng cho nhiều mục đích<br />
Dẫn chứng: “The broad utility of terra-cotta was such that workers in clay could generally afford to<br />
confine themselves to either decorated housewares like cooking pots and jars or building materials like<br />
roof tiles and drainpipes” (Ứng dụng của đất nung là rất rộng nên các công nhân <strong>có</strong> thể tự giới hạn mình<br />
với các đồ dùng gia đình trang trí như nồi nấu ăn và chum dự trữ hoặc vật liệu xây dựng như ngói và ống<br />
thoát nước.)<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Từ “presumably” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với từ ___________________<br />
A. thường xuyên<br />
B. <strong>thi</strong>ết thực, thực tế<br />
C. yêu thích<br />
D. <strong>có</strong> thể, <strong>có</strong> lẽ<br />
“Some sixth andfifth century B.C. Athenian pottery establishments are known to have concentrated on a<br />
limited range of fine ware, but a rural pottery establishment on the island of Thasos produced many types<br />
of pottery and roof tiles too, presumably to meet local demand.” (Một số cơ sở gốm của người A-ten vào<br />
thế kỉ thứ 6 và 5 trước công nguyên được mọi người biết đến chỉ tập trung vào việc sản xuất một số lượng<br />
hạn chế các đồ trang sức, nhưng một cơ sở gốm nông thôn trên đảo Thasos đã sản xuất ra nhiều loại gốm<br />
và ngói, <strong>có</strong> lẽ là để đáp ứng nhu cầu địa phương)<br />
Do đó: presumably ~ probably: <strong>có</strong> lẽ, <strong>có</strong> thể<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Từ “they” trong đoạn 2 <strong>đề</strong> cập đến ___________________.<br />
A. những cái khuôn<br />
B. các hiệu ứng đặc biệt<br />
C. các sản phẩm<br />
D. các loại chậu và các bức tượng nhỏ<br />
Molds were used to create particular effects for some products, such as relief-decorated vessels and<br />
figurines; for other products such as roof tiles, which were needed in some quantity, they were used to<br />
facilitate mass production” (Khuôn được dùng để tạo ra các hiệu ứng đặc biệt cho một số sản phẩm như<br />
các loại chậu và các bức tượng nhỏ được chạm nổi; đối với các sản phẩm khác như ngói lợp cần số lượng<br />
lớn thì chúng được dùng để tạo thuận lợi cho việc sản xuất hàng loạt)<br />
Trang 16/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Do đó: “they” = molds<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Theo bài đọc, tất cả các điều sau đây đúng về thợ gốm và thợ sơn bình Hy Lạp NGOẠI TRỪ ______ .<br />
A. nhiệm vụ của họ quá chuyên biệt đến mức họ <strong>thi</strong>ếu những mối quan tâm chung<br />
B. Đôi khi họ sản xuất đồ kém chất lượng<br />
C. Họ đã làm ra các sản phẩm <strong>có</strong> độ sáng bóng và màu sắc tuyệt vời<br />
D. Họ đã trang trí nhiều tác phẩm của mình bằng các hình ảnh con người<br />
A. sai (the functions of making and decorating were usually divided between them, but neither group can<br />
have been so specialized that they did not share in the concerns of the other: các nhiệm vụ sản xuất và<br />
trang trí thường được phân <strong>chi</strong>a giữa họ, nhưng không <strong>có</strong> nhóm nào quá chuyên biệt đến mức không <strong>chi</strong>a<br />
sẻ mối quan tâm với nhóm còn lại)<br />
B. đúng (There were also a number of poor-quality figurines and painted pots produced in quantity by<br />
easy: Cũng <strong>có</strong> một số lượng các nồi sơn và bức tượng nhỏ <strong>có</strong> chất lượng kém được sản xuất theo số lượng<br />
dễ dàng)<br />
C. đúng (its distinctive color and luster were the result of the skillful adjustments of the kiln’s<br />
temperature ...: màu sắc và độ bóng đặc biệt của nó là kết quả của sự điều chỉnh nhiệt độ lò nung khéo<br />
léo...)<br />
D. đúng (Athenian black-figure and red-figure decoration, which emphasized human figures rather than<br />
animal images, was adopted between 630 and 530 B.C.: cách trang trí hình người A-ten da đỏ và da đen<br />
nhấn mạnh hình ảnh con người hơn là các hình ảnh con vật được lựa chọn vào thời kì <strong>năm</strong> 630-530 trước<br />
công nguyên)<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Cơ hội thành công của chúng ta rất nhỏ.<br />
A. Không <strong>có</strong> mấy khả năng rằng chúng ta sẽ thành công.<br />
B. Có khả năng chúng ta sẽ thành công.<br />
C. Chúng ta chắc chắn sẽ rất thành công.<br />
D. Chúng ta không <strong>có</strong> cơ hội nên chúng ta không thành công.<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Câu ban đầu: Có quá nhiều người trên xe buýt đến nỗi mà Sally không thể <strong>có</strong> chỗ ngồi.<br />
A. sai ngữ pháp (sửa thành: The bus was too crowded for Sally to get a seat.) cấu trúc too: S + be + too<br />
+ adj + (for O) + to V....<br />
B. Xe buýt quá đông đến nỗi mà không <strong>có</strong> chỗ nào cho Sally ngồi. cấu trúc: S + be + so + adj + that +<br />
a clause (quá ... đễn nỗi mà ...)<br />
C. sai ngữ pháp (sửa thành: So crowded was the bus that Sally couldn’t get a seat) đảo ngữ với so: so +<br />
adj+be + S +that+....<br />
D. sai nghĩa (Xe buýt đông đúc đã không ngăn cản được Sally <strong>có</strong> chỗ ngồi.) cấu trúc: prevent sb from<br />
doing sth (ngăn cản ai làm gì)<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Câu ban đầu: “Không, không, mẹ phải ở lại với bọn con!” những đứa trẻ nói<br />
Trang 17/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Cấu trúc: - deny + V-ing: phủ nhận làm gì<br />
- refuse + to V: từ chối làm gì<br />
- agree + to V: đồng ý làm gì<br />
- insist on + V-ing: khăng khăng đòi, nài nỉ làm gì<br />
A, B, C sai nghĩa<br />
D. Bọn trẻ khăng khăng đòi tôi ở lại với chúng<br />
Reported speech with gerunds:<br />
Form 1: S + V + O + V-ing/ N<br />
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là:<br />
Apologize / apologise (to O) for V-ing: xin lỗi (ai)<br />
về việc gì<br />
Accuse + O + of V-ing: buộc tội ai về điều gì<br />
Congratulate + O + on V-ing: chúc mừng ai về<br />
việc gì<br />
Forgive + O + for + V-ing: tha thứ cho ai về việc<br />
gì<br />
Prevent + O + from V-ing = Stop + O + from V-<br />
ing: ngăn cản không cho ai làm gì<br />
Note 15<br />
E.g: “I won’t allow you to play games”, the mother said to the boy.<br />
=> The mother prevented / stopped the boy from playing games.<br />
Form 2: S + V + Ving<br />
Thank + O + for V-ing: cảm ơn ai về việc gì<br />
Suspect + O + of+ V-ing: nghi ngờ ai làm gì<br />
Warn + O + against V-ing : cảnh báo/ cảnh cáo ai<br />
không nên làm gì<br />
Criticize/ Reproach + O + for + Ving: chỉ trích/<br />
phê bình ai về việc gì đó<br />
Blame sb for sth: đổ lỗi cho ai về việc gì ~ Blame<br />
sth on sb: đổ lỗi việc gì cho ai<br />
Các động từ thường gặp trong dạng này là: advise (khuyên); suggest (<strong>đề</strong> nghị); admit (thừa nhận/ thú<br />
nhận”; deny (phù nhận), stop (ngừng)<br />
E.g: “I didn't do that”, lie said.<br />
=> He denied doing that.<br />
Form 3: S + V + giới từ + Ving<br />
Các động từ thường gặp như:<br />
Dream (dreamt / dreamed) of V-ing (mơ về việc gì / điều gì)<br />
Insist on + V-ing (khăng khăng, cố nài, năn nỉ làm việc gì)<br />
Look forward to V-ing (mong đợi làm việc gì)<br />
Think (thought) of V-ing (nghĩ đến việc gì)<br />
E.g: “I want to become a teacher'’, the girl said.<br />
=> The girl dreamed of becoming a teacher.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án A<br />
(Pointing in => Pointing at)<br />
Cấu trúc: - point at sb: chỉ tay vào ai đó<br />
Trang 18/22<br />
( PC WEB )
“Chỉ tay vào ai đó thường được xem là bất lịch sự nhưng điều đó là chấp nhận được khi giáo <strong>viên</strong> muốn<br />
thu hút sự chú ý của học sinh trong lớp.”<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án D<br />
(of => those of)<br />
Khi so sánh hai đối tượng, để tránh lặp lại danh từ phía trước thì ta dùng “that/ those” để thay thế. (“that”<br />
thay cho danh từ số ít; “those” thay cho danh từ số nhiều)<br />
E.g: The price of <strong>thi</strong>s house is higher than that of his house, (that = the price)<br />
Trong câu này, hai đối tượng so sánh là “the bones of the elderly - xương người già” và “the bones of<br />
young people- xương người trẻ” nên ta dùng “those” để thay thế cho “the bones”<br />
Dịch: Xương người già thì dễ gãy hơn xương người trẻ tuổi<br />
- Comparatives<br />
Form<br />
Note 16<br />
Short Adj/Adv: S + V + adj/adv + ER + than + N/pronoun<br />
Long Adj/ Adv: S + V + MORE + adj/adv + than + N/pronoun (so sánh hơn)<br />
S + V + LESS + adj/adv + than + N/pronoun (so sánh kém hơn)<br />
E.g: He is taller than his brother.<br />
Mr Nam speaks English more fluently than I do.<br />
She visits her grandparents less frequently than he docs.<br />
- Để nhấn mạnh thêm cho tính từ và trạng từ so sánh người ta dùng “far/ much/ slightly/...” trước so sánh<br />
hơn kém.<br />
E.g: This book is much more expensive than that one. (Quyển sách này đắt hơn nhiều so với quyển kia.)<br />
This car is slightly cheaper than that one. (Xe ô tô này rẻ hơn một chút so với xe ô tô kia.)<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án D<br />
(for => of)<br />
- malnutrition (n- countable): sự suy dinh dưỡng<br />
E.g: Many <strong>chi</strong>ldren are suffering from severe malnutrition.<br />
- cause (n): nguyên nhân (cause + of)<br />
E.g: Unemployment is a major cause of poverty.<br />
“Thiếu đạm động vật trong chế độ ăn là một nguyên nhân nghiêm trọng của bệnh suy dinh dưỡng.”<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án C<br />
“Cô ấy không chăm học. Cô ấy đã <strong>thi</strong> trượt.”<br />
A. Mặc dù cô ấy <strong>thi</strong> trượt nhưng cô ấy không chăm học.<br />
B. Nếu cô ấy đã không chăm học thì cô ấy đã trượt kì <strong>thi</strong>.<br />
C. Nếu cô ấy chăm học thì cô ấy đã <strong>thi</strong> đỗ.<br />
D. Mặc dù cô ấy chăm học nhưng cô ấy đã <strong>thi</strong> trượt.<br />
A, B, D: không phù hợp về nghĩa<br />
Trang 19/22<br />
( PC WEB )
Cấu trúc: If + S + had + V pp , S + would have + V pp ... (câu điều kiện loại 3: diễn tả sự việc trái với thực tế<br />
trong quá khứ)<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án C<br />
“Bạn không thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống. Bạn cần tìm cách để đối phó với nó.”<br />
A. Sau khi bạn <strong>có</strong> thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống thì bạn cần tìm cách để đối phó<br />
với nó.<br />
B. Ngay khi bạn <strong>có</strong> thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống thì bạn cần tìm cách để đối phó<br />
với nó.<br />
C. Vì bạn không thể hoàn toàn tránh được căng thẳng trong cuộc sống nên bạn cần tìm cách để đối phó<br />
với nó.<br />
D. Bởi vì căng thẳng hoàn toàn <strong>có</strong> thể được tránh trong cuộc sống nên bạn cần tìm cách để đối phó với<br />
nó.<br />
Trang 20/22<br />
( PC WEB )
BẢNG MỤC TIÊU ÔN LUYỆN<br />
Thời gian làm bài: ........................................<br />
Bắt đầu lúc ........................................ Kết thúc lúc ........................................<br />
Số điểm mục tiêu: ........................................<br />
Số điểm thực tế: ........................................<br />
Kiến thức quan trọng: - ........................................<br />
- ........................................<br />
- ........................................<br />
challenge If it doesn’t you,<br />
challenge If it doesn’t you!<br />
- Fred Deuto –<br />
BẢNG GHI CHÚ KIẾNTHỨC<br />
Câu Nội Dung Ghi Chú<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
Trang 21/22<br />
( PC WEB )
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
………. …………………………………………………………………………… ………………….<br />
Em đã bỏ quên kiến thức quan trọng nào không? – Nhớ ghi lại sau mỗi <strong>đề</strong> nhé!<br />
Trang 22/22<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
5<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1 : A. concerned. B. raised C. developed D. returned<br />
Question 2: A. educate B. eliminate C. certificate D. dedicate<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. restaurant B. assistance C. usually D. compliment<br />
Question 4: A. economics B. biology C. experiment D. philosophy<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: I <strong>thi</strong>nk you will be home and dry in the interview because you have many years of tea<strong>chi</strong>ng<br />
experience and good academic qualifications.<br />
A. be successful B. be unsuccessful<br />
C. be satisfied D. be unsatisfied<br />
Question 6: You have got a high score in the final exam. You should put yourself on the back.<br />
A. criticize yourself B. wear a backpack<br />
C. praise yourself D. check up your back<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: I don’t like him. There is a sneaky look on his face.<br />
A. furious B. humorous C. dishonest D. guilty<br />
Question 8: The bomb exploded in the school; fortunately no one was injured.<br />
A. taken off B. went off C. put on D. hold up<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Mr David is having dinner with his friend in a restaurant.<br />
- Mr David: “Could you bring me some water?” - Waiter: “ _________ ”<br />
A. No, thanks. B. Of course you can.<br />
C. I’m afraid not. D. Certainly, sir.<br />
Question 10: Nam: “Would you like to join us for dinner after work?” - Lan: “ _________.”<br />
A. Thanks. You can cook dinner.<br />
B. I'd love to, but I have to finish my presentation for tomorrow.<br />
C. Thanks for your help, but I can cook dinner myself.<br />
D. What’s wrong with you?<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 1/5
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: David does not have _________ Peter does.<br />
A. money more than B. as many money as<br />
C. more money as D. as much money as<br />
Question 12: The president came _________ a lot of criticism for the speech he made in a television<br />
interview.<br />
A. in for B. about C. out of D. off<br />
Question 13: I had all the information at my _________ before attending the meeting.<br />
A. fingertips B. thumbs C. hands D. fingers<br />
Question 14: They will be staying here for _________ few weeks.<br />
A. other B. another C. others D. the others<br />
Question 15: I <strong>thi</strong>nk jeans will not go _________ of style soon.<br />
A. down B. away C. out D. off<br />
Question 16: Some men are concerned with physical _________ when they choose a wife.<br />
A. attract B. attractive C. attractiveness D. attractively<br />
Question 17: He joined the English club, _________ were over 50 years old.<br />
A. most of its members B. most of which<br />
C. most of whom D. most of whose members<br />
Question 18: After a long working day, she felt _________.<br />
A. broken down B. worn out C. knocked out D. turned down<br />
Question 19: Mr. Huy received a warning for speeding. He _________ so fast.<br />
A. shouldn’t have driven B. should have<br />
C. would have driven D. might have driven<br />
Question 20. The father said to his daughter: “When you’ve finished lunch, I’ll _________ you back to<br />
school in the car. When school’s finished I’ll come to the school and _________ you back home.”<br />
A. take - bring B. bring - bring C. bring - take D. take -take<br />
Question 21. I locked the door of my room all day yesterday to avoid _________.<br />
A. disturbing B. being disturbed C. to disturb D. to be disturbed<br />
Question 22. These _________ boys often play tricks on their friends.<br />
A. mis<strong>chi</strong>evous B. obedient C. honest D. well-behaved<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Spring is coming and it’s time for us to grow plants. Of course, not all plants are (23) _________ in<br />
season. This makes it very (24) _________ to pick the best plants to grow. The good news is that there<br />
are tons of choices. Do you know that plants can grow in nearly every climate?<br />
It's true that some plants are picky but most are super (25) _________ and only require water, dirt and of<br />
course sun. This spring is the (26) _________ time to start your own garden. There are three amazing<br />
plants that work in every single climate. The first plant is spinach. Spinach is very easy to grow because it<br />
removes water well and can (27) _________ different levels of heat. The second one is carrots. There are<br />
many types of carrots you can grow. Most carrots are very quick to grow and also handle all types of<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 2/20
( PC WEB )<br />
climates as well. The <strong>thi</strong>rd one is tomatoes. There are tons of different types of tomatoes. It’s easy to find<br />
the perfect tomato for any location. Go plant some plants!<br />
Question 23. A. actually B. today C. currently D. actively<br />
Question 24. A. easy B. fun C. stressful D. difficult<br />
Question 25. A. flexible B. picky C. divine D. cranky<br />
Question 26. A. worst B. fun C. perfect D. better<br />
Question 27. A. hold B. sit C. stand D. remove<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Some animal behaviorists argue that certain animals can remember past events, anticipate future<br />
ones, make plans and choices, and coordinate activities wi<strong>thi</strong>n a group. These scientists, however, are<br />
cautious about the extent to which animals can be credited with conscious processing.<br />
Explanations of animal behavior that leave out any sort of consciousness at all and ascribe actions<br />
entirely to instinct leave many questions unanswered. One example of such unexplained behavior:<br />
Honeybees communicate the sources of nectar to one another by doing a dance in a figure-eight pattern.<br />
The orientation of the dance conveys the position of the food relative to the sun’s position in the sky, and<br />
the speed of the dance tells how far the food source is from the hive. Most researchers assume that the<br />
ability to perform and encode the dance is innate and shows no special intelligence. But in one study,<br />
when experimenters kept changing the site of the food source, each time moving the food 25 percent<br />
farther from the previous site, foraging honeybees began to anticipate where the food source would<br />
appear next. When the researchers arrived at the new location, they would find the bees circling the spot,<br />
waiting for their food. No one has yet explained how bees, whose brains weigh four ten-thousandths of an<br />
ounce, could have inferred the location of the new site.<br />
Other behaviors that may indicate some cognition include tool use. Many animals, like the otter<br />
who uses a stone to crack mussel shells, are capable of using objects in the natural environment as<br />
rudimentary tools. One researcher has found that mother <strong>chi</strong>mpanzees occasionally show their young<br />
how to use tools to open hard nuts. In one study, <strong>chi</strong>mpanzees compared two pairs of food wells<br />
containing chocolate <strong>chi</strong>ps. Allowed to choose which pair they wanted, the <strong>chi</strong>mpanzees almost always<br />
chose the one with the higher total, showing some sort of summing ability. Other <strong>chi</strong>mpanzees have<br />
learned to use numerals to label quantities of items and do simple sums.<br />
Question 28: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. The role of instinct in animal behavior<br />
B. Observations that suggest consciousness in animal behavior<br />
C. The use of food in studies of animal behavior<br />
D. Differences between the behavior of animals in their natural environments and in laboratory<br />
experiments.<br />
Question 29: Which of the following is NOT discussed as an ability animals are thought to have?<br />
A. Selecting among choices B. Anticipating events to come<br />
C. Remembering past experiences D. Communicating emotions<br />
Question 30: What is the purpose of the honeybee dance?<br />
A. To determine the quantity of food at a site<br />
B. To communicate the location of food<br />
C. To increase the speed of travel to food sources<br />
Trang 3/20
D. To identify the type of nectar that is available<br />
Question 31: The word “yet” in line 15 is closest in meaning to<br />
A. however B. since C. generally D. so far<br />
Question 32: It can be inferred from the passage that brain size is assumed to _________.<br />
A. be an indicator of cognitive ability B. vary among individuals wi<strong>thi</strong>n a species<br />
C. be related to food consumption D. correspond to levels of activity<br />
Question 33: Why are otters and mussel shells included in the discussion in paragraph 3?<br />
A. To provide that certain species demonstrate greater ability in tool use than other species.<br />
B. To provide an example of tool use among animals.<br />
C. To show that animals are very good at using objects in their habitat.<br />
D. To provide an example of the use of weapons among animals.<br />
Question 34: The phrase “the one” in paragraph 3 refers to the _________ .<br />
A. study B. pair C. <strong>chi</strong>mpanzee D. ability<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
The Native American peoples of the north Pacific Coast created a highly complex maritime culture<br />
as they invented modes of production unique to their special environment. In addition to their<br />
sophisticated technical culture, they also attained one of the most complex social organizations of any<br />
nonagricultural people in the world.<br />
In a division of labor similar to that of the hunting peoples in the interior and among foraging<br />
peoples throughout the world, the men did most of the fishing, and the women processed the catch.<br />
Women also specialized in the gathering of the abundant shellfish that lived closer to shore. They<br />
collected oysters, crabs, sea ur<strong>chi</strong>ns, abalone, and clams, which they could gather while remaining close<br />
to their <strong>chi</strong>ldren. The maritime life harvested by the women not only provided food, but also supplied<br />
more of the raw materials for making tools than did fish gathered by the men. Of particular importance<br />
for the native tool than did the fish gathered by the men. Of particular made from the larger mussel shells,<br />
and a variety of cutting edges that could be made from other marine shells.<br />
The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by the men.<br />
They cleaned the fish, and dried vast quantities of them for the winter. They sun - dried fish when<br />
practical, but in the rainy climate of the coastal area they also used smokehouses to preserve tons of fish<br />
and other seafood annually. Each product had its own peculiar characteristics that demanded a particular<br />
way of cutting or drying the meat, and each task required its own cutting blades and other utensils.<br />
After drying the fish, the women pounded some of them into fish meal, which was an easily<br />
transported food used in soups, stews, or other dishes to provide protein and <strong>thi</strong>ckening in the absence of<br />
fresh fish or while on long trips. The women also made a cheese-like substance from a mixture of fish and<br />
roe by aging it in storehouses or by burying it in wooden boxes or pits lined with rocks and tree leaves.<br />
Question 35: Which aspect of the lives of the Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast does the<br />
passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Methods of food preservation<br />
B. How diet was restricted by the environment<br />
C. The contributions of women to the food supply<br />
D. Difficulties in establishing successful farms<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 4/20
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 36: The word “unique” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. comprehensible B. productive C. intentional D. particular<br />
Question 37: It can be inferred from paragraph 1 that the social organization of many agricultural peoples<br />
is _________ .<br />
A. more complex than that of hunters and foragers<br />
B. less efficient than that of hunters and foragers<br />
C. more widespread than that of hunters and foragers<br />
D. better documented than that of hunters and foragers<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: According to the passage, what is true of the “division of labor” mentioned in paragraph 2?<br />
A. It was first developed by Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast.<br />
B. It rarely existed among hunting<br />
C. It was a structure that the Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast shared with many other<br />
peoples.<br />
D. It provided a form of social organization that was found mainly among coastal peoples.<br />
Question 39: All of the following are true of the north Pacific coast women EXCEPT that they .<br />
A. were more likely to catch shellfish than other kinds of fish<br />
B. contributed more materials for tool making than the men did<br />
C. sometimes searched for food far inland from the coast<br />
D. prepared and preserved the fish<br />
Question 40. The word “They” in paragraph 3 refers to _________ .<br />
A. women B. tools C. mammals D. men<br />
Question 41. The Native Americans of the north Pacific Coast used smokehouses in order to _________ .<br />
A. store utensils used in food preparation<br />
B. prevent fish and shellfish from spoiling<br />
C. have a place to store fish and shellfish<br />
D. prepare elaborate meals<br />
Question 42. All of following are true of the cheese-like substance mentioned in paragraph 4 EXCEPT<br />
that it was _________ .<br />
A. made from fish B. not actually cheese<br />
C. useful on long journeys D. made in a short period of time<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: We must remember what happened in the past so that it will never happen again.<br />
A. If we could remember the past, it would not happen again.<br />
B. Since we all tend to forget what happened in the past we make the same mistakes again.<br />
C. We couldn’t remember what happened in the past so we did it again.<br />
D. In order not to repeat the past, we should certainly not forget what happened then.<br />
Question 44: After failing a doping test at the Beijing Olympics, John was stripped of his gold medal.<br />
A. At the Seoul Beijing John and many others were disqualified after failing a doping test.<br />
B. If John hadn’t been tested positive for doping at the Beijing Olympics, he wouldn’t have lost his gold<br />
medal.<br />
Trang 5/20
C. Since John confessed having used doping his gold medal was taken back.<br />
D. Although John failed the doping test he wasn’t disqualified from the Beijing Olympics.<br />
Question 45: The only members of the cat family that can roar are lions, leopards, tigers, and jaguars but<br />
lions are by far the loudest.<br />
A. Like leopards, tigers, and jaguars, lions are among the members of the cat family that can roar.<br />
B Since lions come from the same cat family as leopards, tigers and jaguars do, they can roar as loud as<br />
the others.<br />
C. Lions, leopards, tigers, and jaguars are the only four cats that can roar; however, the others can’t roar<br />
as loudly as lions do.<br />
D. The roar of a lion is loud enough to make other animals, such as leopards or tigers, feel frightened.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: His father (A) asked him (B) what (C) did he want (D) for his birthday.<br />
Question 47: The (A) economy of <strong>thi</strong>s country is based (B) to a great extent (C) in its forests, which<br />
cover 80 (D) percent of its surface area.<br />
Question 48: While verbalization is (A) the most common form of language in (B) existence, humans<br />
make use of many (C) others systems and techniques (D) to express their thoughts and feelings.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: Wind a scarf around your neck. You will get cold.<br />
A. You will not get cold unless you wind a scarf around your neck.<br />
B. Wind a scarf around your neck, otherwise you will get cold.<br />
C. If you wind a scarf around your neck, you will get cold.<br />
D. You not only wind a scarf around your neck but also get cold.<br />
Question 50: He raised his hand high. He wanted to attract his teacher’s attention.<br />
A. Because his teacher attracted him, he raised his hand high.<br />
B. To attract his teacher’s attention, he raised his hand high.<br />
C. Though he raised his hand high, he could not attract his teacher’s attention.<br />
D. He had such a high raising of hand that he failed to attract his teacher’s attention.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 6/20
ANSWER KEY<br />
1C 2C 3B 4A 5B 6A 7C 8B 9D 10B<br />
11D 12A 13A 14B 15C 16C 17D 18B 19A 20A<br />
21B 22A 23C 24D 25A 26C 27C 28B 29D 30B<br />
31D 32A 33B 34B 35C 36D 37A <strong>38</strong>C 39C 40A<br />
41B 42D 43D 44B 45C 46C 47B 48C 49B 50B<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1 : Chọn đáp án C.<br />
- concemed/kan'sɜ:nd/ (v-past/ adj): quan tâm, liên quan<br />
E.g: Her attitude concerned me.<br />
- raised /reizd/ (v-past): nuôi, tăng<br />
E.g: The government raised taxes.<br />
- developed /di'vel.əpt/ (v-past): phát triển<br />
They developed a new policy to deal with the problem.<br />
- returned /ri’tɜ:nd/ (v-past): trở lại, trở về<br />
E.g: They returned home after many years of travelling.<br />
Note 22<br />
Quy tắc phát âm đuôi “ed” sau các động từ <strong>có</strong> quy tắc:<br />
TH1: phát âm là /id/: Khi động từ <strong>có</strong> tận cùng là phụ âm /t/ hoặc /d/<br />
E.g: wanted / wɒntid /; needed / ni:did /<br />
TH2: phát âm là /t /: Khi động từ tận cùng bằng phụ âm vô thanh /p/, /f/, /k/, /s/, /ʃ/, /tʃ/<br />
E.g: stopped / stɒpt /; laughed / la:ft /; cooked / kʊkt /; watched / wɒtʃt /<br />
TH3: phát âm là /d/: Khi động từ tận cùng là các nguyên âm và các phụ âm còn lại<br />
E.g: played / pleid/; opened / aʊpənd /<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 2. Chọn đáp án C.<br />
- educate /'edʒ.u.keit/ (v): giáo dục<br />
E.g: Many <strong>chi</strong>ldren are educated at home.<br />
- eliminate /i'lɪm.ɪ.neɪt/ (v): loại trừ, loại bỏ<br />
E.g: Water helps eliminate toxins form your system.<br />
- certificate /sə'tɪf.ɪ.kət/ (n): chứng chỉ, giấy chứng nhận<br />
E.g: We need your birth certificate.<br />
- dedicate /'ded.ɪ.keɪt/ (v): cống hiến, hiến dâng<br />
E.g: He dedicated his life to his career.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3. Chọn Đáp án B.<br />
- restaurant /’res.trɒnt/ (n): nhà hàng<br />
Trang 7/20
( PC WEB )<br />
E.g: He works in a big restaurant.<br />
- assistance /ə'sis-təns/ (n): sự giúp đỡ<br />
E.g: We are able to run our own business because of their financial assistance.<br />
- usually /ju’ʒə'wəli/ (adv): thường xuyên<br />
E.g: My mother usually goes shopping on the weekend.<br />
- compliment /’kɒm.plɪ.mənt/ (n,v): <strong>lời</strong> khen, khen ngợi<br />
E.g: My mother always pays me a compliment when I get good marks.<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- economics /,i:.kə’nɒm.ɪks/ (n): kinh tế học<br />
- biology /baɪ'ɒl.ə.dʒi/ (n): sinh vật học<br />
- experiment /ɪk'sper.ɪ.mənt/ (n): thí nghiệm<br />
E.g: We are conducting an experiment to test the effectiveness of the new drug.<br />
- philosophy /fɪ'lɒs.ə.fi/ (n): triết học<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE ỉn meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- be successful: thành công<br />
- be unsuccessful: không thành công<br />
- be satisfied: hài lòng, thỏa mãn<br />
- be unsatisfied: không hài lòng, không thỏa mân<br />
- be home and dry/ be home free: thành công, xuôi chèo mát mái<br />
Do đó: be home and dry<br />
<br />
be unsuccessful<br />
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ bạn sẽ thành công trong cuộc phỏng vấn vì bạn <strong>có</strong> nhiều <strong>năm</strong> kinh nghiệm dạy học và<br />
bằng cấp tốt.<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- criticize yourself: chỉ trích bản thân mình, tự phê bình<br />
- wear a backpack: đeo ba lô<br />
- praise yourself: khen ngợi bản thân mình, tự khen mình<br />
- check up your back: kiểm tra lưng bạn<br />
- put yourself on the back: praise yourself for doing some<strong>thi</strong>ng well: khen ngợi bản thân mình<br />
Do đó: put - yourself on the back<br />
<br />
criticize yourself<br />
Dịch: Bạn đã đạt điểm cao trong kì <strong>thi</strong> cuối. Bạn nên khen ngợi bản thân mình.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- furious (adj): giận dữ<br />
- humorous (adj): hài hước<br />
- dishonest (adj): không chân thật, không thật thà<br />
- guilty (adj): xấu hổ, <strong>có</strong> tội<br />
- sneaky (adj): lén lút, không chân thật<br />
Do đó: sneaky ~ dishonest<br />
Trang 8/20
Dịch: Tôi không thích anh ta. Có nét không chân thật trên khuôn mặt anh ta.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- take off: cởi, tháo; cất cánh (máy bay)<br />
- go off: nổ<br />
- put on: mặc<br />
- hold up: làm tắc nghẽn<br />
- Do đó: exploded ~ went off<br />
Dịch: Quả bom đã nổ trong trưởng; may mắn là không ai bị thương.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Ông David đang ăn tối với bạn tại một nhà hàng.<br />
- Ông David: Cậu <strong>có</strong> thể mang cho tôi ít nước được không? - Nam phục vụ: “ _________ ”<br />
A. Không, cảm ơn nhé.<br />
B. Dĩ nhiên ông <strong>có</strong> thể ạ.<br />
C. Tôi e là không.<br />
D. Dạ vâng, thưa ông.<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Nam: “Cậu <strong>có</strong> muốn ăn tối với bọn tớ sau khi tan làm không?” - Lan: “_________”.<br />
A. Cảm ơn. Cậu <strong>có</strong> thể nấu bữa tối.<br />
B. Tớ rất muốn tham gia nhưng tớ phải hoàn thành bài thuyết trình cho ngày mai.<br />
C. Cảm ơn vì cậu đã giúp đỡ, nhưng tự tớ <strong>có</strong> thể nấu bữa tối.<br />
D. Cậu làm sao vậy?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Đây là cấu trúc so sánh bằng với danh từ:<br />
- S+ V + as + many/ much/ little/ few + N + as + N/ pronoun<br />
“Money” là danh từ không đếm được => dùng much<br />
Dịch: David không <strong>có</strong> nhiều tiền bằng Peter.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- come in for (ph.v): nhận được điều gì đó không tốt đẹp<br />
+ Come in for a lot of criticism: bị nhận rất nhiều lởi phê bình<br />
E.g: They have just come in for a lot of criticism.<br />
- come out of: xuất hiện từ, phát triển từ<br />
E.g: Rock music came out of the blues.<br />
- come about (ph.v): xảy ra<br />
E.g: Please tell me how the accident came about.<br />
- come off (ph.v): thành công<br />
E.g: The plan didn’t come off.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 9/20
Dịch: Tổng thống đã bị nhận nhiều lởi phê bình về bài phát biểu của mình tại cuộc phỏng vấn trên ti vi.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- fingertip (n): đầu ngón tay<br />
- thumb (n): ngón tay cái<br />
- hand (n): bàn tay<br />
- finger (n): ngón tay<br />
- have some<strong>thi</strong>ng at your fingertips: nắm được điều gì đó (thông tin, kiến thức,...) trong tầm tay, sẵn <strong>có</strong><br />
Dịch: Tôi đã <strong>có</strong> tất cả thông tin cần <strong>thi</strong>ết trong tầm tay trước khi tham dự cuộc họp.<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc: - Another + số từ/ a few/ a couple of + N đếm được số nhiều (plural N): .. .nữa<br />
E.g: I need another few minutes. (Tôi cần thêm vài phút nữa.)<br />
Dịch: Họ sẽ ở tại đây một vài tuần nữa.<br />
* Another<br />
Another ~ one more’ or ‘an additional or extra’, or ‘an alternative or different: một ...nào đó, một<br />
...nào khác<br />
- Another + singular noun (danh từ số ít): dùng để <strong>đề</strong> cập đến một đối tượng nào đó không xác<br />
định<br />
E.g: You’ve met Linda, but I have another sister who you haven’t met, called Margaret. (Bạn đã<br />
gặp Linda, nhưng tôi <strong>có</strong> một ngưởi chị gái khác nữa mà bạn chưa gặp, tên là Margaret.)<br />
- Another + one<br />
E.g: - Hoa: You can borrow more of these books if you like. - Lan: Ok, I’ll take another one. (=<br />
another book)<br />
- Another được sử dụng như một đại từ (pronoun).<br />
E.g: This novel is very boring. Give me another, “another = another novel” (Cuốn tiểu thuyết này<br />
chán quá. Đưa tôi quyển khác đi.)<br />
- Another + số từ/ a few/ a couple of + N đếm được số nhiều (plural N)<br />
E.g: I like <strong>thi</strong>s city so much that I’m going to spend another three days here. (Tôi rất thích thành<br />
phố này nên tôi định sẽ ở lại đây 3 ngày nữa.)<br />
* Other<br />
- Other ~ additional or extra, or alternative, or different types of: vài/ những ...khác<br />
- Other + plural noun (danh từ số nhiều)/ singular uncountable noun (danh từ không đếm được)<br />
E.g: I have invited some other people. (Tôi đã mởi một vài ngưởi khác.)<br />
We have other styles if you are interested. (Chúng tôi <strong>có</strong> những kiểu cách khác nếu như bạn quan<br />
tâm.)<br />
- Other + ones<br />
E.g: We don’t need those books. We need other ones. (= different books) (Chúng tôi không cần<br />
những quyển sách đó. Chúng tôi cần những quyển khác.)<br />
- Other <strong>có</strong> thể đi với danh từ đếm được số ít nhưng trước “other” phải <strong>có</strong> một từ hạn định khác<br />
như: one, my, an, that, our,..<br />
E.g: Our other son (= another son of ours: một ngưởi con trai khác của chúng tôi); one other son<br />
( = another son)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 10/20
* Others<br />
- Others : những .... khác<br />
- Others ~ other ones/ other + N số nhiều: dùng khi nói đến những đối tượng nào đó không xác<br />
định.<br />
E.g: These novels are very boring. Give me others. (Những cuốn tiểu thuyết này chán quá. Hãy<br />
đưa cho tôi những cuốn khác xem) => others = other novels<br />
* The other<br />
- The other : ...còn lại: dùng khi nói đến đối tượng nào đó xác định.<br />
- The other + N (danh từ không đếm được/ đếm được số ít/ đếm được số nhiều)<br />
E.g: I have two sisters. One is a teacher; the other is a nurse. (Tôi <strong>có</strong> 2 ngưởi chị, một ngưởi là<br />
giáo <strong>viên</strong>; ngưởi còn lại là y tá.)<br />
Where are the other two dinner plates? I can only find four.<br />
* The others<br />
The others: những ...còn lại : dùng khi nói đến những đối tượng nào đó xác định.<br />
E.g: I have 4 sisters. One is a nurse; the others are teachers. (Tôi <strong>có</strong> 4 ngưởi chị. Một ngưởi là y<br />
tá; những ngưởi còn lại là giáo <strong>viên</strong>.)<br />
- The others = The other + N số nhiều<br />
E.g: There are 4 books on the table. I don’t like <strong>thi</strong>s book. I like the others = (I like the other<br />
books )<br />
Lưu ý: Khi chỉ <strong>có</strong> 2 đối tượng thì đối tượng đầu tiên dùng ONE đối tượng thứ 2 dùng the other.<br />
E.g: I have 2 brothers. One is a doctor, and the other is a teacher. (Tôi <strong>có</strong> 2 ngưởi anh. Một ngưởi<br />
là bác sĩ, ngưởi kia là giáo <strong>viên</strong>.)<br />
* Each other - One another - Together<br />
- Each other (nhau): Dùng cho 2 đối tượng thực hiện hành động <strong>có</strong> tác động qua lại.<br />
E.g: Nam and Mai love each other. (Nam và Mai yêu nhau.) <strong>có</strong> tác động qua lại<br />
He and his girlfriend look at each other. (<strong>Anh</strong> ấy và bạn gái nhìn nhau.)<br />
- One another (nhau): Cách dùng giống như “each other” nhưng dùng khi <strong>có</strong> 3 đối tượng trở lên.<br />
(tuy nhiên hiện nay ngưởi ta thưởng dùng “each other” thay cho cả “one another”)<br />
E.g: All the football players tried to help one another in the winning goal.<br />
- Together (cùng nhau, với nhau): dùng khi các đối tượng cùng thực hiện hành động nào đó mà<br />
không <strong>có</strong> tác động qua lại<br />
E.g: We go to the zoo together.<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án c<br />
- go out of style/ go out of fashion: lỗi thởi, lỗi mốt (thởi trang)<br />
- go down: giảm xuống, chìm xuống<br />
- go away: rởi đi, đi nghỉ, biến mất<br />
- go off: rởi đi, nổ (bom, súng), reo (chuông)<br />
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ quần bò sẽ không lỗi mốt.<br />
Question 16 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- attract (v): hấp dẫn, thu hút<br />
Trang 11/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- attractive (adj): hấp dẫn, quyến rũ attractively (adv)<br />
- attractiveness (n): sự thu hút, sự hấp dẫn, quyến rũ (về ngoại hình)<br />
Từ cần điền vào là một danh từ sau tính từ “physical”.<br />
Dịch: Một số đàn ông quan tâm đến vẻ đẹp ngoại hình khi họ chọn vợ.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- most of which: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ vật<br />
- most of whom: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ ngưởi<br />
- most of whose + N: thay thế cho sở hữu của danh từ đó<br />
Vì danh từ phía trước chỗ trống cần điền vào là “the English club” nên xét theo nghĩa của cả câu thì B, C<br />
không phù hợp.<br />
Ta thấy: He joined the English club. Most of its members were over 50 years old. He joined the<br />
English club, most of whose members were over 50 years old. (“whose” thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu<br />
“its”).<br />
Dịch: Ông ấy đã tham gia vào câu lạc bộ <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong> mà đa số các thành <strong>viên</strong> của câu lạc bộ đó trên 50<br />
tuổi rồi.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- break down (ph.v): suy sụp<br />
E.g: She broke down when she heard the bad news.<br />
- knock sb out ~ wear sb out: làm cho ai đó cảm thấy rất mệt<br />
E.g: The kids have knocked me out.<br />
- turn down (ph.v): từ chối<br />
E.g: He turned down my invitation.<br />
- worn out (adj): kiệt sức<br />
+ be/ feel/ get worn out: cảm thấy kiệt sức<br />
Dịch: Sau một ngày làm việc dài thì cô ấy cảm thấy kiệt sức.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- shouldn’t have V pp : lẽ ra đã không nên làm gì (thực tế đã làm)<br />
- should + V: nên làm gì<br />
- would have V pp : đã .. .rồi (dùng trong câu điều kiện loại 3)/ đã muốn làm gì trong quá khứ (nhưng đã<br />
không làm)<br />
- might have V pp : <strong>có</strong> thể/ <strong>có</strong> lẽ đã làm gì (khả năng trong quá khứ)<br />
Dịch: Ông Huy đã nhận được lởi cảnh cáo về việc bắn tốc độ. Lẽ ra ông ấy đã không nên lái xe quá<br />
nhanh.<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Để phân biệt sự khác nhau giữa bring và take thì bạn nên dựa vào hành động được thực hiện so với vị trí<br />
của ngưởi nói.<br />
- Bring nghĩa là “to carry to a nearer place from a more distant one.” (mang một vật, ngưởi từ một khoảng<br />
cách xa đến gần ngưởi nói hơn)<br />
- Take thì trái lại “to carry to a more distant place from a nearer one.” (mang một vật, ngưởi từ vị trí gần<br />
ngưởi nói ra xa phía ngưởi nói.)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 12/20
( PC WEB )<br />
Dịch: Ông bố nói vói con gái: “Khi con ăn trưa xong thì bố sẽ lái ô tô chở con quay lại trưởng. Khi con<br />
học xong thì bố sẽ đến trưởng và đón con về nhà.”<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc:<br />
- avoid + V-ing: tránh làm gì (chủ động)<br />
- avoid + being V pp : tránh bị làm gì (bị động)<br />
Dịch: Tôi đã khóa cửa phòng cả ngày hôm qua để tránh bị ai quấy rầy.<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- mis<strong>chi</strong>evous (adj): tinh nghịch, nghịch ngợm<br />
- obedient (adj): ngoan ngoãn, biết vâng lởi<br />
- honest (adj): chân thật, thành thật, trung thực<br />
- well-behaved (adj): <strong>có</strong> giáo dục, cư xử đúng đắn<br />
Dịch: Những đứa trẻ nghịch ngợm này thưởng chơi khăm bạn bè.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- actually (adv): thực sự, quả thật<br />
- today (adv): ngày nay, thởi nay<br />
- currently (adv): hiện nay, hiện thởi<br />
- actively (adv): tích cực hoạt động<br />
“Spring is coming and it’s time for us to grow plants. Of course, not all plants are currently in season.”<br />
(Mùa xuân đang đến và đã đến lúc để chúng ta trồng các loại thực vật. Tất nhiên, không phải tất cả các<br />
loài thực vật hiện đang trong mùa.)<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- easy (adj): dễ dàng<br />
- fun (adj): vui vẻ<br />
- stressful (adj): căng thẳng<br />
- difficult (adj): khó khăn<br />
“This makes it very difficult to pick the best plants to grow.” (Điều này khiến cho chúng ta rất khó để lựa<br />
chọn thực vật tốt nhất để trồng.)<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- flexible (adj): linh hoạt<br />
- picky (adj): kén chọn<br />
- divine (adj): thần thánh; tuyệt diệu<br />
- cranky (adj): lập dị, cáu kỉnh<br />
It’s true that some plants are picky but most are super flexible and only require water, dirt and of course<br />
sun. (Đúng là một số thực vật rất kén chọn nhưng đa số thì cực linh hoạt và chỉ cần đến nước, đất và dĩ<br />
nhiên là ánh nắng mặt trởi.)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- worst: tồi tệ nhất, kém nhất<br />
- fun (adj): vui vẻ<br />
Trang 13/20
( PC WEB )<br />
- perfect (adj): hoàn hảo, tuyệt vởi, tốt nhất<br />
- better: tốt hơn<br />
“This spring is the perfect time to start your own garden.” (Mùa xuân là thởi điểm rất tốt để bắt đầu khu<br />
vưởn riêng của bạn.)<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- hold (v): giữ, chứa đựng<br />
- sit (v): ngồi<br />
- stand (v): chịu đựng<br />
- remove (v): loại bỏ, rút ra<br />
“Spinach is very easy to grow because it removes water well and can stand different levels of heat.” (Rau<br />
chân vịt rat dc trồng vì nó chịu hạn tốt và <strong>có</strong> thể chịu đựng được nhiều mức nhiệt khác nhau.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Đoạn văn chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?<br />
A. Vai trò của bản năng trong hành vi động vật<br />
B. Những quan sát cho thấy ý thức trong hành vi động vật<br />
C. Việc sử dụng thức ăn trong các nghiên cứu về hành vi động vật<br />
D. Những sự khác nhau giữa hành vi của động vật trong môi trưởng tự nhiên và trong phòng thí<br />
nghiệm.<br />
Dẫn chứng: - Some animal behaviorists argue that certain animals can remember past events ... These<br />
scientists, however, are cautious about the extent to which animals can be credited with conscious<br />
processing. (Một số nhà nghiên cứu hành vi của động vật tranh luận rằng một số động vật <strong>có</strong> thể nhớ các<br />
sự việc trong quá khứ... Tuy nhiên, các nhà khoa này thận trọng về mức độ mà động vật <strong>có</strong> thể được cho<br />
là xử lý <strong>có</strong> ý thức)<br />
- Explanations of animal behavior that leave out any sort of consciousness at all and ascribe actions<br />
entirely to instinct leave many questions unanswered. (Các <strong>giải</strong> thích về hành vi động vật bỏ qua bất cứ<br />
loại ý thức nào và gán cho các hành động hoàn toàn do bản năng để lại nhiều câu hỏi chưa được trả lởi)<br />
- Other behaviors that may indicate some cognition include tool use (Các hành vi khác <strong>có</strong> thể chỉ ra một<br />
số nhận thức bao <strong>gồm</strong> việc sử dụng công cụ)<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG được thảo luận là khả năng mà động vật <strong>có</strong>?<br />
A. Lựa chọn trong số các lựa chọn<br />
B. Dự đoán được sự sắp đến<br />
C. Nhớ các việc trong quá khứ<br />
D. Truyền đạt cảm xúc<br />
Dẫn chứng: Some animal behaviorists argue that certain animals can remember past events. anticipate<br />
future ones, make plans and choices, and coordinate activities wi<strong>thi</strong>n a group. (Một số nhà nghiên cứu<br />
hành vi của động vật tranh luận rằng một số động vật <strong>có</strong> thể nhớ các sự việc quá khứ, dự đoán sự việc<br />
tương lai, lên kế hoạch và đưa ra lựa chọn và phối hợp các hoạt động trong nhóm)<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Mục đích của vũ điệu ong mật?<br />
Trang 14/20
A. Để xác định số lượng thức ăn ở một địa điểm<br />
B. Để truyền đạt thông tin về vị trí thức ăn<br />
C. Để tăng tốc độ di chuyển đến nguồn thức ăn<br />
D. Để nhận ra loại mật hoa sẵn <strong>có</strong>.<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Honeybees communicate the sources of nectar to one another by doing a dance in a figureeight<br />
pattern.” (Loài ong mật truyền đạt thông tin về các nguồn mật hoa với nhau bằng việc thực hiện vũ<br />
điệu hình số 8.)<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- however: tuy nhiên<br />
- since: từ khi<br />
- generally: nói chung, thông thưởng<br />
- so far: cho đến bây giở<br />
“But in one study, when experimenters kept changing the site of the food source, each time moving the<br />
food 25 percent farther from the previous site, foraging honeybees began to anticipate where the food<br />
source would appear next. When the researchers arrived at the new location, they would find the bees<br />
circling the spot, waiting for their food. No one has yet explained how bees, whose brains weigh four tenthousandths<br />
of an ounce, could have infeưed the location of the new site.“ (Nhưng trong một nghiên cứu,<br />
khi các nhà thí nghiệm tiếp tục thay đổi địa điểm đặt thức ăn, mỗi lần di chuyển thức ăn cách xa hơn 25%<br />
so với địa điểm trước, những con ong mật săn mồi bắt đầu dự đoán nguồn thức ăn sẽ xuất hiện ở đâu tiếp<br />
theo. Khi các nhà nghiên cứu đến địa điểm mới, họ thấy những con ong vây quanh nơi đó, chở đợi thức<br />
ăn. Cho đến bây giở chưa ai <strong>giải</strong> thích được làm thế nào mà loài ong <strong>có</strong> bộ não với trọng lượng bốn phần<br />
mưởi nghìn của một ounce, <strong>có</strong> thể suy đoán được vị trí của địa điểm mới.)<br />
Do đó: yet ~ so far<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng kích thước não bộ được cho là _________.<br />
A. một dấu hiệu của khả năng nhận thức<br />
B. đa dạng giữa các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong cùng một loài<br />
C. liên quan đến việc tiêu thụ thức ăn<br />
D. tương đương với mức độ hoạt động<br />
Dẫn chứng: “No one has yet explained how bees, whose brains weigh four ten-thousandths of an ounce<br />
could have inferred the location of the new site.” (Chưa ai <strong>giải</strong> thích được làm thế nào mà loài ong <strong>có</strong> bộ<br />
não với trọng lượng bốn phần mưởi nghìn của một ounce, <strong>có</strong> thể suy đoán được vị trí của địa điểm mới.)<br />
Question 33 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Tại sao loài rái cá và vỏ sò được nói đến trong cuộc thảo luận ở đoạn 3?<br />
A. Để cung cấp thông tin là một số loài nào đó thể hiện khả năng sử dụng công cụ tốt hơn các loài khác<br />
B. Để cung cấp ví dụ về việc sử dụng công cụ trong các loài động vật.<br />
C. Để cho thấy rằng các động vật rất giỏi sử dụng các vật thể trong môi trưởng của mình<br />
D. Để cung cấp ví dụ về việc sử dụng vũ khí trong các loài động vật.<br />
yVv<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 15/20
( PC WEB )<br />
“Other behaviors that may indicate some cognition include tool use. Many animals, like the otter who<br />
uses a stone to crack mussel shells, are capable of using objects in the natural environment as<br />
rudimentary tools.” (Các hành vi khác <strong>có</strong> thể chỉ ra một số nhận thức bao <strong>gồm</strong> việc sử dụng công cụ.<br />
Nhiều loài động vật như loài rái cái sử dụng đá để đập vỡ vỏ sò, <strong>có</strong> khả năng sử dụng các vật thể trong<br />
môi trưởng tự nhiên như các công cụ thô sơ.)<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cụm từ “the one” trong đoạn 3 <strong>đề</strong> cập đến _________.<br />
“Allowed to choose which pair they wanted, the <strong>chi</strong>mpanzees almost always chose the one with the<br />
higher total, showing some sort of summing ability.” (Được phép chọn cặp nào mà chúng muốn thì những<br />
con tinh tinh hầu như luôn chọn cặp nào <strong>có</strong> tổng số cao hơn, cho thấy khả năng tổng hợp.)<br />
Do đó: “the one” = “the pair”<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận đến khía cạnh nào của đởi sống ngưởi Mỹ bản địa/ ngưởi da đỏ ở bở biển phía<br />
Bắc Thái Bình <strong>Dương</strong>?<br />
A. Phương pháp bảo quản thức ăn<br />
B. Chế độ ăn uống bị giới hạn bởi môi trưởng như thế nào<br />
C. Những đóng góp của ngưởi phụ nữ cho việc cung cấp thức ăn<br />
D. Những khó khăn trong việc thành lập các trang trại thành công<br />
Dẫn chứng:<br />
- Women also specialized in the gathering of the abundant shellfish that lived closer to shore. They<br />
collected oysters, crabs, sea ur<strong>chi</strong>ns, abalone, and clams, which they could gather while remaining close<br />
to their <strong>chi</strong>ldren... (Ngưởi phụ nữ cũng chuyên về việc thu lượm các loài giáp xác dồi dào sống gần bở<br />
biển. Họ thu lượm các loại hàu, cua, nhím biển, bào ngư, và con trai trong khi họ vẫn ở gần bên các con<br />
của mình.)<br />
- The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by the men...<br />
(Những ngưởi phụ nữ đã dùng các công cụ của mình để xử lý các loài cá và động vật <strong>có</strong> vú ở biển mà<br />
những ngưởi đàn ông mang về...)<br />
- After drying the fish, the women pounded some of them into fish meal... (Sau khi sấy khô cá thì phụ nữ<br />
đã giã một ít cá để làm bột cá....)<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Từ “unique” trong đoạn đầu gần nghĩa nhất với _________.<br />
A. <strong>có</strong> thể hiểu được, <strong>có</strong> thể lĩnh hội<br />
B. năng suất cao, sản xuất nhiều<br />
C. <strong>có</strong> ý định trước, cố ý<br />
D. đặc biệt, đặc trưng<br />
“The Native American peoples of the north Pacific Coast created a highly complex maritime culture as<br />
they invented modes of production unique to their special environment” (Những ngưởi da đỏ ở bở biển<br />
phía bắc Thái Bình <strong>Dương</strong> đã tạo ra một nền văn hóa biển rất phức tạp vì họ đã phát minh ra các phương<br />
thức sản xuất độc đáo với môi trưởng đặc biệt của mình.)<br />
Do đó: unique ~ particular<br />
Trang 16/20
Question 37 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy ra từ đoạn 1 rằng tổ chức xã hội của nhiều dân tộc nông nghiệp _________.<br />
A. phức tạp hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm<br />
B. ít hiệu quả hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm<br />
C. phổ biến hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm<br />
D. <strong>có</strong> nhiều tài liệu hơn tổ chức của các bộ tộc săn bắn và hái lượm<br />
Dẫn chứng: “In addition to their sophisticated technical culture, they also attained one of the most<br />
complex social organizations of any nonagricultural people in the world.” (Ngoài nền văn hóa kĩ thuật<br />
tinh vi của mình thì họ cũng là một trong những tổ chức xã hội phức tạp nhất trong số bất cứ dân tộc phi<br />
nông nghiệp nào trên thế giới.)<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
Theo bài đọc, điều gì đúng về “sự phân <strong>chi</strong>a lao động” được <strong>đề</strong> cập trong đoạn 2?<br />
A. Sự phân <strong>chi</strong>a lao động được phát triển đầu tiên bởi ngưởi da đỏ ở phía bắc Thái Bình <strong>Dương</strong><br />
B. Sự phân <strong>chi</strong>a lao động hiếm khi tồn tại trong việc săn bắn<br />
C. Sự phân <strong>chi</strong>a lao động là một cấu trúc mà ngưởi da đỏ ở phía bắc Thái Bình <strong>Dương</strong> giống với nhiều<br />
dân tộc khác<br />
D. Sự phân <strong>chi</strong>a lao động giúp hình thành tổ chức xã hội được tìm thấy chủ yếu ở những dân tộc bở<br />
biển<br />
Dẫn chứng: In a division of labor similar to that of the hunting peoples in the interior and among<br />
foraging peoples throughout the world, the men did most of the fishing, and the women processed the<br />
catch. (Về việc phân <strong>chi</strong>a lao động thì giống như các dân tộc săn bắn và hái lượm trên thế giới: ngưởi đàn<br />
ông đánh cá và ngưởi phụ nữ xử lý việc đánh bắt đó.)<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tất cả những điều sau đây đúng về ngưởi phụ nữ ở bở biển phía Bắc Thái Bình <strong>Dương</strong> NGOẠI TRỪ việc<br />
họ _________ .<br />
A. <strong>có</strong> khả năng bắt các loại giáp xác hơn các loại cá khác<br />
B. đóng góp nhiều nguyên liệu để chế tạo công cụ hơn ngưởi đàn ông<br />
C. thỉnh thoảng đi kiếm thức ăn xa bở biển<br />
D. chuẩn bị và bảo quản cá<br />
Dẫn chứng: - Women also specialized in the gathering of the abundant shellfish that lived closer to shore.<br />
They collected oysters, crabs, sea ur<strong>chi</strong>ns, abalone, and clams, which they could gather while remaining<br />
close to their <strong>chi</strong>ldren... (Ngưởi phụ nữ cũng chuyên về việc thu lượm các loài giáp xác dồi dào sống gần<br />
bở biển. Họ thu lượm các loại hàu, cua, nhím biển, bào ngư, và con trai trong khi họ vẫn ở gần bên các<br />
con của mình.) => A đúng, C sai<br />
- The maritime life harvested by the women not only provided food, but also supplied more of the raw<br />
materials for making tools than did fish gathered by the men. (Việc thu hoạch của ngưởi phụ nữ ở bở biển<br />
không chỉ giúp cung cấp thực phẩm mà còn cung cấp nhiêu nguyên liệu thô để giúp chế tạo công cụ hơn<br />
việc ngưởi đàn ông đánh bắt cá.) => B đúng<br />
- The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by the men. They<br />
cleaned the fish, and dried vast quantities of them for the winter... (Những ngưởi phụ nữ sử dụng các công<br />
cụ để xử lý tất cả các loài cá và động vật <strong>có</strong> vú ở biển được ngưởi đàn ông mang về. Họ làm sạch cá và<br />
sấy khô số lượng lớn để dành cho mùa đông ...) => D đúng<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 17/20
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Từ “They” trong đoạn 3 <strong>đề</strong> cập đến _________.<br />
A. những ngưởi phụ nữ<br />
B. các công cụ<br />
C. các động vật <strong>có</strong> vú<br />
D. những ngưởi đàn ông<br />
“The women used their tools to process all of the fish and marine mammals brought in by the men. They<br />
cleaned the fish, and dried vast quantities of them for the winter.” (Những ngưởi phụ nữ sử dụng các công<br />
cụ để xử lý tất cả các loài cá và động vật <strong>có</strong> vú ở biển được ngưởi đàn ông mang về. Họ làm sạch cá và<br />
sấy khô số lượng lớn để dành cho mùa đông.)<br />
Do đó: They = The women<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Ngưởi da đỏ ở phía bắc bở biển Thái Bình <strong>Dương</strong> sử dụng nơi hun khói để _________.<br />
A. giữ các dụng cụ được sử dụng trong việc chuẩn bị thức ăn<br />
B. cá và loài giáp xác không bị thối ươn<br />
C. làm nơi chứa cá và giáp xác<br />
D. chuẩn bị cho bữa ăn công phu<br />
Dẫn chứng: They sun-dried fish when practical, but in the rainy climate of the coastal area they also used<br />
smokehouses to preserve tons of fish and other seafood annually. (Họ phơi khô cá khi trởi nắng, nhưng<br />
vào lúc khí hậu mưa gió ở khu vực ven biển, họ cũng dùng nơi hun khói để bảo quản hàng tấn cá và hải<br />
sản khác hàng <strong>năm</strong>.)<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Tất cả những điều sau đúng về chất giống như pho mát được <strong>đề</strong> cập trong đoạn 4 NGOẠI TRỪ nó<br />
_________.<br />
A. được làm từ cá<br />
B. không thực sự là pho mát<br />
C. hữu ích trong các chuyến đi dài<br />
D. được làm trong thời gian ngắn<br />
Dẫn chứng: After drying the fish, the women pounded some of them into fish meal, which was an easily<br />
transported food used in soups, stews, or other dishes to provide protein and <strong>thi</strong>ckening in the absence of<br />
fresh fish or while on long trips. The women also made a cheese-like substance from a mixture of fish and<br />
roe by aging it in storehouses or bv burying it in wooden boxes or pits lined with rocks and tree leaves.<br />
(Sau khi sấy cá, phụ nữ đã giã một ít cá làm bột cá, một loại thực phẩm dễ dàng được vận chuyển dùng<br />
trong các món súp, món hầm, hoặc các món khác để cung cấp protein khi không <strong>có</strong> cá tươi hoặc trong<br />
những chuyến đi dài. Những người phụ nữ này cũng tạo ra một chất giống pho mát từ hỗn hợp cá và<br />
trứng cá bằng cách ủ nó lâu trong kho hoặc bằng cách chôn cất nó trong các hộp gỗ hoặc hố lót đá và lá<br />
cây.)<br />
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in meaning<br />
to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Câu ban đầu: Chúng ta phải nhớ chuyện xảy ra trong quá khứ để nó không bao giờ xảy ra lại nữa.<br />
A. Nếu chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể nhớ quá khứ thì nó sẽ không xảy ra lại.<br />
Trang 18/20
B. Vì tất cả chúng ta <strong>có</strong> khuynh hướng quên chuyện xảy ra trong quá khứ nên chúng ta phạm lại các sai<br />
lầm đó.<br />
C. Chúng ta không thể nhớ chuyện đã xảy ra trong quá khứ nên chúng ta để nó xảy ra lại.<br />
D. Để không lặp lại quá khứ thì chúng ta chắc chắn không nên quên chuyện lúc đó đã xảy ra.<br />
Cấu trúc: - So that + a clause: để mà<br />
- in order to/ so as to + V: để mà<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Câu ban đầu: Sau khi trượt ở bài kiểm tra doping - tại thế vận hội Bắc Kinh thì John đã bị tước huy<br />
chương vàng.<br />
A. Tại thế vận hội Bắc Kinh, John và nhiều người khác bị truất quyền dự <strong>thi</strong> sau khi thất bại bài kiểm<br />
tra doping.<br />
B. Nếu John đã không dính vào việc sử dụng doping tại thế vận hội Bắc Kinh thì anh ấy đã không mất<br />
huy chương vàng.<br />
C. Vì John thú nhận đã dùng doping nên đã bị lấy lại huy chương vàng.<br />
D. Mặc dù John trượt ở bài kiểm fra doping nhưng anh ấy vẫn không bị truất quyền dự <strong>thi</strong> khỏi thế vận<br />
hội Bắc Kinh.<br />
Cấu trúc : - If + s + had + V pp ..., S + would + have + V pp ... (câu điều kiện loại 3 : sự việc trái với thực tế<br />
trong quá khứ)<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Câu ban đầu: Những thành <strong>viên</strong> duy nhất trong họ mèo <strong>có</strong> thể gầm là sư tử, báo, hổ và báo đốm Mỹ<br />
nhưng sư tử là loài gầm to nhất.<br />
A. Giống như báo, hổ và báo đốm Mỹ, sư tử là một trong những thành <strong>viên</strong> họ mèo mà <strong>có</strong> thể gầm.<br />
B. Vì sư tử cùng họ mèo với báo, hổ và báo đốm Mỹ nên sư tử <strong>có</strong> thể gầm to như những loài khác.<br />
C. Sư tử, báo, hổ và báo đốm Mỹ là bốn loài mèo duy nhất <strong>có</strong> thể gầm; tuy nhiên, những loài khác<br />
không gầm to bằng sư tử.<br />
D. <strong>Tiếng</strong> gầm của sư tử đủ to để làm những động vật khác như báo hay hổ cảm thấy sợ hãi.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Cấu trúc: - S + ask (ed) + (O) + từ để hỏi + S + V ....<br />
E.g: He asked me why I had been absent from class.<br />
Do đó: did he want => he wanted<br />
Dịch: Bố cậu ấy hỏi cậu ấy muốn gì cho dịp sinh nhật.<br />
- Reporting questions (Câu hỏi trong <strong>lời</strong> nói gián tiếp)<br />
Câu hói trong <strong>lời</strong> nói gián tiếp dược <strong>chi</strong>a làm loại:<br />
a. Yes/ No questions (Câu hỏi yes/no)<br />
Form:<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
S 1 + ask + (O) + IF/ WHETHER + S 2 + V...<br />
E.g: - Miss Nga said, “Are you a foreigner?”<br />
Miss Nga asked (me) if/ whether I was a foreigner.<br />
b. WH- questions (Câu hỏi <strong>có</strong> từ để hỏi)<br />
Trang 19/20
Form:<br />
S 1 + ask + (O) + WH- (when, where, how...) + S 2 + V...<br />
E.g: - “What is your name?” he asked.<br />
He asked (me) what my name was.<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc: - be + based + on: được dựa vào, căn cứ vào<br />
E.g: This film is based on a real-life incident.<br />
Do đó: to => on<br />
Dịch: Nền kinh tế của nước này dựa vào diện tích rừng, <strong>chi</strong>ếm 80% diện tích bề mặt.<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- Other + danh từ số nhiều/ danh từ không đếm được: vài/ những .. .khác<br />
- Others : những.... khác<br />
- Others = other ones/ other + N số nhiều: dùng khi nói đến những đối tượng nào đó không xác định.<br />
Do đó: others systems => other systems<br />
Dịch: Trong khi <strong>lời</strong> nói là hình thức ngôn ngữ tồn tại phổ biến nhất, con ngưởi sử dụng nhiều kĩ thuật và<br />
hệ thống khác nhau để thể hiện suy nghĩ và cảm xúc của mình.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences In the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án B<br />
“Hãy quàng khăn quanh cổ đi. Bạn sẽ bị lạnh đó.”<br />
A. Bạn sẽ không bị lạnh nếu bạn không quàng khăn quanh cổ.<br />
B. Hãy quàng khăn quanh cổ, nếu không bạn sẽ bị lạnh.<br />
C. Nếu bạn quàng khăn quanh cổ thì bạn sẽ bị lạnh.<br />
D. Bạn không chỉ quàng khăn quanh cổ mà còn bị lạnh nữa.<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án B<br />
“Cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao. Cậu ấy muốn thu hút sự chú ý của giáo <strong>viên</strong>.”<br />
A. Bởi vì giáo <strong>viên</strong> thu hút cậu ấy nên cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao.<br />
B. Để thu hút sự chú ý của giáo <strong>viên</strong> thì cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao.<br />
C. Mặc dù cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao nhưng cậu ấy không thể thu hút được sự chú ý của giáo <strong>viên</strong>.<br />
D. Cậu ấy đã giơ tay lên cao đến nỗi mà cậu ấy không thể thu hút sự chú ý của giáo <strong>viên</strong>.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 20/20
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
6<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. mood B. flood C. spoon D. moon<br />
Question 2: A. digestion B. suggestion C. question D. attraction<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. studious B. century C. similar D. semester<br />
Question 4: A. competent B. implicate C. advertise D. reconstruct<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: We received a lot of useful information because the report accurately reflected the current<br />
state of the company.<br />
A. carelessly B. imprecisely C. uneasily D. untruthfully<br />
Question 6: Sally was unhappy that she lost contact with a lot of her old friends when she went abroad<br />
to study.<br />
A. made room for B. take charge of C. got in touch with D. lost control of<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Deforestation may seriously jeopardize the habitat of many species.<br />
A. do harm to B. set fire to C. give rise to D. make way for<br />
Question 8: It is such a prestigious university that only good students are entitled to a full scholarship<br />
each year.<br />
A. have the right to refuse B. are given the right to<br />
C. are refused the right to D. have the obligation to<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Huy was asking Mai, his classmate, for her opinion about the book he had lent her.<br />
Huy: “What do you <strong>thi</strong>nk about the book?”<br />
Mai: “_________. ”<br />
A. Yes, let’s read it together. B. The best I’ve ever read!<br />
C. I can’t agree with you more. D. I wish I could buy one.<br />
Question 10: Tim and Linda are talking about what to do after school.<br />
Tim: “ _________” - Linda: “Yes, I’d love to.”<br />
A. Do you often have time for a drink after school?<br />
B. Would you like to have a drink after school?<br />
Trang 1/5
C. Do you often go out for a drink after school?<br />
D. Do you like tea or coffee?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: He was the last man _________the meeting room.<br />
A. who leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left<br />
Question 12: Tom never stays in one place for long. He always gets _________ feet and sets off on his<br />
travels again.<br />
A. <strong>chi</strong>lly B. itchy C. dusty D. shaky<br />
Question 13: Clo<strong>thi</strong>ng made of plastic fibers has some certain advantages over _________ made of<br />
natural fibers.<br />
A. that B. which C. the one D. what<br />
Question 14: Whenever I visited her, my grandmother _________ my favorite cake for me.<br />
A. would make B. use to make C. would have made D. have made<br />
Question 15: He was injured after jumping _________ the wall yesterday.<br />
A. over B. under C. across D. through<br />
Question 16: Unfortunately, my trip to France<br />
money.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
because I couldn’t save enough<br />
A. fell through B. tried out C. took over D. turned up<br />
Question 17: Action movies may have a negative _________ on <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
A. opinion B. influence C. dependence D. decision<br />
Question 18: As a small <strong>chi</strong>ld, he was used to _________ alone in the house for several hours.<br />
A. being left B. leaving C. be left D. leave<br />
Question 19: Nowadays, many serious <strong>chi</strong>ldhood diseases _________ by early immunization.<br />
A. prevent B. can prevent C. can be prevented D. are preventing<br />
Question 20: He lost his job because he was _________ , He made so many mistakes.<br />
A. rash B. incautious C. inefficient D. impulsive<br />
Question 21. She is a(n) _________ . She finds it difficult to socialize with other students in the class.<br />
A. industrious B. dynamic C. reserved D. sociable<br />
Question 22. _________ winter I spent in _________ USA was one of _________ best in my life.<br />
A. A/ a/ the B. The/ the/ a C. The/ - / the D. The/ the/ the<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
People come to <strong>thi</strong>s small country for many reasons. They can admire spectacular (23)_________<br />
meet friendly natives, and enjoy a vibrant arts scene. Some are sear<strong>chi</strong>ng for their family (24) _________<br />
or others just want to get away from it all and, digging up old memories from their English Lit class of<br />
gallant heroes engaging in larger-than-life struggles, their minds wander to faraway lands, to somehow<br />
familiar yet different destinations. Why not go to Scotland? But what kind of country are they coming to<br />
and what should they expect once they get there? Scotland (25) _________ of an area of 30, 418 square<br />
miles - so it's a fairly compact and "doable" country - with a population of about five million people - not<br />
too small, not too big. It is one of three countries that form the political (26) _________ called Great<br />
Britain, the other two being, of course, England and Wales, which, along with their fourth partner,<br />
Trang 2/19
( PC WEB )<br />
Northern Ireland, becomes the United Kingdom. Scotland is bordered on three sides by water and on its<br />
fourth by England, which has had both its advantages and disadvantages. Geographically speaking, the<br />
country can be divided into three broad areas, the Southern Uplands, the Central Lowlands, and the<br />
Highlands. Although the rugged Highlands (27) _________ about two-<strong>thi</strong>rds of the land area, the vast<br />
majority of the population lives in the Central Belt between Glasgow, Scotland>s largest city, and<br />
Edinburgh, Scotland's capital.<br />
Question 23. A. scene B. scenery C. view D. panorama<br />
Question 24. A. roots B.race C. basis D. source<br />
Question 25. A. consists B.includes C. embraces D. comprises<br />
Question 26. A. entirety B. entitle C. entry D. entity<br />
Question 27. A. take out B. take in C. take up D. take off<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Foot-racing is a popular activity in the United States. It is seen not only as a competitive sport but<br />
also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money to a<br />
good cause. Though serious runners may spend months training to compete, other runners and walkers<br />
might not train at all. Those not competing to win might run in an effort to beat their own time or simply<br />
to enjoy the fun and exercise. People of all ages, from those of less than one year (who may be pushed in<br />
strollers) to those in their eighties, enter into <strong>thi</strong>s sport. The races are held on city streets, on college<br />
campuses, through parks, and in suburban areas, and they are commonly 5 to 10 kilometers in length.<br />
The largest footrace in the world is the 12-kilometer Bay to Breakers race that is held in San<br />
Francisco every spring. This race begins on the east side of the city near San Francisco Bay and ends on<br />
the west side at the Pacific Ocean. There may be 80,000 or more people running in <strong>thi</strong>s race through the<br />
streets and hills of San Francisco. In the front are the serious runners who compete to win and who might<br />
finish in as little as 34 minutes. Behind them are the thousands who take several hours to finish. In the<br />
back of the race are those who dress in costumes and come just for fun. One year there was a group of<br />
men who dressed like Elvis Presley, and another group consisted of firefighters who were tied together in<br />
a long line and who were carrying a fire-hose. There was even a bridal party, in which the bride was<br />
dressed in a long white gown and the groom wore a tuxedo. The bride and groom threw flowers to<br />
bystanders, and they were actually married at some point along the route.<br />
Question 28. The main purpose of <strong>thi</strong>s passage is to _________.<br />
A. encourage people to exercise<br />
B. describe a popular activity<br />
C. make fun of runners in costume<br />
D. give reasons for the popularity of footraces<br />
Question 29. The word “camaraderie” as used in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of<br />
the following?<br />
A. games B. companionship C. jokes D. views<br />
Question 30. Which of the following is NOT implied by the author?<br />
A. Footraces appeal to a variety of people.<br />
B. Walkers can compete for prizes.<br />
C. Entering a race is a way to give support to an organization.<br />
D. Running is a good way to strengthen the heart.<br />
Trang 3/19
( PC WEB )<br />
Question 31. The word “beat” as used in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of the<br />
following?<br />
A. incline B. overturn C. outdo D. undermine<br />
Question 32. In what lines does the author give reasons for why people enter footraces?<br />
A. Foot-racing... and exercise. B. People of all ages... in length.<br />
The largest... 34 minutes.<br />
D. Behind them... a fire-hose.<br />
Question 33. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in <strong>thi</strong>s passage?<br />
A. Some runners looked like Elvis Presley.<br />
B. Some runners were ready to put out a fire.<br />
C. Some runners were participating in a wedding.<br />
D. Some runners were serious about winning.<br />
Question 34. A “bystander” as used in the last paragraph refers to which of the following?<br />
A. a walker B. a participant C. a spectator D. a judge<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Industrialization came to the United State after 1790 as North American entrepreneurs increased<br />
productivity by reorganizing work and building factories. These innovations in manufacturing boosted<br />
output and living standards to an unprecedented extent; the average per capita wealth increased by nearly<br />
1 percent per year - 30 percent over the course of a generation. Goods that had once been luxury items<br />
became part of everyday life.<br />
The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers made goods, since<br />
the 1790’s, North American entrepreneurs - even without technological improvements - had broadened<br />
the scope of the outwork system that made manufacturing more efficient by distributing materials to a<br />
succession of workers who each performed a single step of the production process. For example, during<br />
the 1820’s and 1830’s the shoe industry greatly expanded the scale of the outwork system. Tens of<br />
thousands of rural women, paid according to the amount they produced, fabricated the “uppers” of shoes,<br />
which were bound to the soles by wage-earning journeymen shoemakers in dozens of Massachusetts<br />
towns, whereas previously journeymen would have made the enduring shoe. This system of production<br />
made the employer a powerful “shoe boss” and eroded workers’ control over the pace and conditions of<br />
labor. However, it also dramatically increased the output of shoes while cutting their price.<br />
For tasks that were not suited to the outwork system, entrepreneurs created an even more important<br />
new organization, the modem factory, which used power-driven ma<strong>chi</strong>nes and assemblyline techniques to<br />
turn out large quantities of well-made goods. As early as 1782 the prolific Delaware inventor Oliver<br />
Evans had built a highly automated, laborsaving flour mill driven by water power. His ma<strong>chi</strong>nery lifted<br />
the grain to the top of the milt, cleaned it as it fell into containers known as hoppers, ground the grain into<br />
flour, and then conveyed the flour back to the top of the mill to allow it to cool as it descended into<br />
barrels. Subsequently, manufacturers made use of new improved stationary steam engines to power their<br />
mills. This new technology enabled them to build factories in the nation’s largest cities, taking advantage<br />
of urban concentrations of inexpensive labor, good transportation networks, and eager customers.<br />
Question 35. What is the passage mainly about?<br />
A. The difficulties of industrialization in North America<br />
B. The influence of changes in manufacturing on the growth of urban centers<br />
C. The rapid speed of industrialization in North America<br />
Trang 4/19
( PC WEB )<br />
D. Improved ways of organizing the manufacturing of goods<br />
Question 36. The word “scope” in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. value B. popularity C. extent D. diversity<br />
Question 37. The author mentions the shoe industry in the second paragraph to provide an example of<br />
how<br />
A. entrepreneurs increased output by using an extended outwork system<br />
B. entrepreneurs used technological improvements to increase output<br />
C. rural workers responded to “shoe bosses”<br />
D. changes in the outwork system improved the quality of shoes<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. All of the following are true of the outwork system EXCEPT _________.<br />
A. It involved stages of production.<br />
B. It was more efficient than the systems used before 1790.<br />
C. It made many employers less powerful than they had been before.<br />
D. It did not necessarily involve any technological improvements.<br />
Question 39. The word “prolific” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. famous B. productive C. self-employed D. progressive<br />
Question 40. According to the passage, how did later mills differ from the mills built by Oliver Evans?<br />
A. They were located away from large cities.<br />
B. They used new technology to produce power.<br />
C. They did not allow flour to cool before it was placed in Barrels.<br />
D. They combined technology with the outwork system.<br />
Question 41. The passage mentions which of the following as a result of improvements in factory<br />
ma<strong>chi</strong>nery?<br />
A. It become easier for factory’ owners to find workers and customers.<br />
B. Manufacturers had to employ more highly skilled workers.<br />
C. The amount of power required for factories operate was reduced.<br />
D. Factories could operate more than one engine at a time.<br />
Question 42. The word “eager” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to .<br />
A. wealthy B. knowledgeable C. regular D. enthusiastic<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: “I will come back early. I really will!”. She said.<br />
A. She promised to come back early. B. She reminded me to come back early.<br />
C. She refused to come back early. D. She offered to come back early.<br />
Question 44: I thought he was the right person for the position, yet it turned out that he was quite useless.<br />
A. Because I was expecting him to be incompetent, I was shocked to see him perform rather well.<br />
B. I was mistaken about his suitability for the position since he proved rather incompetent.<br />
C. Contrary to my initial impression, he was not totally unsuitable for the position.<br />
D. I was right in <strong>thi</strong>nking that he was totally useless for the job.<br />
Question 45: Friendly though she may seem, she’s not to be trusted.<br />
A. However friendly she seems, she’s not to be trusted,<br />
Trang 5/19
B. She’s too friendly to be trusted.<br />
C. However she seems friendly, she’s not to be trusted,<br />
D. She may have friends, but she’s not to be trusted.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: It is (A) interested (B) to compare the early stylized art forms (C) of ancient civilizations<br />
(D) with the modem abstract forms of art.<br />
Question 47: The (A) average salt (B) content of seawater is (C) more than three (D) percents.<br />
Question 48: (A) No other quality is more important (B) for a scientist to acquire (C) as to observe (D)<br />
carefully.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: My mother is good at cooking. My father is bad at it.<br />
A. My mother is good at cooking, but my father is bad at it.<br />
B. My mother is good at cooking, for my father is bad at it.<br />
C. My mother is good at cooking, or my father is bad at it.<br />
D. My mother is good at cooking, so my father is bad at it.<br />
Question 50: Smoking is an extremely harmful habit. You should give it up immediately.<br />
A. As smoking is an extremely harmful habit, you should give it up immediately.<br />
B. When you give up smoking immediately, your health will be affected with <strong>thi</strong>s harmful habit.<br />
C. Stop your smoking immediately so it will become one of your extremely harmful habits.<br />
D. You should give up smoking immediately and you will fall into an extremely harmful habit.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 6/19
ANSWER KEY<br />
1B 2D 3D 4D 5B 6C 7A 8B 9B 10B<br />
11B 12B 13A 14A 15A 16A 17B 18A 19C 20C<br />
21C 22D 23B 24A 25A 26D 27C 28B 29B 30D<br />
31C 32A 33B 34C 35D 36C 37A <strong>38</strong>C 39B 40B<br />
41A 42D 43A 44B 45A 46A 47D 48C 49A 50A<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- mood /mu:d/ (n): tâm trạng<br />
E.g: I’m in a good mood.<br />
- flood /flʌd/ (n): lũ lụt<br />
E.g: The heavy rain caused floods in many areas.<br />
- spoon /spu:n/ (n): thìa<br />
E.g: I need a soup spoon.<br />
- moon /mu:n/ (n): mặt trăng<br />
E.g: The moon goes around the earth.<br />
Question 2 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- digestion /daɪ’dʒes.tʃ ə n/ (n): sự tiêu hóa<br />
E.g: Eating at night can be bad for our digestion.<br />
- suggestion /sə'dʒes.tʃ ə n / (n): lởi <strong>đề</strong> nghị, sự gợi ý<br />
E.g: I don’t know what to do now. Do you have any suggestions?<br />
- question /'kwes.tʃən/ (n): câu hỏi<br />
E.g: It is difficult to answer <strong>thi</strong>s question.<br />
- attraction /ə'træk.ʃ ə n (n): sự hấp dẫn<br />
E.g: Nha Trang is one of the biggest tourist attractions in Vietnam.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- studious /'stju:.di.əs/ (adj): chăm học<br />
E.g: She is a studious girl.<br />
- century /'sen.tʃ ə r.i/ (n): thế kỉ<br />
E.g: He was bom in the 16 th century.<br />
- similar /'sɪm.ɪ.lə / (adj): tương tự, giống<br />
E.g: I am similar in appearance to my brother.<br />
- semester/sɪ'mes.tə r / (n): học kì<br />
E.g: He made much progress in <strong>thi</strong>s semester.<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án D<br />
competent /'kɒm.pɪ. t ə nt/ (adj): <strong>có</strong> năng lực, giỏi<br />
Trang 7/19
( PC WEB )<br />
E.g: He is a competent director.<br />
- implicate/ ‘ɪm.plɪ.keɪt/ (v): làm dính líu vào, làm vướng vào<br />
E.g: She is implicated in the scandal.<br />
- advertise /’ æd.və.taɪz/ (v): quảng cáo<br />
E.g: They advertised their services in the newspaper.<br />
- reconstruct /,ri:.k ə n'strʌkt/ (v): xây dựng lại<br />
E.g: They are reconstructing the city’s public transport system.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- carelessly (adv): bất cẩn<br />
- imprecisely (adv): không chính xác<br />
- uneasily (adv): không dễ dàng<br />
- untruthfully (adv): không chân thật<br />
- accurately (adv): chính xác<br />
Do đó: accurately<br />
<br />
imprecisely<br />
Dịch: Chúng tôi đã nhận được nhiều thông tin hữu ích vì bài báo cáo đã phản ánh chính xác tình trạng<br />
hiện nay của công ty.<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án C<br />
lose contact with: mất liên lạc với<br />
- make room for: dành chỗ cho, nhường chỗ cho<br />
- take charge of: chịu trách nhiệm<br />
- get/ keep/ be + in touch with: giữ liên lạc với<br />
- lose control of: mất kiểm soát<br />
- lose contact with: mất liên lạc với<br />
Do đó: lose contact with<br />
<br />
get in touch with<br />
Dịch: Sally đã rất buồn khi cô ấy mất liên lạc với nhiều bạn cũ khi đi du học.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- do harm to: làm hại đến, gây nguy hiểm đến<br />
- set fire to: đốt cháy<br />
- give rise to: gây ra<br />
- make way for: tránh đưởng cho, để cho qua<br />
- jeopardize /’dʒep.ə.daiz/ (v); gây nguy hiểm cho, làm hại<br />
Do đó: jeopardize ~ do harm to<br />
Dịch: Nạn phá rừng <strong>có</strong> thể gây ra tác hại nghiêm trọng đến môi trưởng sống của nhiều loài.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- have the right to refuse: <strong>có</strong> quyền từ chối<br />
- are gi ven the right to: được cho quyền<br />
- are refused the right to: bị từ chối quyền<br />
Trang 8/19
( PC WEB )<br />
- have the obligation to: <strong>có</strong> nghĩa vụ, bổn phận<br />
- are entitled to: <strong>có</strong> quyền<br />
Do đó: are entitled to ~ are given the right to<br />
Dịch: Đó là một trưởng đại học <strong>có</strong> uy tín mà chỉ <strong>có</strong> những sinh <strong>viên</strong> giỏi mới được hưởng học bổng toàn<br />
phần mỗi <strong>năm</strong>.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Huy hỏi Mai, bạn cùng lớp để biết ý kiến của cô ấy về cuốn sách mà cậu ấy cho cô ấy mượn.<br />
Huy: “Bạn nghĩ gì về cuốn sách đó?”<br />
A. Uh, chúng ta hãy cùng nhau đọc nhé.<br />
B. Cuốn sách hay nhất mà tớ từng đọc!<br />
C. Tớ hoàn toàn đồng ý với cậu.<br />
D. Tớ ước tớ <strong>có</strong> thể mua một cuốn.<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Tim và Linda đang nói chuyện về việc nên làm gì sau khi tan học.<br />
Tim: “_________.”<br />
Linda: Uh, tớ rất thích.<br />
A. Cậu <strong>có</strong> thường <strong>có</strong> thời gian uống nước sau khi tan học không?<br />
B. Cậu <strong>có</strong> muốn đi uống nước sau khi tan học không? (<strong>lời</strong> mời)<br />
C. Cậu <strong>có</strong> thường đi ra ngoài uống nước sau khi tan học không?<br />
D. Cậu thích uống trà hay uống cà phê?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cách rút gọn mệnh <strong>đề</strong> quan hệ:<br />
Nếu danh từ phía trước đại từ quan hệ “who, that, which” <strong>có</strong> các từ “the first/ the second/... thì ta dùng “to<br />
V/ to be V pp ” để rút gọn.<br />
- S + be + the + first/second/.../last/ only + N + relative pronoun + V ... = S + be + the + first/<br />
second/.../last/ only + N + to V/ to be V pp ...(to V nếu mệnh <strong>đề</strong> ở dạng chủ động; to be V pp nếu mệnh <strong>đề</strong> ở<br />
dạng bị động)<br />
Dịch: <strong>Anh</strong> ta là người cuối cùng rời khỏi phòng họp.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- <strong>chi</strong>lly (adj): giá lạnh<br />
- itchy (adj): ngứa ngáy<br />
- dusty (adj): đầy bụi<br />
- shaky (adj): run<br />
+ get/ have itchy feet (ngứa ngáy chân tay): want to travel or move to a different place; to want to do<br />
some<strong>thi</strong>ng different: muốn đi đây đi đó<br />
Dịch: Tom chưa bao giờ ở lại một nơi quá lâu. <strong>Anh</strong> ấy luôn muốn xách ba lô lên và đi du lịch.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Trang 9/19
- clo<strong>thi</strong>ng (n): quần áo (danh từ không đếm được)<br />
- has an advantage over + N: <strong>có</strong> thuận lợi hơn ....<br />
Ở đây 2 đối tượng được so sánh là “clo<strong>thi</strong>ng made of plastic fibers” và “clo<strong>thi</strong>ng made of natural fibers”<br />
=> Từ còn <strong>thi</strong>ếu trong câu này là “clo<strong>thi</strong>ng”. Tuy nhiên, để tránh việc lặp lại danh từ đã được <strong>đề</strong> cập trước<br />
đó thì trong câu so sánh ta sẽ thay thế danh từ đó bằng “that” nếu đó là danh từ số ít đếm được hoặc danh<br />
từ không đếm được và bằng“those” nếu đó là danh từ số nhiều.<br />
E.g: The height of my house is the same as that of hers, (that = the height)<br />
- Doctors in the city are better than those in the countryside, (those = doctors)<br />
Dịch: Quần áo được làm từ sợi tổng hợp <strong>có</strong> một số thuận lợi vượt trội hơn quần áo được làm từ sợi tự<br />
nhiên.<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án A<br />
+ “Whenever I visited her - Bất cứ khi nào tôi đến thăm bà” => sự việc trong quá khứ<br />
- would + V ~ used to + V: đã từng, đã thường làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)<br />
- would + have V pp : đã ...rồi (dùng trong câu điều kiện loại 3 hoặc diễn tả một tình huống đã <strong>có</strong> thể xảy ra<br />
trong quá khứ, nhưng thực sự đã không diễn ra)<br />
- have V : thì hiện tại hoàn thành (diễn tả sự việc đã xảy ra trong quá khứ và kéo dài đến hiện tại)<br />
Dịch: Bất cứ khi nào tôi đến thăm bà thì bà thường làm món bánh yêu thích cho tôi.<br />
- Would - Used to<br />
Would:<br />
Note 25<br />
- Dùng trong <strong>lời</strong> nói gián tiếp (Tương lai trong quá khứ) hay dùng trong câu điều kiện như loại 2,3<br />
E.g: He said he would come back the next day.<br />
If he were free, he would meet me.<br />
She would have been very happy if she had passed the exam.<br />
- Dùng để <strong>đề</strong> nghị, nhờ vả, xin phép, mời mọc<br />
E.g: Would you turn on the TV for me?<br />
Would you mind closing the windows?<br />
- Diễn tả một thói quen trong quá khứ (past habits). Với nghĩa này, WOULD <strong>có</strong> thể dùng thay cho used<br />
to.<br />
E.g: When we met each other, we would talk a lot.<br />
Would- used to: dùng để diễn đạt hành động lặp lại trong quá khứ (thói quen), nhưng bây giờ không còn<br />
nữa<br />
E.g: When I was younger my grandmother would/used to bring us chocolate when she visited. Nhưng<br />
giữa would và used to <strong>có</strong> sự khác nhau:<br />
- Would thường được sử dụng khi <strong>có</strong> từ/ cụm từ/ mệnh <strong>đề</strong> chỉ thời gian rõ ràng<br />
E.g: When I was a <strong>chi</strong>ld. I would watch cartoons every Sunday morning. (used to <strong>có</strong> thể được dùng trong<br />
câu này)<br />
Whenever we went to my aunt's house, we would play in the garden, (used to <strong>có</strong> thể dùng trong câu này)<br />
- "Used to" <strong>có</strong> thể được sử dụng để nói về tình trạng trong quá khứ cũng như những thói quen và hành<br />
động trong quá khứ được lặp lại, nhưng ‘would’ chỉ được sử dụng để nói về thói quen trong quá khứ<br />
nhưng không được sử dụng để nói về tình trạng trong quá khứ (past States).<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 10/19
( PC WEB )<br />
E.g: I used to be a player, (không được sử dụng would trong câu này vì đây là tình trạng trong quá khứ,<br />
không phải thói quen)<br />
We used to have a car. (không được dùng would)<br />
Một số động từ biểu thị trạng thái/ tình trạng (stative verbs) như have (possession), be, live, like, love,<br />
believe, <strong>thi</strong>nk, understand, know, feel thì không được sử dụng WOULD.<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- jump over sth: nhảy qua cái gì (nói về việc đến được phía bên kia của vật gì cao, hoặc vật gì <strong>có</strong> <strong>chi</strong>ều<br />
cao lớn hơn bề ngang)<br />
E.g: She jumped over the fence into the garden. (Cô ta đã nhảy qua hàng rào vào khu vườn.)<br />
Dịch: Hôm qua anh ta đã bị thương sau khi nhảy qua bức tường.<br />
Note 26<br />
- Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể sử dụng across, over và through để nói về một vị trí ở bên kia hoặc đi dến được như<br />
bên kia cầu, đường, biên giới, sông... (on the other side of, to the other side of)<br />
E.g: - Once he was across/over the border, he knew he would be safe. (Một khi ông ấy qua được biên<br />
giới thì ông ấy biết là mình sẽ được an toàn.)<br />
- There’s a cafe across/over the street. (Có một quán cà phê bên kia đường.)<br />
Ta dùng over hơn là across khi nói về việc đến được phía bên kia của vật gì cao, hoặc vật gì <strong>có</strong> <strong>chi</strong>ều cao<br />
lớn hơn bề ngang.<br />
E.g: - He jumped over the wall, so he hurt his leg. (<strong>Anh</strong> ta đã nhảy qua bức tường cho nên anh ta bị đau<br />
chân.)<br />
- He jumped across the stream. (<strong>Anh</strong> ta đã nhảy qua con suối.)<br />
- Khi nói đến vật gì mà chúng ta nghĩ như một mặt phẳng, hoặc một vùng như đất nước hoặc biển thì ta<br />
hay dùng across hơn.<br />
E.g: - I suddenly saw Mary across the room. (Tôi bỗng nhiên nhìn thấy Mary đi ngang qua căn phòng.)<br />
Ta <strong>có</strong> thể nói all over (khắp) nhưng thường không nói all across. Thay vào đó ta dùng across/ right<br />
across để nhấn mạnh _________.<br />
E.g: - The disease has now spread all over/(right) across the world. (Căn bệnh đã lây lan trên khắp cả<br />
thế giới.)<br />
Chúng ta sử dụng through (xuyên qua) để chỉ sự chuyển động trong không gian ba <strong>chi</strong>ều, với những vật<br />
xung quanh _________.<br />
Through chỉ nghĩa qua một thể tích, một khối, một đám nhiều cây cối, như qua rừng (walk through the<br />
wood), qua đám đông (through the crowd), qua nhiều thị trấn (drive through several towns).<br />
E.g: - He pushed his way through the crowd of people to get to his girlfriend.(<strong>Anh</strong> ấy len lỏi qua đám<br />
đông để đến chỗ bạn gái của mình.)<br />
- We drove through several towns. (Chúng tôi đã lái xe qua nhiều thị trấn.)<br />
- Through thường chỉ chuyển động từ bên này sang bên kia.<br />
E.g: I walked through the forest to get to my uncle’s house. (Tôi đã đi xuyên qua khu rừng để đến nhà bác<br />
của mình.) I spent free time walking in the forest. (Tôi dành thởi gian rảnh đi dạo trong khu rừng.)<br />
Question 16 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- fall through (ph.v): to not be completed, or not happen: hỏng, thất bại, không thực hiện được<br />
E.g: Our plans fell through because of lack of money.<br />
- try out (ph.v): <strong>thử</strong><br />
Trang 11/19
E.g: She is trying out her new shirt.<br />
- take over (ph.v): tiếp quản, nối nghiệp<br />
E.g: The company has been taken over by his son.<br />
- turn up (ph.v): xuất hiện, đến<br />
E.g: We arranged to meet at 8.00, but he never turned up.<br />
Dịch: Thật không may, chuyến đi tới Pháp của tôi đã không thực hiện được vì tôi không thể <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm đủ<br />
tiền.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- opinion (n): ý kiến<br />
- influence (n): ảnh hưởng, tác động<br />
+ have + a/an + adj + influence/ effect/ impact + on: tác động/ ảnh hưởng ...vào<br />
- dependence (n): sự phụ thuộc<br />
- decision (n): quyết định<br />
Dịch: Phim hành động <strong>có</strong> thể <strong>có</strong> ảnh hưởng tiêu cực đến bọn trẻ.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu trúc: - be + used to + V-ing: quen với việc làm gì<br />
- used to + V(bare-inf): đã từng làm gì<br />
Trong câu này, động từ phải được <strong>chi</strong>a ở dạng bị động mới phù hợp về mặt ý nghĩa.<br />
Dịch: Khi còn nhỏ, cậu ấy đã quen bị bỏ lại một mình ở nhà khoảng vài tiếng đồng hồ.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- can + V (bare-inf): <strong>có</strong> thể làm gì (chủ động)<br />
- can + be V pp : <strong>có</strong> thể bị/ được làm gì (bị động)<br />
Động từ “prevent” trong câu này phải được <strong>chi</strong>a ở dạng bị động mới phù hợp về mặt ý nghĩa.<br />
Dịch: Ngày nay, nhiều bệnh nghiêm trọng đối với trẻ em <strong>có</strong> thể được ngăn chặn bằng tiêm chủng vac- xin<br />
sớm.<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- rash (adj): liều, liều lĩnh<br />
- incautious (adj): <strong>thi</strong>ếu thận trọng, <strong>thi</strong>ếu suy nghĩ<br />
- inefficient (adj): không <strong>có</strong> khả năng, <strong>thi</strong>ếu năng lực, không hiệu quả.<br />
- impulsive (adj): bốc đồng<br />
Dịch: <strong>Anh</strong> ấy mất việc vì <strong>thi</strong>ếu năng lực. <strong>Anh</strong> ấy phạm quá nhiều sai lầm.<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- industrious (adj): cần cù, siêng năng<br />
- dynamic (adj): năng động<br />
- reserved (adj): dè dặt, kín đáo<br />
- sociable (adj): chan hòa, hòa đồng<br />
Dịch: Cô ấy là một cô gái dè dặt. Cô ấy cảm thấy khó hoà đồng với các bạn khác trong lớp.<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- a (article): một (mạo từ không xác định, dùng trước danh từ số ít bắt đầu bằng các phụ âm hoặc một<br />
nguyên âm <strong>có</strong> phiên âm là phụ âm)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 12/19
( PC WEB )<br />
- an (article): một (mạo từ không xác định, dùng trước danh từ số ít bắt đầu bằng các nguyên âm<br />
“u,e,o,a,i” hoặc một âm câm)<br />
- the (article): đứng trước danh từ đã được xác định.<br />
Trong câu này, mạo từ “the” đứng trước tên một số quốc gia như: the USA, the UK,...; “the” đứng trước<br />
hình thức so sánh nhất.<br />
Dịch: Mùa đông mà tôi đã trải qua ở nước Mỹ là một trong những khoảng thời gian đẹp nhất trong đời<br />
tôi.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- scene (n-countable) ~ view: quang cảnh, cảnh<br />
E.g: I like to have a room with a breathtaking view.<br />
- scenery (n-uncountable): the natural features of an area such as mountains, valleys, rivers and forests:<br />
phong cảnh<br />
E.g: The scenery is magnificent.<br />
- panorama (n-countable): a view of a wide area of land: cảnh tầm rộng, toàn cảnh<br />
E.g: You can enjoy a panorama of the whole city from the hotel.<br />
+ spectacular scenery (collocation): phong cánh tuyệt đẹp<br />
“People come to <strong>thi</strong>s small country for many reasons. They can admire spectacular sẹẹnẹry, meet friendly<br />
natives, and enjoy a vibrant arts scene.” (Mọi người đến đất nước nhỏ bé này vì nhiều lí do. Họ <strong>có</strong> thể<br />
ngắm cảnh đẹp, gặp người bản địa thân <strong>thi</strong>ện và ngắm sân khấu nghệ thuật sôi động.)<br />
Note 27<br />
"Collocation" là một cụm <strong>gồm</strong> hai hay nhiều từ thường đi cùng với nhau, và theo một trật tự nhất định.<br />
Chúng không <strong>có</strong> quy tắc hay một công thức cụ thể.<br />
Để <strong>có</strong> được cách diễn đạt tự nhiên như người bản ngữ thì chúng ta phải học các cụm "collocations" đi với<br />
nhau. Điều này giúp chúng ta <strong>có</strong> được cách diễn đạt phong phú hơn. Vì vậy mỗi học sinh nên <strong>có</strong> trong tay<br />
một quyển từ điển về "collocations”.<br />
Các loại "Collocations"<br />
Có một vài hình thức khác nhau được tạo thành từ sự kết hợp giữa động từ (Verb), danh từ (Noun) và tính<br />
từ (Adjective), <strong>có</strong> một số hình thức như: Adv + Adj; Adj + N; N + N; N + V; V + N; V + Prepostional<br />
phrase; V + Adv<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- roots (n): nguồn gốc, gốc rễ<br />
- race (n): nòi, giống, loài<br />
- basis (n): nền tảng, cơ sở<br />
- source (n): nguồn<br />
+ family roots (collocation): nguồn gốc gia đình<br />
“Some are sear<strong>chi</strong>ng for their family roots or others just want to gel away from it all...” (Một số người<br />
đang đi tìm kiếm cội nguồn của mình hoặc những người khác chỉ muốn thoát khỏi tất cả mọt thứ...)<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- be comprised of/ comprise (v): bao <strong>gồm</strong><br />
E.g: The collection comprises more than 200 paintings.<br />
Trang 13/19
( PC WEB )<br />
- include (v): bao <strong>gồm</strong><br />
E.g: The price included tax.<br />
- embrace ~ include(v): bao <strong>gồm</strong><br />
E.g: The shows embraced a wide range of issues.<br />
- consist (v) + of: bao <strong>gồm</strong><br />
E.g: The committee consists of five members.<br />
“Scotland consists of an area of 30,418 square miles” (Scotland <strong>có</strong> diện tích 30.418 m 2 .)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- entirety (n): toàn bộ, trạng thái toàn vẹn<br />
- entitle (v): cho ai quyền làm gì<br />
- entry (n): sự đi vào, lối vào<br />
- entity (n): sự tồn tại, thực thể<br />
+ political entity (collocation): thực thể chính trị<br />
“It is one of three countries that form the political entity called Great Britain, the other two being, of<br />
course, England and Wales, which, along with their fourth partner, Northern Ireland, becomes the United<br />
Kingdom.” (Nó là một trong ba nước hình thành thực thể chính trị gọi là vương quốc <strong>Anh</strong> / nước <strong>Anh</strong><br />
thống nhất, hai nước còn lại là tất nhiên là nước <strong>Anh</strong> và xứ Wales cùng với thành <strong>viên</strong> thứ tư là Bắc Ai-<br />
Len.)<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- take up (ph.v): <strong>chi</strong>ếm<br />
E.g: The table takes up too much room.<br />
“Although the rugged Highlands take up about two-<strong>thi</strong>rds of the land area...” (Mặc dù vùng cao nguyên<br />
gồ ghề <strong>chi</strong>ếm khoảng 2/3 diện tích đất...)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Mục đích chính của bài đọc là để<br />
A. khuyến khích mọi người tập thể dục<br />
B. miêu tả một hoạt động phổ biến<br />
C. cười nhạo các vận động <strong>viên</strong> mặc trang phục<br />
D. đưa ra lý do cho sự phổ biến của cuộc <strong>thi</strong> chạy bộ<br />
Dẫn chứng: Foot-racing is a popular activity in the United States. (Chạy bộ là hoạt động phổ biến ở nước<br />
Mỹ.)<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Từ “camaraderie” được dùng trong đoạn đầu tiên <strong>có</strong> thể được thay thế tốt nhất bằng từ nào sau đây?<br />
A. trò chơi<br />
B. tình bạn<br />
C. chuyện đùa<br />
D. quang cảnh/ quan điểm<br />
Dẫn chứng: It is seen not only as a competitive sport but also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the<br />
camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money to a good cause. (Nó không chỉ được xem là<br />
Trang 14/19
một môn thể thao cạnh tranh mà còn là một cách để tập thể dục, để tận hưởng tình bạn thân <strong>thi</strong>ết của<br />
những người cùng mục đích chí hướng với nhau và để quyên góp tiền cho tổ chức làm các việc tốt.)<br />
Do đó: camaraderie ~ companionship<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG phải là ngụ ý của tác giả?<br />
A. Cuộc <strong>thi</strong> chạy bộ hấp dẫn với nhiều người.<br />
B. Những người chạy bộ <strong>có</strong> thể cạnh tranh để giành <strong>giải</strong> thưởng.<br />
C. Tham gia cuộc đua là một cách để hỗ trợ một tổ chức.<br />
D. Chạy là một cách tốt để giúp tim khỏe.<br />
Dẫn chứng: “It is seen not only as a competitive sport but also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the<br />
camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money to a good cause.” (Nó không chỉ được xem là<br />
một môn thể thao cạnh tranh mà còn là một cách để tập thể dục, để tận hưởng tình bạn thân <strong>thi</strong>ết của<br />
những người cùng mục đích chí hướng với nhau và để quyên góp tiền cho tổ chức làm việc tốt như từ<br />
<strong>thi</strong>ện.) => B, C đúng<br />
“People of all ages, from those of less than one year (who may be pushed in strollers) to those in their<br />
eighties, enter into <strong>thi</strong>s sport.” (Mọi người ở mọi lứa tuổi, từ những người em nhỏ dưới 1 tuổi (<strong>có</strong> thể nằm<br />
trong các xe đẩy) đến những người ở độ tuổi 80 <strong>đề</strong>u tham gia môn thể thao này. => A đúng<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ “beat” trong đoạn đầu <strong>có</strong> thể được thay thế bởi từ nào sau đây?<br />
A. cúi xuống, <strong>có</strong> khuynh hướng<br />
B. đổ nhào, lật ngược<br />
C. vượt hơn hẳn, đánh bại<br />
D. làm hao mòn<br />
“Those not competing to win might run in an effort to beat their own time or simply to enjoy the fun and<br />
exercise” (Những người không cạnh tranh để giành <strong>chi</strong>ến thắng <strong>có</strong> thể nỗ lực chạy để <strong>chi</strong>ến thắng thời<br />
gian của chính mình hoặc đơn giản để tận hưởng niềm vui và tập thể dục)<br />
Do đó: beat ~ outdo<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Trong những dòng nào, tác giả đưa ra lý do tại sao con người nên tham gia chạy bộ?<br />
Dẫn chứng: Foot-racing is a popular activity in the United States. It is seen not only as a competitive<br />
sport but also as a way to exercise, to enjoy the camaraderie of like-minded people, and to donate money<br />
to a good cause. Though serious runners may spend months training to compete, other runners and<br />
walkers might not train at all. Those not competing to win might run in an effort to beat their own time or<br />
simply to enjoy the fun and exercise. (Chạy bộ là hoạt động phổ biến ở nước Mỹ. Nó không chỉ được xem<br />
là một môn thể thao cạnh tranh mà còn là một cách để tập thể dục, để tận hưởng tình bạn thân <strong>thi</strong>ết của<br />
những người cùng mục đích chí hướng với nhau và để quyên góp tiền cho tổ chức làm việc tốt như từ<br />
<strong>thi</strong>ện. Mặc dù người chạy đua nghiêm túc <strong>có</strong> thể dành nhiều tháng tập luyện để <strong>thi</strong> đấu giành <strong>giải</strong> nhưng<br />
những người khác không tập luyện chút nào cả. Những người không cạnh tranh để giành <strong>chi</strong>ến thắng <strong>có</strong><br />
thể nỗ lực chạy để <strong>chi</strong>ến thắng thời gian của chính mình hoặc đơn giản để tận hưởng niềm vui và tập thể<br />
dục.)<br />
Question 33 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG được <strong>đề</strong> cập trong bài đọc này?<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 15/19
( PC WEB )<br />
A. Một số người chạy đua trông giống như Elvis Presley.<br />
B. Một số người chạy đua sẵn sàng dập lửa.<br />
C. Một số người chạy đua tham dự đám cưới.<br />
D. Một số người chạy đua nghiêm túc về việc <strong>chi</strong>ến thắng.<br />
Dẫn chứng: - “One year there was a group of men who dressed like Elvis Presley” => A đúng<br />
- There was even a bridal party, in which the bride was dressed in a long white gown and the groom wore<br />
a tuxedo. => C đúng<br />
- In the front are the serious runners who compete to win... => D đúng<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Một “bystander” trong đoạn cuối <strong>đề</strong> cập đến người nào?<br />
A. một người đi bộ<br />
B. một người tham gia<br />
C. một khán giả<br />
D. một thẩm phán<br />
Dẫn chứng: The bride and groom threw flowers to bystanders, and they were actually married at some<br />
point along the route. (Cô dâu và chú rể ném hoa cho những khán giả, và họ đã thực sự kết hôn tại một số<br />
điểm dọc theo tuyến đường.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu nói về điều gì?<br />
A. Khó khăn của việc công nghiệp hóa ở Bắc Mỹ<br />
B. Ảnh hưởng của thay đổi trong việc sản xuất vào sự phát triển của các trung tâm đô thị<br />
C. Tốc độ công nghiệp hóa nhanh chóng ở Bắc Mỹ.<br />
D. Những cách cải tiến tổ chức việc sản xuất hàng hóa<br />
Dẫn chứng: - Industrialization came to the United State after 1790 as North American entrepreneurs<br />
increased productivity by reorganizing work and building factories. These innovations in manufacturing<br />
boosted output and living standards to an unprecedented extent ... (Công nghiệp hóa đã đến nước Mỹ sau<br />
<strong>năm</strong> 1790 khi các doanh nhân Bắc Mỹ tăng năng suất bằng cách tổ chức lại công việc và xây dựng nhà<br />
máy. Những cải tiến này trong sản xuất đã giúp tăng sản lượng và mức sống đến mức độ chưa từng<br />
thấy...)<br />
- For tasks that were not suited to the outwork system, entrepreneurs created an even more important new<br />
organization, the modem factory, which used power-driven ma<strong>chi</strong>nes and assembly-line techniques to<br />
turn out large quantities of well-made goods. (Đối với các nhiệm vụ không phù hợp với hệ thống gia<br />
công, các chủ thầu thậm chí đã tạo ra một tổ chức mới quan trọng hơn, nhà máy hiện đại, mà sử dụng các<br />
máy chạy bằng năng lượng và các kỹ thuật dây chuyền lắp ráp để tạo ra số lượng lớn hàng hóa được chế<br />
tạo tốt.)<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ “scope” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với _________.<br />
A. giá trị<br />
B. sự phổ biến<br />
C. quy mô, phạm vi<br />
Trang 16/19
( PC WEB )<br />
D. sự đa dạng<br />
“The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers made goods, since the<br />
1790’s, North American entrepreneurs - even without technological improvements - had broadened the<br />
scope of the outwork system that made manufacturing more efficient by distributing materials to a<br />
succession of workers who each performed a single step of the production process” (Sự gia tăng ấn tượng<br />
về sản lượng xuất phát chủ yếu từ cách công nhân sản xuất hàng hóa, từ những <strong>năm</strong> 1790 thì các doanh<br />
nhân Bắc Mỹ - thậm chí không <strong>có</strong> cải tiến công nghệ - đã mở rộng phạm vi của hệ thống gia công giúp<br />
việc sản xuất hiệu quả hơn bằng cách phân phát chất liệu cho một dây chuyền công nhân mà mỗi người<br />
thực hiện một bước duy nhất trong quá trình sản xuất.)<br />
Do đó: scope ~ extent<br />
Question 37 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Tác giả <strong>đề</strong> cập đến công nghiệp sản xuất giày trong đoạn 2 để cung cấp ví dụ về cách thức _________.<br />
A. các doanh nhân tăng sản lượng bằng việc sử dụng hệ thống gia công mở rộng<br />
B. các doanh nhân sử dụng cài tiến công nghệ để tăng sản lượng<br />
C. công nhân ở nông thôn phản ứng với “các ông chủ xưởng giày”<br />
D. những thay đổi trong hệ thống gia công đã cải <strong>thi</strong>ện chất lượng giày<br />
Dẫn chứng: The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers made<br />
goods, since the 1790’s, North American entrepreneurs - even without technological improvements - had<br />
broadened the scope of the outwork system that made manufacturing more efficient by distributing<br />
materials to a succession of workers who each performed a single step of the production process. For<br />
example, during the 1820’s and 1830’s the shoe industry greatlyexpanded the scale of the outwork<br />
system.... However, it also dramatically increased the output of shoes while cutting their price. (Sự gia<br />
tăng ấn tượng về sản lượng xuất phát chủ yếu từ cách công nhân sản xuất hàng hóa, từ những <strong>năm</strong> 1790<br />
thì các doanh nhân Bắc Mỹ - thậm chí không <strong>có</strong> cải tiến công nghệ - đă mở rộng phạm vi của hệ thống gia<br />
công giúp việc sản xuất hiệu quả hơn bằng cách phân phát chất liệu cho một dây chuyền công nhân mà<br />
mỗi người thực hiện một bước duy nhất trong qui trình sản xuất. Chẳng hạn như, trong những <strong>năm</strong> 1820<br />
và 1830, ngành công nghiệp sản xuất giày đã mở rộng quy mô của hệ thống gia công.... Tuy nhiên, nó<br />
cũng đã làm tăng sản lượng giày đáng kể trong khi cắt giảm giá.)<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tất cả những điều sau đúng về hệ thống gia công NGOẠI TRỪ _________.<br />
A. Nó bao <strong>gồm</strong> các giai đoạn sản xuất<br />
B. Nó hiệu quả hơn các hệ thống đã được dùng trước 1790<br />
C. Nó đã làm cho nhiều ông chủ ít quyền lực hơn trước đây<br />
D. Nó không nhất <strong>thi</strong>ết <strong>có</strong> cải tiến công nghệ<br />
Dẫn chứng: - The impressive gain in output stemmed primarily from the way in which workers made<br />
goods, since the 1790’s. North American entrepreneurs - even without technological improvements - had<br />
broadened the scope of the outwork system that made manufacturing more efficient by distributing<br />
materials to a succession of workers who each performed a single step of the production process. => A, B,<br />
D đúng<br />
- This system of production made the employer a powerful “shoe boss” => C sai<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- famous (adj): nổi tiếng<br />
- productive (adj): sản xuất nhiều, sáng tác nhiều, phát minh nhiều<br />
Trang 17/19
( PC WEB )<br />
- self-employed (adj): tự kinh doanh<br />
- progressive (adj): tiếp diễn, tiếng bộ<br />
“As early as 1782 the prolific Delaware inventor Oliver Evans had built a highly automated, laborsaving<br />
flour mill driven by water power.” (Ngay từ <strong>năm</strong> 1782, nhà phát minh <strong>có</strong> nhiều sáng chế ở tiểu bang<br />
Delaware tên là Oliver Evans đã phát minh máy xay bột tự động giúp <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm sức lao đông được điều<br />
khiển bởi năng lượng nước.)<br />
Do đó: prolific ~ productive<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Theo bài đọc, máy xay sau này khác với máy xay được phát minh bởi Oliver Evans như thế nào?<br />
A. Chúng được đặt ở xa các thành phố lớn.<br />
B. Chúng dùng công nghệ mới để tạo ra năng lượng.<br />
C. Chúng không cho phép bột nguội trước khi được bỏ vào khoang.<br />
D. Chúng kết hợp công nghệ với hệ thống gia công.<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Subsequently, manufacturers made use of new improved stationary steam engines to power<br />
their mills...” (Sau đó, các nhà sản xuất đã sử dụng động cơ hơi nước cố định được cải tiến để cung cấp<br />
năng lượng cho các máy xay...)<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Bài đọc <strong>đề</strong> cập đến điều nào sau đây là kết quả của sự cải <strong>thi</strong>ện máy móc nhà máy?<br />
A. Các ông chủ nhà máy trở nên dễ dàng tìm công nhân và khách hàng.<br />
B. Nhà sản xuất phải thuê nhiều công nhân <strong>có</strong> tay nghề cao.<br />
C. Năng lượng cần cho nhà máy hoạt động thì giảm xuống.<br />
D. Nhà máy không thể hoạt động nhiều hơn 1 động cơ vào một thởi điểm<br />
Dẫn chứng: This new technology enabled them to build factories in the nation’s largest cities, taking<br />
advantage of urban concentrations of inexpensive labor, good transportation networks, and eager<br />
customers.<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Từ “eager” trong đoạn cuối gần nghĩa nhất với _________.<br />
A. giàu <strong>có</strong><br />
B. <strong>có</strong> kiến thức, biết nhiều<br />
C. thường xuyên<br />
D. nhiệt tình, hăng hái<br />
“This new technology enabled them to build factories in the nation’s largest cities, taking advantage of<br />
urban concentrations of inexpensive labor, good transportation networks, and eager customers.” (Công<br />
nghệ mới này cho phép họ xây dựng nhà máy ở các thành phố lớn nhất của đất nước, tận dụng lợi thế của<br />
việc tập trung nhân công rẻ tiền, mạng lưới giao thông tốt và khách hàng háo hức).<br />
Do đó: eager ~ enthusiastic<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Cấu trúc:<br />
- promise to do sth: hứa làm gì<br />
- remind sb to do sth: nhắc nhở ai làm gì<br />
Trang 18/19
( PC WEB )<br />
- refuse to do sth: từ chối làm gì<br />
- offer to do sth: <strong>đề</strong> nghị giúp làm gì<br />
“I will come back early. I really will!” => đây là một <strong>lời</strong> hứa<br />
Dịch: Cô ấy hứa sẽ trở về sớm.<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Câu ban đầu: Tôi đã nghĩ anh ấy là người thích hợp cho vị trí đó, nhưng hóa ra anh ấy khá là vô dụng.<br />
A. Bởi vì tôi mong đợi anh ấy <strong>thi</strong>ếu năng lực nên tôi bị sốc khi thấy anh ấy thể hiện khá tốt.<br />
B. Tôi đã nhầm lẫn về sự phù hợp của anh ấy cho vị trí đó vì anh ấy đã tỏ ra khá kém.<br />
C. Trái với ấn tượng ban đầu của tôi, anh ấy không hoàn toàn không thích hợp cho vị trí đó.<br />
D. Tôi đã đúng khi nghĩ rằng anh ấy hoàn toàn vô dụng cho công việc đó.<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Mặc dù cô ấy dường như thân <strong>thi</strong>ện nhưng cô ấy không đáng tin.<br />
Cấu trúc: However + adj/ adv + S + V ~ Adj/ Adv + as/ though + S + V: mặc dù ....<br />
B, D sai nghĩa; C sai cấu trúc<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- tính từ tận cùng “ed”: miêu tả cảm xúc, tình cảm của con người đối với sự vật (bị động)<br />
- tính từ tận cùng “ing”: miêu tả tính chất của sự vật, sự việc (chủ động)<br />
Do đó: interested => interesting<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Từ “percent” hay “per cent” luôn ở dạng số ít dù <strong>có</strong> đi với con số chỉ số lượng nhiều.<br />
E.g: 1 percent, 5 percent, 10 percent, ...<br />
Do đó: percents => percent<br />
“Hàm lượng muối trung bình của nước biển trên 3 %.”<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Đây là cấu trúc so sánh hơn:<br />
- S + be + more + long - adj + than + ....<br />
Do đó: as => than<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án A<br />
“Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn. Bố tôi thì kém.”<br />
A. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn, nhưng bố tôi thì kém.<br />
B. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn, vì bố tôi thì kém.<br />
C. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn, hoặc bố tôi thì kém.<br />
D. Mẹ tôi giỏi nấu ăn nên bố tôi kém.<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án A<br />
“Hút thuốc là thói quen cực kì <strong>có</strong> hại. Bạn nên bỏ nó ngay lập tức.”<br />
A. Vì hút thuốc là thói quen cực kì <strong>có</strong> hại nên bạn nên bỏ nó ngay lập tức.<br />
B. Khi bạn bỏ hút thuốc ngay lập tức thì sức khỏe bạn sẽ bị ảnh hưởng với thói quen <strong>có</strong> hại này.<br />
Trang 19/19
C. Ngừng hút thuốc ngay lập tức nên nó sẽ trở thành một trong những thói quen cực kì <strong>có</strong> hại với bạn.<br />
D. Bạn nên bỏ hút thuốc ngay lập tức và bạn sẽ rơi vào một thói quen cực kì <strong>có</strong> hại.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 20/19
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
7<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. weave B. please C.seafood D. clear<br />
Question 2: A. frame B. artisan C. attraction D. handicraft<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. solidarity B. communicate C. documentary D. dedication<br />
Question 4: A. tradition B. modernize C. impressive D. emotion<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Lan’s replies were inconsistent with her previous testimony.<br />
A. contradicted B. compatible C. enhanced D. incorporated<br />
Question 6: My grandparents are really tight with their money. They hate throwing away food and<br />
never eat out.<br />
A. to spend much money too easily B. to not like spending money<br />
C. to not know the value of money D. to save as much money as possible<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: The sales clerk was totally bewildered by the customer’s behavior.<br />
A. disgusted B. puzzled C. angry D. upset<br />
Question 8: My two <strong>chi</strong>ldren were full of beans today, looking forward to their trip.<br />
A. disappointed B. hyperactive<br />
C. melancholy D. lively and in high spirits<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Tim: “Wow! You look terrific in that new dress!” - Lisa: “ _________”<br />
A. Oh, what a pity! B. I’m afraid so!<br />
C. Thank you. I’m glad you <strong>thi</strong>nk so. D. Why dare you say so?<br />
Question 10: David and Tom are meeting after a long time<br />
David: “How have you been recently?” - Tom: “_________ ”<br />
A. I am going on holiday next week. B. By bus, usually<br />
C. I am working here. D. Pretty busy, I <strong>thi</strong>nk<br />
Trang 1/5<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Kelly and Tim persuaded me _________ the party.<br />
A. attending B. attended C. to attend D. to be attended<br />
Question 12: I should leave here. I don’t want to _________ my welcome.<br />
A. give up B. go off C. run down D. wear out<br />
Question 13: There were many politicians at the meeting, several of _________ were very young.<br />
A. that B. whom C. who D. which<br />
Question 14: Tim didn’t do his homework, so the teacher became very angry. He _________ his<br />
homework.<br />
A. must have done B. should have done C. might have D. will have done<br />
Question 15: Some people say that they are _________ of events going on elsewhere.<br />
A. ignorance B. ignorantly C. ignorant D. ignoring<br />
Question 16: Our new classmate, John is a bit of a rough _________ but I <strong>thi</strong>nk I’m going to like him<br />
once I get used to him.<br />
A. stone B. rock C. diamond D. pearl<br />
Question 17: The judge _________ murderer to a lifetime imprisonment.<br />
A. prosecuted B. sentenced C. convicted D. accused<br />
Question 18: The problem needs to be _________ immediately, otherwise it will be too late.<br />
A. addressed B. focused C. monitored D. checked<br />
Question 19: - Did you remember to give Linda the money you owed her?<br />
- Yes, I gave it to her _________ I saw her.<br />
A. while B. the moment C. suddenly D. once<br />
Question 20. _________ me to your mother when you are in New York.<br />
A. Tell B. Remind C. Remember D. Greet<br />
Question 21. Tim was disappointed because he _________ for the train for two hours.<br />
A. was waiting B. waited C. has been waiting D. had been waiting<br />
Question 22. Everybody <strong>thi</strong>nks that the play last night was very successful, _________ ?<br />
A. don’t they B. doesn’t he C. was it D. wasn’t it<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
In the past, the process of choosing a career was a much simpler matter than it is today. Aboy often<br />
followed in his father’s footsteps. His sister learned the household skills that (23) _________ her to<br />
become a wife and mother. Nowadays young people grow up in a much freer society (24) _________they<br />
enjoy almost unlimited career opportunities. In recent years, there (25) _________ an enormous increase<br />
in the kinds of vocations from which it is possible to choose. In addition, many of the barriers to career<br />
opportunity that existed only a few decades ago, such as (26) _________ based on sex or religion or<br />
ethnic origins, are (27) _________ disappearing.<br />
Question 23. A. had prepared B. may prepare C. was prepared D. would prepare<br />
Trang 2/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 24. A. where B. when C. why D. whom<br />
Question 25. A. had been B. has been C. will be D. was<br />
Question 26. A. judgment B. perception C. devotion D. discrimination<br />
Question 27. A. rapidly B. incessantly C. categorically D. vigilantly<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
In 1900 the United States had only three cities with more than a million residents-New York,<br />
Chicago, and Philadelphia. By 1930, it had ten giant metropolises. The newer ones experienced<br />
remarkable growth, which reflected basic changes in the economy. The population of Los Angeles<br />
(114,000 in 1900) rose spectacularly in the early decades of the twentieth century, increasing a dramatic<br />
1,400 percent from 1900 to 1930.<br />
A number of circumstances contributed to the meteoric rise of Los Angeles. The agricultural<br />
potential of the area was enormous if water for irrigation could be found, and the city founders had the<br />
vision and dating to obtain it by constructing a 225-mile aqueduct, completed in 1913, to tap the water of<br />
the Owens River. The city had a superb natural harbor, as well as excellent rail connections. The climate<br />
made it possible to shoot motion pictures year-round; hence Hollywood not only supplied jobs but also<br />
disseminated an image of the good life in Southern California on screens all across the nation. The most<br />
important single industry powering the growth of Los Angeles, however, was directly linked to the<br />
automobile. The demand for petroleum to fuel gasoline engines led to the opening of the Southern<br />
California oil fields, and made Los Angeles North America’s greatest refining center.<br />
Los Angeles was a product of the auto age in another sense as well: its distinctive spatial<br />
organization depended on widespread private ownership of automobiles. Los Angeles was a decentralized<br />
metropolis, sprawling across the desert landscape over an area of400 square miles.<br />
It was a city without a real center. The downtown business district did not grow apace with the city<br />
as a whole, and the rapid transit system designed to link the center with outlying areas withered away<br />
from disuse. Approximately 800,000 cars were registered in Los Angeles County in 1930, one per 2.7<br />
residents. Some visitors from the east coast were dismayed at the endless urban sprawl and dismissed Los<br />
Angeles as a mere collection of suburbs in search of a city. But the freedom and mobility of a city built on<br />
wheels attracted floods of migrants to the city.<br />
Question 28. What is the passage mainly about?<br />
A. The growth of cities in the United States in the early 1900s<br />
B. The development of the Southern California oil fields<br />
C. Factors contributing to the growth of Los Angeles<br />
D. Industry and city planning in Los Angeles<br />
Question 29. The author characterizes the growth of new large cities in the United States after 1900 as<br />
resulting primarily from _________.<br />
A. new economic conditions B. images of cities shown in movies<br />
C. new agricultural techniques D. a large migrant population<br />
Question 30. The word “meteoric" in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. rapid B. famous c. controversial D. methodical.<br />
Trang 3/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 31. According to the passage, the most important factor in the development of agriculture<br />
around Los Angeles was the _________.<br />
A. influx of “new residents to agricultural areas near the city.<br />
B. construction of an aqueduct.<br />
C. expansion of transportation facilities<br />
D. development of new connections to the city’s natural harbor<br />
Question 32. According to the passage, the initial success of Hollywood’s motion picture industry was<br />
due largely to the _________ .<br />
A. availability of many skilled workers<br />
B. beauty of the countryside<br />
C. region’s reputation for luxurious lifestyles<br />
D. region’s climate and good weather<br />
Question 33. It can be inferred from the passage that in 1930 the greatest number of people in the Los<br />
Angeles area were employed in _________.<br />
A. farming B. oil refining<br />
C. automobile manufacturing D. the motion picture industry<br />
Question 34. The visitors from the east coast mentioned in the passage thought that Los Angeles<br />
A. was not accurately portrayed by Hollywood images<br />
B. lacked good suburban areas in which to live<br />
C. had an excessively large population<br />
D. was not really a single city<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
According to sociologists, there are several different ways in which a person may become<br />
recognized as the leader of a social group in the United States. In the tamily, traditional cultural patterns<br />
confer leadership on one or both of the parents. In other cases, such as friendship groups, one or more<br />
persons may gradually emerge as leaders, although there is no formal process of selection. In larger<br />
groups, leaders are usually chosen formally through election or recruitment.<br />
Although leaders are often thought to be people with unusual personal ubility, decades ot research<br />
have failed to produce consistent evidence that there is any category ot “natural leaders”. It seems that<br />
there is no set of personal qualities that all leaders have in common; rather, virtually any person may be<br />
recognized as a leader if the person has qualities that meet the needs ot that particular group.<br />
Furthermore, although it is commonly supposed that social groups have a single leader, research<br />
suggests that there are typically two different leadership roles that are held by different individuals.<br />
Instrumental leadership is leadership that emphasizes the completion of tasks by a social group.<br />
Group members look to instrumental leaders to “get <strong>thi</strong>ngs” done.” Expressive leadership, on the<br />
other hand, is leadership that emphasizes the collective well-being of a social group’s member.<br />
Expressive leaders are less concerned with the overall goals of the group than with providing emotional<br />
support to group members and attempting to minimize tension and conflict among them. Group members<br />
Trang 4/20<br />
( PC WEB )
expect expressive leaders to maintain stable relationships wi<strong>thi</strong>n the group and provide support to<br />
individual members.<br />
Instrumental leaders are likely to have a rather secondary relationship to other group members.<br />
They give orders and may discipline group members who inhibit attainment of the group’s goals.<br />
Expressive leaders cultivate a more personal or primary relationship to others in the group. They offer<br />
sympathy when someone experiences difficulties or is subjected to discipline, are quick to lighten a<br />
serious moment with humor, and try to resolve issues that threaten to divide the group. As the differences<br />
in these two roles suggest, expressive leaders generally receive more personal affection from group<br />
members; instrumental leaders, if they are successful in promoting group goals, may enjoy a more distant<br />
respect.<br />
Question 35. What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. The problems faced by leaders<br />
B. How leadership differs in small and large groups<br />
C. How social groups determine who will lead them<br />
D. The role of leaders in social groups<br />
Question 36. The passage mentions all of the following ways by which people can become leaders<br />
EXCEPT _________.<br />
A. recruitment B. formal election process<br />
C. specific leadership training D. traditional cultural patterns<br />
Question 37. In mentioning “natural leaders” in the second paragraph, the author is making the point that<br />
_________.<br />
A. few people qualify as “natural leaders”<br />
B. there is no proof that “natural leaders” exist<br />
C. “natural leaders’ are easily accepted by the members of a social group<br />
D. “natural leaders” share a similar set of characteristics<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. Which of the following statements about leadership can be inferred from paragraph 2?<br />
A. A person who is an effective leader of a particular group may not be an effective leader in another<br />
group.<br />
B. Few people succeed in sharing a leadership role with another person.<br />
C. A person can best learn how to be an effective leader by studying research on leadership.<br />
D. Most people desire to be leaders but can produce little evidence of their qualifications.<br />
Question 39. The passage indicates that ‘instrumental leaders’ generally focus on _________.<br />
A. ensuring harmonious relationships<br />
B. sharing responsibility with group members<br />
C. identifying new leaders<br />
D. a<strong>chi</strong>eving a goal<br />
Question 40. The word “collective” in the <strong>thi</strong>rd paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. necessary B. typical C. group D. particular<br />
Question 41. The word “them” in the <strong>thi</strong>rd paragraph refers to _________.<br />
Trang 5/20<br />
( PC WEB )
A. expressive leaders B. goals of the group<br />
C. group members D. tension and conflict<br />
Question 42. A “secondary relationship” mentioned in the last paragraph between a leader and the<br />
members of a group could best be characterized as _________.<br />
A. distant B. enthusiastic C. unreliable D. personal<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: If I hadn’t had so much work to do I would have gone to the movies.<br />
A. Because I had to do so much work I couldn’t go to the movies.<br />
B. I would go to the movies when I had done so much work.<br />
C. A lot of work couldn’t prevent me from going to the movies.<br />
D. I never go to the movies if I have work to do.<br />
Question 44: “If I were you, I would marry him”, she said to me.<br />
A. She said to me that if I were you, I would marry him.<br />
B. She said to me that she will marry him if she is me.<br />
C. She suggested to marry him if she were me.<br />
D. She advised me to marry him.<br />
Question 45: The last time I saw David was when I ran into him at the station on my way to New York.<br />
A. I haven’t seen David since a chance meeting with him at the station when I was setting off for New<br />
York.<br />
B. When I last went to New York, I happened to meet David at the station.<br />
C. When I last saw David at the station in New York, I ran after him.<br />
D. I finally saw David at the station when I was on my way to New York.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) The coal is (B) the world’s most abundant (C) fossil (D) fuel.<br />
Question 47: Though (A) formally close friends, they (B) have now been estranged from (C) each other<br />
due to some (D) regrettable misunderstandings.<br />
Question 48: All the (A) applicants for the job will (B) be equally treated (C) regarding of their sex, age,<br />
or (D) nationality.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: She applied for the job abroad. She wanted to develop herself and earn more money.<br />
A. She applied for the job abroad in order to develop herself and earn more money.<br />
B. So as to earn more money for development, she applied for the job abroad.<br />
C. She applied for the job abroad, so she developed herself and earn more money.<br />
D. To earn more money was the reason why she applied for the job abroad.<br />
Question 50: Smallpox is a serious disease. Malaria is a serious disease.<br />
A. Smallpox is a serious disease, and so is malaria.<br />
Trang 6/20<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Malaria is a serious disease, but smallpox is not.<br />
C. Neither smallpox nor malaria is a serious disease.<br />
D. Either smallpox or malaria is a serious disease.<br />
Trang 7/20<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
1D 2A 3B 4B 5B 6A 7B 8D 9C 10D<br />
11C 12D 13B 14B 15C 16C 17B 18A 19B 20C<br />
21D 22A 23D 24A 25B 26D 27A 28C 29A 30A<br />
31B 32D 33B 34D 35D 36C 37B <strong>38</strong>A 39D 40C<br />
41C 42A 43A 44D 45A 46A 47A 48C 49A 50A<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- weave /wi:v/ (v): đan, dệt<br />
- please /pli:z/(v): làm hài lòng<br />
- seafood /'si:.fu:d/(n): hải sản<br />
- clear /klɪər/(adj): trong sạch, sáng sủa<br />
Question 2 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- frame/freɪm/ (n): khung<br />
- artisan /'ɑ:.tɪ.zæn/ (n): thợ làm nghề thủ công<br />
- attraction/ 'ətræk. ʃən/ (n): điểm hấp dẫn, thu hút<br />
- handicraft /'hæn.dɪ.krɑ:ft/ (n) sản phẩm thủ công<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- solidarity /.sɒl.ɪ'dær.ə.ti/ (n): tình đoàn kết<br />
- communicative /kə'mju:.nɪ.kə.tɪv/ (adv): mang tính giao tiếp<br />
- documentary /.dɒk.jə’men.f ə r.i/ (adj, n): (thuộc) tài liệu, phim tài liệu<br />
- dedication /.ded.ɪ'keɪ. ʃ ə n/ (n): sự cống hiến, sự tận tụy<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- tradition /trə'diʃ. ə n/ (n): truyền thống<br />
- modernize /'mɒd. ə n.aɪz/ (v): hiện đại hóa<br />
- impressive /ɪm'pres.ɪv/ (adj): gây ấn tượng sâu sắc<br />
- emotion /ɪ’məʊ. ʃ ə n / (n): cảm xúc<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- contradicted /.kɒn.trə'dɪktid/ (adj): mâu thuẫn với, trái với<br />
- compatible /kəm'pset.ə.b ə l/ (adj): tương thích<br />
- enhanced /ɪn'ha:nst (adj): được tăng cường<br />
Trang 8/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- incorporated /in'kɔ:.p ə r.eɪ.tɪd/ (adj): kết hợp chặt chẽ<br />
- inconsistent /.in.kən'sɪs.t ə nt/ (adj): mâu thuẫn, không nhất quán, không tương thích<br />
Do đó: inconsistent<br />
compatible<br />
Dịch: Những câu trả lởi của Lan mâu thuẫn với bằng chứng trước đó cô ấy đưa ra.<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- to spend much money too easily: tiêu nhiều tiền quá dễ dàng<br />
- to not like spending money: không thích tiêu tiền<br />
- to not know the value of money: không biết giá trị của đồng tiền<br />
- to save as much money as possible: <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm tiền nhiều nhất <strong>có</strong> thể<br />
- tight with their money: thắt chặt túi tiền, chắt bóp đồng tiền của mình<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- disgusted (adj): ghê tởm, chán ghét<br />
- puzzled (adj): bối rối, lúng túng, khó xử<br />
- angry (adj): tức giận<br />
- upset (adj): buồn bã, thất vọng<br />
- bewildered (adj): bối rối, lúng túng<br />
Do đó: bewildered ~ puzzled<br />
Dịch: Nhân <strong>viên</strong> bán hàng hoàn toàn bối rối với cách cư xử của khách hàng.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- disappointed (adj): thất vọng<br />
- hyperactive (adj): hiếu động thái quá, tăng động<br />
- melancholy (adj): u sầu<br />
- lively and in high spirits: năng nổ và tràn đầy năng lượng<br />
- full of beans/ life: having a lot of energy: tràn đầy năng lượng, hăng hái<br />
Dịch: Hôm nay hai đứa con của tôi thật hăng hái, đang mong chở chuyến đi chơi.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tim: “Wow! Cậu trông rất tuyệt trong bộ váy mới đó!” Lisa: “_________.”<br />
A. Ồ, thật đáng tiếc!<br />
B. Tớ sợ như vậy!<br />
C. Cảm ơn cậu. Tớ rất vui khi cậu nghĩ vậy.<br />
D. Sao cậu dám nói vậy?<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án D<br />
David: “Cậu dạo này như thế nào?” Tom: “_________.”<br />
A. Tuần sau tớ sẽ đi nghỉ mát.<br />
Trang 9/20<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Thưởng xuyên đi bằng xe buýt.<br />
C. Tớ đang làm việc ở đây.<br />
D. Tớ nghĩ là khá bận rộn.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Cấu trúc: - S + persuade + O + to V ...: thuyết phục ai làm gì đó<br />
E.g: They persuaded me to take part in the contest. (Họ đã thuyết phục tôi tham gia cuộc <strong>thi</strong>.)<br />
Dịch: Kelly và Tim đã thuyết phục tôi tham dự bữa tiệc.<br />
Dạng: V + O + to V<br />
Note 28<br />
Những động từ thường gặp là advise, allow, believe, cause, command, enable, encourage, force, invite,<br />
order, persuade, remind, show, teach, tell, warn.<br />
E.g: I advised him to stop smoking.<br />
Dạng: V + to V<br />
Những động từ thường gặp là decide, agree, consent, fail, hope, manage, offer, pretend, refuse, start,<br />
threaten, volunteer, guarantee<br />
E.g: I hope to see you soon.<br />
She decided to move here.<br />
Dạng: V + prep + O + to V<br />
a.giới từ for<br />
Những động từ thường gặp là advertise, arrange, apply, campaign, plan, wait<br />
E.g: I arranged for Linda to stay in New York.<br />
b.giới từ at<br />
Những động từ thường gặp là go on, keep on, scream, shout, yell<br />
E.g: He shouted at the girl to open the door.<br />
c.giới từ on<br />
Những động từ thường gặp là count, depend, prevail, rely<br />
E.g: I depend on you to find the best solution.<br />
d.giới từ to<br />
Những động từ thường gặp là appeal, gesture, motion, signal<br />
E.g: She signalled to the man to open the windows.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- give up (ph.v): từ bỏ<br />
- go off (ph.v): rời khỏi, nổ (súng, bom), reo (chuông)<br />
- run down (ph.v): ngừng hoạt động, mất hết năng lượng<br />
- wear out (ph.v): làm kiệt sức; kéo dài, trôi qua chậm chạp (thời gian)<br />
+ to wear out one’s welcome: ở chơi lâu đến nỗi người ta không muốn tiếp nữa.<br />
Trang 10/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Dịch: Tôi nên rời khỏi đây. Tôi không muốn chơi lâu đến nỗi người ta không muốn tiếp nữa.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- that: không dùng sau giới từ<br />
- who: không dùng sau giới từ<br />
- “whom” và “which”: <strong>có</strong> thể được dùng sau giới từ<br />
- Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể dùng “all, most, none, neither, any, either, some, (a) few, both, half, each, one, two,<br />
several, many, much” + of which/whom<br />
E.g: I have two brothers, both of whom are doctors.<br />
Dịch: Có nhiều nhà chính trị ở cuộc họp, một vài trong số họ thì trẻ.<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc: - must + have V pp : chắc hẳn đã làm gì<br />
- should + have V pp : lẽ ra đã nên làm gì<br />
- might + Vpp (bare-inf): <strong>có</strong> thể làm gì đó (tương lai)<br />
- will + have V pp : sẽ làm gì trước 1 thởi điểm/ hành động khác trong tương lai (thì tương lai hoàn thành)<br />
Dịch: Tim đã không làm bài tập về nhà cho nên giáo <strong>viên</strong> đã rất tức giận. Cậu ta lẽ ra đã nên làm bài tập<br />
về nhà.<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- ignorance (n): sự không biết, sự ngu dốt, sự <strong>thi</strong>ếu kiến thức<br />
- ignoring (v-ing): lở đi, không chú ý đến<br />
- ignorant (+ of) (adj): không biết, ngu dốt => ignorantly (adv)<br />
Từ cần điền vào là một tính từ sau động từ “to be”.<br />
Question 16 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- stone (n): đá<br />
- rock (n): đá<br />
- diamond (n): kim cương<br />
- pearl (n): ngọc trai<br />
+ a rough diamond: kim cương chưa mài, một người căn bản tốt nhưng <strong>có</strong> thể cư xử thô lỗ, cục mịch.<br />
Dịch: Bạn học cùng lớp mới của chúng tôi, John, hơi thô lỗ chút nhưng tôi nghĩ tôi sẽ thích anh ấy một<br />
khi tôi quen anh ấy.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- prosecute (v): khởi tố, kiện<br />
+ prosecute sb for sth: khởi tố ai về điều gì<br />
- sentence (v): kết án, tuyên án<br />
+ sentence sb to sth: kết án/ tuyên án ai....<br />
- convict (v): kết tội, tuyên bố <strong>có</strong> tội<br />
+ convict sb of sth: tuyên bó ai <strong>có</strong> tội ....<br />
- accuse (v): kết tội, buộc tội<br />
+ accuse sb of sth: buộc tội ai....<br />
Trang 11/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Dịch: Quan tòa tuyên án kẻ giết người tù chung thân.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- address (v) ~ tackle, solve: <strong>giải</strong> quyết<br />
- focus (v): tập trung<br />
- monitor (v): giám sát<br />
- check (v): kiểm tra<br />
Dịch: Vấn <strong>đề</strong> cần được <strong>giải</strong> quyết ngay lập tức nếu không thì sẽ quá trễ.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- while: trong khi<br />
- suddenly: bỗng nhiên, đột ngột<br />
- once: đã <strong>có</strong> thởi, một khi<br />
- the moment (that) ~ as soon as: ngay khi<br />
E.g: I want to see him the moment he arrives.<br />
Dịch: “Bạn <strong>có</strong> nhớ đưa cho Linda số tiền mà bạn nợ cô ấy không? - Rồi, tôi đã đưa cho cô ấy ngay khi<br />
gặp cô ấy.”<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- tell (v): bảo, kể<br />
+ tell sb sth/ tell sb about sth: kể ai điều gì/ kể ai về điều gì<br />
- remind (v): nhắc nhở<br />
+ remind sb to do sth: nhắc nhở ai làm gì<br />
- remember (v): nhớ<br />
+ remember + to V/ V-ing: nhớ làm gì/ đã làm gì<br />
+ remember me to sb: be used to ask somebody to give your good wishes to somebody else: gửi lởi chào,<br />
gửi lởi hỏi thăm<br />
E.g: Remember me to your parents. (Nhớ gửi lởi hỏi thăm của tôi đến bố mẹ bạn nhé.)<br />
- greet (v): chào<br />
+ greet sb: chào ai<br />
Dịch: Nhớ gửi lởi hỏi thăm của tôi tới mẹ bạn khi bạn ở New York nhé.<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Động từ “wait” trong câu này được <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn để diễn tả hành động là<br />
nguyên nhân của một điều gì đó trong quá khứ.<br />
Cấu trúc: - S + had + been + V-ing ... (thì quá khứ hoàn thành tiếp diễn)<br />
Dịch: Tim đã rất thất vọng vì cậu ấy đã chở tàu 2 tiếng đồng hồ rồi.<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Nếu câu đầu <strong>có</strong> dạng “I + V (<strong>thi</strong>nk, believe, suppose, ...) + mệnh <strong>đề</strong> phụ” thì lấy mệnh <strong>đề</strong> phụ làm câu hỏi<br />
đuôi.<br />
E. g: - I <strong>thi</strong>nk he will come here, won’t he?<br />
- I don’t <strong>thi</strong>nk she can swim, can she? (vì phía trước <strong>có</strong> “not”)<br />
Trang 12/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Nếu chủ ngữ câu đầu trong dạng này mà không phải là “I” thì ta dùng mệnh <strong>đề</strong> đầu làm câu hỏi đuôi.<br />
E.g: She <strong>thi</strong>nks that he will come here, doesn’t she?<br />
Do đó, trong câu này, chủ ngữ là “everybody” nên phần hỏi đuôi sẽ theo mệnh <strong>đề</strong> đầu => phần hỏi đuôi ở<br />
thể phủ định thì hiện tại đơn + đại từ they<br />
Dịch: Mọi người nghĩ rằng vở kịch tối qua rất thành công, <strong>có</strong> phải không?<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Vì động từ “leam” phía trước được <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì quá khứ đơn nên động từ “prepare” được <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì tương<br />
lai trong quá khứ với “would + V”.<br />
- prepare sb... : chuẩn bị cho ai...<br />
“His sister learned the household skills that would prepare her to become a wife and mother.” (Chị gái<br />
cậu ấy đã học các kĩ năng nội trợ sẽ chuẩn bị cho tương lai cô ấy trở thành người vợ và người mẹ.)<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- where: trạng từ quan hệ, thay thế cho từ/ cụm từ nơi chốn<br />
- when: trạng từ quan hệ, thay thế cho từ/ cụm từ chỉ thởi gian<br />
- why: trạng từ quan hệ, thay thế cho từ/ cụm từ chỉ lý do<br />
- whom: đại từ quan hệ, thay thế cho tân ngữ chỉ người<br />
Trong câu này từ cần điền vào là đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho cụm từ nơi chốn “in a society”.<br />
“Nowadays young people grow up in a much freer society where they enjoy almost unlimited career<br />
opportunities” (Ngày nay, những người trẻ lớn lên trong một xã hội tự do hơn nhiều, nơi mà họ <strong>có</strong> được<br />
hầu như vô số cơ hội nghề nghiệp.)<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- In recent years: trong những <strong>năm</strong> gần đây => động từ <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành<br />
“In recent years, there has been an enormous increase in the kinds of vocations from which it is possible<br />
to choose” (Trong những <strong>năm</strong> gần đây, đã <strong>có</strong> sự tăng mạnh về các loại nghề nghiệp để cho mọi người lựa<br />
chọn.)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- judgment (n): sự đánh giá, óc phán đoán<br />
- perception (n): sự tiếp nhận, sự nhận thức<br />
- devotion (n): sự tận tụy, sự hiến dâng<br />
- discrimination (n): sự phân biệt đối xử<br />
“In addition, many of the barriers to career opportunity that existed only a few decades ago, such as<br />
discrimination based on sex or religion or ethnic origins...” (Thêm vào đó, nhiều rào cản đối với cơ hội<br />
nghề nghiệp đã tồn tại một vài thập kỉ trước đây như sự phân biệt đối xử dựa trên giới tính hoặc tôn giáo<br />
hoặc nguồn gốc dân tộc...)<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- rapidly (adv): nhanh chóng<br />
- incessantly (adv): không ngừng, không dứt<br />
Trang 13/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- categorically (adv): rõ ràng, minh bạch<br />
- vigilantly (adv): thận trọng, cảnh giác<br />
“In addition, many of the barriers to career opportunity that existed only a few decades ago, such as<br />
discrimination based on sex or religion or ethnic origins, are rapidly disappearing.” (Thêm vào đó, nhiều<br />
rào cản đối với cơ hội nghề nghiệp đã tồn tại chỉ một vài thập kỉ trước đây như sự phân biệt đối xử dựa<br />
trên giới tính hoặc tôn giảo hoặc nguồn gốc dân tộc đang nhanh chóng biến mất.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?<br />
A. Sự phát triển của các thành phố ở Mỹ vào đầu những <strong>năm</strong> 1900<br />
B. Sự phát triển của các mỏ dầu phía Nam California<br />
C. Các yếu tố góp phần vào sự phát triển của Los Angeles<br />
D. Quy hoạch thành phố và công nghiệp ở Los Angeles<br />
Dẫn chứng: A number of circumstances contributed to the meteoric rise of Los Angeles. The agricultural<br />
potential of the area was enormous... The city had a superb natural harbor, as well as excellent rail<br />
connections... The most important single industry powering the growth of Los Angeles, however, was<br />
directly linked to the automobile. (Một số điều kiện đã góp phần vào sự phát triển của Los Angeles. Tiềm<br />
năng nông nghiệp của khu vực này rất lớn... Thành phố <strong>có</strong> một bến cảng tự nhiên tuyệt vời, cũng như các<br />
tuyến đường sắt tuyệt vời... Tuy nhiên, ngành công nghiệp đơn lẻ quan trọng nhất thúc đẩy sự phát triển<br />
của Los Angeles, <strong>có</strong> liên quan trực tiếp đến ô tô.)<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Tác giả mô tả sự phát triển của các thành phố mới to lớn ở Mỹ sau <strong>năm</strong> 1900 chủ yếu do _________.<br />
A. điều kiện kinh tế mới<br />
B. hình ảnh các thành phố được <strong>chi</strong>ếu trong phim<br />
C. các kĩ thuật nông nghiệp mới<br />
D. dân số di cư lớn<br />
Dẫn chứng: In 1900 the United States had only three cities with more than a million residents- New<br />
York, Chicago, and Philadelphia. By 1930, it had ten giant metropolises. The newer ones experienced<br />
remarkable growth, which reflected basic changes in the economy. (Năm 1900 Hoa Kỳ chỉ <strong>có</strong> ba thành<br />
phố với hơn một triệu cơ dân - New York, Chicago và Philadelphia. Đến <strong>năm</strong> 1930, nó <strong>có</strong> mười đô thị<br />
khổng lồ. Những cái mới hơn đã tăng trưởng đáng kể, phản ánh những thay đổi cơ bản trong nền kinh tế.)<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Từ “meteoric” trong đoạn 2 gần nghĩa nhất với _________.<br />
A. nhanh chóng<br />
B. nổi tiếng<br />
C. <strong>có</strong> thể gây tranh luận<br />
D. <strong>có</strong> thứ tự<br />
“A number of circumstances contributed to the meteoric rise of Los Angeles” (Một số yếu tố đã góp phần<br />
vào sự phát triển nhanh chóng của Los Angeles”)<br />
Trang 14/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Do đó: meteoric ~ rapid<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Theo bài đọc, yếu tố quan trọng nhất trong sự phát triển nông nghiệp ở Los Angeles là _________.<br />
A. dòng người nhập cư vào các khu vực nông nghiệp gần thành phố<br />
B. việc xây dựng cống dẫn nước<br />
C. sự mở rộng cơ sở hạ tầng cho giao thông<br />
D. sự phát triển các sự kết nối vùng mới với cảng tự nhiên của thành phố<br />
Dẫn chứng: The agricultural potential of the area was enormous if water for irrigation could be found,<br />
and the city founders had the vision and dating to obtain it by constructing a 225-mile aqueduct,<br />
completed in 1913, to tap the water of the Owens River. (Tiềm năng nông nghiệp của khu vực là rất lớn<br />
nếu tìm thấy nguồn nước tưới tiêu, và hhững người sáng lập thành phố đã <strong>có</strong> tầm nhìn và hứa hẹn để <strong>có</strong><br />
được nó bằng cách xây dựng một cống nước dài 225 dặm, được hoàn thành vào <strong>năm</strong> 1913, để khai thác<br />
nước của sông Owens.)<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Theo bài đọc, thành công ban đầu của ngành công nghiệp điện ảnh của Hollywood chủ yếu do<br />
_________.<br />
A. việc <strong>có</strong> sẵn nhiều công nhân lành nghề<br />
B. vẻ đẹp của nông thôn<br />
C. vùng nổi tiếng về lối sống xa hoa<br />
D. khí hậu của vùng và thời <strong>tiết</strong> đẹp<br />
Dẫn chứng: The climate made it possible to shoot motion pictures year-round: hence Hollywood not only<br />
supplied jobs but also disseminated an image of the good life in Southern California on screens all across<br />
the nation. (Thời <strong>tiết</strong> làm cho những hình ảnh ở đó thay đổi quanh <strong>năm</strong>; do đó Hollywood không chỉ cung<br />
cấp việc làm mà còn cho thấy hình ảnh về cuộc sống tốt đẹp ở miển Nam California trên các màn hlnh<br />
trên toàn quốc.)<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án B<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng vào <strong>năm</strong> 1930 số lượng người lớn nhất ở vùng Los Angeles được<br />
thuê _________.<br />
A. làm nông nghiệp<br />
B. lọc dầu<br />
C. sản xuất ô tô<br />
D. vào công nghiệp điện ảnh<br />
Dẫn chứng: The demand for petroleum to fuel gasoline engines led to the opening of the Southern<br />
California oil fields, and made Los Angeles North America’s greatest refining center. (Nhu cầu xăng dầu<br />
để làm nhiên liệu cho động cơ xăng dẫn đến việc khai thác các mỏ dầu ở Nam California, và tạo ra trung<br />
tâm lọc dầu lớn nhất của Los Angeles Bắc Mỹ.)<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Những du khách từ bờ biển phía đông được <strong>đề</strong> cập trong bài đọc nghĩ rằng Los Angeles _________.<br />
A. không được miêu tả đúng bởi các hình ảnh Hollywood<br />
Trang 15/20<br />
( PC WEB )
B. <strong>thi</strong>ếu các khu vực ngoại ô tốt để sống<br />
C. <strong>có</strong> dân số quá lớn<br />
D. không thực sự là một thành phố<br />
Dẫn chứng: Some visitors from the east coast were dismayed at the endless urban sprawl and dismissed<br />
Los Angeles as a mere collection of suburbs in search of a city. (Một số du khách từ bờ biển phía đông đã<br />
bị khủng hoảng khi sống ở khu vực đô thị hóa và bỏ quên Los Angeles như một bộ sưu tập ngoại ô chỉ để<br />
tìm kiếm một thành phố.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?<br />
A. những vấn <strong>đề</strong> mà các nhà lãnh đạo phải đối mặt<br />
B. khả năng lãnh đạo trong các nhóm lớn và nhỏ khác nhau như thế nào<br />
C. các nhóm xã hội xác định người lãnh đạo như thế nào<br />
D. vai trò của các nhà lãnh đạo trong các nhóm xã hội<br />
Dẫn chứng: - ... there are typically two different leadership roles that are held by different individuals...<br />
(.. .thường <strong>có</strong> 2 vai trò lãnh đạo khác nhau được các cá nhân khác nhau nắm giữ...)<br />
- Instrumental leadership is leadership that emphasizes the completion of tasks by a social group. (Công<br />
việc lãnh đạo là điều hành nhấn mạnh việc hoàn thành nhiệm vụ của một nhóm xã hội)<br />
- Expressive leader are less concerned with the overall goals of the group than with providing emotional<br />
support to group members and attempting to minimize tension and conflict among them. (Lãnh đạo cảm<br />
xúc là cung cấp hỗ trợ tình cảm cho các thành <strong>viên</strong> nhóm và cố gắng giảm <strong>thi</strong>ểu căng thẳng và xung đột<br />
trong nhóm mà ít quan tâm đến mục tiêu tổng thể của nhóm.)<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Bài đọc <strong>đề</strong> cập tất cả những cách sau đây để một người <strong>có</strong> thể trở thành nhà lãnh đạo NGOẠI TRỪ<br />
_________.<br />
A. tuyển dụng<br />
B. quy trình bầu cử chính thức<br />
C. đào tạo khả năng lãnh đạo<br />
D. mô hình văn hóa truyền thống<br />
Dẫn chứng: According to sociologists, there are several different ways in which a person may become<br />
recognized as the leader of a social group in the United States. In the family, traditional cultural patterns<br />
confer leadership on one or both of the parents. In other cases, such as friendship groups one or more<br />
persons may gradually emerge as leaders, although there is no formal process of selection. In larger<br />
groups, leaders are usually chosen formally through election or recruitment, (đoạn 1) (Theo các nhà xã<br />
hội học, <strong>có</strong> nhiều cách khác nhau trong đó một người <strong>có</strong> thể được công nhận là người lãnh đạo của một<br />
nhóm xã hội ở Hoa Kỳ. Trong gia đình, các mẫu văn hóa truyền thống trao quyền lãnh đạo cho một hoặc<br />
cả hai cha mẹ. Trong các trường hợp khác, chẳng hạn như các nhóm hữu nghị, một hoặc nhiều người <strong>có</strong><br />
thể dần dần nổi lên như các nhà lãnh đạo, mặc dù không <strong>có</strong> quá trình lựa chọn chính thức. Trong các<br />
nhóm lớn hơn, các nhà lãnh đạo thường được chọn chính thức thông qua bầu cử hoặc tuyển dụng.)<br />
Trang 16/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 37 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Khi <strong>đề</strong> cập đến “các nhà lãnh đạo <strong>thi</strong>ên bẩm" trong đoạn 2 thì ý của tác giả là _________.<br />
A. rất ít người <strong>có</strong> đủ khả năng là “nhà lãnh đạo <strong>thi</strong>ên bẩm“<br />
B. không <strong>có</strong> bằng chứng về việc “nhà lãnh đạo <strong>thi</strong>ên bẩm" tồn tại<br />
C. “nhà lãnh đạo <strong>thi</strong>ên bẩm” dễ dàng được chấp nhận bởi các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong một nhóm xã hội<br />
D. “nhà lãnh đạo <strong>thi</strong>ên bẩm” <strong>có</strong> chung nhiều đặc điểm<br />
Dẫn chứng: Although leaders are often thought to be people with unusual personal ability, decades of<br />
research have failed to produce consistent evidence that there is any category .of “natural leaders.”(Mặc<br />
dù các nhà lãnh đạo thường được cho là những người <strong>có</strong> khả năng đặc biệt nhưng các nghiên cứu trong<br />
nhiều thập kỉ qua đã không tìm ra bằng chứng phù hợp cho việc <strong>có</strong> “các nhà lãnh đạo <strong>thi</strong>ên bẩm” hay<br />
không.)<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án A<br />
Điều nào sau đây về khả năng lãnh đạo <strong>có</strong> thể được suy ra từ đoạn 2?<br />
A. Một người là nhà lãnh đạo giỏi trong tổ chức này nhưng chưa chắc đã giỏi trong tổ chức khác.<br />
B. Rất ít người thành công khi <strong>chi</strong>a sẻ vai trò lãnh đạo với người khác.<br />
C. Cách tốt nhất mà một người <strong>có</strong> thể trở thành nhà lãnh đạo giỏi là nghiên cứu về khả năng lãnh đạo.<br />
D. Hầu hết mọi người muốn trở thành nhà lãnh đạo nhưng không chứng minh được khả năng của mình.<br />
Dẫn chứng: Although leaders are often thought to be people with unusual personal ability, decades of<br />
research have failed to produce consistent evidence that there is any category of “natural leaders”. It<br />
seems that there is no set of personal qualities that all leaders have in common; rather, virtually any<br />
person may be recognized as a leader if the person has qualities that meet the needs ot that particular<br />
group. (Mặc dù các nhà lãnh đạo thường được cho là những người <strong>có</strong> khả năng đặc biệt nhưng các nghiên<br />
cứu trong nhiều thập kỉ qua đã không tìm ra bằng chứng phù hợp cho việc <strong>có</strong> “các nhà lãnh đạo <strong>thi</strong>ên<br />
bẩm” hay không. Dường như các nhà lãnh đạo không <strong>có</strong> bất kì phẩm chất cá nhân chung nào; thay vào<br />
đó, hầu như bất kì người nào cũng <strong>có</strong> thể trở thành nhà lãnh đạo nếu người đó <strong>có</strong> phẩm chất đáp ứng được<br />
các yêu cầu của nhóm đó.)<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Bài đọc chỉ ra rằng “instrumental leaders” thưởng tập trung vào _________.<br />
A. đảm bảo các mối quan hệ được hài hòa<br />
B. <strong>chi</strong>a sẻ trách nhiệm với các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong nhóm<br />
C. nhận ra các nhà lãnh đạo mới<br />
D. đạt được mục tiêu<br />
Dẫn chứng: Instrumental leadership is leadership that emphasizes the completion of tasks by a social<br />
group. Group members look to instrumental leaders to “get <strong>thi</strong>ngs” done.”(Lãnh đạo công cụ là lãnh đạo<br />
nhấn mạnh việc hoàn thành nhiệm vụ của một nhóm xã hội. Các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong nhóm tìm đến các nhà<br />
lãnh đạo công cụ để "khiến mọi việc được thực hiện")<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ “collective” trong đoạn 3 gần nghĩa nhất với _________.<br />
A. cần <strong>thi</strong>ết B. điển hình<br />
C. nhóm D. đặc biệt, riêng biệt<br />
Trang 17/20<br />
( PC WEB )
“Expressive leadership, on the other hand, is leadership that emphasizes the collective well-being of a<br />
social group’s member.” (Mặt khác, sự lãnh đạo giàu cảm xúc nhấn mạnh đến phúc lợi tập thể của các<br />
thành <strong>viên</strong> trong nhóm xã hội.)<br />
Do đó: collective ~ group<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án c<br />
Từ “them” trong đoạn 3 <strong>đề</strong> cập đến _________.<br />
A. các nhà lãnh đạo giàu cảm xúc<br />
B. các mục tiêu của nhóm<br />
C. các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong nhóm<br />
D. căng thẳng và xung đột<br />
“Expressive leaders are less concerned with the overall goals of the group than with providing emotional<br />
support to group members and attempting to minimize tension and conflict among them.” (Những nhà<br />
lãnh đạo giàu cảm xúc ít quan tâm đến mục tiêu chung của nhóm hơn so với việc giúp đỡ các thành <strong>viên</strong><br />
trong nhóm về cảm xúc và nỗ lực giảm tối <strong>thi</strong>ểu căng thẳng và xung đột giữa các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong nhóm.)<br />
Do đó: them = group members<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Một “mối quan hệ phụ” được <strong>đề</strong> cập trong đoạn cuối giữa nhà lãnh đạo và các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong nhóm <strong>có</strong><br />
thể được miêu tả là _________.<br />
A. xa cách, <strong>có</strong> khoảng cách<br />
B. nhiệt tình<br />
C. không đáng tin<br />
D. cá nhân<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Instrumental leaders are likely to have a rather secondary relationship to other group<br />
members. They give orders and may discipline group members who inhibit attainment of the group’s<br />
goals. Expressive leaders cultivate a more personal or primary relationship to others in the group” (“Các<br />
nhạc trưởng <strong>có</strong> khả năng kết nối với các thành <strong>viên</strong> khác trong nhóm. Họ đưa ra mệnh lệnh và trật tự đối<br />
các thành <strong>viên</strong> trong nhóm, họ là những người kiểm soát việc đạt được các mục tiêu của nhóm. Các nhạc<br />
trưởng biểu đạt trau dồi một mối quan hệ cá nhân hoặc với những người khác trong nhóm”)<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Nếu tôi đã không <strong>có</strong> quá nhiều việc phải làm thì tôi đã đi xem phim.<br />
A. Bởi vì tôi đã phải làm quá nhiều việc nên tôi không thể đi xem phim.<br />
B. Tôi đi xem phim khi tôi làm quá nhiều việc.<br />
C. Nhiều việc không thể ngăn cản tôi đi xem phim.<br />
D. Tôi chưa bao giờ đi xem phim nếu tôi <strong>có</strong> việc phải làm.<br />
“If I hadn’t had so much work to do _________, I would have gone to the movies” - câu điều kiện loại 3<br />
diễn tả sự việc trái với thực tế trong quá khứ.<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Trang 18/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- “If I were you” (Nếu tôi là bạn): diễn tả <strong>lời</strong> khuyên nên ta dùng động từ “advise” trong <strong>lời</strong> nói tường<br />
thuật lại.<br />
Cấu trúc: - advise sb to do sth: khuyên ai nên làm gì đó<br />
E.g: The doctor advised me to go to bed early. (Bác sỹ khuyên tôi đi ngủ sớm)<br />
- advise sb not to do sth: khuyên ai không nên làm gì đó<br />
E.g: My mother advises me not to stay up late. (Mẹ khuyên tôi không nên thức khuya.)<br />
Câu ban đầu: “Nếu tôi là bạn thì tôi sẽ lấy anh ấy”, cô ấy nói với tôi. Cô ấy khuyên tôi lấy anh ấy.<br />
Note 29<br />
Nếu trong <strong>lời</strong> nói trực tiếp <strong>có</strong> các cấu trúc như If I were you, Why don’t you, Had better, Should, Ought to<br />
thì trong <strong>lời</strong> nói tường thuật chúng ta thường dùng động từ “advise” để đưa ra <strong>lời</strong> khuyên.<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Lần cuối tôi gặp David là khi tôi tình cờ gặp cậu ấy ở nhà ga trên đường đi New York.<br />
A. Tôi đã không gặp David từ lần gặp cậu ấy tình cờ tại nhà ga khi tôi đang trên đường đi New York.<br />
B. Khi lần cuối tôi đến New York, tôi đã tình cờ gặp David ở nhà ga.<br />
C. Khi lần cuối tôi gặp David ở nhà ga tại New York, tôi đã chạy theo cậu ấy.<br />
D. Cuối cùng tôi đã gặp David tại nhà ga khi tôi đang trên đường đi New York.<br />
Cấu trúc: - run into (ph.v) ~ meet somebody by chance: tình cờ gặp ai<br />
- set off (ph.v): khởi hành<br />
- happen + to V: tình cờ làm gì đó<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- coal (n-uncountable): than đá<br />
Trong câu này, “coal” là danh từ không đếm được nói chung nên không <strong>có</strong> mạo từ “the” đi kèm.<br />
Do đó: The coal => Coal<br />
Dịch: Than đá là nhiên liệu hóa thạch phong phú nhất của thế giới.<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- formally (adv): trang trọng, chính thức<br />
- formerly (adv): trước đây, cũ<br />
- though ~ although: mặc dù<br />
Do đó: formally => formerly<br />
Dịch: Mặc dù trước đây từng là những người bạn thân nhưng giờ họ đã trở nên xa lạ với nhau vì một vài<br />
hiểu lầm đáng tiếc.<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- regarding (prep): đối với, về, liên quan đến<br />
E.g: Call me if you have any problems regarding your work.<br />
- regardless of (prep): bất kể, không chú ý đến, bất chấp<br />
E.g: The club welcomes all new members regardless of age.<br />
Trang 19/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Do đó: regarding => regardless<br />
Dịch: Tất cả các ứng <strong>viên</strong> cho công việc sẽ được đối xử công bằng bất kể giới tính, tuổi tác và quốc tịch.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án A<br />
“Cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài. Cô ấy muốn phát triển bản thân và kiếm nhiều tiền hơn.”<br />
A. Cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài để phát triển bản thân và kiếm nhiều tiền hơn.<br />
B. Để kiếm nhiều tiền hơn cho sự phát triển, cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài.<br />
C. Cô ấy nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài nên cô ấy đã phát triển bản thân minh và kiếm nhiều tiền hơn.<br />
D. Kiếm nhiều tiền hơn là lý do cô ấy đã nộp đơn xin việc ở nước ngoài.<br />
Cấu trúc: - so as to/ in order to + V: để làm gì (diễn tả mục đích)<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án A<br />
A. Thủy đậu là bệnh nghiêm trọng và bệnh sốt rét cũng vậy.<br />
B. Sốt rét là bệnh nghiêm trọng, nhưng thủy đậu thì không.<br />
C. Cả thủy đậu và sốt rét <strong>đề</strong>u không phải là bệnh nghiêm trọng.<br />
D. Hoặc thủy đậu hoặc sốt rét là bệnh nghiêm trọng.<br />
Cấu trúc: - Neither S 1 + nor + S 2 + V (<strong>chi</strong>a theo S 2 ): Không ...cũng không....<br />
- Either S 1 + or + S 2 + V(<strong>chi</strong>a theo S 2 ): Hoặc ...hoặc ...<br />
- so: Dùng phía sau một phát biểu khẳng định để diễn tả sự đồng tình (so + auxi + S)<br />
Trang 20/20<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 21/20
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
8<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. pedal B. petrol C. pretty D. petty<br />
Question 2: A. sunbathe B. father C. theater D. weather<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. available B. depression C. education D. majority<br />
Question 4: A. medicine B. graduate C. confident D. encourage<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: It’s very difficult to tell her to give in because she is so big-headed.<br />
A. wise B. generous C. modest D. arrogant<br />
Question 6: To his dismay, his name was not on the list.<br />
A. disappointment B. depression C. happiness D. pessimism<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: There are many TV commercials which distracting viewers from wat<strong>chi</strong>ng their favorite<br />
films.<br />
A. economics B. businesses C. contests D. advertisements<br />
Question 8: I knew she was only flattering me because she wanted to borrow some money.<br />
A. teasing B. threatening C. praising D. helping<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - David: “I didn’t do well in the final exam.” - Kelly: “ _________.”<br />
A. That’s a shame! B. Don’t mention it!<br />
C. What a drag! D. That will be the day!<br />
Question 10: Tim and Mark are university students. They are going on a field trip.<br />
Tim: “What do we have to bring for the trip?”<br />
Mark: “ _________.”<br />
A. What an interesting book you have! B. We’ll set off very early, you know.<br />
C. All the coursebooks, of course. D. Well, don’t make a fuss.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Trang 1/5<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 11: Making mistakes is all _________ of growing up.<br />
A. bits and bobs B. chalk and cheese C. part and parcel D. from top to bottom<br />
Question 12: Over the years, he gradually became impervious _________ about his wife’s comments<br />
about his chosen profession and in the end she stopped complaining.<br />
A. about B. for C. of D. to<br />
Question 13: Hoa hoped _________to join the club. She could make friends with many people here.<br />
A. being invited B. to invite C. to be invited D. inviting<br />
Question 14: Sometimes in a bad situation, there may still be some good <strong>thi</strong>ngs. Try not to “throw out the<br />
_________ with the bathwater”.<br />
A. fish B. duck C. baby D. <strong>chi</strong>ld<br />
Question 15: David is a rich man because he _________ a lot of money last year.<br />
A. went through B. checked in C. fell behind D. came into<br />
Question 16: This job requires some important _________. You have to be good at operating ma<strong>chi</strong>nes<br />
and dealing with people,<br />
A. degrees B. knowledge C. techniques D. skills<br />
Question 17: An endangered species is a species _________population is so small that it is in danger of<br />
becoming extinct.<br />
A. whose B. which C. what D. who<br />
Question 18: They have _________ a lot of extensive research into renewable energy sources.<br />
A. carried B. done C. solved D. made<br />
Question 19: With <strong>thi</strong>s type of insurance, you’re buying _________ of mind.<br />
A. peace B. satisfaction C. calmness D. contentment<br />
Question 20. The recent heavy rain has helped to reduce the water _________.<br />
A. poverty B. shortage C. plenty D. abundance<br />
Question 21. _________ over long distances is a fact that everyone knows.<br />
A. That electricity transmitting B. That electricity can be transmitted<br />
C. That electricity D. That can be transmitted<br />
Question 22. My grandmother _________ her whole life to looking after her <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
A. paying B. using C. spending D. devoting<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Welcome to the Netherlands, a tiny country that only extends, at its broadest, 312 km north to<br />
south, and 264 km east to west - (23) _________ the land area increases slightly each year as a result of<br />
continuous land reclamation and drainage. With a lot of heart and much to offer, ‘Holland,’ as it is (24)<br />
_________ known to most of us abroad - a name stemming from its once most prominent provinces - has<br />
more going on per kilometer than most countries, and more English-speaking natives. You’ll be<br />
impressed by its (25) _________ cities and charmed by its countryside and villages, full of contrasts.<br />
From the exciting variety on offer, you could choose a romantic canal boat tour in Amsterdam, a Royal<br />
Tour by coach in The Hague, or a hydrofoil tour around the biggest harbour in the world - Rotterdam. In<br />
season you could visit the dazzling bulb fields, enjoy a full day on a boat, or take a bike tour through the<br />
Trang 2/17<br />
( PC WEB )
pancake-flat countryside spiced with windmills. The possibilities are countless and the nationwide tourist<br />
office is on hand to give you information and help you (26) _________reservations. You’ll have (27)<br />
_________language problems here, as the Dutch are true linguists and English is spoken here almost<br />
universally.<br />
Question 23. A. so B. despite C. in spite of D. although<br />
Question 24. A. regularly B. occasionally C. commonly D. unusually<br />
Question 25. A. historic B. historical C. historically D. historian<br />
Question 26. A. sit B. catch C. do D. make<br />
Question 27. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Cities develop as a result of functions that they can perform. Some functions result directly from the<br />
ingenuity of the citizenry, but most functions result from the needs of the local area and of the<br />
surrounding hinterland (the region that supplies goods to the city and to which the city furnishes services<br />
and other goods). Geographers often make a distinction between the situation and the site of a city.<br />
Situation refers to the general position in relation to the surrounding region, whereas site involves<br />
physical characteristics of the specific location. Situation is normally much more important to the<br />
continuing prosperity of a city. If a city is well situated in regard to its hinterland, its development is<br />
much more likely to continue. Chicago, for example, possesses an almost unparalleled situation: it is<br />
located at the southern end of a huge lake that forces east-west transportation lines to be compressed into<br />
its vicinity, and at a meeting of significant land and water transport routes. It also overlooks what is one<br />
of the world’s finest large farming regions. These factors ensured that Chicago would become a great city<br />
regardless of the disadvantageous characteristics of the available site, such as being prone to flooding<br />
during thunderstorm activity.<br />
Similarly, it can be argued that much of New York City’s importance stems from its early and<br />
continuing advantage of situation. Philadelphia and Boston both originated at about the same time as New<br />
York and shared New York’s location at the western end of one of the world’s most important oceanic<br />
trade routes, but only New York possesses an easy-access functional connection (the Hudson-Mohawk<br />
lowland) to the vast Midwestern hinterland. This account does not alone explain New York’s primacy,<br />
but it does include several important factors. Among the many aspects of situation that help to explain<br />
why some cities grow and others do not, original location on a navigable waterway seems particularly<br />
applicable. Of course, such characteristic as slope drainage, power resources, river crossings, coastal<br />
shapes, and other physical characteristics help to dertermine city location, but such factors are normally<br />
more significant in early stages of city development than later.<br />
Question 28. What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. The development of trade routes through United States cities<br />
B. Contrasts in settlement patterns in United States<br />
C. Historical differences among three large United States cities<br />
D. The importance of geographical situation in the growth of United States cities<br />
Question 29. The word “ingenuity” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. wealth B. resourcefulness C. traditions D. organization<br />
Trang 3/17<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 30: According to the passage, a city’s situation is more important that its site in regard to the<br />
city’s _________.<br />
A. long-term growth and prosperity<br />
B. ability to protect its citizenry<br />
C. possession of favorable weather conditions<br />
D. need to import food supplies<br />
Question 31. The author mentions each of the following as an advantage of Chicago’s location EXCEPT<br />
its _________.<br />
A. hinterland B. nearness to a large lake<br />
C. position in regard to transport routes D. flat terrain<br />
Question 32. The primary purpose of paragraph 1 is to _________.<br />
A. summarize past research and introduce a new study<br />
B. describe a historical period<br />
C. emphasize the advantages of one theory over another<br />
D. define a term and illustrate it with an example<br />
Question 33. According to the passage, Philadelphia and Boston are similar to New York City in<br />
_________.<br />
A. size of population B. age<br />
C. site D. availability of rail transportation<br />
Question 34. The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to _________.<br />
A. account B. primacy C. connection D. hinterland<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
In the North American colonies, red ware, a simple pottery fired at low temperatures, and stone<br />
ware, a strong, impervious grey pottery fired at high temperatures, were produced from two different<br />
native clays. These kinds of pottery were produced to supplement imported European pottery. When the<br />
American Revolution (1775-1783) interrupted the flow of the superior European ware, there was<br />
incentive for American potters to replace the imports with comparable domestic goods. Stoneware, which<br />
had been simple utilitarian kitchenware, grew increasingly ornate throughout the nineteenth century, and<br />
in addition to the earlier scratched and drawn designs, threedimensional molded relief decoration became<br />
popular. Representational motifs largely replaced the earlier abstract decorations. Birds and flowers were<br />
particularly evident, but other subjects---lions, flags, and clipper ships---are found. Some figurines,<br />
mainly of dogs and lions, were made in <strong>thi</strong>s medium. Sometimes a name, usually that of the potter, was<br />
die-stamped onto a piece.<br />
As more and more large kilns were built to create the high-fired stoneware, experiments revealed<br />
that the same clay used to produce low-fired red ware could produce a stronger, paler pottery if fired at a<br />
hotter temperature. The result was yellow ware, used largely for serviceable items; but a further<br />
development was Rockingham ware---one of the most important American ceramics of the nineteenth<br />
century. (The name of the ware was probably derived from its resemblance to English brown-glazed<br />
earthenware made in South Yorkshire.) It was created by adding a brown glaze to the fired clay, usually<br />
giving the finished product a mottled appearance. Various methods of spattering or sponging the glaze<br />
Trang 4/17<br />
( PC WEB )
onto the ware account for the extremely wide variations in color and add to the interest of collecting<br />
Rockingham. An advanced form of Rockingham was flint enamel, created by dusting metallic powders<br />
onto the Rockingham glaze to produce brilliant varicolored streaks.<br />
Articles for nearly every household activity and ornament could be bought in Rockingham ware:<br />
dishes and bowls, of course; also bedpans, foot warmers, cuspidors, lamp bases, doorknobs, molds,<br />
picture frames, even curtain tiebacks. All these items are highly collectible today and are eagerly sought.<br />
A few Rockingham specialties command particular affection among collectors and correspondingly high<br />
prices.<br />
Question 35. The word “ornate” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. elaborate B. puzzling C. durable D. common<br />
Question 36. The passage suggests that the earliest stoneware _________.<br />
A. was decorated with simple, abstract designs<br />
B. used three-dimensional decorations<br />
C. was valued for its fancy decorations<br />
D. had no decoration<br />
Question 37. How did yellow ware a<strong>chi</strong>eve its distinctive color?<br />
A. By sponging on a glaze B. By dusting on metallic powders<br />
C. By brown-glazing D. By firing at a high temperature<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. The phrase “derived from” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. ruined by B. warned against C. based on D. sold by<br />
Question 39. The word “It” in paragraph 2 refers to _________.<br />
A. red ware B. yellow ware<br />
C. Rockingham ware D. English brown-glazed earthenware<br />
Question 40. The phrase “account for” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. explain B. restrict C. finance D. supplement<br />
Question 41. What was special about flint enamel?<br />
A. Its even metallic shine B. Its mottled appearance<br />
C. Its spattered effect D. Its varicolored streaks<br />
Question 42. Which of the following kinds of Rockingham ware were probably produced in the greatest<br />
quantity?<br />
A. Picture frames B. Dishes and bowls<br />
C. Curtain tiebacks D. Doorknobs<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: I couldn’t have run my business successfully without my father’s money.<br />
A. Had it not been for my father’s money, I couldn’t have run my business successfully.<br />
B. I could have run my business successfully without my father’s money.<br />
C. If I could run my business successfully, my father would give me his money.<br />
D. If I couldn’t have run my business successfully, I would have had my father’s money.<br />
Trang 5/17<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 44: She shouldn’t have forgotten that yesterday was her daughter’s birthday.<br />
A. She had a birthday which her daughter forgot.<br />
B. Yesterday, she remembered when her daughter’s birthday was.<br />
C. She failed to remember the date of her daughter’s birthday,<br />
D. Her daughter forgot her own birthday.<br />
Question 45: The film bears little resemblance to the original novel.<br />
A. The film and the original novel resemble in many ways.<br />
B. The film is very similar to the original novel.<br />
C. The film and the original novel differ in some ways.<br />
D. The film is completely different from the original novel.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) Alike other forms of energy, natural gas (B) may be used to (C) heat homes, cook food,<br />
and even (D) run automobiles.<br />
Question 47: He not only (A) composed popular songs (B) for musicals, (C) and wrote (D) more serious<br />
concerts.<br />
Question 48: There (A) are twenty species of wild roses in North America, all of which have (B) prickly<br />
stems, pinnate leaves, and large flowers, (C) which usually smell (D) sweetly.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: He tried very hard to pass the driving test. He could hardly pass it.<br />
A. Despite being able to pass the driving test, he didn’t pass it.<br />
B. No matter how hard he tried, he could hardly pass the driving test.<br />
C. He tried very hard, so he passed the driving test satisfactorily.<br />
D. Although he didn’t try hard to pass the driving test, he could pass it.<br />
Question 50: Mr. Hung is a professor. His car was stolen yesterday.<br />
A. His car was stolen yesterday, Mr Hung is a professor.<br />
B. Mr. Hung, who his car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.<br />
C. Mr. Hung, who is a professor, his car was stolen yesterday.<br />
D. Mr. Hung, whose car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.<br />
Trang 6/17<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
1C 2C 3C 4D 5C 6C 7D 8C 9A 10C<br />
11C 12D 13C 14C 15D 16D 17A 18B 19A 20B<br />
21B 22D 23D 24C 25A 26D 27A 28D 29B 30A<br />
31D 32D 33B 34A 35A 36A 37D <strong>38</strong>C 39C 40A<br />
41D 42B 43A 44C 45C 46A 47C 48D 49B 50D<br />
Mark the letter A B C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- pedal /'ped. ə l/ (v,n): đạp xe đạp, bàn đạp<br />
- strol /'pet.r ə l/ (n): xăng dầu<br />
- pretty /'prɪt.i/ (adj): dễ thương, xinh đẹp<br />
- petty /'pet.i/ (adj): nhỏ bé, không quan trọng, tầm thường<br />
Question 2 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- sunbathe/'sʌn.beɪð/: (v) tắm nắng<br />
- father/'fa:.ðər/ (n): bố, cha<br />
- theater/'ɵɪə.tər/ (n): rạp hát<br />
- weather /'weð.ər/ (n): thời <strong>tiết</strong><br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- available /ə'veɪ.lə.b ə l/ (adj): sẵn <strong>có</strong><br />
- depression /dɪ'preʃ. ə n/ (n): trầm cảm, tuyệt vọng<br />
- education /,edʒ.u'keɪ.ʃ ə n/ (n): giáo dục<br />
- majority /mə'dʒɒr.ə.ti/ (n): đa số, phần lớn<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- medicine /'med.ɪ.sən/ (n): thuốc<br />
- graduate /'grædʒ.u.ət/ (v): tốt nghiệp<br />
- confident /‘kɒn.fɪ.dənt/ (adj): tự tin<br />
- encourage/ɪn'kʌr.ɪdʒ / (v): khuyến khích<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- wise (adj): khôn ngoan<br />
- generous (adj): hào phóng, rộng lượng<br />
- modest (adj): khiêm tốn<br />
- arrogant (adj): kiêu căng, ngạo mạn<br />
Trang 7/17<br />
( PC WEB )
- big-headed (adj): quá kiêu căng, ngạo mạn<br />
Do đó: big-headed<br />
<br />
modest<br />
Dịch: Rất khó để bảo cô ấy chịu thua vì cô ấy quá kiêu căng.<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- disappointment (n): sự thất vọng<br />
- depression (n): sự chán nản, trầm cảm<br />
- happiness (n): sự hạnh phúc, sự vui mừng<br />
- pessimism (n): sự bi quan<br />
- dismay (n): sự mất hết tinh thần, sự buồn bã, thất vọng<br />
Do đó: dismay<br />
<br />
happiness<br />
Dịch: <strong>Anh</strong> ấy rất buồn khi tên mình không <strong>có</strong> trong danh sách.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- economics (n-uncountable): kinh tế học<br />
- businesses (n-pl): việc kinh doanh<br />
- contests (n-pl): cuộc <strong>thi</strong><br />
- advertisements ~ commercials (n-pl): quảng cáo<br />
Dịch: Có nhiều quảng cáo trên TV làm cho ngưởi xem truyền hình sao nhãng không xem được bộ phim<br />
yêu thích của mình.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- tease (v): trêu chọc<br />
- threaten (v): đe dọa<br />
- praise (v): khen ngợi, tán dương<br />
- help (v): giúp đỡ<br />
- flatter (v): xu nịnh, tâng bốc<br />
Do đó: flattering ~ praising<br />
Dịch: Tôi biết cô ấy chỉ đang nịnh tôi vì cô ấy muốn mượn tiền.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án A<br />
David: “Tớ đã không làm tốt ở kì <strong>thi</strong> cuối cùng.” - Kelly: “ _________”<br />
A. Thật đáng tiếc quá!<br />
B. Không <strong>có</strong> gì (đáp lại lởi cảm ơn)<br />
C. Thật buồn chán!<br />
D. Chuyện đó sẽ không xảy ra!<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tim và Mark là sinh <strong>viên</strong> đại học. Họ chuẩn bị đi tham quan thực tế.<br />
Tim: Chúng ta phải mang gì cho chuyến đi?<br />
Trang 8/17<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark: “ _________ ”<br />
A. Cậu <strong>có</strong> cuốn sách hay quá!<br />
B. Cậu biết đó, chúng ta sẽ khởi hành sớm.<br />
C. Dĩ nhiên là tất cả các cuốn giáo trình<br />
D. Ồ, đừng làm om sòm nữa.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- bits and bobs/pieces: những thứ lặt vặt, các vật linh tinh<br />
- chalk and cheese: khác nhau hoàn toàn<br />
- part and parcel of sth: an essential part of some<strong>thi</strong>ng: phần quan trọng, phần <strong>thi</strong>ết yếu của cái gì<br />
- from top to bottom: từ trên xuống dưới<br />
Dịch: Phạm sai lầm là phần <strong>thi</strong>ết yếu của sự trưởng thành.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- impervious /ɪm'pɜ:viəs/ (+ to)(adj): not affected or influenced by some<strong>thi</strong>ng: không bị ảnh hưởng, không<br />
bị tác động<br />
E.g: She was impervious to his charms.<br />
Dịch: Qua nhiều <strong>năm</strong>, anh ấy dần dần không bị ảnh hưởng bởi những lởi phê bình của vợ về nghề nghiệp<br />
mà anh ấy đã chọn nữa và cuối cùng cô ấy đã ngừng phàn nàn.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án C<br />
cấu trúc: - hope + to V: hi vọng làm gì (chủ động)<br />
- hope + to be V pp : hi vọng được làm gì (bị động)<br />
- invite sb to do sth: mởi ai làm gì<br />
Động từ trong câu này phải được <strong>chi</strong>a ở dạng bị động mới phù hợp về nghĩa.<br />
Dịch: Hoa hi vọng được mởi tham gia vào câu lạc bộ. Cô ấy <strong>có</strong> thể kết bạn với nhiêu ngưởi tại đây.<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- fish (n): cá<br />
- duck (n): vịt<br />
- baby (n): đứa bé<br />
- <strong>chi</strong>ld (n): đứa trẻ<br />
+ throw out the baby with the bathwater: vứt bỏ cái gì đó quý báu cùng với cái gì mình không thích<br />
Dịch: Đôi khi trong những tình huống tồi tệ thì vẫn <strong>có</strong> những điều tốt đẹp. Cố gắng đừng vứt đi những<br />
thứ đáng giá chỉ vì những thứ ta không thích.<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- go through: trải qua/ chịu đựng; xem xét, kiểm tra cẩn thận<br />
- check in: đăng kí làm thủ tục (ở khách sạn, sân bay,,..)<br />
- fall behind: bị tụt lại phía sau<br />
- come into: to be left money by somebody who has died: được hưởng, thừa hưởng<br />
Dịch: David là ngưởi đàn ông giàu <strong>có</strong> bởi vì <strong>năm</strong> ngoái anh ta được thừa hưởng rất nhiều tiền.<br />
Trang 9/17<br />
( PC WEB )
Question Chọn đáp án D<br />
- degrees (n.pl): bằng cấp<br />
- knowledge (n. uncountable): kiến thức<br />
- techniques (n.pl): kĩ thuật<br />
- skills (n.pl): kĩ năng<br />
Dịch: Công việc này đòi hỏi một số kĩ năng quan trọng. Bạn phải giỏi vận hành máy móc và cư xử với<br />
con ngưởi.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- whose: đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu trước danh từ đó<br />
- which: đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho chủ ngữ hoặc tân ngữ chỉ vật<br />
- who: đại từ quan hệ thay thế cho chủ ngữ chỉ ngưởi<br />
- what: dùng trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh từ<br />
E.g: What you have said is completely right.<br />
Trong câu này, đại từ quan hệ cần điền vào là “whose” để thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu.<br />
Dịch: Loài <strong>có</strong> nguy cơ tuyệt chủng là loài mà số lượng của nó ít đến nỗi mà <strong>có</strong> nguy cơ bị tuyệt chủng.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- carry (v): mang<br />
- do (v): làm<br />
- solve (v): <strong>giải</strong> quyết<br />
- make (v): làm, chế tạo<br />
- carry out/ conduct/ do + research: tiến hành/ thực hiện/ làm nghiên cứu<br />
Dịch: Họ đã làm nhiều nghiên cứu phạm vi rộng vào các nguồn năng lượng tái tạo.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- peace (n): sự thanh bình, sự yên tĩnh<br />
- satisfaction (n): sự thỏa mãn, sự hài lòng<br />
- calmness (n): sự bình tĩnh, sự điềm tĩnh<br />
- contentment (n): sự hài lòng, sự bằng lòng<br />
+ peace of mind: a feeling of calm or not being worried: sự yên tĩnh trong tâm hồn, sự thanh thản<br />
Dịch: Với loại bảo hiểm này, bạn đang mua cho mình sự bình yên.<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- poverty (n): sự nghèo nàn<br />
- shortage (n): sự <strong>thi</strong>ếu<br />
- plenty (n): sự phong phú, dồi dào<br />
- abundance (n): sự phong phủ, sự dồi dào<br />
+ water shortage: sự <strong>thi</strong>ếu nước<br />
Dịch: Cơn mưa to gần đây đã giúp giảm tình trạng <strong>thi</strong>ếu nước.<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> “that” trong câu này là mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh từ làm chức năng chủ ngữ.<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh từ: mệnh <strong>đề</strong> <strong>có</strong> chức năng như một danh từ.<br />
Trang 10/17<br />
( PC WEB )
Cấu trúc: - That/ where/ when/ why/ what/.... + S + V ... + V- <strong>chi</strong>a dạng số ít + .... (mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh từ làm<br />
chức năng chủ ngữ)<br />
E.g: What you did makes me disappointed. (Những điều bạn đã làm khiến tôi thất vọng.)<br />
Do đó, các phương án A, C, D không đúng ngữ pháp.<br />
Dịch: Điện <strong>có</strong> thể được truyền qua khoảng cách xa là một thực tế mà ai cũng biết.<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- pay (v): trả, thanh toán<br />
- use (v): sử dụng<br />
- spend (v): tiêu tốn, dùng, trải qua<br />
+ spend sth doing sth/ spend sth on sth/ doing sth: dành/ tiêu tốn .. .vào điều gì/ làm gì<br />
- devote (v): cống hiến, hiến dâng<br />
+ devote sth to sth/ to doing sth: dành, cống hiến . ...vào điều gì/ làm gì<br />
Dịch: Bà tôi đã dành cả cuộc đởi để chăm sóc con cái.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- so: vì thế, cho nên<br />
- despite ~ in spite of + N/ V-ing: mặc dù<br />
- although + a clause (S+ V): mặc dù<br />
“Welcome to the Netherlands, a tiny country that only extends ... although the land area increases<br />
slightly each year (Chào mừng đến với Hà Lan, một quốc gia nhỏ chỉ rộng .... mặc dù diện tích đất tăng<br />
nhẹ mỗi <strong>năm</strong>,..)<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- regularly (adv): thưởng xuyên, <strong>đề</strong>u đặn<br />
- occasionally (adv): thỉnh thoảng<br />
- commonly (adv) ~ usually, very often: thông thưởng<br />
+ commonly known (collocation): widely known usually or by most people: thưởng được mọi ngưởi biết<br />
đến<br />
'<br />
- unusually (adv): bất thưởng, không thưởng<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- historic (adj): important or influential in history: quan trọng trong lịch sử, <strong>có</strong> ý nghĩa lịch sử<br />
- historical (adj): connected with the past: <strong>có</strong> liên quan đến lịch sử, đã xảy ra trong quá khứ<br />
- historically (adv): về mặt lịch sử<br />
- historian (n): sử gia, nhà sử học<br />
+ a historic city ~ a very old city: thành phố rất cổ kính<br />
“You’ll be impressed by its historic cities and charmed by its countryside and villages...” (Bạn sẽ bị ấn<br />
tượng bởi các thành phố rất cổ kính và bị quyến rũ bởi các vùng nông thôn và những ngôi làng ....)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- make a reservation (collocation): đặt chỗ trước<br />
Trang 11/17<br />
( PC WEB )
“... the nationwide tourist office is on hand to give you information and help you make reservations” (văn<br />
phòng du lịch trên toàn quốc sẵn sàng cung cấp cho bạn thông tin và giúp bạn đặt chỗ trước.)<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- few + N đếm được số nhiều: rất ít, hầu như không <strong>có</strong> mấy (mang nghĩa phủ định)<br />
- a few + N đếm được số nhiều ~ some: một vài, một ít (mang nghĩa khẳng định)<br />
- little + N không đếm được: rất ít, hầu như không <strong>có</strong> mấy (mang nghĩa phủ định)<br />
- a little + N không đếm được ~ some: một chút, một ít (mang nghĩa khẳng định)<br />
Danh từ phía sau là “language problems” => loại C, D<br />
“You’ll have few language problems here, as the Dutch are true linguists and English is spoken here<br />
almost universally” (Ở đây, bạn sẽ gặp rất ít vấn <strong>đề</strong> về ngôn ngữ vì ngưởi Hà Lan là các nhà ngôn ngữ<br />
thật sự và <strong>Tiếng</strong> <strong>Anh</strong> được nói ở đây gần như phổ biến.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?<br />
A. Sự phát triển của các tuyến thương mại khắp nước Mỹ<br />
B. Sự tương phản về các kiểu định cư ở nước Mỹ<br />
c. Sự khác biệt lịch sử giữa 3 thành phố lớn của nước Mỹ<br />
D. Tầm quan trọng của vị trí địa lý đối với sự phát triển của nước Mỹ.<br />
Từ đầu đến cuối, bài đọc tập trung nói đến tầm quan trọng của vị trí địa lý đối với sự phát triển của nước<br />
Mỹ.<br />
Dẫn chứng: - Geographers often a distinction between the situation and the site of a city. Situation refers<br />
to the general position in relation to the surrounding region, whereas site involves physical characteristics<br />
of the specific location. Situation is normally much more important to the continuing prosperity of a<br />
city.... (Các nhà địa lý thường phân biệt giữa tình hình và địa điểm của một thành phố. Tình huống <strong>đề</strong> cập<br />
đến vị trí chung liên quan đến khu vực xung quanh, trong khi địa điểm liên quan đến đặc điểm vật lý của<br />
vị trí cụ thể. Tình hình thường quan trọng hơn nhiều đối với sự thịnh vượng liên tục của một thành phố....)<br />
- Chicago for example, possesses an almost unparalleled situation ...<br />
- Similarly it can be argued that much of New York City’s importance stems from its early and<br />
continuing advantage of situation<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Từ “ingenuity” trong đoạn đầu gần nghĩa nhất với _________.<br />
A. sự giàu <strong>có</strong><br />
B. tài khéo léo, xoay xở<br />
C. truyền thống<br />
“Some functions result directly from the ingenuity of the citizenry, but most functions result from the<br />
needs of the local area and of the swrounding hinterland” (Một số chức năng <strong>có</strong> được trực tiếp là do tài<br />
khéo léo của công dân, nhưng đa số chức năng <strong>có</strong> được là do nhu cầu của vùng địa phương và vùng lân<br />
cận.)<br />
Do đó: ingenuity ~ resourcefulness: tài khéo léo<br />
Trang 12/17<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 30 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Theo bài đọc, vị trí địa lý của một thành phố quan trọng hơn vị trí của nó liên quan đến _________của<br />
thành phố.<br />
A. sự thịnh vượng và phát triển lâu dài<br />
B. khả năng bảo vệ công dân<br />
C. việc sở hữu điều kiện thời <strong>tiết</strong> thuận lợi<br />
D. nhu cầu nhập khẩu nguồn thực phẩm<br />
Dẫn chứng: Situation is normally much more important to the continuing prosperity of a city. If a city is<br />
well situated in regard to its hinterland, its development is much more likely to continue. (Vị trí thường<br />
quan trọng hơn nhiều đối với sự thịnh vượng lâu dài của thành phố. Nếu một thành phố <strong>có</strong> vị trí tốt liên<br />
quan đến vùng lân cận thì sự phát triển <strong>có</strong> thể sẽ còn tiếp tục hơn.)<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Tác giả <strong>đề</strong> cập đến các điều sau đây là thuận lợi về vị trí của Chicago NGOẠI TRỪ _________.<br />
A. vùng lân cận<br />
B. gần hồ lớn<br />
C. vị trí liên quan đến các tuyến giao thông<br />
D. địa hình bằng phẳng<br />
Dẫn chứng: Chicago, for example, possesses an almost unparalleled situation: it is located at the southern<br />
end of a huge lake that forces east-west transportation lines to be compressed into its vicinity, and at a<br />
meeting of significant land and water transport routes, (vicinity — hinterland) (Chicago, ví dụ, <strong>có</strong> một<br />
tình huống gần như không khả <strong>thi</strong>: nó nằm ở cuối phía nam của một hồ nước lớn buộc các tuyến giao<br />
thông đông - tây được đẩy vào vùng lân cận của nó, và tại nơi giao nhau của các tuyến giao thông đường<br />
bộ và đường thủy quan trọng, (vùng lân cận))<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Mục đích chính của đoạn đầu là _________.<br />
A. tóm tắt nghiên cứu trước và giới <strong>thi</strong>ệu nghiên cứu mới<br />
B. miêu tả một thời kì lịch sử<br />
C. nhấn mạnh thuận lợi của một học thuyết với các học thuyết khác<br />
D. định nghĩa thuật ngữ và minh họa bằng ví dụ<br />
Trong đoạn đầu, tác giả nêu định nghĩa sau đó lấy ví dụ là Chicago để minh họa.<br />
Question 33 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Theo bài đọc, Philadelphia và Boston giống với thành phố New York về _________.<br />
A. số dân<br />
B. độ tuổi<br />
C. vị trí<br />
D. vận tải đường sắt <strong>có</strong> sẵn<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Philadelphia and Boston both originated at about the same time as New York...” (same age)<br />
(“Thành phố Philadelphia và Boston <strong>đề</strong>u <strong>có</strong> nguồn gốc cùng thời điểm với New York... ”(cùng độ tuổi))<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Từ “it” trong đoạn 2 <strong>đề</strong> cập đến _________.<br />
Trang 13/17<br />
( PC WEB )
A. sự miêu tả<br />
B. tính ưu việt<br />
C. sự kết nối<br />
D. vùng lân cận<br />
“This account does not alone explain New York’s primacy, but it does include several important factors”<br />
(Sự miêu tả này không <strong>giải</strong> thích được hết tính vượt trội của New York, nhưng nó bao <strong>gồm</strong> một vài yếu tố<br />
quan trọng)<br />
Do đó: it = account<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Từ “ornate” trong đoạn I gần nghĩa nhất với _________.<br />
A. tỉ mỉ, công phu<br />
B. làm bối rối<br />
C. bền<br />
D. chung, phổ biến<br />
“Stoneware, which had been simple utilitarian kitchenware, grew increasingly ornate throughout the<br />
nineteenth century, and in addition to the earlier scratched and drawn designs, three-dimensional molded<br />
relief decoration became popular” (Đồ gốm đá là các đồ dùng nhà bếp tiện dụng đơn giản, ngày càng<br />
được trang trí công phu suốt thế kỉ 19, và ngoài các <strong>thi</strong>ết kế đơn giản được đưa ra trước đó thì trang trí<br />
chạm nổi được đổ khuôn không gian ba <strong>chi</strong>ều đã trở nên phố biến.)<br />
Do đó: ornate ~ elaborate<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Bài đọc cho thấy rằng đồ gốm đá trước đó _________.<br />
A. được trang trí với các <strong>thi</strong>ết kế trừu tượng, đơn giản<br />
B. sử dụng trang trí ba <strong>chi</strong>ều<br />
C. được ưa chuộng vì trang trí đẹp<br />
D. không <strong>có</strong> trang trí<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Stoneware, which had been simple utilitarian kitchenware, grew increasingly ornate<br />
throughout the nineteenth century, and in addition to the earlier scratched and drawn designs, threedimensional<br />
molded relief decoration became popular. Representational motifs largely replaced the<br />
earlier abstract decorations” (Đồ gốm đá, là các đồ dùng nhà bếp tiện dụng đơn giản, ngày càng được<br />
trang trí công phu suốt thế kỉ 19, và ngoài các <strong>thi</strong>ết kế đơn giản được đưa ra trước đó thì trang trí chạm<br />
nổi được đổ khuôn không gian ba <strong>chi</strong>ều đã trở nên phổ biến. Các mô típ biểu tượng đã thay thế trang trí<br />
trừu tượng trước đó.)<br />
Question 37 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Dẫn chứng: “As more and more large kilns were built to create the high-fired stoneware, experiments<br />
revealed that the same clay used to produce low-fired red ware could produce a stronger, paler pottery if<br />
fired at a hotter temperature. The result was yellow ware, used largely for serviceable items.” (Khi ngày<br />
càng nhiều lò nung lớn được xây dựng để tạo ra đồ gốm nung ở nhiệt độ cao, các thí nghiệm cho thấy<br />
Trang 14/17<br />
( PC WEB )
ằng cùng một loại đất sét được sử dụng để tạo ra loại đồ gốm màu đỏ <strong>có</strong> thể tạo ra một loại gốm bền <strong>có</strong><br />
màu nhạt hơn nếu được nung ở nhiệt độ cao hơn. Kết quả là tạo ra loại gốm màu vàng, được sử dụng chủ<br />
yếu cho các mặt hàng tiện lợi.)<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
- ruined by: bị phá hủy bởi<br />
- warned against: bị cảnh báo không<br />
- based on: được căn cứ vào<br />
- sold by: được bán bởi<br />
“The name of the ware was probably derived from its resemblance to English brown-glazed earthenware<br />
made in South Yorkshire” (Tên của loại gốm này <strong>có</strong> lẽ bắt nguồn từ sự giống nhau của nó với loại đất<br />
nung <strong>có</strong> men màu nâu được làm ở Nam Yorkshire)<br />
Do đó: derived from ~ based on<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Từ “it” trong đoạn 2 <strong>đề</strong> cập đến _________ .<br />
“The result was yellow ware, used largely for serviceable items; but a further development was<br />
Rockingham ware --- one of the most important American ceramics of the nineteenth century. It was<br />
created by adding a brown glaze to the fired clay, usually giving the finished product a mottled<br />
appearance” (Kết quả là cho ra loại gốm <strong>có</strong> màu vàng, được sử dụng chủ yếu cho các mặt hàng tiện lợi;<br />
nhưng sự phát triển xa hơn nữa là đồ gốm Rockingham --- một trong những loại gốm sứ Mỹ quan trọng<br />
nhất của thế kỷ 19. Nó được tạo ra bằng cách thêm một lớp men màu nâu vào đất sét nung, thường cho ra<br />
một sản phẩm hoàn chỉnh với vẻ bề ngoài <strong>có</strong> nhiều màu sắc)<br />
Do đó: it = Rockingham ware<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- explain (v): <strong>giải</strong> thích<br />
- restrict (v): hạn chế<br />
- finance (v): cấp tiền cho<br />
- supplement (v): bổ sung<br />
“Various methods of spattering or sponging the glaze onto the ware account for the extremely wide<br />
variations in color...” (Các phương pháp khác nhau về việc tráng men cho đồ gốm <strong>giải</strong> thích cho sự biến<br />
đổi màu sắc rất lớn...)<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Dẫn chứng: “An advanced form of Rockingham was flint enamel, created by dusting metallic powders<br />
onto the Rockingham glaze to produce brilliant varicolored streaks.” (Một hình thức cao cấp của<br />
Rockingham là men flint, được tạo ra bằng cách hút bột kim loại trên men Rockingham để tạo ra những<br />
vệt nhiều màu sắc rực rỡ.)<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Loại nào của đồ gốm Rockingham <strong>có</strong> thể được sản xuất với số lượng lớn nhất?<br />
Dẫn chứng: “Articles for nearly every household activity and ornament could be bought in Rockingham<br />
ware: dishes and bowls, of course: also bedpans, foot warmers, cuspidors, lamp<br />
Trang 15/17<br />
( PC WEB )
ases, doorknobs, molds, picture frames, even curtain tiebacks.” (=> khả năng là bát đĩa được làm với số<br />
lượng lớn nhất)<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn dáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Tôi không thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công nếu không <strong>có</strong> tiền của bố tôi.<br />
A. Nếu không <strong>có</strong> tiền bố tôi thì tôi không thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công. (câu điều kiện loại 3)<br />
B. Tôi <strong>có</strong> thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công nếu không <strong>có</strong> tiền của bố tôi.<br />
C. Nếu tôi <strong>có</strong> thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công thì bố tôi sẽ cho tôi tiền.<br />
D. Nếu tôi không thể điều hành việc kinh doanh thành công thì tôi đã <strong>có</strong> tiền của bố tôi.<br />
Cấu trúc: - If it hadn’t been for + N, S + would/ could + have + V pp ... (Nếu không phải vì/ Nếu không <strong>có</strong><br />
....) ~ Had + it + not + been + for + N, S + would/ could + have + V pp ... (đảo ngữ) => câu điều kiện loại 3<br />
Đảo ngữ trong câu điều kiện<br />
Loại 1: SHOULD + S + (not) + V, main clause<br />
Loại 2: WERE + S + To V/ N + V, main clause<br />
Loại 3: HAD + S + (not) + V pp , main clause<br />
E.g: If 1 knew about his party, I would go there.<br />
Were I to know about his party, I would go there<br />
Note 30<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Câu ban đầu: Cô ấy đáng lẽ ra không nên quên hôm qua là sinh nhật con gái của mình.<br />
A. Cô ấy đã <strong>có</strong> ngày sinh nhật mà con gái đã quên mất ngày đó.<br />
B. Hôm qua, cô ấy nhớ sinh nhật con gái mình là khi nào.<br />
C. Cô ấy đã không nhớ ngày sinh nhật của con gái mình.<br />
D. Con gái cô ấy đã quên sinh nhật của bản thân mình.<br />
Cấu trúc: - fail + to V: không làm gì<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Câu ban đầu: <strong>Bộ</strong> phim <strong>có</strong> rất ít điểm giống với tiểu thuyết gốc.<br />
A. <strong>Bộ</strong> phim và tiểu thuyết gốc giống nhau ở nhiều điểm.<br />
B. <strong>Bộ</strong> phim rất giống với tiểu thuyết gốc.<br />
C. <strong>Bộ</strong> phim và tiểu thuyết gốc khác nhau ở một vài điểm<br />
D. <strong>Bộ</strong> phim hoàn toàn khác với tiểu thuyết gốc.<br />
Cấu trúc: - bear (a) resemblance to: giống với<br />
Mark the letter A, B C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- alike (adj, adv): giống, giống nhau, như nhau<br />
E.g: - My brother and I are alike.<br />
Trang 16/17<br />
( PC WEB )
- They treated all the <strong>chi</strong>ldren alike.<br />
- like (prep): giống như, như<br />
E.g: Like many <strong>chi</strong>ldren, I like wat<strong>chi</strong>ng cartoons.<br />
Do đó: Alike => Like<br />
Dịch: Giống như nhiều dạng năng lượng khác, khí tự nhiên <strong>có</strong> thể được dùng để sưởi ấm nhà cửa, nấu ăn<br />
và thậm chí chạy xe ô tô.<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Cấu trúc: - not only ...but also: không những ...mà còn<br />
E.g: She not only sings beautifully but also plays the guitar well.<br />
Do đó: and => but also<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- smell (v): <strong>có</strong> mùi, tỏa mùi<br />
+ smell là động từ nối nên sau nó là một tính từ.<br />
Do đó: sweetly => sweet<br />
Dịch: Có 20 loài hoa hồng hoang dã ở Bắc Mỹ, tất cả <strong>đề</strong>u <strong>có</strong> gai nhọn, lá <strong>có</strong> lông và hoa lớn, thường tỏa<br />
ra mùi thơm.<br />
Note 31<br />
- Động từ nối (Linking verbs): Là các động từ dùng để miêu tả trạng thái của chủ ngữ thay vì miêu tả<br />
hành động.<br />
- Sau động từ nối là một tính từ hoặc danh từ___________.<br />
E.g: He looks sad. (<strong>Anh</strong> ấy trông <strong>có</strong> vẻ buồn.)<br />
- Một số động từ nối thường gặp: feel, look, seem, taste (<strong>có</strong> vị), sound (nghe <strong>có</strong> vẻ), turn, become/get/<br />
turn (trở nên), remain (giữ nguyên), ...<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án B<br />
“<strong>Anh</strong> ấy đã cố gắng hết sức để vượt qua kì <strong>thi</strong> lấy bằng lái xe. <strong>Anh</strong> ấy đã không thể vượt qua được.<br />
A. Mặc dù <strong>có</strong> thể vượt qua kì <strong>thi</strong> lấy bằng lái xe nhưng anh ấy đã không vượt qua.<br />
B. Dù cho anh ấy đã cố gắng hết sức mình nhưng anh ấy vẫn không thể vượt qua kì <strong>thi</strong> lấy bằng lái xe.<br />
C. <strong>Anh</strong> ấy đã cố gắng hết sức nên anh ấy đã vượt qua kì <strong>thi</strong> lấy bằng lái xe tốt đẹp.<br />
D. Mặc dù anh ấy không cố gắng hết sức để vượt qua kì <strong>thi</strong> lấy bằng lái xe nhưng anh ấy <strong>có</strong> thể vượt qua<br />
được.<br />
Cấu trúc: - No matter how/ However + adj/ adv + S + V..., S + V mặc dù ...nhưng<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án D<br />
“Thầy Hùng là một giáo sư. Hôm qua xe thầy ấy đã bị lấy trộm.”<br />
- who: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm chức năng chủ ngữ<br />
- whom: thay thế cho danh từ chỉ người, làm chức năng tân ngữ<br />
- whose: thay thế cho tính từ sở hữu trước danh từ (whose + N)<br />
Trang 17/17<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
9<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. vegetable B. student C. celebrate D. penalty<br />
Question 2: A. although B. laugh C. paragraph D. enough<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. pollution B. disaster C. volcano D. cholera<br />
Question 4: A. athletic B. dramatic C. scientific D. heroic<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: In remote areas, it’s very important to replenish stocks before the winter comes.<br />
A. remake B. refill C. repeat D. empty<br />
Question 6: Tom may get into hot water when driving at full speed after drinking wine.<br />
A. get into trouble B. stay safe C. fall into disuse D. keep calm<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Talking about your feeling can help you get clear about what you feel.<br />
A. control B. banish C. get rid of D. figure out<br />
Question 8: Emissions from factories and exhaust fumes from vehicles can have detrimental effects on<br />
our health.<br />
A. beneficial B. neutral C. needy D. harmful<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Hoa: “Would you mind closing the door?” - Hung: “ _________.”<br />
A. Yes, of course. Are you tired? B. No, not at all. I’ll do it now<br />
C. Yes, I do. You can close it. D. Don’t worry. Go ahead!<br />
Question 10: Sally and Linda are playing in the garden.<br />
Sally: “Look at <strong>thi</strong>s beautiful butterfly!”<br />
Linda: “ _________.”<br />
A. Where? I don’t see it. B. Yes, please.<br />
C. Don’t worry. D. No, it’s your turn.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Trang 1/5<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 11: I’ve broken her favorite vase. I’m _________.<br />
A. taken for B. made for C. called for D. done for<br />
Question 12: After two years of _________ the country’s economy is finally looking a lot heal<strong>thi</strong>er.<br />
A. let-down B. demise C. overdraft D. recession<br />
Question 13: Your sister seldom cooks meals, _________?<br />
A. did she B. didn’t she C. does she D. doesn’t she<br />
Question 14: When my teacher was away on holiday, Mr Nam had to _________ her.<br />
A. go in for B. stand in for C. get round to D. catch up with<br />
Question 15: _________ had I left my house when they arrived.<br />
A. Just B. As soon as C. Hardly D. After<br />
Question 16: The cup will be on _________ at the clubhouse for a month before being sent to the<br />
museum.<br />
A. display B. parade C. exposition D. stage<br />
Question 17: It is not easy for many civil servants to _________on their salaries as the inflation rate is<br />
very high.<br />
A. get by B. turn up C. wear out D. run over<br />
Question 18: All candidates will be treated equally, _________ of their age or background.<br />
A. irrelevant B. discounting C. notwithstanding D. irrespective<br />
Question 19: Yesterday, I _________ a serious accident while I _________ on the beach.<br />
A. see / am walking B. saw / was walking<br />
C. was seeing / walked D. have seen / were walking<br />
Question 20. On my birthday, my mother gave me a _________.<br />
A. new blue German car C. new German blue car<br />
B. blue German new car D. German new blue car<br />
Question 21. That women died of a drug _________.<br />
A. overweight B. overhear C. overdo D. overdose<br />
Question 22. Tim told Daisy that he _________ he film three times.<br />
A. had seen B. saw C. have seen D. sees<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
The story of gold is an adventure involving kings, queens, pirates, explorers, conquerors, and the<br />
native peoples they conquered. Throughout history, gold has woven a magic spell over those it touched.<br />
Gold is beautiful and rare; a soft shiny metal that can be moulded into many (23) _________. It has been<br />
used for money, jewelry, and to decorate special buildings such as palaces and places of worship. (24)<br />
_________ the precious metal was discovered, prospectors rushed to mine it, starting new cities and<br />
countries as they went. Gold and the people who love it have helped shape the world we live (25)<br />
_________today. Gold is one of many elements, or substances that cannot be changed by normal<br />
chemical means, that are found in the Earth's crust. Gold has a warm, sunny colour and (26) _________ it<br />
does not react with air, water, and most chemicals, its shine never fades. In its natural (27) _________,<br />
gold is soft and easily shaped. When heated to 1,062 Celsius it melts and can be poured into moulds to<br />
Trang 2/20<br />
( PC WEB )
form coins, gold bars, and other objects. Stories have been told, movies made and legends bom about the<br />
discovery of the world’s great gold deposits. It is a saga of dreams, greed, ambition and exploration.<br />
Question 23. A. formats B. outlines C. shapes D. lines<br />
Question 24. A. Whoever B. However C. Forever D. Wherever<br />
Question 25. A. at B. in C. for D. on<br />
Question 26. A. yet B. despite C. because D. so<br />
Question 27. A. estate B. stage C. state D. position<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
During the second half of the nineteenth century, the production of food and feed crops in the<br />
United States rose at an extraordinarily rapid rate. Com production increased by four and a half times, hay<br />
by five times, oats and wheat by seven times. The most crucial factor behind <strong>thi</strong>s phenomenal upsurge in<br />
productivity was the widespread adoption of labor-saving ma<strong>chi</strong>nery by northern farmers. By 1850 horsedrawn<br />
reaping ma<strong>chi</strong>nes that cut grain were being introduced into the major grain-growing regions of the<br />
country. Horse-powered threshing ma<strong>chi</strong>nes to separate the seeds from the plants were already in general<br />
use. However, it was the onset of the Civil War in 1861 that provided the great stimulus for the<br />
mechanization of northern agriculture. With much of the labor force inducted into the army and with<br />
grain prices on the rise, northern farmers rushed to avail themselves of the new labor-saving equipment.<br />
In 1860 there were approximately 80,000 reapers in the country; five years later there were 350,000.<br />
After the close of the war in 1865, ma<strong>chi</strong>nery became ever more important in northern agriculture,<br />
and improved equipment was continually introduced. By 1880 a self-binding reaper had been perfected<br />
that not only cut the grain, but also gathered the stalks and bound them with twine. Threshing ma<strong>chi</strong>nes<br />
were also being improved and enlarged, and after 1870 they were increasingly powered by steam engines<br />
rather than by horses. Since steam-powered threshing ma<strong>chi</strong>nes were costly items-running from $ 1,000<br />
to $4,000 - they were usually owned by custom thresher owners who then worked their way from farm to<br />
farm during the harvest season. “Combines” were also coming into use on the great wheat ranches in<br />
California and the Pacific Northwest. These ponderous ma<strong>chi</strong>nes - sometimes pulled by as many as 40<br />
horses - reaped the grain, threshed it, and bagged it, all in one simultaneous operation.<br />
The adoption of labor-saving ma<strong>chi</strong>nery had a profound effect upon the sale of agricultural<br />
operations in the northern states-allowing farmers to increase vastly their crop acreage. By the end of<br />
century, a farmer employing the new ma<strong>chi</strong>nery could plant and harvest two and half times as much com<br />
as a farmer had using hand methods 50 years before.<br />
Question 28. What aspect of farming in the United States in the nineteenth century does the passage<br />
mainly discuss?<br />
A. How labor-saving ma<strong>chi</strong>nery increased crop production<br />
B. Why southern farms were not as successful as northern farms<br />
C. Farming practices before the Civil War<br />
D. The increase in the number of people taking up farming<br />
Question 29. The word “crucial” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. obvious B. unbelievable C. important D. desirable<br />
Question 30. The phrase “avail themselves of” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
Trang 3/20<br />
( PC WEB )
A. take care of B. make use of C. get rid of D. consist of<br />
Question 31. According to the passage, why was the Civil War a stimulus for mechanization?<br />
A. The army needed more grain in order to feed the soldiers.<br />
B. Technology developed for the war could also the used by farmers.<br />
C. It was hoped that harvesting more grain would lower the price of grain.<br />
D. Ma<strong>chi</strong>nes were needed to replace a disappearing labor force.<br />
Question 32. Combines and self-binding reapers were similar because each _________.<br />
A. could perform more than one function<br />
B. required relatively little power to operate<br />
C. was utilized mainly in California<br />
D. required two people to operate<br />
Question 33. The word “they” in paragraph 2 refers to _________.<br />
A. grain stalks B. horses C. steam engines D. threshing<br />
Question 34. It can be inferred from the passage that most fanners did not own threshing ma<strong>chi</strong>nes<br />
because _________ .<br />
A. farmers did not know how to use the new ma<strong>chi</strong>nes<br />
B. farmers had no space to keep the ma<strong>chi</strong>nes<br />
C. thresher owners had chance to buy the ma<strong>chi</strong>nes before farmers did<br />
D. the ma<strong>chi</strong>nes were too expensive for every farmer to own<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
In the early 1800s, to reach the jump-off point for the West, a family from the East of the United<br />
States could either buy a steamboat passage to Missouri for themselves, their wagons and their livestock<br />
or, as happened more often, simply pile every<strong>thi</strong>ng into a wagon, hitch up a team, and begin their<br />
overland trek right in their front yard.<br />
Along the macadamized roads and turnpikes east of the Missouri River, travel was comparatively<br />
fast, camping easy, and supplies plentiful. Then, in one river town or another, the neophyte emigrants<br />
would pause to lay in provisions. For outfitting purposes, the town of Independence had been preeminent<br />
ever since 1827, but the rising momentum of pioneer emigration had produced some rival jump-off<br />
points. Westport and Fort Leavenworth flourished a few miles upriver. St. Joseph had sprung up 55 miles<br />
to the northwest; in fact, emigrants who went to Missouri by riverboat could save four days on the trail by<br />
staying on the paddle wheelers to St. Joe before striking overland.<br />
At whatever jump-off point they chose, the emigrants studied guide books and directions, asked<br />
questions of others as green as themselves, and made their final decision about outfitting. They had<br />
various, sometimes conflicting, options. For example, either pack animals or two -wheel carts or wagons<br />
could be used for the overland crossing. A family man usually chose the wagon. It was the costliest and<br />
slowest of the three, but it provided space and shelter for <strong>chi</strong>ldren and for a wife who likely as not was<br />
pregnant. Everybody knew that a top-heavy covered wagon might blow over in a prairie wind or be<br />
overturned by mountain rocks, that it might mire in river mud or sink to its hubs in desert sand, but maybe<br />
if those <strong>thi</strong>ngs happened on <strong>thi</strong>s trip, they would happen to someone else. Anyway, most pioneers, with<br />
their farm background, were used to wagons.<br />
Trang 4/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 35. The word “preeminent” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. superior B. most easily reached<br />
C. oldest D. closest<br />
Question 36. Which of the cities that served as a jump-off point can be inferred from the passage to be<br />
farthest west?<br />
A. Independence B. Fort Leavenworth<br />
C. St. Joseph D. Westport<br />
Question 37. The expression “green” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. optimistic B. weary C. inexperienced D. frightened<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. All of the following were mentioned in the passage as options for modes of transportation<br />
from the Missouri River to the West EXCEPT _________ .<br />
A. a wagon. B. a two-wheel cart<br />
C. a riverboat. D. a pack animal<br />
Question 39. All of the following features of the covered wagon made it unattractive to the emigrants<br />
EXCEPT _________.<br />
A. its bulk B. the speed at which it could travel<br />
C. its familiarity and size D. its cost<br />
Question 40. In paragraph 3, the phrase “those <strong>thi</strong>ngs” refers to...<br />
A. the belongings of the pioneers B. the problems of wagon travel<br />
C. the types of transportation D. the overland routes<br />
Question 41. The author implies in the passage that the early emigrants .<br />
A. preferred wagon travel to other types of travel<br />
B. left from the same place in Missouri<br />
C. knew a lot about travel<br />
D. were well stocked with provisions when they left their homes<br />
Question 42. What is the topic of <strong>thi</strong>s passage?<br />
A. Important towns B. Getting started on the trip west<br />
C. Choosing a point of departure D. The advantages of travelling by wagon<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: No one has sent me that letter.<br />
A. I haven’t been sent that letter. B. I wasn’t sent that letter.<br />
C. That letter hasn’t been sent me. D. That letter has sent to me by no one.<br />
Question 44: “Why don’t you have your room repainted?” said Bob to Linda.<br />
A. Bob suggested having Linda’s room repainted.<br />
B. Bob asked Linda why she didn’t repaint her room.<br />
C. Bob suggested that Linda should have her room repainted.<br />
D. Bob suggested that Linda should repaint her room.<br />
Question 45: I don’t have enough money; otherwise, I would buy that bag.<br />
Trang 5/20<br />
( PC WEB )
A. If I didn’t have money, I would buy that bag.<br />
B. If I had much money, I wouldn’t buy that bag.<br />
C. If I had enough money, I would buy that bag.<br />
D. If I didn’t have money, I won’t buy that house.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) What happened in that town (B) were a reaction from some people, (C) including<br />
firemen and policemen who had been laid off from (D) their jobs.<br />
Question 47: Some manufacturers are not only (A) raising their prices (B) but also (C) decreasing the<br />
production of their products (D) as well.<br />
Question 48: It is (A) generally believed that Thomas Jefferson was (B) the one who had researched and<br />
(C) wrote the Declaration of Independence during the months (D) prior to its signing in July 1776.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: The weather was very hot. The <strong>chi</strong>ldren continued playing football in the schoolyard.<br />
A. Because of the weather was hot, the <strong>chi</strong>ldren continued playing football in the schoolyard.<br />
B. Because the hot weather, the <strong>chi</strong>ldren continued playing football in the schoolyard.<br />
C. In spite of the hot weather, the <strong>chi</strong>ldren continued playing football in the schoolyard.<br />
D. Despite the weather was hot, the <strong>chi</strong>ldren continued playing football in the schoolyard.<br />
Question 50: These chemicals are very toxic. Protective clo<strong>thi</strong>ng must be worn at all times.<br />
A. Since these chemicals are very toxic, so protective clo<strong>thi</strong>ng must be worn at all times.<br />
B. So toxic are these chemicals that protective clo<strong>thi</strong>ng must be worn at all times.<br />
C. These chemicals are such toxic that protective clo<strong>thi</strong>ng must be worn at all times.<br />
D. These chemicals are too toxic to wear protective clo<strong>thi</strong>ng at all times.<br />
Trang 6/20<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
1B 2A 3D 4C 5D 6B 7D 8D 9B 10A<br />
11D 12D 13C 14B 15C 16A 17A 18D 19B 20A<br />
21D 22A 23C 24D 25B 26C 27C 28A 29C 30B<br />
31D 32A 33D 34D 35A 36C 37C <strong>38</strong>C 39C 40B<br />
41A 42B 43A 44C 45C 46B 47D 48C 49C 50B<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronuciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- vegetable /'vedʒ.tə.b ə l/ (n): rau<br />
- student/'stju:.d ə nt/ (n): học sinh<br />
- celebrate /'sel.ə.breɪt (v); kỉ niệm<br />
- penalty/'pen. ə l.ti/ (n): hình phạt<br />
Question 2 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- although / ɔ:1' ðəʊ/ (conj): mặc dù<br />
- laugh /lɑ:f/ (v): cưởi<br />
- paragraph /'pær.ə.grɑ:f/ (n): đoạn văn<br />
- enough / ɪ'nʌf/ (adv/ pro): đủ<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 3 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- pollution /pə'lu:. ʃ ə n/ (n): sự ô nhiễm<br />
- disaster/dɪ'zɑ:.stə r / (n): thảm họa<br />
- volcano /vɒl'keɪ.nəʊ/ (n): núi lửa<br />
- cholera /'kɒl. ə r.ə/ (n): bệnh tả<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- athletic /æɵ'let.ɪk/ (adj): (thuộc) điền kinh, thể thao<br />
- dramatic /drə'mæt.ɪk/ (adj): đột ngột, đáng chú ý, mạnh mẽ<br />
- scientific /.saɪən'tɪf.ɪk/ (adj): khoa học<br />
- heroic /hɪ'roʊɪk/ (adj): anh hùng<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- remake (v): làm lại<br />
- refill (v): làm cho đầy lại<br />
- repeat (v): lặp lại, nhắc lại<br />
- empty (v): làm trống rỗng, làm cạn<br />
Trang 7/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- replenish (v): cung cấp thêm, làm đầy<br />
Do đó: replenish<br />
<br />
empty<br />
Dịch: Ở những vùng xa xôi hẻo lánh, rất quan trọng bổ sung thêm nguyên vât liệu dự trữ trước khi mùa<br />
đông đến.<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- get into trouble: gặp rắc rối<br />
- stay safe: giữ an toàn<br />
- fall into disuse: bỏ đi, không dùng đến<br />
- keep calm: giữ bình tĩnh<br />
- get into hot water ~ get into trouble: gặp rắc rối<br />
Do đó: get into hot water<br />
<br />
stay safe<br />
Dịch: Tom <strong>có</strong> thể gặp rắc rối khi lái xe quá tốc độ sau khi uống rượu.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- control (v): kiểm soát, kiềm chế<br />
- banish (v): đày đi, xua đuổi<br />
- get rid of: tống khứ<br />
- figure out: hiểu được, luận ra<br />
- get clear: làm rõ ràng, hiểu được<br />
Do đó: get clear ~ figure out<br />
Dịch: Nói chuyện về cảm giác của mình sẽ giúp bạn hiểu được mình cảm thấy như thế nào.<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- beneficial (adj): <strong>có</strong> lợi<br />
- neutral (adj): trung tính, trung lập<br />
- needy (adj): nghèo túng, nghèo đói<br />
- harmful (adj): <strong>có</strong> hại<br />
- detrimental (adj): <strong>có</strong> hại, bất lợi cho<br />
Do đó: detrimental ~ harmful<br />
Dịch: Khí thải từ các nhà máy và các phương tiện đi lại <strong>có</strong> thể tác động <strong>có</strong> hại đến sức khỏe của chúng ta.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Hoa: “Phiền bạn đóng cửa lại hộ mình được không?”<br />
Hung: “ _________”<br />
A. Ừ, tất nhiên là phiền rồi. Cậu mệt à?<br />
B. Không, không phiền gì. Tớ sẽ đóng ngay.<br />
C. Có. Cậu <strong>có</strong> thể đóng nó lại.<br />
D. Đừng lo lắng. Cứ tiếp tục đi!<br />
Trang 8/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 10 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Sally và Linda đang chơi trong vưởn.<br />
Sally: Hãy nhìn con bướm xinh đẹp này đi!<br />
Linda: “ _________”<br />
A. Ở đâu vậy? Tớ không thấy nó.<br />
B. Vâng, làm ơn. (đáp lại lởi mởi)<br />
C. Đừng lo lắng.<br />
D. Không, đến lượt cậu<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Cấu trúc: - be made for sb/ each other: be completely suited to somebody/each other: hoàn toàn phù hợp<br />
với ai/ với nhau<br />
E.g: They seem to be made for each other. (Họ dưởng như hợp với nhau.)<br />
- call for sb (phv): go to a place in order to collect someone: đi đến để đón ai<br />
- be done for ~ be about to died: sắp chết<br />
E.g: When he pointed the gun at me, I thought I was done for. (Khi anh ấy chĩa súng vào tôi, tôi nghĩ tôi<br />
sắp chết rồi.)<br />
Dịch: Tôi đã làm vỡ cái bình yêu thích của cô ấy. Tôi sẽ tiêu đởi mất.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- let-down (n): sự thất vọng<br />
- demise /dɪ'maɪz/ (n): sự qua đởi, sự kết thúc<br />
- overdraft (n): sự rút quá số tiền gửi (ngân hàng)<br />
- recession /rɪ'seʃ. ə n/ (n): sự suy thoái (kinh tế)<br />
Dịch: Sau hai <strong>năm</strong> suy thoái, nền kinh tế của đất nước cuối cùng đang tốt lên nhiều.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> đầu ở thì hiện tại đơn nên phần hỏi đuôi cũng ở thì hiện tại đơn => loại A, B<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> đầu <strong>có</strong> trạng từ tần suất “seldom” mang nghĩa phủ định nên phần hỏi đuôi dùng khẳng định.<br />
Dịch: Chị bạn hiếm khi nấu ăn, <strong>có</strong> phải không?<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- go in for: tham gia cuộc <strong>thi</strong>; làm điều gì vì bạn thích<br />
E.g: She doesn’t go in for sports.<br />
- stand in (for sb): take somebody’s place: thay thế, đại diện, thay mặt ai<br />
E.g: My colleague will stand in for me while I’m away.<br />
- get round to (ph.v): tìm ra/ cần thởi gian để làm gì đó<br />
E.g: I hope to get around to answering your letter next week.<br />
- catch up with: đuổi kịp, theo kip<br />
E.g: After his illness, he had to work hard to catch up with the others.<br />
Dịch: Khi giáo <strong>viên</strong> tôi đi nghỉ thì thầy Nam đã thay cô ấy.<br />
Trang 9/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 15 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- just (adv): vừa mới (dùng trong thì hiện tại hoàn thành)<br />
- as soon as: ngay khi<br />
- hardly ...(adv): chỉ vừa mới, ngay khi<br />
- after (adv, prep): sau, sau khi<br />
Cấu trúc: - S + had + hardly + V pp ...+ when + S + V-past... = Hardly + had + S + V pp ... + when + S + V-<br />
past... (ngay khi/ vừa mới .. .thì ...)<br />
Dịch: Ngay khi tôi vừa rởi khỏi nhà thì họ đến.<br />
Question 16 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- display (n): sự trưng bày, sự phô bày<br />
- parade (n): sự phô trương, cuộc diễu hành<br />
- exposition (n): sự bày hàng, sự <strong>giải</strong> thích<br />
- stage (n): sân khấu, giai đoạn<br />
+ on display: được trưng bày<br />
E.g: These designs are on display in the library.<br />
Dịch: Chiếc cúp sẽ được trưng bày ở trụ sở câu lạc bộ khoảng 1 tháng trước khi được mang đến viện bảo<br />
tàng.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- get by (on/in/with sth) (ph.v): manage to live or do a particular <strong>thi</strong>ng using the money, knowledge,<br />
equipment, etc. that you have: xoay xở sống được/ làm gì đó được với những cái mình hiện <strong>có</strong> (tiền bạc,<br />
kiến thức, <strong>thi</strong>ết bị,...)<br />
- turn up (ph.v) ~ arrive: đến<br />
- wear out (ph.v): làm cho mòn hẳn, mòn; làm kiệt sức<br />
- run over (ph.v): lái xe cán qua/ đè lên ai đó<br />
Dịch: Thật không dễ dàng để nhiều công chức sống bằng lương của mình khi mà tỉ lệ lạm phát rất cao.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- irrelevant / ɪ'reləvənt /(adj) (+ to sth/ sb): không thích hợp, không tương thích, không thích đáng<br />
E.g: That evidence is irrelevant to the case.<br />
- discounting: <strong>chi</strong>ết khấu<br />
- notwithstanding / .nɒtwɪ stændɪŋ / (adj): mặc dù, bất kể<br />
E.g: Notwithstanding some major financial problems, the school has had a successful year.<br />
- irrespective /ɪrɪ'spektɪv / + of ~ regardless of: bất kể, bất chấp<br />
E.g: Everyone is treated equally, irrespective of race.<br />
Dịch: Tất cả các thí sinh sẽ được đối xử công bằng không phân biệt tuổi tác và xuất thân.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Đây là sự kết hợp giữa thì quá khứ tiếp diễn và quá khứ đơn để diễn tả hành động đang xảy ra thì <strong>có</strong> một<br />
hành động khác xen vào trong quá khứ (hành động đang xảy ra được <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì quá khứ tiếp diễn “was/<br />
were + V-ing”, hành động xen vào được <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì quá khứ đơn “V 2 -ed”)<br />
Dịch: Hôm qua tôi đã nhìn thấy một vụ tai nạn nghiêm trọng trong khi tôi đang đi dạo trên bãi biển.<br />
Trang 10/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 20 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Trật tự của các tính từ trước danh từ: OpSACOMP<br />
Size Age Origin Purpose<br />
Opinion - tính từ chỉ quan điểm (beautiful, wonderful, bad...)<br />
Size - tính từ chỉ kích cỡ (big, small, long, big, short, tall...)<br />
Age - tính từ chỉ độ tuổi (old, young, new...)<br />
Color - tính từ chỉ màu sắc (orange, yellow, blue ...)<br />
Origin - tính từ chỉ nguồn gốc, xuất xứ (Japanese, American, Vietnamese...)<br />
Material - tính từ chỉ chất liệu, (stone, plastic, leather, silk...)<br />
Purpose - tính từ chỉ mục đích, tác dụng<br />
Do đó, trật tự của tính từ trong câu này là new (age) - blue (color) - German (origin)<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- overweight (adj): quá trọng lượng, quá béo<br />
- overhear (v): nghe trộm, nghe lỏm<br />
- overdo (v): làm quá, cường điệu quá; nấu quá nhừ<br />
- overdose (n, v); liều quá mức, cho quá liều<br />
Dịch: Người phụ nữ đó chết vì dùng thuốc quá liều.<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả sự việc đã xảy ra lặp lại nhiều lần.<br />
E.g: I have visited Hanoi City several times. (Tôi đã đến thăm thành phố Hà Nội vài lần rồi.)<br />
Động từ “see” trong câu này phải được <strong>chi</strong>a ở thì quá khứ hoàn thành vì đây là <strong>lời</strong> nói tường thuật lại nên<br />
ta phải giảm thì của động từ (hiện tại hoàn thành => quá khứ hoàn thành)<br />
Dịch: Tim đã bảo với Daisy rằng cậu ấy đã xem bộ phim này ba lần rồi.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- format (n): định dạng, khổ<br />
- outline (n): <strong>đề</strong> cương, đường nét<br />
- shape (n): hình, hình dạng<br />
- line (n): đường kẻ<br />
+ mould sth into shapes: nặn, đúc cái gì thành nhiều hình dạng<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- Whoever (pronoun): bất cứ ai, bất cứ người nào<br />
- However (adv): tuy nhiên<br />
- Forever (adv): mãi mãi<br />
- Wherever (adv, conj): bất cứ nơi nào, ở nơi nào<br />
“Wherever the precious metal was discovered, prospectors rushed to mine it, starting new cities and<br />
countries as they went.” (Bất cứ nơi nào mà kim loại quý được phát hiện, những người thăm dò vội vã<br />
đến để khai thác, thành lập các thành phố và quốc gia mới khi họ đến.)<br />
Trang 11/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 25 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- in the world: trên thế giới<br />
“Gold and the people who love it have helped shape the world we live in today.” (Vàng và những người<br />
yêu thích vàng đã giúp hình thành nên thế giới mà chúng ta đang sống ngày hôm nay.)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- yet (conj) + a clause: nhưng<br />
- despite (prep) + N/ V-ing: mặc dù<br />
- because (conj) + a clause: bởi vì<br />
- so (conj) + a clause: vì vậy, cho nên<br />
“Gold has a warm, sunny colour and because it does not react with air, water, and most chemicals, its<br />
shine never fades” (Vàng <strong>có</strong> màu ánh kim và vì nó không phản ứng với không khí, nước và hầu hết các<br />
hóa chất nên độ sáng bóng của nó không bao giờ phai.)<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- estate (n): bất động sản<br />
- stage (n): giai đoạn<br />
- State (n): trạng thái, tình trạng<br />
- position (n): vị trí<br />
+ natural State: trạng thái tự nhiên<br />
“In its natural state, gold is soft and easily shaped. When heated to 1,062 Celsius it melts and can be<br />
poured into moulds to form coins, gold bars, and other objects” (Trong trạng thái tự nhiên, vàng mềm và<br />
dễ tạo hình. Khi được đun nóng đến 1062 độ C thì nó tan chảy và <strong>có</strong> thể đổ vào khuôn để đúc tiền xu, thỏi<br />
vàng và các đồ vật khác.)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận đến khía cạnh nào của nông nghiệp ở nước Mỹ vào thế kỉ 19?<br />
A. Máy móc <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm sức lao động tăng năng suất mùa màng như thế nào<br />
B. Tại sao các nông trại miền Nam không thành công như nông trại miền Bắc<br />
C. Thực hiện canh tác trước Nội Chiến<br />
D. Tăng số lượng người làm nông nghiệp<br />
Dẫn chứng: - The most crucial factor behind <strong>thi</strong>s phenomenal upsurge in productivity was the<br />
widespread adoption of labor-saving ma<strong>chi</strong>nery by northern farmers...<br />
- After the close of the war in 1865, ma<strong>chi</strong>nery became ever more important in northern agriculture, and<br />
improved equipment was continually introduced<br />
- The adoption of labor-saving ma<strong>chi</strong>nery had a profound effect upon the sale of agricultural operations in<br />
the northern states-allowing farmers to increase vastly their crop acreage<br />
Dịch: - Yếu tố quan trọng nhất đằng sau sự phát triển phi thường của năng suất này là việc áp dụng rộng<br />
rãi máy móc <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm lao động của nông dân miền Bắc...<br />
- Sau khi <strong>chi</strong>ến tranh kết thúc vào <strong>năm</strong> 1865, máy móc trở nên quan trọng hơn bao giờ hết trong nông<br />
nghiệp miền Bắc, và <strong>thi</strong>ết bị được cải tiến liên tục được giới <strong>thi</strong>ệu.<br />
Trang 12/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- Việc áp dụng máy móc <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm lao động <strong>có</strong> ảnh hưởng sâu sắc đến việc bán các hoạt động nông nghiệp<br />
ở các bang phía bắc, cho phép nông dân tăng diện tích cây trồng rộng lớn của họ)<br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- obvious (adj): rõ ràng, hiển nhiên<br />
- unbelievable (adj): không thể tin được<br />
- important (adj): quan trọng<br />
- desirable (adj): đáng thèm muốn<br />
“The most crucial factor behind <strong>thi</strong>s phenomenal upsurge in productivity was the widespread adoption of<br />
labor-saving ma<strong>chi</strong>nery by northern farmers” (Yếu tố quan trọng nhất đằng sau sự bùng nổ mạnh này<br />
trong năng suất là việc áp dụng rộng rãi máy móc <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm sức lao động của các nông dân phía Bắc)<br />
Do đó: crucial ~ important<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- take care of: chăm sóc, trông nom<br />
- make use of: tận dụng, sử dụng<br />
- get rid of: tống khứ<br />
- consist of: bao <strong>gồm</strong><br />
“With much of the labor force inducted into the army and with grain prices on the rise, northern farmers<br />
rushed to avail themselves of the new labor-saving equipment” (Với phần nhiều lực lượng lao động được<br />
đưa vào quân đội và giá thóc lúa đang tăng lên, nông dân miền Bắc vội vã tận dụng <strong>thi</strong>ết bị <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm sức<br />
lao động mới)<br />
Do đó: avail themselves of ~ make use of<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Theo bài đọc, tại sao Nội Chiến giúp kích thích việc cơ giới hóa?<br />
A. Quân đội cần nhiều thóc hơn để nuôi binh lính<br />
B. Công nghệ phát triển cho <strong>chi</strong>ến tranh cũng <strong>có</strong> thế được người nông dân sử dụng<br />
C. Người ta đã hi vọng rằng thu hoạch được thêm nhiều thóc hơn sẽ giúp hạ giá xuống<br />
D. Máy móc cần để thay thế lực lượng lao động bị mất đi<br />
Dẫn chứng: However, it was the onset of the Civil War in 1861 that provided the great stimulus for the<br />
mechanization of northern agriculture. With much of the labor force inducted into the army and with<br />
grain prices on the rise, northern farmers rushed to avail themselves of the new labor-saving equipment.<br />
(Tuy nhiên, chính sự bắt đầu cuộc nội <strong>chi</strong>ến vào <strong>năm</strong> 1861 đã kích thích mạnh việc cơ giới hóa cho nông<br />
nghiệp phía bắc. Với phần nhiêu lực lượng lao động được đưa vào quân đội và giá thóc lúa đang tăng lên,<br />
nông dân miền Bắc vội vã tận dụng <strong>thi</strong>ết bị <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm sức tao động mới.)<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Máy liên hợp và máy gặt tự buộc rơm tương tự nhau vì <strong>đề</strong>u _________.<br />
A. <strong>có</strong> thể thực hiện nhiều chức năng<br />
B. đòi hỏi tương đối ít năng lượng để hoạt động<br />
C. được dùng chủ yếu ở California<br />
D. cần 2 người để hoạt động<br />
Trang 13/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Dẫn chứng: By 1880 a self-binding reaper had been perfected that not only cut the grain, but also<br />
gathered the stalks and bound them with twine.<br />
“Combines” were also coming into use on the great wheat ranches in California and the Pacific<br />
Northwest, These ponderous ma<strong>chi</strong>nes sometimes pulled by as many as 40 horses - reaped the grain,<br />
threshed it. and bagged it. all in one simultaneous operation.<br />
Dịch: Đến <strong>năm</strong> 1880. một <strong>chi</strong>ếc máy gặt tự bó đã được hoàn <strong>thi</strong>ện không chỉ cắt bỏ hạt mà còn thu thập<br />
thân cày và buộc chúng lại bằng sợi xe.<br />
"Cỗ máy kết hợp này" cũng được đưa vào sử dụng trên các trang trại lúa mì lớn ở California và Tây Bắc<br />
Thái Bình <strong>Dương</strong>. Nhưng cỗ máy nặng nề này - đôi khi bị kéo bởi tới 40 con ngựa - gặt ngũ cốc, đập nát<br />
nó, và đóng gói nó, tất cả trong một hoạt động đồng thời.<br />
Question 33 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Từ “they" trong đoạn 2 dề cập đến _________.<br />
“Since steam-powered threshing ma<strong>chi</strong>nes were costly itetns-running from s 1,000 to $4,000 - they were<br />
usually owned by custom thresher owners....” (Vì máy tuốt lúa chạy bằng hơi nước <strong>có</strong> giá đắt - từ 1000 đô<br />
la đến 4000 đô la nên chúng thường được sở hữu bởi các ông chủ .....)<br />
Do đó: they = threshing ma<strong>chi</strong>nes<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy ra rằng đa số nông dân không <strong>có</strong> máy tuốt lúa vì _________.<br />
A. nông dân không biết cách sử dụng máy móc mới<br />
B. nông dân không <strong>có</strong> chỗ để giữ máy<br />
C. các ông chủ máy tuốt <strong>có</strong> cơ hội mua máy trước người nông dân<br />
D. máy móc quá đắt đối với nông dân<br />
“Since steam-powered threshing ma<strong>chi</strong>nes were costly items-running from $ 1,000 to $4,000 - they were<br />
usually owned by custom thresher owners .....” (Vì máy tuốt lúa chạy bằng hơi nước <strong>có</strong> giá đắt - từ 1000<br />
đô la đến 4000 đô la nên chúng thường được sở hữu bởi các ông chủ .....)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- superior: vượt trội, cao cấp, ưu việt<br />
- most easily reached: tiếp cận dễ dàng nhất<br />
- oldest: cũ nhất<br />
- closest: gần nhất<br />
Dẫn chứng: “the town of Independence had been preeminent ever since 1827, but the rising momentum<br />
of pioneer emigration had produced some rival jump-off points” (thị trấn Độc Lập vượt trội hơn cả kể từ<br />
<strong>năm</strong> 1827, nhưng nhu cầu di cư tăng lên đã tạo ra một số điểm xuất phát khác đầy cạnh tranh)<br />
Do đó: preeminent ~ superior<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Thành phố nào được xem là điểm xuất phát xa nhất về phía Tây <strong>có</strong> thể được suy ra từ bài đọc?<br />
Trang 14/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Dẫn chứng: St. Joseph had sprune up 55 miles to the northwest; in fact, emigrants who went to Missouri<br />
by riverboat could save four days on the trail by staying on the paddle wheelers to St. Joe before striking<br />
overland.<br />
Dịch: Đường Giuse cách 55 dặm về phía tây bắc; trên thực tế, những người di cư đến Missouri bằng<br />
đường sông <strong>có</strong> thể <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm bốn ngày so với đi bằng đường mòn trên những <strong>chi</strong>ếc xe cầu chèo đến St. Joe<br />
trước khi đi vào vùng đất liền.<br />
Question 37 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- optimistic (adj ): lạc quan<br />
- weary (adj): mệt lử<br />
- inexperienced (adj): <strong>thi</strong>ếu kinh nghiệm<br />
- frightened (adj): sợ hãi, hoảng sợ<br />
"At whatever jump-off point they chose, the emigrants studied guide books and directions, asked<br />
questions of others as green as themselves..." (Tại bất kì điểm xuất phát nào đã chọn thì những người di<br />
cư <strong>đề</strong>u nghiên cứu sách hướng dẫn và hướng đi, hỏi những câu hỏi của những người di cư khác cùng<br />
<strong>thi</strong>ếu kinh nghiệm như chính mình ...)<br />
Do đó: green - inexperienced<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tất cả những cái sau đây được <strong>đề</strong> cập trong bài đọc như là các lựa chọn về hình thức vận tải từ sông<br />
Missouri đến phía tây NGOẠI TRỪ _________.<br />
Dẫn chứng: For example, either pack animals or two -wheel carts or wagons could be used for the<br />
overland crossing. (Ví dụ, một trong hai loại xe sử dụng sức kéo của động vật là toa xe hoặc <strong>có</strong> 2 bánh xe<br />
<strong>có</strong> thể được sử dụng cho việc băng qua đường bộ.)<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tất cả những đặc điểm sau của xe ngựa <strong>có</strong> mái che làm cho cho nó không hấp dẫn với người di cư<br />
NGOẠI TRỪ _________.<br />
A. trọng tải hàng hóa của nó<br />
B. tốc độ <strong>có</strong> thể di chuyển<br />
C. sự quen thuộc và độ lớn của nó<br />
D. <strong>chi</strong> phí<br />
Dẫn chứng: A family man usually chose the wagon. It was the costliest and slowest of the three, but it<br />
provided space and shelter for <strong>chi</strong>ldren and for a wife who likely as not was pregnant. “... Anyway, most<br />
pioneers, with their farm background, were used to wagons.” (Một người đàn ông trong gia đình thường<br />
chọn toa xe. Đó là loại đắt nhất và chậm nhất trong ba loại, nhưng nó <strong>có</strong> không gian và chỗ ở cho trẻ em<br />
và cho một người vợ khi cô ấy <strong>có</strong> khả năng mang thai. “... Dù sao, hầu hết những người tiên phong, với<br />
trang trại <strong>có</strong> sẵn của họ, <strong>đề</strong>u quen với toa xe.”)<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án B<br />
“Everybody knew that a top-heavy covered wagon might blow over in a prairie wind or be overturned by<br />
mountain rocks, that it might mire in river mud or sink to its hubs in desert sand, but maybe if those<br />
<strong>thi</strong>ngs happened on <strong>thi</strong>s trip, they would happen to someone else” (Mọi người <strong>đề</strong>u biết rằng xe ngựa <strong>có</strong><br />
mái che nặng phía trước <strong>có</strong> thể thổi bay trong một cơn gió hoặc bị lật đổ bởi những tảng đá núi, rằng nó<br />
Trang 15/20<br />
( PC WEB )
<strong>có</strong> thể vấy bùn sông hoặc chìm trục bánh xe vào cát sa mạc, nhưng <strong>có</strong> lẽ nếu những điều đó xảy ra trong<br />
chuyến đi này thì sẽ xảy ra với người khác.)<br />
Do đó: “those <strong>thi</strong>ngs” <strong>đề</strong> cập đến “the problems of wagon travel - các vấn <strong>đề</strong> của việc đi bằng xe ngựa”<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Tác giả ngụ ý trong bài đọc rằng những người di cư đầu tiên _________.<br />
A. thích đi bằng xe ngựa hơn các loại phương tiện khác<br />
B. xuất phát từ cùng một địa điểm ở Missouri<br />
C. biết nhiều về việc đi lại<br />
D. được cung cấp thức ăn dự trữ khi rởi khỏi nhà<br />
Dẫn chứng: “... Anyway, most pioneers, with their farm background, were used to wagons.”<br />
(“...Dù sao thì, hầu hết những người tiên phong, với nền tảng trang trại của họ, <strong>đề</strong>u quen với toa xe.”)<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Chủ <strong>đề</strong> chính của bài đọc này là gì?<br />
A. các thị trấn quan trọng<br />
B. bắt đầu chuyến đi về phía Tây<br />
C. lựa chọn điểm xuất phát<br />
D. thuận lợi của việc đi bằng xe ngựa<br />
Cả bài đọc này nói về việc bắt đầu chuyến đi đến phía Tây.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest In<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Không ai gửi cho tôi bức thư đó.<br />
Đại từ "no one” mang ý nghĩa phủ định nên khi chuyển sang bị động ta phải dùng thể phủ định. Thì của<br />
động từ được sử dụng trong câu này là thì hiện tại hoàn thành.<br />
Cấu trúc:<br />
Chủ động<br />
Bị dộng<br />
S + have/ has + V pp + O<br />
S (O) + have/ has + been + V pp + by O (S)<br />
Vì chủ ngữ là “I” nên ta dùng “have”; “no one” được lược bỏ và dùng thể phủ định trong câu bị động.<br />
Lưu ý: send sb sth ~ send sth to sb (gửi cho ai cái gì/ gửi cái gì cho ai)<br />
Dịch: Tôi không được gửi bức thư đó.<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Câu ban đầu: “Sao bạn không nhờ người sơn lại phòng của mình đi?” Bob nói với Linda<br />
A. Bob gợi ý nhờ người sơn lại phòng của Linda.<br />
B. Bob hỏi Linda sao cô ấy không sơn lại phòng của cô ấy.<br />
C. Bob gợi ý rằng Linda nên nhờ người sơn lại phòng của cô ấy.<br />
D. Bob gợi ý rằng Linda nên sơn lại phòng cô ấy.<br />
Cấu trúc: - have sb do sth ~ have sth done by sb: nhờ/ thuê ai làm gì<br />
- suggest + V-ing: gợi ý/ <strong>đề</strong> nghị làm gì<br />
Trang 16/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- suggest + that + S + (should) + V (bare-inf)...: gợi ý ai nên làm gì đó<br />
A, B, D sai nghĩa<br />
Note 32<br />
Nếu trong <strong>lời</strong> nói trực tiếp <strong>có</strong> cấu trúc "Why don’t you ...?” để đưa ra <strong>lời</strong> khuyên thì trong <strong>lời</strong> nói gián<br />
tiếp, ta dùng cấu trúc “advise sb to do sth” hoặc “suggest that sb (should) do sth”.<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- I don’t have enough money; otherwise, I would buy that bag. (Tôi không <strong>có</strong> đủ tiền; nếu không thì tôi sẽ<br />
mua cái túi đó.) => sự việc ở hiện tại => dùng câu điều kiện loại 2<br />
Cấu trúc: If + S + V-past, S + would/ could/ might + V (bare-inf) (câu điều kiện loại 2)<br />
Câu điều kiện loại 2 diễn tả sự việc trái với thực tế ở hiện tại<br />
A, B: sai nghĩa với câu ban đầu<br />
D: sai cấu trúc<br />
Dịch: Nếu tôi <strong>có</strong> đủ tiền thì tôi sẽ mua cái túi đó.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh từ “what” làm chức năng chủ ngữ thì động từ luôn <strong>chi</strong>a ở dạng số ít.<br />
E.g: What I need is a happy family.<br />
Dịch: Chuyện đã xảy ra ở thị trấn đó là phản ứng của một số người bao <strong>gồm</strong> cả lính cứu hỏa và cảnh sát<br />
đã bị sa thải.<br />
Do đó: were => was<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Câu trúc: - not only ....but also ~ not only ....but ....as well (không những ....mà còn)<br />
E.g: She not only sings beautifully but also dances well.<br />
Dịch: Một số nhà sản xuất không những tăng giá thành mà còn giảm năng suất của các sản phẩm.<br />
Do đó: as well => lược bỏ<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Cấu trúc:- S + had + V pp ... (thì quá khứ hoàn thành)<br />
Do đó: wrote (V2) => written (V3-V pp ) (phía trước <strong>có</strong> trợ động từ “had”)<br />
Dịch: Người ta thường tin rằng Thomas Jefferson là người đã nghiên cứu và viết Tuyên ngôn Độc lập<br />
trong suốt những tháng trước khi ký kết vào tháng 7 <strong>năm</strong> 1776.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án C<br />
“Thời <strong>tiết</strong> rất nóng. Những đứa trẻ vẫn tiếp tục đá bóng trong sân trường.”<br />
Cấu trúc: - Because of + N/ V-ing: bởi vì<br />
- Because + a clause: bởi vì<br />
- In spite of/ Despite + N/ V-ing: mặc dù<br />
Trang 17/20<br />
( PC WEB )
Do đó: A, B, D sai ngữ pháp<br />
Dịch: Mặc dù thời <strong>tiết</strong> nóng nhưng bọn trẻ vẫn tiếp tục đá bóng trong sân trường.<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án B<br />
“Những hóa chất này rất độc hại. Đồ bảo hộ phải luôn luôn được mặc.”<br />
Cấu trúc: - S + be + so + adj + that clause ~ So + adj + be + S + that clause (đảo ngữ với “so”): quá... đến<br />
nỗi mà ....<br />
- S + be + too + adj + to V ...(quá .. .đến nỗi mà không thể làm gì)<br />
A. sai ngữ pháp (bỏ “so” vì thừa)<br />
C. sai ngữ pháp (such => so)<br />
D. sai nghĩa<br />
Trang 18/20<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
10<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. wicked B. watched C. stopped D. cooked<br />
Question 2: A. substantial B. initiate C. participant D. attention<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. disappear B. arrangement C. opponent D. contractual<br />
Question 4: A. comfortable B. necessary C. community D. memorable<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Inadequate supply of oxygen to the blood can cause death wi<strong>thi</strong>n minutes.<br />
A. Sufficient B. Nonexistent C. Rich D. Useful<br />
Question 6: If she passes the exam, her parents will be walking on air.<br />
A. disgusted B. promising C. upset D. hopeful<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Tom is the black sheen of the family, so he is never welcomed there.<br />
A. a beloved member B. a bad and embarrassing member<br />
C. the only <strong>chi</strong>ld D. the eldest <strong>chi</strong>ld<br />
Question 8: He was brought up in a well-off family. He can’t understand the problems we are facing.<br />
A. poor B. broke C. wealthy D. kind<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Waitress: “Hi, may I take your order, madam?”<br />
- Mrs. Brown: “_________.”<br />
A. I don’t want to do any<strong>thi</strong>ng. I’ve really had enough.<br />
B. OK, here is my bill<br />
C. Yes, I’d like some fish and <strong>chi</strong>ps<br />
D. Sure, it’s delicious<br />
Question 10: - Mai: “Oops! I’m sorry for stepping on your foot” - Hoa: “ _________.”<br />
A. Never mind B. You don’t mind C. You’re welcome D. That’s fine<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: If you put your money in a bank now, you may get 8% _________ annually.<br />
Trang 1/5<br />
( PC WEB )
A. interest B. profit C. money D. income<br />
Question 12: Many animal species are now on the _________ of extinction.<br />
A. danger B. border C. verge D. margin<br />
Question 13: _________, he received a big applause.<br />
A. Finishing his presentation B. His presentation has been finished<br />
C. After he finishes his presentation D. When finished his speech<br />
Question 14: I gave the waitress a $50 note and waited for my _________.<br />
A. change B. supply C. cash D. cost<br />
Question 15: They are always on good _________with their next-door neighbors.<br />
A. will B. friendship C. terms D. relations<br />
Question 16: In the end, he lost his _________and started gabbling incoherently.<br />
A. head B. mind C. brain D. intelligence<br />
Question 17: Governments should _________ some international laws against terrorism.<br />
A. bring up B. bring about C. bring in D. bring back<br />
Question 18: Students can _________lots of information by attending lectures regularly.<br />
A. absorb B. provide C. read D. transmit<br />
Question 19: The size and shape of a nail depend primarily on the function _________intended.<br />
A. which it is B. for which it is C. which it is for D. for which is<br />
Question 20. __________________ we have!<br />
A. What awful weather B. How awful is the weather<br />
C. How awful the weather D. What an awful weather<br />
Question 21. I <strong>thi</strong>nk that married couples should be financially independent _________their parents.<br />
A. to B. of C. with D. on<br />
Question 22. Many ambulances took _________ injured to a nearby hospital.<br />
A. an B. a C. the D. <br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
The use of computers has meant that students can study language programmes (23) _________ their<br />
own speed when and for how long they want. What’s more, in the virtual classrooms of the future the<br />
student will put on their headset, and be transported into an imaginary school, choose their class, take the<br />
books they need off the shelf and hold conversations with other computerised students. They might<br />
instead choose to pay a visit to the supermarket or the train station, the bank or the restaurant. At the (24)<br />
_________ of a button they would be transported to (25) _________ realistic settings where they could<br />
practice their English, maybe getting a hand from a virtual English companion. All <strong>thi</strong>s perhaps, at the<br />
computer, from the comfort of their home: no (26) _________to catch the bus to college, or a plane to<br />
England. Exciting? Certainly, and it’s an interesting alternative to traditional classroom lessons. But<br />
would it ever (27)_________the classroom? Hopefully not. Surely the need to relate to real people talking<br />
about real issues and generally learning a little more about others will always lead language learners to<br />
uzcx be exc eg at least a little of their time with real people.<br />
Question 23: A. on B. in C. at D. of<br />
Trang 2/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 24: A. force B. hit C. depress D. push<br />
Question 25: A. so B. such C. like D. alike<br />
Question 26: A. role B. duty C. obligation D. need<br />
Question 27: A. replace B. restore C. succeed D. recover.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
The main difference between urban growth in Europe and in the American colonies was the slow<br />
evolution of cities in the former and their rapid growth in the latter. In Europe they grew over a period of<br />
centuries from town economies to their present urban structure. In North America, they started as<br />
wilderness communities and developed to mature urbanism’s in little more than a century.<br />
In the early colonial day in North America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic Coastline,<br />
mostly in what are now New America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic United States and in the<br />
lower Saint Lawrence valley in Canada. This was natural because these areas were nearest England and<br />
France, particularly England, from which most capital goods (assets such as equipment) and many<br />
consumer goods were imported Merchandising establishments were, accordingly, advantageously located<br />
in port cities from which goods could be readily distributed to interior settlements. Here, too, were the<br />
favored locations for processing raw materials prior to export. Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal,<br />
and other cities flourished, and, as the colonies grew, these cities increased in importance.<br />
This was less true in the colonial South, where life centered around large farms, known as<br />
plantations, rather than around towns, as was the case in the areas further north along the Atlantic<br />
coastline. The local isolation and the economic self-sufficiency of the plantations were antagonistic to the<br />
development of the towns. The plantations maintained their independence because they were located on<br />
navigable streams and each had a wharf accessible to the small shipping of that day. In fact, one of the<br />
strongest factors in the selection of plantation land was the desire to have it front on a water highway.<br />
When the United States became an independent nation in 1776, it did not have a single city as large<br />
as 50,000 inhabitants, but by 1820 it had a city of more than 10,000 people, and by 1880 it had recorded a<br />
city of over one million. It was not until after 1823, after the mechanization of the spinning and weaving<br />
industries, that cities started drawing young people away from farms. Such migration was particularly<br />
rapid following the Civil War (1861-1865).<br />
Question 28. What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Factors that slowed the growth of cities in Europe.<br />
B. The evolution of cities in America<br />
C. Trade between North American and European cities<br />
D. The effects of the United Sates’ independence on urban growth in New England.<br />
Question 29. The word “they” in paragraph 1 refers to _________ .<br />
A. North American colonies B. cities<br />
C. centuries D. town economies<br />
Question 30. According to the passage, early colonial cities were established along the Atlantic coastline<br />
of North America due to<br />
A. an abundance of natural resources<br />
B. financial support from colonial governments<br />
Trang 3/8<br />
( PC WEB )
C. proximity to parts of Europe<br />
D. a favorable climate<br />
Question 31. Which of the following did the Atlantic coastline cities prepare for shipment to Europe<br />
during colonial times?<br />
A. Manufacturing equipment B. Capital goods<br />
C. Consumer goods D. Raw materials<br />
Question 32. According to the passage, all of the following aspects of the plantation system influenced<br />
the growth of southern cities EXCEPT the _________.<br />
A. location of the plantations<br />
B. access of plantation owners to shipping<br />
C. relationships between plantation residents and city residents<br />
D. economic self-sufficiency of the plantation<br />
Question 33. It can be inferred from the passage that, in comparison with northern, cities, most southern<br />
cities were _________.<br />
A. more prosperous B. smaller<br />
C. less self-sufficient D. stronger<br />
Question 34. The word “drawing” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. attracting B. employing C. instructing D. representing<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Most desert animals will drink water if confronted with it, but many of them never have any<br />
opportunity. All living <strong>thi</strong>ngs must have water, or they will expire. The herbivores find it in desert plants.<br />
The carnivores slake their <strong>thi</strong>rst with the flesh and blood of living prey. One of the most remarkable<br />
adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny kangaroo rat, who not only lives without drinking but<br />
subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing about 5% free water. Like other animals, he has the ability to<br />
manufacture water in his body by a metabolic conversion of carbohydrates. But he is notable for the<br />
parsimony with which he conserves his small supply by every possible means, expending only minuscule<br />
amounts in his excreta and through evaporation from his respiratory tract.<br />
Investigation into how the kangaroo rat can live without drinking water has involved various<br />
experiments with these small animals. Could kangaroo rats somehow store water in their bodies and<br />
slowly utilize these resources in the long periods when no free water is available from dew or rain? The<br />
simplest way to settle <strong>thi</strong>s question was to determine the total water content in the animals to see if it<br />
decreases as they are kept for long periods on a dry diet. If they slowly use up their water, the body<br />
should become increasingly dehydrated, and if they begin with a store of water, <strong>thi</strong>s should be evident<br />
from an initial high water content. Results of such experiments with kangaroo rats on dry diets for more<br />
than 7 weeks showed that the rats maintained their body weight. There was no trend toward a decrease in<br />
water content during the long period of water deprivation. When the kangaroo rats were given free<br />
access to water, they did not drink water. They did nibble on small pieces of watermelon, but <strong>thi</strong>s did not<br />
change appreciably the water itent in their bodies, which remained at 66.3 % to 67.2 % during <strong>thi</strong>s period.<br />
This is very close to the water content of dry-fed animals (66.5 %), and the availability of free<br />
water, therefore, did not lead to any “storage” that could be meaningful as a water reserve. This makes it<br />
Trang 4/8<br />
( PC WEB )
easonable to conclude that physiological storage of water is not a factor in the kangaroo rat’s ability to<br />
live on dry food.<br />
Question 35. What is the topic of <strong>thi</strong>s passage?<br />
A. Kangaroo rats B. Water in the desert<br />
C. Desert life D. Physiological experiments<br />
Question 36. The word “expire” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. become ill B. die C. shrink D. dehydrate<br />
Question 37. Which of the following is NOT a source of water for the desert animals?<br />
A. Desert plants<br />
B. Metabolic conversion of carbohydrates in the body<br />
C. The blood of other animals<br />
D. Streams<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. The author states that the kangaroo rat is known for all of the following EXCEPT<br />
_________.<br />
A. the economy with which it uses available water.<br />
B. living without drinking water.<br />
C. brea<strong>thi</strong>ng slowly and infrequently.<br />
D. manufacturing water internally.<br />
Question 39. The word “parsimony” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. intelligence B. desire C. frugality D. skill<br />
Question 40. It is implied by the author that desert animals can exist with little or no water because of<br />
_________ .<br />
A. less need for water than other animals<br />
B. many opportunities for them to find water<br />
C. their ability to eat plants<br />
D. their ability to adjust to the desert environment<br />
Question 41. The word “deprivation” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. preservation B. renewal C. examination D. loss<br />
Question 42. According to the passage, the results of the experiments with kangaroo rats showed that<br />
A. kangaroo rats store water for use during dry periods<br />
B. kangaroo rats took advantage of free access to water<br />
C. there was no significant change in body weight due to lack of water or accessibility to water<br />
D. a dry diet seems detrimental to the kangaroo rat’s health<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: Our parents join hands to give us a nice house and a happy home.<br />
A. Our parents take us by the hand and lead us into a nice house and a happy home.<br />
B. Our parents hold our hands when they give us a nice house and a happy home.<br />
C. Our parents work together to give us a nice house and a happy home.<br />
Trang 5/8<br />
( PC WEB )
D. Our parents shake hands when they give us a nice house and a happy home.<br />
Question 44: My son shows a desire to put aside the status of the school <strong>chi</strong>ld.<br />
A. The status of the school <strong>chi</strong>ld makes my son happy<br />
B. My son is determined to put up with the other school <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
C. My son decides to play down the status of the school <strong>chi</strong>ld<br />
D. My son doesn't want to be a school <strong>chi</strong>ld any more<br />
Question 45: You should take regular exercises instead of sitting in front of the computer screen all day.<br />
A. Taking regular exercises is better than sitting in front of the computer screen all day.<br />
B. Sitting in front of the computer screen all day helps you take regular exercises.<br />
C. Sitting in front of the computer screen all day and taking exercises are advisable.<br />
D. Don’t take regular exercises, and sit in front of the computer screen all day.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) Sleeping, resting, and (B) to drink fruit (C) juice are the (D) best wavs to care for a<br />
cold.<br />
Question 47: It is (A) vitally important (B) that he (C) takes <strong>thi</strong>s (D) medication night and morning.<br />
Question 48: His application (A) for a visa was turned (B) up not only because it was (C) incompletely<br />
and incorrectly filled out but also because it was written in (D) pencil.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: He wasn’t wearing a seat-belt. He was injured.<br />
A. If he hadn’t been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.<br />
B. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he would have been injured.<br />
C. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t be injured.<br />
D. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.<br />
Question 50: Mary was not here yesterday. Perhaps she was ill.<br />
A. Mary needn’t be here yesterday because she was ill.<br />
B. Because of her illness, Mary shouldn’t have been here yesterday.<br />
C. Mary might have been ill yesterday, so she was not here.<br />
D. Mary must have been ill yesterday, so she was not here.<br />
Trang 6/8<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
1A 2C 3A 4C 5A 6C 7B 8C 9C 10A<br />
11A 12C 13A 14A 15C 16A 17C 18A 19B 20A<br />
21B 22C 23C 24D 25B 26D 27A 28B 29B 30C<br />
31D 32C 33B 34A 35A 36B 37D <strong>38</strong>C 39C 40D<br />
41D 42C 43C 44D 45A 46B 47C 48B 49D 50C<br />
Question 1 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- wicked /'wɪk.ɪd/ (adj): xấu xa, độc ác<br />
- watched /wɒtʃt/ (v-ed): xem<br />
- stopped /stɒpt/ (v-ed): dừng, ngừng lại<br />
- cooked /kʊkt (v-ed): nấu<br />
Question 2 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- substantial /səb'stæn.j ə l/ (adj): lớn lao, quan trọng, <strong>có</strong> giá trị lớn<br />
- initiate /ɪ'nɪ.i.eɪt (v): khởi đầu, bắt đầu<br />
- participant /pɑ:'tɪs.ɪ.p ə nt/ (n): người tham gia, người tham dự<br />
- attention /ə'ten.ʃən/ (n): sự chú ý<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- disappear /,dɪs.a'pɪə r /(v): biến mất<br />
- arrangement /ə’reɪndʒ.mənt/ (n): sự sắp xếp<br />
- opponent /ə'pəʊ.nənt/ (n): đối thù, kẻ thù<br />
- contractual /kən'træk.tʃu.əl/ (adj): bằng hợp đồng<br />
Question 4 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- comfortable /'kʌm.fə.tə.b ə l/ (adj): thoải mái<br />
- necessary /'nes.ə.ser.i/ (adj): cần <strong>thi</strong>ết<br />
- community /kə'mju:.nə.ti/ (n): cộng đồng<br />
- memorable /'mem. ə r.ə.b ə l/ (adj): đáng ghi nhớ<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question Chọn đáp án A<br />
- sufficient (adj): đủ<br />
- nonexistent (adj): not existing; not real: không tồn tại<br />
- rich (adj): giàu<br />
- useful (adj): <strong>có</strong> ích<br />
- inadequate (adj): not enough: không đủ, <strong>thi</strong>ếu<br />
Dịch: Việc cung cấp không đủ khí oxi cho máu <strong>có</strong> thể gây ra cái chết trong vòng vài phút.<br />
Trang 7/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Do đó: inadequate<br />
suf ficient<br />
Question 6 Chọn đáp án C<br />
<br />
- disgusted (adj): ghê tởm<br />
- promising (adj): đầy hứa hẹn, triển vọng<br />
- upset (adj): buồn; thất vọng<br />
- hopeful (adj): đầy hi vọng<br />
- walk on air: feel very happy: cảm thấy vô cùng vui sướng, rất hạnh phúc<br />
- Dịch: Nếu cô ấy <strong>thi</strong> đỗ thì bố mẹ cô ấy sẽ cảm thấy rất hạnh phúc.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- a beloved member: thành <strong>viên</strong> được yêu quý<br />
- a bad and embarrassing member: thành <strong>viên</strong> được xem là sự xấu hổ với gia đình<br />
- the only <strong>chi</strong>ld: con một<br />
- the eldest <strong>chi</strong>ld: con cả<br />
- the black sheep of the family (con cừu đen trong gia đình): chỉ một người khác biệt với những người<br />
khác trong gia đình (theo hướng xấu); thường được xem là nỗi nhục nhã hoặc sự xấu hổ cho gia đình.<br />
Do đó: the black sheep ~ a bad and embarrassing member<br />
Question 8 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- poor (adj): nghèo<br />
- broke (adj): túng tiền<br />
- wealthy (adj): giàu <strong>có</strong><br />
- kind (adj): tử tế, tốt bụng<br />
- well-off (adj): giàu <strong>có</strong>, sung túc<br />
Do đó: well-off ~ wealthy<br />
Dich: <strong>Anh</strong> ấy được nuôi dưỡng trong một gia đình giàu <strong>có</strong>. <strong>Anh</strong> ấy không thể hiểu được những vấn <strong>đề</strong> mà<br />
chúng ta đang đối mặt.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C,or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Nữ phục vụ: Xin chào, quý khách gọi món gì chưa ạ?<br />
Bà Brown: _________.<br />
A. Tôi không muốn làm bất cứ việc gì. Tôi thực sự đã dùng đủ rồi.<br />
B. OK, đây là hóa đơn của tôi<br />
C. Vâng, tôi muốn một ít cá và khoai tây <strong>chi</strong>ên.<br />
D. Chắc chắn rồi, món ăn rất ngon.<br />
Question 10 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Mai: “Ối! Tớ xin lỗi vì đã dẫm lên chân cậu nhé!” Hoa: “_________.”<br />
A. Không sao cả đâu<br />
Trang 8/8<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Cậu không phiền<br />
C. Không <strong>có</strong> gì (đáp lại <strong>lời</strong> cảm ơn)<br />
D. Điều đó ổn mà<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- interest (n): tiền lãi<br />
+ interest rate (n.p): lãi suất<br />
- profit (n): lợi nhuận<br />
- money (n): tiền<br />
- income (n): thu nhập<br />
Dịch: Nếu bạn gửi tiền vào ngân hàng bây giờ thì bạn sẽ nhận được lãi suất 8% một <strong>năm</strong>.<br />
Question 12 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- on the verge of sth/ doing sth: sắp/ suýt/ gần làm gì đó, trên bờ vực ...<br />
- in danger (of sth): lâm vào cảnh nguy hiểm<br />
- by a margin of: tỉ số là, với cách biệt<br />
E.g: He beat the other runners by a margin of five seconds.<br />
Dịch: Nhiều loài động vật bây giờ sắp tuyệt chủng.<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Đây là cách rút gọn mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ ở chủ động khi chủ ngữ 2 vế giống nhau (dùng V-ing)<br />
Ta thấy: When/ After he finished/ had finished his presentation, he received a big applause. => When/<br />
After finishing his presentation, he received a big applause. Hoặc Finishing his presentation, he received a<br />
big applause. (rút gọn mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ ở chủ động)<br />
Do đó: B, C sai thì động từ; D sai ngữ pháp (finished => finishing)<br />
Dịch: Sau khi kết thúc bài thuyết trình của mình, anh ấy đã nhận được một tràng vỗ tay to.<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- change (n): tiền lẻ, tiền thừa<br />
- supply (n): sự cung cấp<br />
- cash (n): tiền mặt<br />
- cost (n): <strong>chi</strong> phí<br />
Dịch: Tôi đã đưa cho bạn nữ phục vụ 50 đô và chờ lấy lại tiền thừa.<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- will (n): ý chí, nguyện vọng<br />
- friendship (n): tình bạn<br />
- terms (n.pl): quan hệ<br />
- relations (n.pl): mối quan hệ, sự liên hệ<br />
+ be on good terms with sb ~ have a good relationship with sb: <strong>có</strong> mối quan hệ tốt với ai đó<br />
Dịch: Họ luôn <strong>có</strong> mối quan hệ tốt với hàng xóm bên cạnh của mình.<br />
Question 16 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Trang 9/8<br />
( PC WEB )
- head (n): đầu<br />
- mind (n): tâm trí, trí tuệ<br />
- brain (n): não<br />
- intelligence (n): sự thông minh<br />
+ lose one’s head: become unable to act in a calm or sensible way: mất bình tĩnh<br />
+ lose one’s mind: become mentally ill: mất trí, trở nên điên rồ<br />
Dịch: Cuối cùng, anh ấy mất bình tĩnh và bắt đầu nói lắp bắp không rõ ràng.<br />
Question 17 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- bring up (ph.v): nuôi dưỡng<br />
- bring about (ph.v): làm xảy ra, dẫn đến<br />
- bring in (ph.v): introduce a new law: giới <strong>thi</strong>ệu/ công khai luật mới nào đó<br />
- bring back (ph.v): mang trả lại, làm nhớ lại<br />
Dịch: Các chính phủ nên ban hành một số luật quốc tế để chống lại khủng bố.<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- absorb (v): hấp thụ, tiếp thu<br />
+ absorb information: tiếp thu thông tin<br />
- provide (v): cung cấp<br />
- read (v): đọc<br />
- transmit (v): truyền<br />
Dịch: Học sinh <strong>có</strong> thể tiếp thu được nhiều thông tin bằng việc tham gia nghe giảng <strong>đề</strong>u đặn.<br />
Question 19 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- intend + for: định dùng, ý định cho<br />
- giới từ <strong>có</strong> thể được đảo lên trước đại từ quan hệ<br />
- Trong câu này, “which” thay thế cho danh từ “the function”<br />
Do đó: The size and shape of a nail depend primarily on the function for which it is intended. = The size<br />
and shape of a nail depend primarily on the function which it is intended for.<br />
Dịch: Kích cỡ và hình dạng của cái đinh phụ thuộc chủ yếu vào chức năng mà nó định dùng.<br />
Question 20 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Cấu trúc: - Câu cảm thán với how và what:<br />
* What + a/an + adj + N (đếm được số ít) (+ S + V)!/ What + adj + N (không đếm được) (+ S + V)!/ What<br />
+ adj + N (đếm được số nhiều) + (S + V)!<br />
E.g: What a lovely house you have!<br />
* How + adj/adv + S + V!<br />
E.g: How beautiful she is!<br />
Do đó, B và C sai cấu trúc; D sai vì "weather" là danh từ không đếm được nên không <strong>có</strong> mạo từ “a/an”<br />
phía trước.<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- independent of sb/ sth: độc lập, không phụ thuộc vào<br />
E.g: Students should aim to become more independent of their teachers.<br />
Trang 10/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Dịch: Tôi nghĩ rằng các cặp đôi đã kết hôn không nên phụ thuộc tài chính vào bố mẹ mình.<br />
- Adjective + preposition: expressing feelings<br />
Nhiều tính từ chỉ cảm xúc hoặc ý kiến <strong>có</strong> thể kèm theo các giới từ cụ thể: amazed at/ by, ashamed of,<br />
bored with, confident of, content with, crazy about, critical of, enthusiastic about, envious of, fed up with,<br />
impressed by/ with, indifferent to, interested in, intolerant of, jealous of, keen on, nervous about/ of, proud<br />
of, satisfied with, scared of, shocked at/ by, surprised at/ by, tired of, upset about, worried about<br />
E.g: Many young people seem very enthusiastic about the event.<br />
- Adjective + preposition: different meanings<br />
Một số tính từ kèm theo những giới từ khác nhau, phụ thuộc vào nghĩa của chúng: afraid of/for; angry/<br />
annoyed/furious about/ with; answerable for/ to; bad/ good at/for; concerned about/ with/for;<br />
disappointed with/ at/ about/ in; frightened of/ for; good about/ to/ with; glad for/ of; pleased about/ at/<br />
with; sorry about/for; unfair of/ on; wrong about/ of<br />
E.g: We are concerned about what is going on in the world, (concerned about ~ worried about)<br />
We have a reviews section, which is concerned with films, CDs and books, (concerned with ~ to do with)<br />
Question 22 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- the injured (n.pl): the people injured in an accident, a battle, etc: những người bị thương<br />
Dịch: Nhiều xe cứu thương đã chở những người bị thương tới bệnh viện gần đó.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Question 23 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- do sth at one’s own speed: làm việc gì theo nhịp độ mà mình thích/ muốn<br />
“The use of computers has meant that students can study language programmes at their own speed when<br />
and for how long they want” (Việc sử dụng máy tính nghĩa là học sinh <strong>có</strong> thể học các chương trình ngoại<br />
ngữ tùy theo nhịp độ mà họ muốn học lúc nào và trong bao lâu)<br />
Question 24 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- force (n): sức, lực<br />
- hit (n): đòn, cú đánh trúng<br />
- depress (v): ấn xuống, nén xuống<br />
- push (n): sự xô, cú đẩy, ...<br />
+ At the push of a button: very easily: rất dễ dàng<br />
E.g: He could get every<strong>thi</strong>ng he needs at the push of a button.<br />
Question 25 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- so (adv): quá, rất<br />
+ so + adj/ adv (+ that clause); quá ... (đến nỗi mà)<br />
- such (deter): như vậy, như thế<br />
+ such (+a/an+ adj) + N ...như vậy<br />
- like (v, adj, prep): thích, giống như, như<br />
Trang 11/8<br />
( PC WEB )
- alike (adj, adv); giống nhau<br />
“At the push of a button they would be transported to such realistic settings where they could practice<br />
their English” (Rất dễ dàng, họ sẽ được chuyển đến môi trường học thực tế như vậy, nơi mà họ <strong>có</strong> thể<br />
luyện tập tiếng <strong>Anh</strong> của mình)<br />
Question 26 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- role (v): vai trò<br />
- duty (n): nhiệm vụ<br />
- obligation (n): nghĩa vụ, bổn phận<br />
- need (n): nhu cầu<br />
+ no need to do sth: không cần làm gì<br />
E.g: There’s no need to buy more food.<br />
Question 27 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- replace (v): thay thế<br />
- restore (v): khôi phục lại, phục hồi lại<br />
- succeed (v): thành công<br />
- recover (v): khôi phục lại, sửa lại, bình phục<br />
“Exciting? Certainly, and it’s an interesting alternative to traditional classroom lessons. But would it ever<br />
replace the classroom? (Hấp dẫn ư? Chắc chắn rồi và đó là một lựa chọn thú vị so với các bài học ở lớp<br />
học truyền thống. Nhưng nó sẽ thay thế lớp học chăng?)<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Question 28 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Bài đọc chủ yếu thảo luận về điều gì?<br />
A. Các yếu tố làm chậm sự phát triển của các thành phố ở Châu Âu<br />
B. Sự phát triển của các thành phố ở Mỹ<br />
C. Thương mại giữa các thành phố Châu Âu và Bắc Mỹ<br />
D. Những ảnh hưởng của nền độc lập nước Mỹ vào sự phát triển đô thị ở New England<br />
Dẫn chứng: - The main difference between urban growth in Europe and in the American colonies was<br />
the slow evolution of cities in the former and their rapid growth in the latter. ()<br />
- In the early colonial day in North America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic Coastline, mostly<br />
in what are now New America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic United States and in the lower<br />
Saint Lawrence valley in Canada.<br />
- This was less true in the colonial South, where life centered around large farms, known as plantations,<br />
rather than around towns, as was the case in the areas further north along the Atlantic coastline.<br />
Bài đọc nói về sự phát triển của các thành phố ở nước Mỹ sau khi giành được độc lập<br />
Dịch: - Sự khác biệt chính giữa tăng trưởng đô thị ở châu Âu và ở các thuộc địa Mỹ là sư phát triển chậm<br />
của các thành phố trong quá khứ và sự tăng trưởng nhanh chóng của chúng ở thời gian sau.<br />
- Vào đầu thời kỳ thuộc địa ở Bắc Mỹ, các thành phố nhỏ mọc lên dọc theo bờ biển Đại Tây <strong>Dương</strong>, phần<br />
lớn là ở New America, các thành phố nhỏ mọc dọc theo Đại Tây <strong>Dương</strong> Hoa Kỳ và ở thung lũng Saint<br />
Lawrence thấp hơn ở Canada<br />
Trang 12/8<br />
( PC WEB )
- Điều này không đúng ở miền Nam thuộc địa, nơi cuộc sống tập trung quanh các trang trại lớn được gọi<br />
là đồn điền, chứ không phải quanh các thị trấn, như trường hợp ở các khu vực xa hơn về phía bắc dọc<br />
theo bờ biển Đại Tây <strong>Dương</strong><br />
Question 29 Chọn đáp án B<br />
“The main difference between urban growth in Europe and in the American colonies was the slow<br />
evolution of cities in the former and their rapid growth in the latter. In Europe they grew over a period of<br />
centuries from town economies to their present urban structure. In North America, they started as<br />
wilderness communities and developed to mature urbanism’s in little more than a century.” (Sự khác biệt<br />
chính giữa sự phát triển đô thị ở Châu Âu và ở các thuộc địa ở Mỹ là sự phát triển chậm của các thành<br />
phố ở châu Âu và sự phát triển nhanh của các thành phố ở thuộc địa tại châu Mỹ. Ở Châu Âu, chúng đã<br />
phát triển qua hàng thế kỉ từ các kinh tế đô thị đến cấu trúc đô thị hiện tại. Ở Bắc Mỹ, chúng (các thành<br />
phố) ngay từ ban đầu như các vùng hoang dã và đã phát triển thành các đô thị lớn mạnh chỉ hơn một thế<br />
kỉ.)<br />
Do đó: they = cities<br />
Question 30 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Theo bài đọc, những thành phố thuộc địa ban đầu được thành lập dọc theo bờ biển Đại Tây <strong>Dương</strong> của<br />
Bắc Mỹ vì _________.<br />
A. sự phong phú về tải nguyên <strong>thi</strong>ên nhiên<br />
B. hỗ trợ tài chính từ chính quyền thuộc địa<br />
C. gần với các vùng của châu Âu<br />
D. khí hậu thuận lợi<br />
Dẫn chứng: In the early colonial day in North America, small cities sprang up along the Atlantic<br />
Coastline... This was natural because these areas were nearest England and France, particularly<br />
England...” (Vào đầu thời kỳ thuộc địa ở Bắc Mỹ, các thành phố nhỏ mọc lên dọc theo bờ biển Đại Tây<br />
<strong>Dương</strong>... Điều này là tự nhiên bởi vì những khu vực này gần <strong>Anh</strong> và Pháp, đặc biệt là nước <strong>Anh</strong>...)<br />
Question 31 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Các thành phố dọc bờ biển Đại Tây <strong>Dương</strong> chuẩn bị mặt hàng nào để nhập sang châu Âu suốt thời kì<br />
thuộc địa?<br />
Dẫn chứng: Here, too, were the favored locations for processing raw materials prior to export. Boston,<br />
Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, and other cities flourished, and, as the colonies grew, these cities<br />
increased in importance. (Đây cũng là các địa điểm thuận lợi cho việc chế biến nguyên liệu thô trước khi<br />
xuất khẩu. Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, và các thành phố khác <strong>đề</strong>u phát triển thịnh vượng;<br />
và khi các thuộc địa phát triển thì tầm quan trọng của những thành phố cũng tăng lên.)<br />
Question 32 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Theo bài đọc, tất cả những khía cạnh sau của hệ thống đồn điền ảnh hưởng đến sự phát triển của các<br />
thành phố phía Nam NGOẠI TRỪ _________.<br />
Dẫn chứng: The local isolation and the economic self-sufficiency of the plantations were antagonistic to<br />
the development of the towns. The plantations maintained their independence because they were located<br />
on navigable streams and each had a wharf accessible to the small shipping of that day. (Các địa phương<br />
bị cô lập và sự tự cung tự cấp về kinh tế của các đồn điền là đối lập với sự phát triển của các thị trấn. Các<br />
Trang 13/8<br />
( PC WEB )
đồn điền duy trì sự độc lập của chúng bởi vì chúng nằm trong vùng luân chuyển và từng <strong>có</strong> một cầu nối<br />
<strong>có</strong> thể tiếp cận với vận chuyển trong ngày.)<br />
Question 33 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể suy ra từ bài đọc rằng so với các thành phố phía Bắc thì đa số các thành phố phía Nam<br />
_________ .<br />
Dẫn chứng: - Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, and other cities flourished, and, as the colonies<br />
grew, these cities increased in importance. (Boston, Philadelphia, New York, Montreal, và các thành phố<br />
khác <strong>đề</strong>u phát triển thịnh vượng; và khi các thuộc địa phát triển thì tầm quan trọng của những thành phố<br />
cũng tăng lên).<br />
- This was less true in the colonial South, where life centered around large farms, known as plantations,<br />
rather than around towns, as was the case in the areas further north along the Atlantic coastline. (Điều này<br />
ít đúng hơn với các vùng thuộc địa phía Nam, nơi mà cuộc sống tập trung quanh các trang trại lớn, được<br />
biết đến là các đồn điền, thay vì tập trung ở các thành phố như ở cac vùng phía Bắc dọc bờ biển Đại Tây<br />
<strong>Dương</strong>.)<br />
Question 34 Chọn đáp án A<br />
“It was not until after 1823, after the mechanization of the spinning and weaving industries, that cities<br />
started drawing young people away from farms. Such migration was particularly rapid following the Civil<br />
War (1861-1865).” (Mãi cho đến sau <strong>năm</strong> 1823, sau khi cơ giới hóa các ngành công nghiệp kéo sợi và dệt<br />
vải, các thành phố bắt đầu thu hút những người trẻ rời khỏi trang trại. Sự di cư như vậy đặc biệt nhanh<br />
chóng sau Nội Chiến (1861 - 1865).)<br />
Do đó: drawing ~ attracting<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Question 35 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Chủ <strong>đề</strong> cùa bài đọc là gì?<br />
A. loài chuột túi<br />
B. nước ở sa mạc<br />
C. đời sống sa mạc<br />
D. thí nghiệm sinh lý<br />
Dẫn chứng: - One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny kangaroo rat,<br />
who not only lives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing about 5% free water...<br />
(Tuy nhiên, một trong những điều chỉnh đáng chú ý nhất, đã được thực hiện bởi chuột kangaroo nhỏ,<br />
chúng không chỉ sống mà không uống nhưng trong chế độ ăn uống của chúng những hạt khô chứa khoảng<br />
5% nước trong đó)<br />
- Investigation into how the kangaroo rat can live without drinking water has involved various<br />
experiments with these small animals...<br />
Cả bài đọc này chủ yếu thảo luận về loài chuột túi.<br />
Question 36 Chọn đáp án B<br />
- become ill: trở nên ốm yếu<br />
- die: chết<br />
- shrink: co lại, rút lại<br />
Trang 14/8<br />
( PC WEB )
- dehydrate: hút nước, khử nước<br />
“Most desert animals will drink water if confronted with it, but many of them never have any opportunity.<br />
All living <strong>thi</strong>ngs must have water, or they will expire”. (Hầu hết các loài động vật trên sa mạc sẽ uống<br />
nước nếu gặp được nước, nhưng nhiều loài chưa bao giờ <strong>có</strong> cơ hội. Tất cả các sinh vật sống phải <strong>có</strong> nước<br />
hoặc chúng sẽ chết.)<br />
Do đó: expire ~ die<br />
Question 37 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Cái nào sau đây KHÔNG phải là nguồn nước cho các động vật ở sa mạc?<br />
A. thực vật sa mạc<br />
B. quá trình trao đổi carbohydrates trong cơ thể<br />
C. máu của động vật khác<br />
D. suối<br />
Dẫn chứng: The herbivores find it in desert plants. The carnivores slake their <strong>thi</strong>rst with the flesh and<br />
blood of living prey. One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny<br />
kangaroo rat, who not only lives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing about 5%<br />
free water. Like other animals, he has the ability to manufacture water in his body by a metabolic<br />
conversion of carbohydrates. (Động vật ăn cỏ tìm thấy nước từ trong thực vật của sa mạc. Loài ăn thịt<br />
thỏa mãn cơn khát của chúng bằng máu thịt của con mồi. Tuy nhiên, một trong những sự thích nghi đáng<br />
chú ý nhất nằm ở loài chuột túi nhỏ bé. Chúng không chỉ sống mà không cần uống nước. Chúng tồn tại<br />
bằng chế độ ăn với hạt khô chứa khoảng 5% nước. Giống như các loài động vật khác, chúng <strong>có</strong> khả năng<br />
sản sinh nước trong cơ thể bằng cách chuyển hóa carbohydrates.)<br />
Question <strong>38</strong> Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tác giả nói rằng chuột túi được biết đến với tất cả các đặc điểm sau NGOẠI TRỪ _________.<br />
A. cách <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm nước <strong>có</strong> sẵn<br />
B. sống mà không cần uống nước<br />
C. thở chậm và không thường xuyên<br />
D. tạo nước từ trong cơ thể<br />
Dẫn chứng: One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny kangaroo rat,<br />
who not only fives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing about 5% free water.<br />
Like other animals, he has the ability to manufacture water in his body by a metabolic conversion of<br />
carbohydrates. But he is notable for the parsimony with which he congerveshis small supply bv every<br />
possible means, expending only minuscule amounts in his excreta and through evaporation from his<br />
respiratory tract.<br />
Question 39 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- intelligence (n): sự thông minh<br />
- desire (n): sự mong muốn, khát khao<br />
- frugality (n): tính <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm<br />
- skill (n): kĩ năng<br />
“But he is notable for the parsimony with which he conserves his small supply by every possible means,<br />
expending only minuscule amounts in his excreta and through evaporation from his respiratory tract.”<br />
Trang 15/8<br />
( PC WEB )
(Nhưng nó nổi tiếng với tính <strong>tiết</strong> kiệm qua việc bảo tồn nguồn cung cấp nhỏ bé của mình bằng mọi cách<br />
<strong>có</strong> thể, chỉ dùng hết lượng rất nhỏ trong chất bài <strong>tiết</strong> và qua quá trình bay hơi từ đường hô hấp)<br />
Do đó: parsimony ~ frugality<br />
Question 40 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Tác giả ngụ ý rằng động vật sa mạc <strong>có</strong> thể tồn tại với rất ít hoặc không cần nước bởi vì _________.<br />
A. ít <strong>có</strong> nhu cầu nước hơn các động vật khác<br />
B. chúng <strong>có</strong> nhiều cơ hội tìm nước<br />
C. khả năng ăn thực vật<br />
D. khả năng thích nghi với môi trường sa mạc<br />
Dẫn chứng: The herbivores find it in desert plants. The carnivores slake their <strong>thi</strong>rst with the flesh and<br />
blood of living prey. One of the most remarkable adjustments, however, has been made by the tiny<br />
kangaroo rat who not only lives without drinking but subsists on a diet of dry seeds containing about 5%<br />
free water. Like other animals, he has the ability to manufacture water in his body by a metabolic<br />
conversion of carbohydrates.<br />
Question 41 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- preservation (n): sự bảo tồn, sự bảo quản<br />
- renewal (n): sự làm mới, sự phục hồi<br />
- examination (n): sự kiểm tra, sự nghiên cứu<br />
- loss (n): sự mất<br />
“There was no trend toward a decrease in water content during the long period of water deprivation.”<br />
(Không <strong>có</strong> xu hướng giảm lượng nước trong suốt thời kì dài mất nước.)<br />
Do đó: deprivation ~ loss<br />
Question 42 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Theo bài đọc, kết quả của các thí nghiệm với chuột túi chỉ ra rằng _________.<br />
A. chuột túi dự trữ nước để sử dụng suốt thời kì khô hạn<br />
B. chuột túi tận dụng việc tự do tiếp cận nguồn nước<br />
C. không <strong>có</strong> sự thay đổi đáng kể về trọng lượng cơ thể do <strong>thi</strong>ếu nước hay việc tiếp cận đến nguồn nước.<br />
D. một chế độ ăn khô <strong>có</strong> vẻ <strong>có</strong> hại cho sức khỏe của chuột túi<br />
Dẫn chứng: Results of such experiments with kangaroo rats on dry diets for more than 7 weeks showed<br />
that the rats maintained their body weight. There was no trend toward a decrease in water content during<br />
the long period of water deprivation. When the kangaroo rats were given free access to water, they did not<br />
drink water. They did nibble on small pieces of watermelon, but <strong>thi</strong>s did not change appreciably the water<br />
content in their bodies, which remained at 66.3 % to 67.2 % during <strong>thi</strong>s period..."(Kết quả của các thí<br />
nghiệm với chuột kangaroo trong chế độ ăn khô trong hơn 7 tuần cho thấy rằng những con chuột vẫn duy<br />
trì trọng lượng cơ thể của chúng. Không <strong>có</strong> xu hướng giảm hàm lượng nước trong thời gian dài bị <strong>thi</strong>ếu<br />
nước. Khi chúng được cho phép uống nước tự do, chúng đã không uống. Chúng đã ăn vài miếng dưa hấu<br />
nhỏ, nhưng điều này không thay đổi đáng kể hàm lượng nước trong cơ thể chúng, mà vẫn ở mức 66,3%<br />
đến 67,2% trong thời kỳ này...”)<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Trang 16/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 43 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Câu ban đầu: Bố mẹ chúng ta cùng chung tay làm việc để cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình<br />
hạnh phúc.”<br />
- join hands (with sb): work together in doing sth: cùng nhau làm gì<br />
A. Bố mẹ chúng ta nắm tay chúng ta và dẫn chúng ta vào một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh phúc.<br />
B. Bố mẹ chúng ta nắm tay chúng ta khi họ cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh phúc.<br />
C. Bố mẹ chúng ta cùng nhau làm việc để cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh phúc.<br />
D. Bố mẹ chúng ta bắt tay khi họ cho chúng ta một ngôi nhà đẹp và một gia đình hạnh phúc.<br />
Question 44 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Câu ban đầu: Con trai tôi muốn gạt đi việc là một đứa học sinh.<br />
- put aside: gạt sang một bên, dẹp bỏ; để dành<br />
A. Làm một học sinh khiến con trai tôi vui.<br />
B. Con trai tôi quyết tâm chịu đựng những học sinh khác ở trường (put up with: chịu đựng)<br />
C. Con trai tôi quyết định đánh giá thấp địa vị của đứa học sinh. (play down ~ underestimate: tầm thường<br />
hóa, đánh giá thấp)<br />
D. Con trai tôi không muốn làm một đứa học sinh nữa.<br />
Question 45 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Câu ban đầu: Bạn nên tập thể dục thường xuyên thay vì ngồi trước màn hình mảy tính cả ngày.<br />
A. Tập thể dục thường xuyên tốt hơn việc ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày.<br />
B. Ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày giúp bạn tập thể dục thường xuyên.<br />
C. Ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày và tập thể dục là hợp lý.<br />
D. Đừng tập thể dục thường xuyên và hãy ngồi trước màn hình máy tính cả ngày.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Cấu trúc song song:<br />
- Khi thông tin trong một câu được đưa ra dưới dạng liệt kê thì các thành phần được liệt kê phải tương<br />
ứng với nhau về mặt từ loại (N - N, V - V, adj – adj...)<br />
E.g: I like playing football, listening to music and wat<strong>chi</strong>ng TV.<br />
Trong câu này, các động từ nối với nhau bằng dấu phẩy và liên từ and phải cùng dạng với nhau (V-ing).<br />
Do đó: to drink => drinking<br />
Dịch: Ngủ, nghỉ ngơi và uống nước hoa quả là những cách tốt nhất để điều trị cảm cúm.<br />
Question 47 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Tính từ “important” dùng trong cấu trúc giả định nên động từ ở mệnh <strong>đề</strong> phía sau ở dạng nguyên thể.<br />
Cấu trúc: - S + be + adj (important, necessary, essential, imperative,...) + that + S + V-nguyên thể/ should<br />
V- nguyên thể .... (thể giả định)<br />
Do đó: takes => take/ should take<br />
Dịch: Rất quan trọng là anh ấy uống thuốc vào ban đêm và buổi sáng.<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Trang 17/8<br />
( PC WEB )
- turn up (ph.v): đến<br />
- tum down (ph.v): từ chối<br />
- Do đó: up => down<br />
Dịch: Đơn xin visa của anh ấy bị từ chối không chỉ vì nó được điền không đúng và đầy đủ mà còn vì nó<br />
được viết bằng bút chì.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49 Chọn đáp án D<br />
“<strong>Anh</strong> ấy không đeo dây an toàn. <strong>Anh</strong> ấy đã bị thương.”<br />
Đây là sự việc đã xảy ra trong quá khứ nên ta dùng câu điều kiện loại 3 để diễn tả sự việc trái ngược với<br />
thực tế ở quá khứ.<br />
Cấu trúc: If + S + had + V pp ..., S + would/ could + have + V pp ... (câu điều kiện loại 3)<br />
A, B sai nghĩa; C sai cấu trúc câu điều kiện<br />
Dịch: Nếu anh ấy đã đeo dây an toàn thì anh ấy đã không bị thương.<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- shouldn’t have V pp : lẽ ra đã không nên làm gì<br />
- might + have V pp : <strong>có</strong> lẽ, <strong>có</strong> thể đã làm gì<br />
- must + have V pp : chắc hẳn đã làm gì (suy đoán <strong>có</strong> căn cứ ở quá khứ)<br />
“Mary đã không ở đây vào hôm qua. Có lẽ cô ấy bị ốm.”<br />
A. Mary không cần ở đây vào hôm qua vì cô ấy đã bị ốm.<br />
B. Bởi vì bị ốm nên cô ấy lẽ ra không nên ở đây vào hôm qua.<br />
C. Có lẽ hôm qua Mary bị ốm nên cô ấy không ở đây.<br />
D. Chắc hẳn hôm qua Mary bị ốm nên cô ấy không ở đây.<br />
Trang 18/8<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 19/8
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
11<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. encourage B. entertain C. endanger D. envelop<br />
Question 2: A. paradise B. reliable C. helpline D. illiterate<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. quality B. solution C. compliment D. energy<br />
Question 4: A. preference B. attraction C. advantage D. infinitive<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: We should husband our resources to make sure we can make it through these hard times.<br />
A. spend B. manage C. use up D. marry<br />
Question 6: Sorry, I can’t come to your birthday party. I am snowed under with work now.<br />
A. relaxed about B. busy with C. interested in D. free from<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: All the students were all ears when the teacher started talking about the changes in the next<br />
exam.<br />
A. attentive B. restless C. silent D. smiling<br />
Question 8: The augmentation in the population has created a fuel shortage.<br />
A. increase B. necessity C. demand D. decrease<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Mark: “You stepped on my toes!” - Mike: “ _________.”<br />
A. Are you sure? It’s understandable. C. I’m sorry but I meant it.<br />
B. Really? I’m glad. D. I’m terribly sorry. I didn’t mean it.<br />
Question 10: Customer: “Can I try <strong>thi</strong>s sweater on?”<br />
Salesgirl: “ _________.”<br />
A. No, the shop is closed in half an hour<br />
B. Sorry, only cash is accepted here<br />
C. Yes, it is quite cheap. It costs one hundred dollars<br />
D. Sure, the changing rooms are over there<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Trang 1/5<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 11: You look upset. Have you and Kelly _________again?<br />
A. gone out B. gone grey C. fallen out D. let off<br />
Question 12: All _________ we had been told turned out to be untrue.<br />
A. that B. which C. what D. where<br />
Question 13: My aunt used to be a woman of great _________, but now she gets old and looks pale.<br />
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautify<br />
Question 14: _________no taxi, they had to walk home.<br />
A. There was B. There being<br />
C. Because there being D. There is<br />
Question 15: There has been little rain in <strong>thi</strong>s region for several months, _________?<br />
A. has it B. has there C. hasn’t it D. hasn’t there<br />
Question 16: Tim was _________ to the court for jury duty, but took a doctor's sick note with him and<br />
was excused.<br />
A. pulled B. assembled C. summoned D. requested<br />
Question 17: She was ill for six weeks and _________with her schoolwork.<br />
A. picked up B. told off C. turned out D. fell behind<br />
Question 18: Her car needs _________.<br />
A. be fixed B. fixing C. to fix D. fixed<br />
Question 19: I’m afraid that I can’t give you the answer off the top of my _________, but I’ll find it out<br />
for you.<br />
A. tongue B. hand C. mind D. head<br />
Question 20. To _________ should I write if I want to make a complaint?<br />
A. which B. what C. who D. whom<br />
Question 21. Three wolves ran through the forest in _________ of a deer.<br />
A. following B. chase C. hunting D. pursuit<br />
Question 22. _________ his good work and manners, he didn’t get a promotion.<br />
A. Because of B. In spite of C. Even though D. As a result of<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
No one can know when sports began. Since it is impossible to imagine a time when <strong>chi</strong>ldren did not<br />
spontaneously run races or wrestle, it is clear that <strong>chi</strong>ldren have always included sports in their play, but<br />
one can only speculate about the (23) _________of sports as autotelic physical contests for adults.<br />
Hunters are depicted in prehistoric art, but it cannot be known (24) _____ the hunters pursued their prey<br />
in a mood of grim necessity or with the joyful abandon of sportsmen. It is certain, (25) _________, from<br />
the rich literary and iconographic evidence of all ancient civilizations that hunting soon became an end in<br />
itself at least for royalty and nobility. Archaeological evidence also indicates that ball games were<br />
common among ancient peoples as different as the Chinese and the like those recommended for health by<br />
the Greek physician Galen in the 2 nd century AD.<br />
Question 23: A. emergence B. emerge C. emergency D. immersion<br />
Question 24: A. when B. whether C. how D. why<br />
Trang 2/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 25: A. therefore B. so C. consequently D. however<br />
Question 26: A. competitive B. competitively C. noncompetitive D. competition<br />
Question 27: A. definite B. defined C. definitive D. definition<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Very few people in the modem world obtain their food supply by hunting and gathering in the<br />
natural environment surrounding their homes. This method of harvesting from nature s provision is the<br />
oldest subsistence strategy, and has been practiced for at least two million years. It was, indeed, the only<br />
way to obtain food until rudimentary farming and the domestication of animals were introduced about<br />
10,000 years ago.<br />
Because hunter-gathers have fared poorly in comparison with their agricultural cousins, their<br />
numbers have dwindled, and they have been forced to live in marginal environments such as deserts<br />
forests or arctic wasteland. In higher latitudes, the shorter growing season has restricted the availability of<br />
plant life. Such conditions have caused a greater independence on hunting, and along the coasts and<br />
waterways, on fishing. The abundance of vegetation in the lower latitudes of the tropics, on the other<br />
hand, has provided a greater opportunity for gathering a variety of plants. In short, the environmental<br />
differences have restricted the diet and have limited possibilities for the development of subsistence<br />
societies. Contemporary hunter-gathers may help us understand our prehistoric ancestors. We know from<br />
observation of modem hunter- gathers in both Africa and Alaska that society based on hunting and<br />
gathering must be very mobile. While the entire community camps in a central location, a smaller party<br />
harvests the food wi<strong>thi</strong>n a reasonable distance from the camp. When the food in the area is exhausted, the<br />
community moves on to exploit another site. We also notice a seasonal migration on pattern evolving for<br />
most hunter gathers, along with a restrict division of labor between sexes. These patterns of behavior may<br />
be similar to those practiced by mankind during the Paleoli<strong>thi</strong>c Period.<br />
Question 28. With which of the following topics is the passage primarily concerned?<br />
A. The Paleoli<strong>thi</strong>c period B. Subsistence farming<br />
C. Hunter- gatherers D. Marginal environment<br />
Question 29. The word “rudimentary” is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. rough B. preliminary C. ancient D. backward<br />
Question 30. The word “abundance” is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. plenty B. amount C. density D. majority<br />
Question 31. When was hunting and gathering introduced?<br />
A. 1,000,000 years ago B. 2,000,000 years ago<br />
C. 10,000 years ago D. 2,000 years ago<br />
Question 32. What conditions exist in the lower latitude?<br />
A. Greater dependence on hunting B. More coasts and waterways for fishing<br />
C. A shorter growing season D. A large variety of plant life<br />
Question 33. How cun we know more about the hunter- gathers of prehistoric time?<br />
A. By studying the remains of their camp sites<br />
B. By studying similar contemporary societies<br />
C. By studying the prehistoric environment<br />
Trang 3/8<br />
( PC WEB )
D. By practicing hunting and gathering<br />
Question 34. Which of the following is not true according the passage?<br />
A. More and more people in the modern time live on the food they gather in the natural environment<br />
around their homes.<br />
B. The more vegetable in the lower latitude in the tropics there is, the greater opportunity for gathering<br />
plants there are.<br />
C. Because of the shorter growing season in higher latitude, the availability of plants is limited<br />
D. The environmental differences result in restricted diet.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
It may seem as if the art of music by its nature would not lend itself to the exploration and<br />
expression of reality characteristic of Romanticism, but that is not so. True, music does not tell stories or<br />
paint pictures, but it stirs feelings and evokes moods, through both of which various kinds of reality can<br />
be suggested or expressed. It was in the rationalist 18" 1 century that musicians rather mechanically<br />
attempted to reproduce stories and subjects in sound. These literal renderings naturally tailed, and the<br />
Romanticists profited from the error. Their discovery of new realms of experience proved communicable<br />
in the first place because they were in touch with the spirit of renovation, particularly through poetry.<br />
What Goethe meant to Beethoven and Berlioz and what Gennan folk tales and contemporary lyricists<br />
meant to Weber, Schumann, and Schubert are familiar to all who are acquainted with the music of these<br />
men.<br />
There is, of course, no way to demonstrate that Beethoven’s Egrnont music or, indeed, its overture<br />
alone corresponds to Goethe’s drama and thereby enlarges the hearer’s consciousness of it; but it cannot<br />
be an accident or an aberration that the greatest composers of the period employed the resources of their<br />
art for the creation of works expressly related to such lyrical and dramatic subjects. Similarly, the love of<br />
nature stirred Beethoven, Weber, and Berlioz, and here too the correspondence is felt and persuades the<br />
fit listener that his own experience is being expanded. The words of-the creators themselves record <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
new comprehensiveness. Beethoven referred to his activity of mingled contemplation and composition as<br />
dichten, making a poem; and Berlioz tells in his Memoires of the impetus given to his genius by the music<br />
of Beethoven and Weber, by the poetry of Goethe and Shakespeare, and not least by the spectacle of<br />
nature. Nor did the public that ultimately understood their works gainsay their claims.<br />
It must be added that the Romantic musicians including Chopin, Mendelssohn, Glinka, and Liszthad<br />
at their disposal greatly improved instruments. The beginning of the 19th century produced the<br />
modem piano, of greater range and dynamics than theretfore, and made all wind instruments more exact<br />
and powerful by the use of keys and valves. The modem full orchestra was the result. Berlioz, whose<br />
classic treatise on instrumentation and orchestration helped to give it definitive form, was also the first to<br />
exploit its resources to the full, in the Symphonic fantastique of 1830. This work, besides its technical<br />
significance just mentioned, can also be regarded as uniting the characteristics of Romanticism in music,<br />
it is both lyrical and dramatic, and, although it makes use of a “story,” that use is not to describe the<br />
scenes but to connect them; its slow movement is a “nature poem” in the Beethovenian manner; the<br />
second, fourth, and fifth movements include “realistic” detail of the most vivid kind; and the opening one<br />
is an introspective reverie.<br />
Question 35: Music can suggest or express various kinds of reality by _________.<br />
Trang 4/8<br />
( PC WEB )
A. telling stories or minting pictures B. stirring feelings and evoking moods<br />
C. exploring and expressing reality D. depicting nature and reality<br />
Question 36: The word “error” in paragraph 1 refers to _________.<br />
A. the feelings and moods of the Romanticist musicians<br />
B. the exploration and expression of reality of Romanticism<br />
C. the works of the Romanticist musicians in the 18th century<br />
D. musicians’mechanica! reproduction of stories and subjects<br />
Question 37: It is stated in the passage that the Romanticists were influenced by _________.<br />
A. the works of the rationalist musicians in the 18th century<br />
B. Goethe, German folk tales and contemporary lyricists<br />
C. the thoughts of Beethoven, Weber, and Berlioz<br />
D. the art of music by the rationalist musicians<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The passage indicates that the Romanticist composers were inspired not only by lyrical and<br />
dramatic subjects but also by _________.<br />
A. the rationalists B. the creation of works<br />
C. the love of nature D. the poetry of Goethe<br />
Question 39: The Romantic musicians also made use of modem technologies such as _________.<br />
A. improved wind instruments B. powerful keys and valves<br />
C. greater range and dynamics D. instrumenation and orchestration<br />
Question 40: Romanticism in music is characterized as being _________.<br />
A. exact and powerful B. realistic and vivid<br />
C. great and dynamic D. lyrical and dramatic<br />
Question 41: All of the following are true about the Symphonic fantastique EXCEPT _________.<br />
A. It is both lyrical and dramatic.<br />
B. It was composed by Beethoven.<br />
C. It was issued in 1830.<br />
D. It unites the characteristics of Romanticism.<br />
Question 42: According to the passage, Romanticism in music extended over _________.<br />
A. the 18th and 19th centuries B. the late 18th century<br />
C. the early 19th century D. the beginning of the 20th century<br />
Mark the tetter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: “I’m sorry for being late again.” said Mai.<br />
A. I felt sorry for Mai as she was late again.<br />
B. Mai was sorry for my being late again.<br />
C. Mai excused for my being late again.<br />
D. Mai apologized for being late again.<br />
Question 44: She must have had a blackout after the accident.<br />
A. She must have lost consciousness after the accident.<br />
Trang 5/8<br />
( PC WEB )
B. She must have been depressed after the accident.<br />
C. Her body was all covered with bruises after the accident.<br />
D. There must have been no power in the neighbourhood after the accident because the car had hit a<br />
lamp post.<br />
Question 45: Tom no longer smokes a lot.<br />
A. Tom now smokes a lot. B. Tom used to smoke a lot.<br />
C. Tom didn’t use to smoke a lot. D. Tom rarely smoked a lot.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: The (A) science and technology industries (B) have grown up (C) steadily over the (D) last<br />
decade.<br />
Question 47: (A) Read the letter (B) from my father, I (C) feel very (D) happy.<br />
Question 48: They thought that <strong>chi</strong>ldren (A) will learn (B) better through participating (C) in activities<br />
rather than through (D) listening to lectures.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages. He did not want them to leave.<br />
A. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages in order not to want them to leave.<br />
B. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages though he wanted them to leave.<br />
C. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages so that he did not want them to leave.<br />
D. The company director decided to raise the workers’ wages because he did not want them to leave.<br />
Question 50: My father does a lot of exercise. He’s still very fat.<br />
A. Despite the fact that doing a lot of exercise, my father is still very fat.<br />
B. My father does a lot of exercise, so he’s very fat.<br />
C. Even though my father does a lot of exercise, he’s very fat.<br />
D. My father is very fat, but he does a lot of exercise.<br />
Trang 6/8<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án B<br />
Đây là cấu trúc tuyệt đối/ độc lập dạng “S + V-ing ...” - dùng trong câu bị động<br />
A. sai vì <strong>thi</strong>ếu liên từ (hai câu độc lập không được nối với nhau bằng dấu phẩy)<br />
B. sai vì động từ “tobe” phải được <strong>chi</strong>a (being => was)<br />
C. sai thì động từ và <strong>thi</strong>ếu liên từ<br />
Dịch: Không <strong>có</strong> xe taxi nên họ đã phải đi bộ về nhà.<br />
Note 34<br />
Cấu trúc độc lập/ tuyệt đối không phải là một câu, mà nó tương đương như một cụm từ<br />
Cấu trúc này thường được dùng trong văn chương và thơ<br />
Cách nhận biết: Trong câu <strong>có</strong> 2 vế phải khác chủ ngữ và <strong>có</strong> dấu phẩy ngăn cách<br />
Cấu tạo của câu độc lập - nó không dùng động từ <strong>chi</strong>a mà dùng phân từ (participle) /tính<br />
từ/cụm giới từ...<br />
Một số loại cấu trúc độc lập thường gặp:<br />
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + hiện tại phân từ (Ving): dùng trong câu chủ động<br />
E.g: The weather being fine, we went out for a picnic. ~ The weather was fine, so we went out for a<br />
picnic. (Thời <strong>tiết</strong> đẹp nên chúng tôi đi dã ngoại.)<br />
- It being very late, they stayed at home.<br />
- There being little time left, they had to hurry.<br />
Đây là loại hay gặp nhất trong các <strong>đề</strong> <strong>thi</strong>.<br />
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + quá khứ phân từ (V pp ): dùng trong câu bị động<br />
E.g: These exercises finished, I went to bed. ~ After these exercises had been finished, I went to bed.<br />
(Sau khi những bài tập này được hoàn thành thì tôi đi ngủ.)<br />
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + giới từ<br />
E.g: A girl came in, a book in hand. (Cô gái bước vào với quyển sách trên tay.)<br />
* Danh từ/ Đại từ (N/ Pro) + tính từ<br />
E.g: His determination stronger than ever, Peter resolved not to give up until he had a<strong>chi</strong>eved his<br />
dreams.<br />
* Trước cấu trúc độc lập <strong>có</strong> thể <strong>có</strong> giới từ “with”<br />
E.g: She came in with a book in (her) hand.<br />
I won’t be able to go on holiday with my mother being ill.<br />
He sat there with his eyes closed.<br />
Don’t sleep with the doors open.<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án B D B A C D A A D D<br />
Trang 7/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án C A A A B C D B D D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D B A B D C B C B A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B D B A B D B C A D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án B C D A B B A A D C<br />
Trang 8/8<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
12<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
trang<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. predator B. restore C. recollect D. preface<br />
Question 2: A. apprehension B. equation C. precaution D. discretion<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. opponent B. contractual C. disappear D. arrangement<br />
Question 4: A. uncertain B. arrogant C. familiar D. impatient<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Slavery was abolished in <strong>thi</strong>s country.<br />
A. instituted B. eradicated C. eliminated D. required<br />
Question 6: Mary decided to remain celibate and devote her life to helping the homeless and orphans.<br />
A. single B. married C. divorced D. separated<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: My husband has lost his job, so we’ll have to tighten our belt to avoid getting into debt.<br />
A. earn money B. spend money C. sit still D. economize<br />
Question 8: When our rent increased from $100 to $200 a month, we protested against such a<br />
tremendous increase.<br />
A. light B. huge C. tiring D. difficult<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Ken and Laura are saying goodbye to each other after going to LOTTE Center. And they are<br />
going to have a date with each other later.<br />
Laura: “Well, it’s getting late. Maybe we could get together sometime.” - Ken: “_________”<br />
A. Nice to see back you. B. Take it easy.<br />
C. Sounds good. I’ll give you a call. D. Yes, I’ve enjoyed it.<br />
Question 10: “Don’t forget to send your parents my regards.” - “_________”<br />
A. It’s my pleasure B. Good idea, thanks C. Never mind D. Thanks, I will<br />
Trang 1/5
( PC WEB )<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Genetically, the <strong>chi</strong>mpanzee is more similar to humans _________.<br />
A. are than any other animal B. than any other animal<br />
C. any other animal is D. and any other animal is<br />
Question 12: When the weather was very hot in summer, sales of bottles of water went _________the<br />
roof.<br />
A. through B. to C. above D. over<br />
Question 13: If we leave here now, we can drive half the distance before we stop _________lunch.<br />
A. for having B. having had C. having D. to have<br />
Question 14: He lifted the phone receiver, _________slightly.<br />
A. his hands trembling B. his hands were trembling<br />
C. his hands trembled D. with his hands trembling<br />
Question 15: No matter _________, he was an accomplished composer while still a <strong>chi</strong>ld.<br />
A. how it seems remarkable B. how remarkable it seems<br />
C. it seems remarkable how D. how seems it remarkable<br />
Question 16: Such a doctor _________retire from his job before the retirement age.<br />
A. as well as B. may as well C. so as to D. as much as<br />
Question 17: By 1820, there were over sixty steamboats on the Mississippi river, _________ were quite<br />
luxurious.<br />
A. which many B. many of them C. many of which D. many that<br />
Question 18: We put his success _________his efforts.<br />
A. up to B. down to C. off at D. up with<br />
Question 19: The judge _________the pedestrian for the accident.<br />
A. accused B. charged C. sued D. blamed<br />
Question 20. Linda had a problem with her finances, so we talked _________.<br />
A. over B. it over C. over it D. over and over<br />
Question 21. My brother and I will never get along. We’re _________.<br />
A. cats and dogs B. chalk and cheese<br />
C. salt and pepper D. brick and mortar<br />
Question 22. The book says that the revolution was _________off by the assassination of the president.<br />
A. launched B. cropped C. triggered D. prompted<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
What is meant by the term economic resources? In general, these are all the natural, man-made, and<br />
human resources that go into the production of goods and services. Economic resources can be broken<br />
Trang 2/9
( PC WEB )<br />
down into (23) _________ general categories: property resource - land and capital, and human resources -<br />
labor and entrepreneurial skills.<br />
What do economists mean (24) _________ land? Much more than the non-economist, land refers to<br />
all the natural resources (25) _________are usable in the production process: arable land, forests, mineral<br />
and oil deposits, and so on. What about capital? Capital goods are all the manmade aids to producing,<br />
storing, transporting, and distributing goods and services. Capital goods differ from consumer goods in<br />
that (26) _________ satisfy wants directly, while the former do so indirectly by facilitating the production<br />
of consumer goods. It should be noted that capital as defined here does not refer to money. Money, as<br />
such, produces no<strong>thi</strong>ng.<br />
The term labor refers to the physical and mental talents of humans used to produce goods and<br />
services (with the exception of a certain set of human talents, entrepreneurial skills, which will be<br />
considered separately because of their special significance). Thus the services of a factory worker or an<br />
office worker, a ballet dancer or an astronaut all fall (27) _________ the general heading of labor.<br />
Question 23: A. many B. some C. two D. six<br />
Question 24: A. calling B. with C. using D. by<br />
Question 25: A. these B. what C. they D. that<br />
Question 26: A. lately B. the latter C. the latest D. later<br />
Question 27: A. into B. to C. from D. under<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Esperanto is what is called a planned, or artificial, language. It was created more than a century ago<br />
by Polish eye doctor Ludwik Lazar Zamenhof. Zamenhof believed that a common language would help to<br />
alleviate some of the misunderstandings among cultures.<br />
In Zamenhof’s first attempt at a universal language, he tried to create a language that was as<br />
uncomplicated as possible. This first language included words such as ab, ac, ba, eb, be, and ce. This did<br />
not result in a workable language in that these monosyllabic words, though short, were not easy to<br />
understand or to retain.<br />
Next, Zamenhof tried a different way of constructing a simplified language. He made the words in<br />
his language sound like words that people already knew, but he simplified the grammar tremendously.<br />
One example of how he simplified the language can be seen in the suffixes: all nouns in <strong>thi</strong>s language end<br />
in o, as in the noun amiko, which means “friend”, and all adjectives end in -a, as in the adjective bela,<br />
which means “pretty”. Another example of the simplified language can be seen in the prefix mal-, which<br />
makes a word opposite in meaning; the word malamiko therefore means “enemy”, and the word malbela<br />
therefore means “ugly” in Zamenhof’s language.<br />
In 1887, Zamenhof wrote a description of <strong>thi</strong>s language and published it. He used a pen name, Dr.<br />
Esperanto, when signing the book. He selected the name Esperanto because <strong>thi</strong>s word means “a person<br />
who hopes” in his language. Esperanto clubs began popping up throughout Europe, and by 1950,<br />
Esperanto had spread from Europe to America and Asia.<br />
In 1905, the First World Congress of Esperanto took place in France, with approximately 700<br />
attendees from 20 different countries. Congresses were held annually for nine years, and 4,000 attendees<br />
were registered for the Tenth World Esperanto Congress scheduled for 1914, when World War I erupted<br />
and forced its cancellation.<br />
Trang 3/9
( PC WEB )<br />
Esperanto has had its ups and downs in the period since World War I. Today, years after it was<br />
introduced, it is estimated that perhaps a quarter of a million people are fluent in it. This may seem like a<br />
large number, but it is really quite small when compared with the billion English speakers and billion<br />
Mandarin Chinese speakers in today’s world. Current advocates would like to see its use grow<br />
considerably and are taking steps to try to make <strong>thi</strong>s happen.<br />
Question 28: The topic of <strong>thi</strong>s passage is _________.<br />
A. how language can be improved<br />
B. a language developed in the last few years<br />
C. one man’s efforts to create a universal language<br />
D. using language to communicate internationally<br />
Question 29: According to the passage, Zamenhof wanted to create a universal language _________.<br />
A. to create one world culture B. to resolve cultural differences<br />
C. to provide a more complex language D. to build a name for himself<br />
Question 30: It can be inferred from the passage that the Esperanto word malespera means _________.<br />
A. hopelessness B. hope C. hopeful D. hopeless<br />
Question 31: The expression “popping up” in paragraph 4 could best be replaced by _________.<br />
A. leaping B. hiding C. shouting D. opening<br />
Question 32: According to the passage, what happened to the Tenth World Esperanto Congress?<br />
A. It had attendees from 20 countries B. It never took place<br />
C. It had 4,000 attendees D. It was scheduled for 1915<br />
Question 33: The expression “ups and downs” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. tops and bottoms B. takeoffs and landings<br />
C. floors and ceilings D. highs and lows<br />
Question 34: Which paragraph describes the predecessor to Esperanto?<br />
A. The first paragraph B. The second paragraph<br />
C. The <strong>thi</strong>rd paragraph D. The fourth paragraph<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Glass is a remarkable substance made from the simplest raw materials. It can be colored or<br />
colorless, monochrome or polychrome, transparent, translucent, or opaque. It is lightweight impermeable<br />
to liquids, readily cleaned and reused, durable yet fragile, and often very beautiful Glass can be<br />
decorated in multiple ways and its optical properties are exceptional. In all its myriad forms - as table<br />
ware, containers, in ar<strong>chi</strong>tecture and design - glass represents a major a<strong>chi</strong>evement in the history of<br />
technological developments.<br />
Since the Bronze Age about 3,000 B.C., glass has been used for making various kinds of objects. It<br />
was first made from a mixture of silica, line and an alkali such as soda or potash, and these remained the<br />
basic ingredients of glass until the development of lead glass in the seventeenth century. When heated, the<br />
Trang 4/9
mixture becomes soft and malleable and can be formed by various techniques into a vast array of shapes<br />
and sizes. The homogeneous mass thus formed by melting then cools to create glass, but in contrast to<br />
most materials formed in <strong>thi</strong>s way (metals, for instance), glass lacks the crystalline structure normally<br />
associated with solids, and instead retains the random molecular structure of a liquid. In effect, as molten<br />
glass cools, it progressively stiffens until rigid, but does so without setting up a network of interlocking<br />
crystals customarily associated with that process. This is why glass shatters so easily when dealt a blow.<br />
Why glass deteriorates over time, especially when exposed to moisture, and why glassware must be<br />
slowly reheated and uniformly cooled after manufacture to release internal stresses induced by uneven<br />
cooling.<br />
Another unusual feature of glass is the manner in which its viscosity changes as it turns from a cold<br />
substance into a hot, ductile liquid. Unlike metals that flow or “freeze” at specific temperatures glass<br />
progressively softens as the temperature rises, going through varying stages of malleability until it flows<br />
like a <strong>thi</strong>ck syrup. Each stage of malleability allows the glass to be manipulated into various forms, by<br />
different techniques, and if suddenly cooled the object retains the shape a<strong>chi</strong>eved at that point. Glass is<br />
thus amenable to a greater number of heat-forming techniques than most other materials.<br />
Question 35: Why does the author list the characteristics of glass in paragraph 1?<br />
A. To demonstrate how glass evolved<br />
B. To show the versatility of glass<br />
C. To explain glassmaking technology<br />
D. To explain the purpose of each component of glass<br />
Question 36: The word “durable” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. lasting B. delicate C. heavy D. plain<br />
Question 37: What does the author imply about the raw materials used to make glass?<br />
A. They were the same for centuries. B. They are liquid.<br />
C. They are transparent. D. They are very heavy.<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: According to the passage, how is glass that has cooled and become rigid different from<br />
most other rigid substances?<br />
A. It has an interlocking crystal network.<br />
B. It has an unusually low melting temperature.<br />
C. It has varying physical properties.<br />
D. It has a random molecular structure.<br />
Question 39: The words “exposed to” in paragraph 2 most likely mean _________.<br />
A. hardened by B. <strong>chi</strong>lled with C. subjected to D. deprived of<br />
Question 40: What must be done to release the internal stresses that build up in glass products during<br />
manufacture?<br />
A. The glass must be reheated and evenly cooled.<br />
B. The glass must be cooled quickly.<br />
C. The glass must be kept moist until cooled.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 5/9
D. The glass must be shaped to its desired form immediately<br />
Question 41: The word “it” in paragraph 3 refers to _________.<br />
A. feature B. glass C. manner D. viscosity<br />
Question 42: According to the passage, why can glass be more easily shaped into specific forms than can<br />
metals<br />
A. It resists breaking when heated<br />
B. It has better optical properties.<br />
C. It retains heat while its viscosity changes.<br />
D. It gradually becomes softer as its temperature rises.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: You should have persuaded him to change his mind.<br />
A. You should persuade him to change his mind.<br />
B. You didn’t persuade him to change because of his mind.<br />
C. It was essential to persuade him to change his mind but you didn’t.<br />
D. You persuaded him to change his mind but he didn’t listen.<br />
Question 44: Bill’s English is much better than it was.<br />
A. Bill speaks English better now than he did before.<br />
B. Bill has started to learn English but doesn’t speak it well<br />
C. Bill has always spoken good English.<br />
D. Bill’s English was much better than it is now.<br />
Question 45: They said that Sally had quit five jobs before working for us.<br />
A. They said that five jobs had been quit by Sally before working for us.<br />
B. Sally worked for us then she quit five other jobs.<br />
C. It was said that Sally had quit five jobs before working for us.<br />
D. Sally said that she had quit five jobs before working for us.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: The proposal (A) has repealed after a (B) twenty-minutes discussion (C) a number of<br />
objections to its failure (D) to include our district.<br />
Question 47: In the 1920s, Tulsa had a (A) higher number of (B) millionaire than any (C) other U.S. (D)<br />
city.<br />
Question 48: There are many (A) frequently (B) mentioned reasons why one out of (C) four arrests (D)<br />
involve a juvenile.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 6/9
Question 49: He didn’t take his father’s advice. That’s why he is out of work.<br />
A. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not have been out of work.<br />
B. If he took his father’s advice, he would not be out of work.<br />
C. If he had taken his father’s advice, he would not be out of work.<br />
D. If he takes his father’s advice, he will not be out of work.<br />
Question 50: She buys a lot of new dresses every month. She always dresses shabbily.<br />
A. However a lot of new dresses she buys every month, she always dresses shabbily.<br />
B. However many new dresses she buys every month, she always dresses shabbily.<br />
C. Many as new dresses she buys every month, she always dresses shabbily.<br />
D. She always dresses shabbily because she buys a lot of new dresses every month.<br />
Trang 7/9<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án B B C B A B D B C D<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án B A D B B B C B D B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án B C C D D B D C B D<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án D B D B B A A D C A<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án B D C A C B B D C B<br />
Question 13 Chọn đáp án D<br />
Cấu trúc: - Stop to do sth: dừng lại để làm gì<br />
E.g: I stop to read books.<br />
- Stop doing sth: dừng hẳn làm gì đó<br />
E.g: He stopped smoking. (<strong>Anh</strong> ấy đã ngừng hút thuốc hẳn.)<br />
Dịch: Nếu chúng ta rời khỏi đây bây giờ thì chúng ta <strong>có</strong> thể lái xe được một nửa quãng đường trước khi<br />
dừng lại để ăn trưa.<br />
Note 35<br />
Một số động từ <strong>có</strong> thể đi cùng với cả động từ nguyên thể và V-ing, nhưng <strong>có</strong> sự khác nhau về ý nghĩa:<br />
Stop V-ing: dừng làm gì (dừng hẳn)<br />
Stop to V: dừng lại để làm việc gì<br />
- Stop smoking: dừng hút thuốc<br />
- Stop to talk: dừng lại <strong>đề</strong> nói chuyện<br />
Remember/forget/regret to V: nhớ/quên/tiếc sẽ phải làm gì (ở hiện tại - tương lai)<br />
Remember/forget/regret V-ing: nhớ/quên/hối tiếc đã làm gì (ở quá khứ)<br />
E.g: I regret to inform you that the train was cancelled. (Tôi rất tiếc phải báo tin cho anh rằng chuyến tàu<br />
đã bị hủy.)<br />
- She remembers seeing him. (Cô ấy nhớ đã gặp anh ấy.)<br />
Try to V: cố gắng làm gì<br />
Try V-ing: <strong>thử</strong> làm gì<br />
E.g: I try to pass the exam. (Tôi cố gắng vượt qua kỳ <strong>thi</strong>.)<br />
- You should try wearing <strong>thi</strong>s hat. (Bạn nên <strong>thử</strong> đội <strong>chi</strong>ếc mũ này.)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/9
Prefer V-ing to V-ing<br />
Prefer + to V + rather than (V)<br />
E.g: I prefer staying at home to going out.<br />
- I prefer to stay at home rather than go out.<br />
Mean to V: <strong>có</strong> ý định làm gì.<br />
Mean V-ing: Có nghĩa là gì.<br />
E.g: He doesn’t mean to prevent you from doing that. (<strong>Anh</strong> ấy không <strong>có</strong> ý ngăn cản bạn làm việc đó.)<br />
- This sign means not going into. (Biển báo này <strong>có</strong> ý nghĩa là không được đi vào trong.)<br />
Need to V: cần làm gì<br />
Need V-ing: cần được làm gì (= need to be done)<br />
E.g: I need to clean the house.<br />
- Your hair needs cutting. (= Your hair needs to be cut.)<br />
Used to V: đã từng/thường làm gì trong quá khứ (bây giờ không làm nữa)<br />
Be/Get used to V-ing: quen với việc gì (ở hiện tại)<br />
E.g: I used to get up early when I was young. (Tôi đã từng dậy sớm khi còn trẻ.)<br />
- I’m used to getting up early. (Tôi quen với việc dậy sớm rồi)<br />
Advise/ recommend /allow/permit + O + to V: khuyên/cho phép ai làm gì.<br />
Advise/ recommend /allow/permit + V-ing: khuyên/cho phép làm gì.<br />
E.g: They don’t allow us to go out.<br />
- They don’t allow going out.<br />
- We are allowed to go out. (bị động)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 9/9
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
13<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
trang<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. shortage B. storage C. garage D. encourage<br />
Question 2: A. eternal B. energy C. eradicate D. eliminate<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. medicine B. endanger C. addition D. survival<br />
Question 4: A. musician B. officer C. pianist D. triangle<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: There has been insufficient rainfall over the past two years, and farmers are having trouble.<br />
A. adequate B. unsatisfactory C. abundant D. dominant<br />
Question 6: She was so insubordinate that she lost her job wi<strong>thi</strong>n a week.<br />
A. fresh B. disobedient C. obedient D. understanding<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Help and supports are rapidly sent to wherever there are victims of catastrophe.<br />
A. sudden great disaster B. warfare<br />
C. poverty and famine D. diseases and illnesses<br />
Question 8: You must answer the police’s questions truthfully: otherwise, you will get into trouble.<br />
A. as trustingly as you can B. with a negative attitude<br />
C. in a harmful way D. exactly as <strong>thi</strong>ngs really happen<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Tom: “How did you get here?” - John: “ _________”<br />
A. The train is so crowded. B. I came here last night.<br />
C. I came here by train. D. Is it far from here?<br />
Question 10: Mai: “It’s been a tough couple of months, but I <strong>thi</strong>nk the worst is behind us now.”<br />
Nam: “ _________”<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 1/5
( PC WEB )<br />
A. Good! B. Good luck! C. Good morning. D. Goodness me!<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: His _________ and bad work led to his dismissal from the company.<br />
A. unpunctual B. unpunctuality C. inpunctual D. inpunctuality<br />
Question 12: The smell of the sea _________her <strong>chi</strong>ldhood.<br />
A. took her in B. took after C. took her back to D. took it for granted<br />
Question 13: Can you tell me who is responsible _________luggage?<br />
A. to check B. checking C. for checking D. about checking<br />
Question 14: Not only _________ the exam but she also got a scholarship.<br />
A. did she pass B. she passed C. she has passed D. has she passed<br />
Question 15: What made Mark _________ his family and his job? Where did he go and why?<br />
A. walk away on B. leave out at C. go off on D. walk out on<br />
Question 16: My mother has _________ for a bargain.<br />
A. a sharp ear B. a strong head C. a keen eye D. a keen ear<br />
Question 17: Despite all the interruptions, she _________ with her work.<br />
A. pressed on B. held on C. stuck at D. hung out<br />
Question 18: My grandfather is getting old and forgetful. _________, he is experienced.<br />
A. Be that as it may B. Regardless C. Inasmuch as it is D. Consequently<br />
Question 19: Rarely have I visited _________ Bangkok, the capital of Thailand.<br />
A. as a beautiful city as B. as beautiful a city as<br />
C. as beautiful as the city D. as a city as beautiful as<br />
Question 20. I read the essay again and again _________ avoiding making spelling mistakes.<br />
A. in terms of B. by means of C. with a view to D. in view of<br />
Question 21. Not until a monkey is several years old _________ to exhibit signs of independence from<br />
its mother.<br />
A. beginning B. does it begin C. and begin D. it begins<br />
Question 22. He suffered from depression _________ by overwork and ill-health.<br />
A. brought on B. coming about C. taken up D. pull through<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Easter is a holiday in late March or early April, the first Sunday after the first full moon after 21<br />
March. Many people (23) _________it with their family or have a short holiday/ vacation. It is also an<br />
important Christian festival. Easter Sunday, the day of the Resurrection, is the end of Lent (24)<br />
_________ the most important date in the Christian year. Many people who do not go to church at other<br />
times go on Easter Sunday. It was once common for people to wear new clothes to church on <strong>thi</strong>s day.<br />
Women wore new hats, called Easter bonnets. Today, people sometimes make elaborately decorated<br />
Trang 2/9
( PC WEB )<br />
Easter bonnets for fun. A few people send Easter cards with religious symbols on them or pictures of<br />
small <strong>chi</strong>ckens, lambs, rabbits and spring flowers, all traditionally associated (25) _________ Easter.<br />
The Friday before Easter Sunday is called Good Friday and is (26) _________ as the day Christ was<br />
crucified (= hanged on a cross to die). On Good Friday many people eat hot cross buns (= fruit buns<br />
decorated with a simple cross). The Monday after Easter is called Easter Monday. In Britain Good Friday<br />
and Easter Monday are both bank holidays. In the US, each company decides for itself (27) _________to<br />
close or remain open on those days.<br />
Question 23. A. take B. use C. spend D. expend<br />
Question 24. A. for B. as C. and D. nor<br />
Question 25. A. toward B. with C. to D. from<br />
Question 26. A. missed B. recalled C. reminded D. remembered<br />
Question 27. A. if B. how C. why D. whether<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
It is estimated that over 99 percent of all species that ever existed have become extinct. What causes<br />
extinction? When a species is no longer adapted to a changed environment, it may perish. The exact<br />
causes of a species' death vary from situation to situation. Rapid ecological change may render an<br />
environment hostile to a species. For example, temperatures may change and a species may not be able to<br />
adapt. Food Resources may be affected by environmental changes, which will then cause problems for a<br />
species requiring these resources. Other species may become better adapted to an environment, resulting<br />
in competition and, ultimately, in the death of a species.<br />
The fossil record reveals that extinction has occurred throughout the history of Earth. Recent<br />
analyses have also revealed that on some occasions many species became extinct at the same time - a<br />
mass extinction. One of the best-known examples of mass extinction occurred 65 million years ago with<br />
the demise of dinosaurs and many other forms of life. Perhaps the largest mass extinction was the one<br />
that occurred 225 million years ago. When approximately 95 percent of all species died, mass extinctions<br />
can be caused by a relatively rapid change in the environment and can be worsened by the close<br />
interrelationship of many species. If, for example, some<strong>thi</strong>ng were to happen to destroy much of the<br />
plankton in the oceans, then the oxygen content of Earth would drop, affection even organisms not living<br />
in the oceans. Such a change would probably lead to a mass extinction.<br />
One interesting, and controversial, finding is that extinctions during the past 250 million years have<br />
tended to be more intense every 26 million years. This periodic extinction might be due to intersection of<br />
the Earth’s orbit with a cloud of comets, but <strong>thi</strong>s theory is purely speculative. Some researchers have also<br />
speculated that extinction may often be random. That is, certain species may be eliminated and others<br />
may survive for no particular reason. A species’ survival may have no<strong>thi</strong>ng to do with its ability or<br />
inability to adapt. If so, some of evolutionary history may reflect a sequence of essentially random events.<br />
Question 28. The word “it” in paragraph 1 refers to _________<br />
A. environment B. species C. extinction D. 99 percent<br />
Question 29. What does the author say in paragraph 1 regarding most species in Earth’s history?<br />
A. They have remained basically unchanged from their original forms.<br />
B. They have been able to adapt to ecological changes.<br />
Trang 3/9
( PC WEB )<br />
C. They have caused rapid change in the environment.<br />
D. They are no longer in existence.<br />
Question 30. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 1 as resulting from rapid ecological<br />
change?<br />
A. Temperature changes B. Availability of food resources<br />
C. Introduction of new species D. Competition among species<br />
Question 31. The word “demise” in line 10 is closest in meaning to<br />
A. change B. recovery C. help D. death<br />
Question 32. Why is “plankton” mentioned in paragraph 2?<br />
A. To demonstrate the interdependence of different species<br />
B. To emphasize the importance of food resources in preventing mass extinction.<br />
C. To illustrate a comparison between oiganisms that live on the land and those that live in the ocean<br />
D. To point out that certain species could never become extinct.<br />
Question 33. Which of the following can be inferred from the theory of periodic extinction mentioned in<br />
paragraph 3?<br />
A. Many scientists could be expected to disagree with it<br />
B. Evidence to support the theory has recently been found.<br />
C. The theory is no longer seriously considered.<br />
D. Most scientists believe the theory to be accurate.<br />
Question 34. In paragraph 3, the author makes which of the following statements about a species’<br />
survival?<br />
A. It reflects the interrelationship of many species.<br />
B. It may depend on chance events.<br />
C. It does not vary greatly from species to species<br />
D. It is associated with astronomical conditions.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
A considerable body of research has demonstrated a correlation between birth order and aspects<br />
such as temperament and behavior, and some psychologists believe that birth order significantly affects<br />
the development of personality. Psychologist Alfred Adler was a pioneer in the study of the relationship<br />
between birth order and personality. A key point in his research and in the hypothesis that he developed<br />
based on it was that it was not the actual numerical birth position that affected personality; instead, it was<br />
the similar responses in large numbers of families to <strong>chi</strong>ldren in specific birth order positions that had an<br />
effect. For example, first - borns, who have their parents to themselves initially and do not have to deal<br />
with siblings in the first part of their lives, tend to have their first socialization experiences with adults<br />
and therefore tend to find the process of peer socialization more difficult. In contrast, later-born <strong>chi</strong>ldren<br />
have to deal with siblings from the first moment of their lives and therefore tend to have stronger<br />
socialization skills.<br />
Trang 4/9
Numerous studies since Adler’s have been conducted on the effect of birth order and personality.<br />
These studies have tended to classify birth order types into four different categories: first-born, secondborn<br />
and/or middle, last, and only <strong>chi</strong>ld.<br />
Studies have consistently shown that first-bom <strong>chi</strong>ldren tend to exhibit similar, positive and<br />
negative personality traits. First-borns have consistently been linked with academic a<strong>chi</strong>evement in<br />
various studies; in one study, the number of National Merit scholarship winners who are first - borns was<br />
found to be equal to the number of second - and <strong>thi</strong>rd-borns combined. First - borns have been found to<br />
be more responsible and assertive than those born in other birth-order positions and tend to rise to<br />
positions of leadership more often than others; more first - borns have served in the U.S. Congress<br />
and as U.S. presidents than have those born in other birth - order positions. However, studies have<br />
shown that first-borns tend to be more subject to stress and were considered problem <strong>chi</strong>ldren more often<br />
than later-borns.<br />
Second-born and/or middle <strong>chi</strong>ldren demonstrate markedly different tendencies from firstborns.<br />
They tend to feel inferior to the older <strong>chi</strong>ld or <strong>chi</strong>ldren because it is difficult for them to comprehend that<br />
their lower level of a<strong>chi</strong>evement is a function of age rather than ability, and they often try to succeed in<br />
areas other than those in which their older sibling or siblings excel. They tend to be more trusting,<br />
accepting, and focused on others than the more self-centered first-borns, and they tend to have a<br />
comparatively higher level of success in team sports than do first-borns or only <strong>chi</strong>ldren, who more often<br />
excel in individual sports.<br />
The last-born <strong>chi</strong>ld is the one who tends to be the eternal baby of the family and thus often exhibits<br />
a strong sense of security. Last-borns collectively a<strong>chi</strong>eve the highest degree of social success and<br />
demonstrate the highest levels of self - esteem of all the birth-order positions. They often exhibit less<br />
competitiveness than older brothers and sisters and are more likely to take part in less competitive group<br />
games or in social organizations such as sororities and fraternities.<br />
Only <strong>chi</strong>ldren tend to exhibit some of the main characteristics of first-borns and some of the<br />
characteristics of last-borns. Only <strong>chi</strong>ldren tend to exhibit the strong sense of security and selfesteem<br />
exhibited by last-borns while, like first-borns, they are more a<strong>chi</strong>evement oriented and more likely than<br />
middle-or last-borns to a<strong>chi</strong>eve academic success. However, only <strong>chi</strong>ldren tend to have the most problems<br />
establishing close relationships and exhibit a lower need for affiliation than other <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
Question 35. The word body in paragraph 1 could best be replaced by _________.<br />
A. corpse B. amount C. organization D. skeleton<br />
Question 36. The word it in paragraph 1 refers to _________.<br />
A. personality B. component C. research D. hypothesis<br />
Question 37. What is stated in paragraph 1 about Adler?<br />
A. He was one of the first to study the effect of birth order on personality.<br />
B. He believed that it was the actual birth order that affected personality.<br />
C. He had found that the responses by family members had little to do with personality.<br />
D. He was the only one to study birth order.<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. The word traits in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. stresses B. marks C. characteristics D. fears<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 5/9
Question 39. Which of the sentences below expresses the essential information in the bold sentence in<br />
paragraph 3? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information.<br />
A. In spite of certain characteristics that first-borns possess, many of them become leaders.<br />
B. An interesting fact that is difficult to explain is that many first-borns have served in high government<br />
positions.<br />
C. Because first-borns tend to be very assertive, they are uncomfortable serving in government<br />
positions.<br />
D. Several examples support the idea that first-borns have characteristics that make them leaders.<br />
Question 40: The word accepting in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. tolerant B. affectionate C. admissible D. respectable<br />
Question 41. Which of the following is NOT true?<br />
A. First-borns tend to do well in individual sports.<br />
B. Middle <strong>chi</strong>ldren tend to have a preference for team sports.<br />
C. Last-borns tend to prefer games with fierce competition.<br />
D. Only <strong>chi</strong>ldren tend to prefer individual over team sports.<br />
Question 42. Which of the following would be most likely to have a successful career but few close<br />
friendships?<br />
A. A second-born B. A middle <strong>chi</strong>ld C. A last-born D. An only <strong>chi</strong>ld<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: His dog was so fierce that nobody would visit him.<br />
A. He had a such fierce dog that nobody would visit him.<br />
B. He had so fierce a dog that nobody would visit him.<br />
C. He had a so fierce dog that nobody would visit him.<br />
D. His dog was too fierce to visit.<br />
Question 44: "If I were you, I’d buy that house." Ms. Hoa said to Ms. Lan.<br />
A. Ms. Hoa promised Ms. Lan that he would buy that house.<br />
B. Ms. Hoa advised Ms. Lan to buy that house.<br />
C. Ms. Hoa suggested Ms. Lan to buy that house.<br />
D. Ms. Hoa forced Ms. Lan to buy that house.<br />
Question 45: You needn’t hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.<br />
A. There is a delay of about two hours and therefore you mustn’t hurry.<br />
B. It is not possible for you to hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.<br />
C. It is not necessary for you to hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.<br />
D. You mustn’t hurry because there is a delay of about two hours.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 6/9
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) After writing it, the essay must (B) be duplicated by the student himself and handed (C)<br />
in to the department secretary before (D) the end of the month.<br />
Question 47: It is the (A) high time Tim (B) understands (C) how to behave properly (D) towards the old<br />
men.<br />
Question 48: She finds (A) the work she (B) has to do quite (C) easily; boredom is her (D) biggest<br />
problem.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: You’d better take the keys. It’s possible I’ll come home late.<br />
A. You’d better take the keys as I possibly come home late.<br />
B. You’d better take the keys in case I come home late.<br />
C. I’ll probably come home late so that you’d better take the keys.<br />
D. If I come home late, you’d better take the keys.<br />
Question 50: We chose to find a place for the night. We found the bad weather very inconvenient.<br />
A. Bad weather was approa<strong>chi</strong>ng, so we started to look for a place to stay.<br />
B. The bad weather prevented us from driving any further.<br />
C. Seeing that the bad weather had set in, we decided to find somewhere to spend the night.<br />
D. Because the climate was so severe, we were worried about what we’d do at night.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 7/9
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án C B A A A C A D C A<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án B C C A D C A A B C<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án B A C C B D D B D C<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án D A A B B C A C D A<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C D B B C A B C B C<br />
Question 9 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- Tom: “Bạn đã đến đó bằng phương tiện gì?”<br />
- John: “ _________ ”<br />
A. Tàu quá đông<br />
B. Tôi đến đây tối qua<br />
C. Tôi đến đây bằng tàu hỏa<br />
D. Nó ở xa đây đúng không?<br />
Note 36<br />
Hỏi về phương tiện: How do/does/did + you + go/travel...?<br />
Để trả <strong>lời</strong>, ta đùng: by bike (bằng xe đạp), by bus (bằng xe buýt), by train (bằng tàu hỏa), by motorbike<br />
(bằng xe máy), by car (bằng xe hơi), by plane (bằng máy bay), on foot (đi bộ)<br />
E.g: How do you go to school? (Bạn đi học bằng phương tiện gì?)<br />
- I walk to school (= I go to school on foot ~ Tôi đi bộ đến trường)<br />
Question 14 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Cấu trúc đảo ngữ với “not only”:<br />
- Not only + trợ động từ/ động từ to be + S + V .. .but + S + also + V... (không những .. ..mà còn....)<br />
E.g: Not only does he sing well but he also plays the piano perfectly.<br />
A, C sai cấu trúc<br />
D. sai “thì” của động từ<br />
Dịch: Cô ấy không những đã <strong>thi</strong> đậu mà còn được học bổng.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/9
Note 37<br />
Đảo ngữ với “not only, not until, not since, not a +N”<br />
E.g: Not until 11 o’clock will he come back. ~ It was not until 11 o’clock that he will come back. (Mãi<br />
cho đến 11 giờ thì anh ta mới về.)<br />
Not until he came home did he realize that he had lost his wallet. (Mãi cho đến khi anh ta về nhà thì<br />
anh ta mới nhận ta anh ta đã mất ví.)<br />
Not only does she sing beautifully but she can also play the guitar well. (Cô ta không những hát hay mà<br />
cô ta còn <strong>có</strong> thể chơi ghi-ta giỏi.)<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Đây là dạng rút gọn mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ ở bị động vì chủ ngữ là “the essay/ it” => dùng V pp<br />
Do đó: After writing it =>After being written<br />
Rút gọn mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng ngữ<br />
Note <strong>38</strong><br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trạng từ là mệnh <strong>đề</strong> nối nhau bằng các liên từ như when, because, while, after, before...<br />
+ Điều kiện rút gọn: Chủ ngữ 2 vế giống nhau<br />
+ Cách thức rút gọn:<br />
- Bỏ liên từ (hoặc để lại thì biến thành giới từ)<br />
- Chủ động thì đổi động từ thành Ving<br />
- Bị động thì dùng V pp (nhưng nếu giữ lại liên từ, hoặc <strong>có</strong> NOT thì phải để lại to be và thêm "ing" vào "to<br />
be": (being + V pp ) - ngoại trừ các liên từ "when, if, though" thì lại <strong>có</strong> thể bỏ luôn to be.<br />
- Đối với liên từ when, as (khi) mà động từ chính trong mệnh <strong>đề</strong> đó là to be + N và mang nghĩa “là” thì <strong>có</strong><br />
thể bỏ luôn "to be" mà giữ lại danh từ.<br />
E.g1: When I see him, I will give him <strong>thi</strong>s gift, (chủ động)<br />
When seeing him, I will give him <strong>thi</strong>s gift. (liên từ when <strong>có</strong> thể giữ lại)<br />
Seeing him, I will give him <strong>thi</strong>s gift. (bỏ liên từ when)<br />
E.g2: When I was given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy.<br />
When being given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy, (để lại liên từ when thì để lại to be =><br />
being V pp )<br />
When given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy, (nếu là liên từ when thì <strong>có</strong> thể bỏ “to be”)<br />
Given a watch by my mother, I felt very happy, (bỏ liên từ)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 9/9
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
14<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
trang<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. courage B. honour C. favour D. labour<br />
Question 2: A. inform B. situation C. dialogue D. signal<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. passion B. escape C. prefer D. review<br />
Question 4: A. auditory B. evidence C. currency D. distinguish<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Affluent families find it easier to support their <strong>chi</strong>ldren financially.<br />
A. Wealthy B. Well-off C. Privileged D. Impoverished<br />
Question 6: His friend’s thoughtless comments made him very angry.<br />
A. honest B. kind C. pleasant D. thoughtful<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: The conference was held with a view to laying down rules for the treatment and protection<br />
of the wounded and the disaster-stricken.<br />
A. establishing C. cancelling<br />
B. putting down D. putting aside.<br />
Question 8: My father is always bad-tempered when I leave my room untidy.<br />
A. feeling embarrassed B. talking too much<br />
C. very happy and satisfied D. easily annoyed or irritated<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Jane: “How about a game of cards?” - Mary: “ _________ ”<br />
A. Good idea. B. I’m afraid I do.<br />
C. No, it’s interesting, isn’t it? D. Sorry, I don’t like to work.<br />
Question 10: David: “Wait! I have some<strong>thi</strong>ng to do before we can go to the movies.”<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 1/5
( PC WEB )<br />
Mary: “ _________! We don’t have much time, honey.”<br />
A. Leave immediately B. Come on<br />
C. Come at once D. No way<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: How can the manager act _________no<strong>thi</strong>ng had happened?<br />
A. therefore B. so C. if D. as though<br />
Question 12: She used to work here as a nurse, _________she?<br />
A. did B. didn’t C. wouldn’t D. use<br />
Question 13: My wife was good enough to _________ my mistake.<br />
A. oversee B. overtake C. overdo D. overlook<br />
Question 14: Okay, I _________ the tickets if you buy the drinks.<br />
A. will buy B. buy C. would buy D. bought<br />
Question 15: If you are _________ with your goods, contact us wi<strong>thi</strong>n a week of receipt, and we will<br />
refund your money in full.<br />
A. not completely satisfied C. not completely satisfactory<br />
B. not completely satisfying D. not satisfied completely<br />
Question 16: I don’t remember _________ of your decision to change our plan.<br />
A. to tell B. being told C. telling D. to be told<br />
Question 17: I would sooner you _________your phone in the meeting.<br />
A. shouldn’t have used B. shouldn’t use C. not to use D. didn’t use<br />
Question 18: Never in my life _________ such an intelligent boy.<br />
A. I have met B. I haven’t met C. have I met D. haven’t I met<br />
Question 19: My mother usually buys her clothes _________. It’s cheaper than going to the dress maker.<br />
A. on the house B. off the peg C. in public D. on the shelf<br />
Question 20. Don’t worry about trying to catch last bus home, as we can easily _________ you up for the<br />
night.<br />
A. keep B. put C. take D. Set<br />
Question 21. We have a party tonight and Mary is worried about _________.<br />
A. what to wear B. which wearing C. these wearing D. that she wearing<br />
Question 22. The girl proposed that their group leader _________a camping trip.<br />
A. organized B. organize C. organizes D. organizing<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
In order that they could ensure higher (23) _________, TV producers have developed a whole new<br />
breed of programmes featuring real people. In Europe the most famous of these (24) _________reality<br />
Trang 2/10
( PC WEB )<br />
TV shows was probably Big Brothers, where 12 ordinaiy people volunteered to live under the watchful<br />
eye of TV cameras 24 hours a day. In America, the top show was Survivor, based on a similar concept, in<br />
which 16 constants are abandoned on a desert island. But the ultimate example of the genre must surely<br />
be The Osbournes, first (25) _________on MTV in 2002, in which the homelife of rock star Ozzy<br />
Osbourne and his family was laid bare to public scrutiny. Obsoume himself was already a (26)<br />
_________name as the former lead singer of the highly successful heavy-metal group, Black Sabbath,<br />
The show was described as a real-life sitcom because it (27) _________light on Ozzy’s softer, more<br />
humorous side. It revealed his devotion to his teenage kids, even though he was often heard yelling and<br />
swearing at them. The programme brought in millions for the Osbourne family and certainly blurred the<br />
boundaries between reality and television.<br />
Question 23. A. scores B. levels C. sequences D. ratings<br />
Question 24. A. so-called B. alleged C. renowned D. adept<br />
Question 25. A. played B. dubbed C. cast D. broadcast<br />
Question 26. A. common B. known C. household D. domestic<br />
Question 27. A. opened B. wound C. shed D. set<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Magazines have been a major growth area of popular in the 20 th century. Specialist magazines cater<br />
to every imaginable field and activity. In the United Kingdom, over 12,000 periodicals, magazines,<br />
bulletins, annuals, trade journals, and academic journals are published on a regular basis. There are some<br />
40 women’s magazines and over 60 dealing with particular sports games, hobbies, and pastimes.<br />
Although some US magazines, such as The Saturday Evening Post, has succumbed to the circulations,<br />
The Reader’s Digest over 16 million, the National Geographic over 10 million. For many people,<br />
magazines have been the most available and widely used form of continuing education, providing<br />
information about history, geography, literature, science, and the arts, and as well as guidance on<br />
gardening, cooking, home decorating, financial management, psychology, even marriage and family life.<br />
Until the rise of television, magazines were the most available form of cheap, convenient<br />
entertainment in the English-speaking world. Radio served a similar function, but it was more limited in<br />
what it could do. Magazines and television, however, both address the more powerful visual sense.<br />
During the <strong>thi</strong>rd quarter of the 20 th century, coincident with a dramatic rise in the popularity of television,<br />
many general-interest, especially illustrated magazines went out of business. The shift in attention of a<br />
mass audience from reading such magazines to wat<strong>chi</strong>ng television has been a major factor in <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
decline, but it is an implicit tribute to the older genre that its programs are generally organized in a single<br />
format and content.<br />
Question 28. The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to _________.<br />
A. television B. publishing<br />
C. entertainment D. radio<br />
Question 29. From the passage it can be inferred that _________.<br />
A. movies have replaced magazines<br />
B. the author is fond of magazines<br />
C. almost all magazines are printed in English<br />
Trang 3/10
D. home decorating magazines are dramatic<br />
Question 30. According to the passage, which of the following magazines is no longer printed?<br />
A. The Saturday Evening post C. The Nation<br />
B. The Reader’s Digest D. The National Geographic<br />
Question 31. Which of the following docs the author describe as limited in what it could do?<br />
A. radio B. magazines C. movies D. television<br />
Question 32. The word “succumbed” means _________.<br />
A. set up for B. brought up to<br />
C. taken up by D. given in to<br />
Question 33. What does the author say about mass audiences?<br />
A. They have little influence on communication in the 20 lh century.<br />
B. They have gone out of business.<br />
C. They get information about gardening and psychology from radio.<br />
D. They have shifted their attention from magazines to television.<br />
Question 34. The passage mainly discusses ________.<br />
A. the rise and fall of the radio business.<br />
B. the growth and decline of magazines in the 20th century.<br />
C. magazines and continuing education.<br />
D. the decline of international circulation.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Jazz has been called “the art of expression set to music”, and “America’s great contribution to<br />
music”. It has functioned as popular art and enjoyed periods of fairly widespread public response, in the<br />
“jazz age” of the 1920s, in the “swing era” of the late 1930s and in the peak popularity of modem jazz in<br />
the late 1950s. The standard legend about Jazz is that it originated around the end of the 19th century in<br />
New Orleans and moved up the Mississippi River to Memphis, St. Louis, and finally to Chicago. It<br />
welded together the elements of Ragtime, mar<strong>chi</strong>ng band music, and the Blues. However, the influences<br />
of what led to those early sounds go back to tribal African drum beats and European musical structures.<br />
Buddy Bolden, a New Orleans barber and comet player, is generally considered to have been the first real<br />
Jazz musician, around 1891.<br />
What made Jazz significantly different from the other earlier forms of music was the use of<br />
improvisation. Jazz displayed a break from traditional music where a composer wrote an entire piece of<br />
music on paper, leaving the musicians to break their backs playing exactly what was written on the score.<br />
In a Jazz piece, however, the song is simply a starting point, or sort of skeletal guide for the Jazz<br />
musicians to improvise around. Actually, many of the early Jazz musicians were bad sight readers and<br />
some couldn’t even read music at all. Generally speaking, these early musicians couldn’t make very much<br />
money and were stuck working menial jobs to make a living. The second wave of New Orleans Jazz<br />
musicians included such memorable players as Joe Oliver, Kid Ory, and Jelly Roll Morton. These men<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 4/10
formed small bands and took the music of earlier musicians, improved its complexity, and gained greater<br />
success. This music is known as "hot Jazz” due to the enormously fast speeds and rhythmic drive.<br />
A young comet player by the name of Louis Armstrong was discovered by Joe Oliver inNew<br />
Orleans. He soon grew up to become one of the greatest and most successful musicians of all time, and<br />
later one of the biggest stars in the world. The impact of Armstrong and other talented early Jazz<br />
musicians changed the way we look at music.<br />
Question 35. The passage answers which of the following questions?<br />
A. Why did Ragtime, mar<strong>chi</strong>ng band music, and the Blues lose popularity after about 1900?<br />
B. What were the origins of Jazz and how did it differ from other forms of music?<br />
C. What has been the greatest contribution of comet players to music in the twentieth century?<br />
D. Which early Jazz musicians most influenced the development of Blues music?<br />
Question 36. According to the passage, Jazz originated in _________.<br />
A. Chicago B. St. Louis<br />
C. along the Mississippi river D.New Orleans<br />
Question 37. Which of the following distinguished Jazz as a new form of musical expression?<br />
A. the use of comets B. “hot Jazz"<br />
C. improvisation D. New Orleans<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?<br />
A. many early Jazz musicians had poor sight<br />
B. there is no slow music in Jazz<br />
C. many early Jazz musicians had little formal musical training<br />
D. the comet is the most common musical instrument used in Jazz<br />
Question 39. The word “menial” in line 14 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. mean B. attractive C. degrading D. skilled<br />
Question 40. According to the passage, which of the following belonged to the second wave of New<br />
Orleans Jazz musicians?<br />
A. Louis Armstrong B. Buddy Bolden<br />
C. St. Louis D. Joe Oliver<br />
Question 41. All of the following are true EXCEPT _________.<br />
A. the late 1930s was called the “swing era”<br />
B. “hot Jazz” is rhythmic<br />
C. Jazz has been said to be America’s greatest contribution to music<br />
D. Joe Oliver is generally considered to be the first real Jazz musician<br />
Question 42. The word “its” in line 16 refers to _________.<br />
A. small bands B. earlier music C. men D. earlier musicians<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 5/10
( PC WEB )<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: Although he was very tired, he agreed to help me with my homework.<br />
A. Tired as he was, he agreed to help me with my homework.<br />
B. Despite being very tired, but he agreed to help me with my homework.<br />
C. Tired though he was, but he agreed to help me with my homework.<br />
D. As tired as was he, he agreed to help me with my homework.<br />
Question 44: Why don’t you get your hair cut, Nam?” said Hung.<br />
A. Hung advised Nam to cut his hair.<br />
B. Nam was suggested to cut his hair.<br />
C. It was suggestablc that Hung get Nam’s hair cut.<br />
D. Hung suggested that Nam should have his hair cut.<br />
Question 45: Kelly ran into her former teacher on the way to the cinema yesterday.<br />
A. Kelly caused an accident to her teacher while she was going to the cinema.<br />
B. Kelly’s car ran over her teacher on the way to the cinema.<br />
C. Kelly happened to meet her teacher while she was going to the cinema.<br />
D. Kelly’s teacher got run over whole she was going to the cinema.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) Before the invention of (B) the printing press, books (C) have been all printed (D) by<br />
hand.<br />
Question 47: The (A) better you (B) are at English, (C) more opportunities you have to get (D) a wellpaid<br />
job in <strong>thi</strong>s country.<br />
Question 48: Mrs. Mai, (A) along with (B) her friends from Vietnam, (C) are planning (D) to attend the<br />
festival.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: He has been studying English for many years. He should have realized sooner that his<br />
grammar was incorrect.<br />
A. He has been studying English for many years to have soon realized that his grammar was incorrect.<br />
B. He has been studying English for many years that he should have realized sooner that his grammar<br />
was incorrect.<br />
C. No sooner has he been studying English for many years than he should have realized that his<br />
grammar was incorrect.<br />
D. Though he has been studying English for many years, he did not realize sooner that his grammar<br />
was incorrect.<br />
Question 50: Colour is an important facet of nature. It influences the life of almost every creature.<br />
Trang 6/10
A. Influencing the life of almost every creature in nature, colour is important.<br />
B. Colour influencing the life of almost every creature being an important facet of nature.<br />
C. Colour, which is an important facet of nature, influencing the life of almost every creature.<br />
D. Colour, which is an important facet of nature, influences the life of almost every creature.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 7/10
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A C A D D D A D A B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D B D A A B D C B B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án A B D A D C C D B A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án A D D B B D C C C D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D B A D C C C C D D<br />
Question 11 Chọn đáp án D<br />
- therefore: Vì thế, do đó, cho nên<br />
- so: vì thế, vì vậy<br />
- if: nếu<br />
- as though: như thế là<br />
Dịch: Sao trưởng phòng <strong>có</strong> thể hành động như thể chưa <strong>có</strong> chuyện gì xảy ra chứ?<br />
+ Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> sau as though là mệnh <strong>đề</strong> không <strong>có</strong> thật<br />
Note 39<br />
+ Nếu động từ ở mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trước <strong>chi</strong>a ở thời hiện tại đơn giản thì động từ ở mệnh <strong>đề</strong> sau thường <strong>chi</strong>a ở quá<br />
khứ đơn.<br />
E.g: He acts as though he were rich. (<strong>Anh</strong> ta cứ làm như thể là anh ta giàu <strong>có</strong> lắm) (He is not rich infact)<br />
+ Nếu động từ ở mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trước <strong>chi</strong>a ở quá khứ đơn thì động từ ở mệnh <strong>đề</strong> sau <strong>chi</strong>a ở quá khử hoàn thành.<br />
E.g: Jeff looked as though he had seen a ghost. (Trông Jeff như thể anh ta vừa gặp ma) (He didn’t see a<br />
ghost)<br />
Question 15 Chọn đáp án A<br />
- satisfied with somebody/some<strong>thi</strong>ng: hài lòng với ai đó/cái gì đó<br />
E.g: She’s never satisfied with what she’s got.<br />
Note 40<br />
Vị trí của trạng từ trong câu:<br />
Trước động từ thường<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/10
E.g: They often get up at 6 a.m.<br />
Giữa trợ động từ và động từ thường<br />
E.g: I have recently finished my homework.<br />
Sau động từ thường:<br />
E.g: She is singing loudly.<br />
Sau động từ to be/seem/look...và trước tính từ<br />
Cấu trúc: be/feel/look... + adv + adj<br />
E.g: She is very nice.<br />
Sau “too”: V + too + adv<br />
E.g: The teacher speaks too quickly.<br />
Trước “enough” : V + adv + enough<br />
E.g: The teacher speaks slowly enough for US to understand.<br />
Trong cấu trúc so....that: V + so + adv + that<br />
E.g: Jack drove so fast that he caused an accident.<br />
Đứng đầu câu, giữa câu hoặc cuối câu<br />
E.g: The teacher carefully marked all the incorrect sentences on the blackboard. (Thầy giáo cẩn thận đánh<br />
dấu mọi câu sai trên bảng đen.)<br />
Certainly, they will be here <strong>thi</strong>s afternoon.<br />
He fulfilled the work completely well.<br />
Trạng từ bổ nghĩa cho động từ gần nhất<br />
E.g: They secretly decided to leave the town. (Họ bí mật quyết định rời khỏi thị trấn)<br />
quyết định một cách bí mật.<br />
They decided to leave the town secretly. (Họ quyết định rời khỏi thị trấn một cách bí mật.)<br />
Question 18 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Câu đảo ngữ với Never: Never + trợ động từ + S + V<br />
E.g: She had never experienced <strong>thi</strong>s exhilarating emotion in her life. => Never in her life had she<br />
experienced <strong>thi</strong>s exhilarating emotion.<br />
Dịch: Chưa bao giờ trong cuộc đời tôi, tôi gặp một cậu bé thông minh đến thế.<br />
Note 41<br />
Đảo ngữ với các trạng từ phủ định (negative adverbials)<br />
Never (before), rarely, seldom, barely/ hardly/ scarcely ...when/ before, no sooner...than, nowhere,<br />
neither, nor<br />
E.g: Never (before) have I eaten <strong>thi</strong>s kind of food. (Trước đây tôi chưa bao giờ ăn loại thức ăn này.)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 9/10
Hardly/ Barely/ Scarcely had she left here when he arrived. (Cô ấy vừa mới rời khỏi đây thì anh ta đến.)<br />
Question 21 Chọn đáp án A<br />
Cấu trúc: từ để hỏi + to V<br />
Dịch: Chúng tôi <strong>có</strong> một bữa tiệc tối nay và Mary đang lo lắng về việc mặc cái gì.<br />
Note 42<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh ngữ là mệnh <strong>đề</strong> bắt đầu bàng if, whether và các từ để hỏi (what, why, when, where,...)<br />
hoặc “that”<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh ngữ đóng vai trò như một danh từ; do đó, mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh ngữ <strong>có</strong> thể làm chủ ngữ hay bổ<br />
ngữ tùy thuộc vào vị trí mệnh <strong>đề</strong> trong cảu<br />
E.g: + That she comes late surprises me. (Việc cô ấy đến muộn làm tôi ngạc nhiên)<br />
+ I don’t know what he wants. (Tôi không biết anh ấy muốn gì)<br />
- Dạng rút gọn của mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh ngữ: S + V + từ để hỏi (what, where, when, how...) + to V<br />
- Mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh ngữ <strong>có</strong> thể được rút gọn khi mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh ngữ giữ chức năng bổ ngữ, mệnh <strong>đề</strong> chính và<br />
mệnh <strong>đề</strong> danh ngữ <strong>có</strong> cùng chủ ngữ.<br />
E.g: I can’t decide whether I will leave or stay. => I can’t decide whether to leave or stay.<br />
Question 48 Chọn đáp án C<br />
- Nếu trong câu <strong>có</strong> 2 chủ ngữ được nối với nhau bởi “along with” thì <strong>chi</strong>a động từ theo chủ ngữ thứ nhất.<br />
E.g: Nam, along with his friends is going on holiday in Ha Long Bay.<br />
His friends, along with Nam are going on holiday in Ha Long Bay.<br />
Do đó: are => is<br />
- Either... or, neither... nor,...<br />
Note 43<br />
Nếu hai danh từ nối với nhau bằng cấu trúc: either... or; neither... nor, or. not only... but also... thì động<br />
từ <strong>chi</strong>a theo danh từ phía sau or, nor, but also<br />
E.g: Either the students or the teacher comes here.<br />
- As well as, together with, with, along with, accompanied by<br />
Các danh từ nối nhau bằng: as well as, with, together with, along with, accompanied by thì <strong>chi</strong>a động từ<br />
theo danh từ đầu tiên<br />
E.g: Mary, along with her manager and some friends, is going to a party tonight, (<strong>chi</strong>a theo Mary)<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 10/10
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
15<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. mechanic B. parachute C. chemistry D. character<br />
Question 2: A. sugar B. season C. serious D. secret<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. untrustworthy B. diversity C. encouraging D. inattentive<br />
Question 4: A. uncertain B. arrogant C. familiar D. impatient<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Names of people in the newspaper were changed to preserve anonymity.<br />
A. reveal B. conserve C. cover D. presume<br />
Question 6: There are several different kinds of faults in reading which are usually more exaggerated<br />
with foreign learners.<br />
A. overestimated B. understated C. overemphasized D. undertaken<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: The teacher gave some hints on what could come out for the examination.<br />
A. effects B. symptoms C. suggestions D. demonstrations<br />
Question 8: Relaxation therapy teaches us not to fret over small problems in life.<br />
A. get involved in B. worry about C. look for D. get angry about<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Hoa: “Well, I hope you enjoyed your meal.” - Mai: “_________”<br />
A. Oh, absolutely delicious. B. No problem.<br />
C. Yes, that’s very interesting. D. Yeah, that’s right.<br />
Question 10: Linda: “Do you have a minute?” - Tim: “_________”<br />
A. Sorry, I haven’t got it here. B. Well. I’m not sure when.<br />
C. Good, I hope so. D. Sure. What’s problem?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: It was _________we couldn’t stop laughing.<br />
A. such a funny story that B. so a funny story that<br />
C. a very funny story that D. so a laughing story that<br />
Question 12: How well people remember <strong>thi</strong>ngs _________on many different factors.<br />
Trang 1/5
( PC WEB )<br />
A. depends B. depended C. depending D. depend<br />
Question 13: I <strong>thi</strong>nk the _________<strong>thi</strong>ng would be to catch a bus home. I'm tired of walking.<br />
A. sensitive B. sensational C. sensible D. senseless<br />
Question 14: Mai’s encouraging words gave me _________ to undertake the demanding task once again.<br />
A. an incentive B. a resolution C. a point D. a target<br />
Question 15: Everyone knows about pollution problems, but not many people have _________ any<br />
solutions.<br />
A. come up with B. thought over C. got round to D. looked into<br />
Question 16: In most _________developed countries, over 50% of _________ population attends higher<br />
education at some time in their lives.<br />
A. 0/0 B. the / 0 C. 0 / the D. the/a<br />
Question 17: _________ calculations have shown that the earth’s resources may run out before the end<br />
of the next century.<br />
A. Crude B. Blunt C. Rude D. Raw<br />
Question 18: I walked away as calmly as I could. _________, they would have thought I was a <strong>thi</strong>ef.<br />
A. If so B. Or else C. In case D. Owing to<br />
Question 19: After the flood, all the drains were overflowing _________ storm water.<br />
A. with B. by C. from D. for<br />
Question 20: The total cost to renovate the building was $20 million, _________ double the original<br />
estimate.<br />
A. mostly B. most all C. the most D. almost<br />
Question 21. In my opinion, the changes to our education system have been to good _________.<br />
A. outcome B. upshot C. influence D. effect<br />
Question 22. He expects that the new trend will soon ___________here.<br />
A. take up B. catch up C. catch on D. identify with<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Mobile phones emit microwave radio emissions. Researchers are questioning whether exposure to<br />
these radio waves might (23) _________ to brain cancer. So far, the data are not conclusive. The<br />
scientific evidence does not enable us to say with certainly that mobile phones are categorically (24)<br />
_________. On the other hand, current research has not yet proved clear adverse effect associated with<br />
the prolonged use of mobile phones.<br />
Numerous studies are now going on in various countries. Some of the results are contradictory but<br />
others have shown an association between mobile phone use and cancer. (25) _________, these studies<br />
are preliminary and the issue needs further, long - term investigation.<br />
(26) _________ the scientific data is more definite, it is prudent for people to try not to use mobile<br />
phones for long periods of time. Don’t <strong>thi</strong>nk that hands free phones are any safer either. At the moment,<br />
research is in fact showing the (27) _________ and they may be just as dangerous. It is also thought that<br />
young people whose bodies are still growing may be at particular risk.<br />
Question 23. A. cause B. bring C. produce D. lead<br />
Question 24. A. risky B. secure C. unhealthy D. safe<br />
Question 25. A. While B. Though C. Additionally D. However<br />
Trang 2/20
Question 26. A. Until B. When C. Provide D. As<br />
Question 27. A. way B. truth C. opposite D. fact<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Though Edmund Halley was very famous because of his a<strong>chi</strong>evements as an astronomer, he was a<br />
scientist of diverse interests and great skill. In addition to studying the skies, Halley was also deeply<br />
interested in exploring the unknown depths of the oceans. One of his lesser-known accomplishments that<br />
were quite remarkable was his design for a diving bell that facilitated exploration of the watery depths.<br />
The diving bell that Halley designed had a major advantage over the diving bells that were in use<br />
prior to his. Earlier diving bells could only make use of the air contained wi<strong>thi</strong>n the bell itself, so divers<br />
had to surface when the air inside the bell ran low. Halley’s bell was an improvement in that its design<br />
allowed for an additional supply of fresh air that enabled a crew of divers to remain underwater for<br />
several hours.<br />
The diving contraption that Halley designed was in the shape of a bell that measured three feet<br />
across the top and five feet across the bottom and could hold several divers comfortably; it was open at<br />
the bottom so that divers could swim in and out at will. The bell was built of wood, which was first<br />
heavily tarred to make it water repellent and was then covered with a half-ton sheet of lead to make the<br />
bell heavy enough to sink in water. The bell shape held air inside for the divers to breathe as the bell sank<br />
to the bottom.<br />
The air inside the bell was not the only source of air for the divers to breathe, and it was <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
improvement that made Halley’s bell superior to its predecessors. In addition to the air already in the bell,<br />
air was also supplied to the divers from a lead barrel that was lowered to the ocean floor close to the bell<br />
itself. Air flowed through a leather pipe from the lead barrel on the ocean floor to the bell. The diver<br />
could breathe the air from a position inside the bell, or he could move around outside the bell wearing a<br />
diving suit that consisted of a lead bell-shaped helmet with a glass viewing window and a leather body<br />
suit, with a leather pipe carrying fresh air from the diving bell to the helmet.<br />
Question 28: The subject of the preceding passage was most likely Halley’s _________.<br />
A. <strong>chi</strong>ldhood B. invention of the diving bell<br />
C. work as an astronomer D. many different interests<br />
Question 29: Halley’s bell was better than its predecessors because it _________.<br />
A. was bigger B. weighed less<br />
C. could rise more quickly D. provided more air<br />
Question 30: The expression “ran low” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to<br />
A. sank to the bottom B. had been replenished<br />
C. was almost exhausted D. move slowly<br />
Question 31: How long could divers stay underwater in Halley’s bell?<br />
A. Only a few minutes B. Just a few seconds<br />
C. For hours at a time D. For days on end<br />
Question 32: It is NOT stated in the passage that Halley’s bell _________.<br />
A. could hold more than one diver B. was made of tarred wood<br />
C. was completely enclosed D. was wider at the top than at the bottom<br />
Question 33: The expression “at will” in paragraph 3 could best be replaced by _________.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 3/20
( PC WEB )<br />
A. upside down B. with great speed C. as they wanted D. in the future<br />
Question 34: It can be inferred from the passage that, if Halley’s' bell not covered with lead, it would<br />
_________.<br />
A. trap the divers B. suffocate the divers<br />
C. get wet D. float<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Desertification is the degradation of once-productive land into unproductive or poorly productive<br />
land. Since the first great urban-agricultural centers in Mesopotamia nearly 6,000 years ago, human<br />
activity has had a destructive impact on soil quality, leading to gradual desertification in virtually every<br />
area of the world.<br />
It is a common misconception that desertification is caused by droughts. Although drought does<br />
make land more vulnerable, well-managed land can survive droughts and recover, even in arid regions.<br />
Another mistaken belief is that the process occurs only along the edges of deserts. In fact, it may take<br />
place in any arid or semiarid region, especially where poor land management is practised. Most<br />
vulnerable, however, are the transitional zones between deserts and arable land; wherever human activity<br />
leads to land abuse in these fragile marginal areas, soil destruction is inevitable.<br />
Agriculture and overgrazing are the two major sources of desertification. Large-scale farming<br />
requires extensive irrigation, which ultimately destroys lands by depleting its nutrients and lea<strong>chi</strong>ng<br />
minerals into the topsoil. Grazing is especially destructive to land because, in addition to depleting cover<br />
vegetation, herds of grazing mammals also trample the fine organic particles of the topsoil, leading to soil<br />
compaction and erosion. It takes about 500 years for the earth to build up 3 centimeters of topsoil.<br />
However, cattle ran<strong>chi</strong>ng and agriculture can deplete as much as 2 to 3 centimeters of topsoil every 25<br />
years- 60 to 80 times faster than it can be replaced by nature.<br />
Salinization is a type of land degradation that involves an increase in the salt content of the soil.<br />
This usually occurs as a result of improper irrigation practices. The greatest Mesopotamian empires-<br />
Sumer, Akkad and Babylon- were built on the surplus of the enormously productive soil of the ancient<br />
Tigris-Euphrates alluvial plain. After nearly a thousand years of intensive cultivation, land quality was in<br />
evident decline. In response, around 2800 BC the Sumerians began digging the huge Tigris-Euphrates<br />
canal system to irrigate the exhausted soil. A temporary gain in crop yield was a<strong>chi</strong>eved in <strong>thi</strong>s way, but<br />
over-irrigation was to have serious and unforeseen consequences. From as early as 2400 BC we find<br />
Sumerian documents referring to salinization as a soil problem. It is believed that the fall of the Akkadian<br />
Empire around 2150 BC may have been due to a catastrophic failure in land productivity; the soil was<br />
literally turned into salt. Even today, four thousand years later, vast tracks of salinized land between the<br />
Tigris and Euphrates rivers still resemble rock-hard fields of snow.<br />
Soil erosion is another form of desertification. It is a self-reinforcing process; once the cycle of<br />
degradation begins, conditions are set for continual deterioration. As the vegetative cover begins to<br />
disappear, soil becomes more vulnerable to raindrop impact. Water runs off instead of soaking in to<br />
provide moisture for plans. This further diminishes plan cover by lea<strong>chi</strong>ng away nutrients from the soil.<br />
As soil quality declines and runoff is increased, floods become more frequent and more severe. Flooding<br />
washes away topsoil, the <strong>thi</strong>n, rich, uppermost layer of the earth’s soil, and leaves finer underlying<br />
particles more vulnerable to wind erosion. Topsoil contains the earth’s greatest concentration of organic<br />
matter and microorganisms, and is where most of the earth’s land-based biological activity occurs.<br />
Without <strong>thi</strong>s fragile coat of nutrient-laden material, plan life cannot exist. An extreme case of its erosion<br />
Trang 4/20
( PC WEB )<br />
is found in the Sahel, a transitional zone between the Sahara Desert and the tropical African rain forests;<br />
home to some 56 million people. Overpopulation and overgrazing have opened the hyperarid land to wind<br />
erosion, which is stripping away the protective margin of the Sahel, and causing the desert to grow at an<br />
alarming rate. Between 1950 and 1975, the Sahara Desert spread 100 kilometers southward through the<br />
Sahel.<br />
Question 35: Which of the following statements is true about desertification?<br />
A. It was just as serious in the past as it is today.<br />
B. Ancient societies managed the problem well.<br />
C. It is a fairly recent problem.<br />
D. It has a history as long as that of civilization.<br />
Question 36: The word “arable” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. populated B. settled C. cultivatable D. dry<br />
Question 37: According to the passage, many people’s understanding of desertification is incorrect<br />
because _________.<br />
A. they do not see it as being caused by human activity<br />
B. they see it as being reversible<br />
C. they <strong>thi</strong>nk of it as a very slow process<br />
D. they do not <strong>thi</strong>nk of it as a serious problem<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The word “compaction” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. depletion B. compression C. disruption D. fragmentation<br />
Question 39: According to the passage, agriculture furthers desertification through which of the<br />
following activities<br />
A. Over fertilization<br />
B. The repetitive planting of the same crops<br />
C. The stripping away of native vegetation<br />
D. Irrigation<br />
Question 40: The word “degradation” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. contribution B. rejuvenation C. consumption D. deterioration<br />
Question 41: Paragraph 4 of the passage serves mainly to do which of the following?<br />
A. Propose a method for dealing with the desertification problem.<br />
B. Describe the main cause of desertification in one particular area<br />
C. Describe one process that leads to desertification<br />
D. Show the progress of desertification down through history<br />
Question 42: The word “lea<strong>chi</strong>ng” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to _________.<br />
A. washing B. depositing C. dispersing D. concentrating<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: As soon as we arrived at the beach, it started to rain.<br />
A. We had no sooner arrived at the beach, it started to rain.<br />
B. No sooner had we arrived at the beach than it started to rain.<br />
C. We had hardly arrived at the beach, it started to rain.<br />
Trang 5/20
D. It started to rain when arriving at the beach.<br />
Question 44: No one has ever seen the old woman again since then.<br />
A. The old woman has not been seen again by no one since then.<br />
B. The old woman has never seen anyone since then.<br />
C. The old woman was not seen by anyone since then.<br />
D. The old woman has never been seen again since then.<br />
Question 45: I found myself at a loss to understand my closest friend’s words.<br />
A. I understood my closest friend’s words completely.<br />
B. I found my closest friend’s words easy to understand.<br />
C. I lost heart and didn’t understand my closest friend’s words<br />
D. I found my closest friend’s words quite incomprehensible.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Your trip (A) to Ho Chi Minh City (B) sounds absolutely (C) fascinated. I’d love to go (D)<br />
there.<br />
Question 47: Food prices have (A) raised (B) so rapidly in the past few months (C) that some families<br />
have been (D) forced to alter their eating habits.<br />
Question 48: (A) On the way back home from the library, we saw (B) two of our classmates (C) to cycle<br />
(D) side by side.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: She was the first woman in the Philippines. She was elected as the president of the country.<br />
A. She was the first woman to be elected as the president of the Philippines.<br />
B. She was the first woman who is elected as the president of the Philippines.<br />
C. She was the first woman being elected as the president of the Philippines.<br />
D. She was the first woman elected as the president of the Philippines.<br />
Question 50: The <strong>thi</strong>ef changed his address all the time. He didn’t want the police to find him.<br />
A. The <strong>thi</strong>ef changed his address all the time in order not want the police to find him.<br />
B. The <strong>thi</strong>ef changed his address all the time so as to want the police not to find him.<br />
C. The <strong>thi</strong>ef changed his address all the time as so that the police didn’t find him.<br />
D. The <strong>thi</strong>ef changed his address all the time in order for the police not to find him.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 6/20
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án B A D B A B C B A D<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án A A C A A C A B A D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D C D D D A C C D C<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án C C C D D C A B D D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C A B D D C A C A D<br />
Question 46 Chọn đáp án C<br />
Vì cụm danh từ làm chức năng chủ ngữ trong câu này là “Your trip to Ho Chi Minh City” nên tính từ phía<br />
sau phải tận cùng đuôi “ing” để miêu tả bản chất của chuyến đi.<br />
Do đó: fascinated => fascinating<br />
Dịch: Chuyến du lịch của bạn đến thành phố Hồ Chí Minh nghe <strong>có</strong> vẻ rất thú vị. Tôi rất muốn đến đó.<br />
Tính từ 2 mặt (-ing và - ed):<br />
Note 44<br />
Tính từ 2 mặt tận cùng bằng “ing” và “ed” <strong>đề</strong>u là những tính từ miêu tả. Chúng cùng bổ nghĩa cho danh<br />
từ, đại từ, cụm danh từ. Chúng được thành lập bằng cách thêm “ed” và “ing” vào sau động từ.<br />
- V-ing adj: mang nghĩa chủ động. Chúng thường diễn tả bản chất của sự việc. Thường thì chúng miêu<br />
tả về sự vật nhiều hơn là về người.<br />
E.g: It’s an interesting film (Đó là một bộ phim hay)<br />
I find <strong>thi</strong>s book boring. (Tôi cảm thấy quyển sách này nhàm chán.)<br />
- V-ed adj: mang nghĩa bị động, tính chất của sự vật <strong>có</strong> được do tác động khách quan từ bên<br />
ngoài.Tính từ này thường là những tính từ nói về cảm xúc của con người, trạng thái tinh thần hay các<br />
phản ứng của tình cảm đối với một sự viêc gì đó. Theo sau tính từ tận cùng bằng “ed” thường ta thường<br />
thấy xuất hiện các giới từ. (thường được dùng với chủ ngữ là người)<br />
E.g: I am bored with <strong>thi</strong>s film. (Tôi thấy chán với bộ phim này.)<br />
Question 50 Chọn đáp án D<br />
“Tên trộm luôn thay đổi địa chỉ. <strong>Anh</strong> ấy không muốn cảnh sát tìm thấy mình.”<br />
Cấu trúc: - so as to/ in order to + V (bare- inf)<br />
E.g: I get up early in order to/ so as to go to school on time.<br />
- in order for o + (not) to V (inf): để cho ai (không) làm gì đó<br />
A, B, C sai cấu trúc<br />
Lưu ý: sau “so as to/ in order to” không đi kèm với động từ “want”<br />
Dịch: Tên trộm luôn thay đổi địa chỉ để cho cảnh sát không tìm ra mình.<br />
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 7/20
Note 45<br />
SỰ KẾT HỢP TỪ VỚI CÁC DANH TỪ THÔNG DỤNG<br />
Advice<br />
- follow/ take/ listen to/get on sb’s advice (nghe theo <strong>lời</strong> khuyên của ai)<br />
- get/ obtain/ receive advice (nhận <strong>lời</strong> khuyên)<br />
Bill<br />
- pay/ settle/ pick up a bill (trả một hóa đơn)<br />
- be landed with/ face a bill (chịu một hóa đơn)<br />
- an unpaid bill (một hóa đơn chưa thanh toán)<br />
Career<br />
- at the height/ peak of one’s carreer (ở đỉnh cao sự nghiệp)<br />
- embark on a career (dấn thân vào một nghề)<br />
- have a careeer in (<strong>có</strong> sự nghiệp trong lĩnh vực)<br />
- climb the career ladder (thăng tiến nghề nghiệp)<br />
- week/ ruin one’s career (hủy hoại sự nghiệp của mình)<br />
- a promising/ brilliant career (sự nghiệp đầy hứa hẹn)<br />
Chance<br />
- get/have a chance (<strong>có</strong> cơ hội)<br />
- give/ offer/ provide a chance (tạo cơ hội)<br />
- jump at/ seize/ grab a chance (nắm lấy cơ hội)<br />
- not stand a chance of doing sth (không <strong>có</strong> khả năng làm gì)<br />
- sheer/ pure chance (sự tình cờ hoàn toàn)<br />
- good/ fair/ high/strong chance (khả năng cao)<br />
- minimal/ slight/ little chance (khả năng mong manh)<br />
Demand<br />
- meet/ satisfy/cope with a demand (đáp ứng/ thỏa mãn nhu cầu)<br />
- increase/ boost/ stimulate demand (tăng nhu cầu)<br />
- big/ huge/ great/ considerable/ enormous/ strong demand (nhu cầu lớn/ cao)<br />
Difference<br />
- make a difference (tạo ra/ mang sự khác biệt)<br />
- make all the difference (thay đổi lớn)<br />
- tell the difference (phân biệt)<br />
- feel/ know/ notice/ see/ perceive/ the difference (cảm nhận, nhận thức sự khác biệt)<br />
- considerable/ enormous/ profound/ dramatic/ sharp difference (sự khác biệt đáng kể, rõ rệt)<br />
- with a difference (đặc biệt khác thường)<br />
Difficulty<br />
- have/ experience/ encounter/ face/ get into/ run into difficulties (gặp khó khăn)<br />
- do sth with/ without difficulty (làm gì một cách khó khăn/ dễ dàng)<br />
- solve/ cope with/ deal with difficulties (<strong>giải</strong> quyết khó khăn)<br />
- overcome/ surmount difficulties (vượt qua khó khăn)<br />
Trang 8/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- great/ enormous/ considerabke/ serious difficulty (khó khăn lớn, nghiêm trọng)<br />
Fault<br />
- find/ locate/ identify/ discover fault (tìm lỗi)<br />
- correct/ fix/ repair/ recify a fault (sữa chữa một lỗi)<br />
- be all/ entirely one’s own fault (hoàn toàn do lỗi của ai)<br />
- be hardly one’s own fault (hầu như không phải lỗi của ai)<br />
- at fault (chịu trách nhiệm về một sai lầm)<br />
Favour<br />
- do sb a favour (làm giúp ai điều gì)<br />
- ask a favour (hỏi xin một ân huệ)<br />
- owe sb a favour (mang ơn ai)<br />
- return a favour (đáp lại một ân huệ)<br />
- find/ gain/ win favour (<strong>có</strong> được sự ủng hộ)<br />
- in favour of sth (ủng hộ, tán thành cái gì)<br />
Habit<br />
- be in/ have the habit of (<strong>có</strong> thói quen)<br />
- form/ get into/ fall into/ make/ develop/ acquire a habit (hình thành, tạo thành một thói quen)<br />
- change a habit (thay đổi một thói quen)<br />
- break/ give up/ get out of a habit (bỏ một thói quen)<br />
- by habit (do thói quen)<br />
- out of habit (vì thói quen)<br />
Measure<br />
- adopt/ take/ implement/ impose/ inưoduce a measure (thực hiện/ áp dụng một <strong>giải</strong> pháp)<br />
- appropriate/ effective/ necessary/ practical measure (<strong>giải</strong> pháp thích hợp/ hiệu quả/ cần <strong>thi</strong>ết thực tế)<br />
- short-term/ temporary measure (<strong>giải</strong> pháp tạm thời)<br />
Occupation<br />
- follow/ take up an occupation (theo một nghề)<br />
- choose an occupation (chọn một nghề)<br />
- give up one’s occupation (bỏ nghề)<br />
Opportunity<br />
- have/ find/ get an opportunity (<strong>có</strong>/ tìm được một cơ hội)<br />
- have ample/ considerable/ plenty of opportunity (<strong>có</strong> nhiều cơ hội)<br />
- have limited/ little/ not much opportunity (<strong>có</strong> ít cơ hội)<br />
- a good/ great/ wonderful/ golden opportunity (cơ hội tốt, cơ hội tuyệt vời, cơ hội vàng)<br />
Problem .<br />
- encounter/ be faced with/ confront/ be confronted with/ face a problem (gặp phải một vấn <strong>đề</strong>)<br />
- solve/ deal with/ clear up/ overcome/ address/ tackle a problem (<strong>giải</strong> quyết/ vượt qua một vấn <strong>đề</strong>)<br />
- big/ great/ serious/ acute problem (vấn <strong>đề</strong> lớn/ nghiêm trọng)<br />
Popularity<br />
- gain/ grow/ enjoy popularity (ngày càng được ưa thích)<br />
Trang 9/20<br />
( PC WEB )
- at the peak of sbV sth’s popularity (ở đỉnh cao của sự nổi tiếng)<br />
- an increase/ a rise in popularity (sự ưa chuộng, gia tăng)<br />
- a decline/ drop in popularity (giảm/ ít nổi tiếng)<br />
Relationship<br />
- have/ enjoy a close/ good relationship (<strong>có</strong> mối liên hệ gần gũi/ tốt)<br />
- build (up)/ develop/ establish/ foster a relationship (xây dựng/ <strong>thi</strong>êt lập mối quan hệ)<br />
- improve/ strengthen a relationship (cải <strong>thi</strong>ện, củng cố mối quan hệ)<br />
Standard<br />
- set a Standard (đưa ra, lập ra một tiêu chuẩn)<br />
- meeư a<strong>chi</strong>eve/conform to/ comply with standards (đáp ứng, đảm bảo tiêu chuẩn)<br />
- raise/ improve standards (nâng cao/ cải <strong>thi</strong>ện chất lượng)<br />
Subject<br />
- bring up a subject (đưa ra một <strong>đề</strong> tài)<br />
- cover/ discuss/ talk about/ touch a subject (<strong>đề</strong> cập/ thảo luận một <strong>đề</strong> tài)<br />
- drop a subject (thôi nói về một <strong>đề</strong> tài)<br />
- get off a subject (chán nói về một <strong>đề</strong> tài)<br />
Time<br />
- spend time doing sth (dành thời gian làm gì)<br />
- take sb time to do sth (mất thời gian làm gì)<br />
- find/ make time to do sth (<strong>có</strong> thời gian làm gì)<br />
- kill/ pass time (giết thời gian)<br />
- time + pass / go by/ elapse (thời gian trôi qua)<br />
Title<br />
- hold a title (giữ một danh hiệu)<br />
- defend/ retain a title (bảo vệ/ duy trì danh hiệu)<br />
- lose a title (mất danh hiệu)<br />
- award/ below/ confer a title (ban một danh hiệu)<br />
- under a / the title (với tựa <strong>đề</strong>)<br />
Trouble<br />
- bring/ cause/ give sb trouble (gây phiền toái)<br />
- take the trouble to do sth (nhọc công làm gì)<br />
- have trouble with sth (gặp rắc rối với cái gì)<br />
- run into/ get into trouble (gặp rắc rối)<br />
Adverb<br />
bitterly<br />
completely<br />
Adjective<br />
Note 46<br />
cold, disappointed, divided, hostile, humiliated, hurt, opposed, resented, resentful,<br />
upset<br />
acclimatized, alone, different, drained, empty/ full/ extinguished, immune (from/<br />
Trang 10/20<br />
( PC WEB )
deeply<br />
heavily<br />
hideously<br />
highly<br />
painfully<br />
perfectly<br />
seriously<br />
totally<br />
utterly<br />
to sth), incapable (of sth), incomprehensible, lost, negative, new open (with sb) ( =<br />
honest), overlooked, revised, right/ wrong, untenable<br />
ashamed, attached (to sb/ sth) (=strong feeling for), conscious, conservative,<br />
depressed, disappointed, disturbed, divided, embedded, embittered, hurt, indebted<br />
(to sb), ingrained, in love with, involved, involved (in sth), lamented, meaningful,<br />
moving, religious, rutted<br />
Armed, booked, built, censored, criticized, embroiled (with sb/ sth), flavored,<br />
guarded, involved (in sth), muscled, polluted, populated, protected, publicized,<br />
regulated, represented, scented, soiled, taxed<br />
bad, burnt, deformed, disfigured, disfiguring, effective, embarrassing, expensive,<br />
injured, lurid, mangled, scarred, swollen, ugly, unhygienic<br />
commended, contagious, controversial, critical, dependent, developed, educated,<br />
enjoyable, flexible, intelligent, mobile, paid, personal, polished, political, popular,<br />
publicized, qualified, recommended, regarded, relevant, resistant, respected,<br />
significant, skilled, specialized, technical, toxic, trained, unlikely, valued, volatile<br />
acute, aware, evocative, learned, loud, obvious, self-conscious, sensitive, shy,<br />
slow, small, sparse, <strong>thi</strong>n<br />
arranged, balanced, capable, fitting (= appropriate), formed, genuine, good,<br />
healthy, normal, placed, proper, rational, reasonable, (all) right, safe, still,<br />
straightforward, understandable, valid<br />
damaged, exposed, hit (=damaged), ill, impaired, rich, threatened, undermined,<br />
wealthy<br />
abandoned, abused, alien, anemic, decent, destroyed, different, embarrassed,<br />
harmless, homogeneous, honest, impervious (to sth), inadequate, incompetent,<br />
integrated, irresistible, logical, new, normal, overpowering, stiff, surprising,<br />
unacceptable, unbelievable, undefined, unjustified, wasted<br />
abandoned, alone, appalled, creless, dejected, destroyed, devoted (to sb), different,<br />
disastrous, fearless, futile, aimpossible, irresistible, lacking, ruthless, tragic,<br />
unacceptable, unattainable, unquestioning, useless, wrecked<br />
Trang 11/20<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
16<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. drumhead B. culture C. pollution D. adulthood<br />
Question 2: A. affordable B. forbidden C. metropolitan D. cosmopolitan<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. disappear B. precision C. mechanic D. discover<br />
Question 4: A. desert B. harbor C. cartoon D. nation<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: A solution needs to be found as soon as possible, because the epidemic has become more<br />
rampant.<br />
A. flagrant B. gentle C. violent D. dramatic<br />
Question 6: Lisa is on the horns of a dilemma: she just wonders whether to go camping with her friends<br />
or to stay at home with her family.<br />
A. unwilling to make a decision B. able to make a choice<br />
C. eager to make a plan D. unready to make up her mind<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: A person who suffers from stage fright is easily intimidated by a large audience.<br />
A. improved B. encouraged C. applauded D. frightened<br />
Question 8: The report advocated that all houses should be fitted with smoke detectors.<br />
A. supported B. cheered C. forced D. warned<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: A man is talking to Mary when he is on holiday in New York.<br />
The man: “You haven’t lived here long, have you?”<br />
Mary: " ___________________ "<br />
A. Yes, just a few days B. No, I live here for a long time<br />
C. No, only two months D. Yes, I have just moved here<br />
Question 10: Mom: “Good luck with the exam, my dear!” - Hoa: “ ___________________ , Mom.”<br />
A. Never mind B. Thank you C. I wish so D. By no means<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 11: Lan has spent two days ____________ hundreds of photographs so that she can put them in<br />
separate albums.<br />
A. playing at B. sorting out C. cutting off D. filling up<br />
Question 12: I truly respected my father and always ___________________ by his rule.<br />
A. submitted B. obeyed C. complied D. abode<br />
Question 13: Tuan’s ___________________ and efficiency at the company led to his promotion to Sales<br />
Manager.<br />
A. punctuality B. punctual C. punctuate D. punctually<br />
Question 14: After my husband ___________________ his work, he went straight home.<br />
A. would finish B. has finished C. had finished D. was finishing<br />
Question 15: Pandas are in ___________________ of becoming extinct.<br />
A. crisis B. threat C. danger D. warning<br />
Question 16: Pesticide residues in fruit and vegetable can be ___________________ to health.<br />
A. crucial B. supportive C. receptive D. destructive<br />
Question 17: On hearing that she failed the entrance exam, Hanh couldn’t help _______ into tears.<br />
A. bursting B. burst C. to bursting D. to burst<br />
Question 18: My friend ___________________ for 4 hours before he arrives.<br />
A. will be driving B. had driven C. will have been driven D. will have been driving<br />
Question 19: My lawyer advised me ___________________ any<strong>thi</strong>ng further about the accident<br />
A. not saying B. telling C. not to say D. not tell<br />
Question 20. I have been to Da Nang city ___________________ of time<br />
A. a great deal B. much C. a lot D. little<br />
Question 21. You won’t pass the exam ___________________ you study hard<br />
A. unless B. in case C. so D. as<br />
Question 22. Not only ___________________ well but she also dances perfectly.<br />
A. does she sing B. she sings C. she can sing D. can sing<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
A worrying question which requires global attention is severe overpopulation and its drastic effects in<br />
the countries of the Third World. In regions where the birth rate is extremely high, poverty and starvation<br />
are (23) _________. In India, there is an average of <strong>thi</strong>rty five infants being bom every minute, yet the<br />
most shocking figures are those which (24) ________ the enormous number of the victims of famine in<br />
certain African territories. Communities afflicted with acute destitution are additionally confronted with<br />
illiteracy, life in appalling conditions and infectious diseases (25) __________ the indigenous<br />
populations. There is an urgent need for these problems to be solved. Unless measures are taken to ease<br />
the suffering of the impoverished underdeveloped nations, desperate crowds of immigrants will (26)____<br />
in flooding the richer states in search of a brighter future. It’s the most challenging task for the<br />
international giants nowadays to help the poor populations get out of the poverty (27) ________ .<br />
Question 23. A. profuse B. rife C. generous D. predominant<br />
Question 24. A. appear B. refer C. indicate D. comprise<br />
Question 25. A. decimating B. enumerating C. discounting D. outnumbering<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 26. A. linger B. maintain C. persist D. remain<br />
Question 27. A. lure B. pitfall C. snare D. trap<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
It is said that George Washington was one of the first to realize how important the building of canals<br />
would be to the nation’s development. In fact, before he became the President, he headed the first<br />
company in the United States to build a canal, which was to connect the Ohio and Potomac rivers. It was<br />
never completed, but it showed the nation the feasibility of canals. As the country expanded westward,<br />
settlers in western New York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio needed a means to ship goods. Canals linking<br />
natural waterways seemed to supply an effective method.<br />
In 1791, engineers commissioned by the state of New York investigated the possibility of a canal<br />
between Albany on the Hudson River and Buffalo on Lake Eric to link the Great Lakes area with the<br />
Atlantic seacoast. It would avoid the mountains that served as a barrier to canals from the Delaware and<br />
Potomac rivers.<br />
The first attempt to dig the canal, to be called the Eric Canal, was made by private companies but only a<br />
comparatively small portion was built before the project was halted for lack of funds. The cost of the<br />
prospect was estimated $5 million, an enormous amount for those days. There was some on-again-offagain<br />
federal funding, but <strong>thi</strong>s time the War of 1812 put an end to construction. In 1817, DeWitt Clinton<br />
was elected Governor of New York and persuaded the state to finance and build the canal. It was<br />
completed in 1825, costing $2 million more than expected.<br />
The canal rapidly lived up to its sponsors’ faith, quickly paying for itself through tolls. It was far more<br />
economical than any other form of transportation at the time. It permitted trade between the Great Lake<br />
region and the East coast, robbing the Mississippi River of much of its traffic. It allowed New York to<br />
supplant Boston, Philadelphia, and other eastern cities as the <strong>chi</strong>ef center of both domestic and foreign<br />
commerce. Cities sprang up along the canal. It also contributed in a number of ways to the North’s<br />
victory over the South in the Civil War.<br />
An expansion of the canal was planned in 1849. Increased traffic would undoubtedly have warranted its<br />
construction had it not been for the railroads.<br />
Question 28: Why does the author most likely mention George Washington in the first paragraph?<br />
A. He was President at the time the Eric Canal was built.<br />
B. He commissioned engineers to study the possibility of building the Eric Canal.<br />
C. He successfully opened the first canal in the United States.<br />
D. He was involved in pioneering efforts to build canals.<br />
Question 29: The word “feasibility” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _______<br />
A. possibility B. capability C. difficulty D. profitability<br />
Question 30: According to the passage, the Eric Canal connected the _____________<br />
A. Delaware and Potomac Rivers<br />
B. Hudson River and Lake Eric<br />
C. Atlantic Ocean and the Hudson River<br />
D. Potomac and Ohio Rivers<br />
Question 31. The completion of the Eric Canal was financed by _____________<br />
A. provate company B. DeWitt Clinton C. the federal govermment D. New York<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 32: The actual cost of building the Eric Canal was _____________<br />
A. $5 million B. less than had been expected<br />
C. $7 million D. more than could be repaid<br />
Question 33: The word “tolls” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to which of the following?<br />
A. Grants B. Fees C. Links D. Jobs<br />
Question 34: Which of the following is NOT given as an effect of the building of the Eric Canal in<br />
paragraph 4?<br />
A. It took water traffic away from the Mississippi River.<br />
B. It established Boston and Philadelphia as the most important centers of trade.<br />
C. It helped determine the outcome of the Civil War.<br />
D. It allowed the East coast to trade with the Great Lake Sea.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Biological diversity has become widely recognized as a critical conservation issue only in the past two<br />
decades. The rapid destruction of the tropical rain forests, which are the ecosystems with the highest<br />
known species diversity on Earth, has awakened people to the importance and fragility of biological<br />
diversity. The high rate of species extinctions in these environments is jolting, but it is important to<br />
recognize the significance of biological diversity in all ecosystems. As the human population continues to<br />
expand, it will negatively affect one after another of Earth’s ecosystems. In terrestrial ecosystems and in<br />
fringe marine ecosystems (such as wetlands), the most common problem is habitat destruction. In most<br />
situations, the result is irreversible. Now humans are beginning to destroy marine ecosystems through<br />
other types of activities, such as disposal and runoff of poisonous waste; in less than two centuries, by<br />
significantly reducing the variety of species on Earth, they have irrevocably redirected the course of<br />
evolution.<br />
Certainly, there have been periods in Earth’s history when mass extinctions have occurred. The<br />
extinction of the dinosaurs was caused by some physical event, either climatic or cosmic. There have also<br />
been less dramatic extinctions, as when natural competition between species reached an extreme<br />
conclusion. Only 0.01 percent of the species that have lived on Earth have survived to the present, and it<br />
was largely chance that determined which species survived and which died out.<br />
However, no<strong>thi</strong>ng has ever equaled the magnitude and speed with which the human species is altering<br />
the physical and chemical world and demolishing the environment. In fact, there is wide agreement that it<br />
is the rate of change humans are inflicting, even more than the changes themselves, that will lead to<br />
biological devastation. Life on Earth has continually been in flux as slow physical and chemical changes<br />
have occurred on Earth, but life needs time to adapt-time for migration and genetic adaptation wi<strong>thi</strong>n<br />
existing species and time for the proliferation of new genetic material and new species that may be able to<br />
survive in new environments.<br />
Question 35. What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. The variety of species found in tropical rain forests<br />
B. The cause of the extinction of the dinosaurs<br />
C. The time required for species to adapt to new environments<br />
D. The impact of human activities on Earth’s ecosystems<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 36. The word “jolting” is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. illuminating B. unknown C. shocking D. predicted<br />
Question 37: The author mentions the reduction of the variety of species on Earth in line 7-8 to suggest<br />
that<br />
A. humans are often made ill by polluted water<br />
B. new habitats can be created for species<br />
C. some species have been made extinct by human activity<br />
D. understanding evolution can prevent certain species from disappearing<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The author mentions all of the following as examples of the effect of humans on the<br />
world’s ecosystems EXCEPT _____________ .<br />
A. damage to marine ecosystems B. habitat destruction in wetlands<br />
C. the introduction of new varieties of plant species D. destruction of the tropical rain forests<br />
Question 39: The author mentions the extinction of the dinosaurs in the 2nd paragraph to emphasize that<br />
A. not all mass extinctions have been caused by human activity<br />
B. actions by humans could not stop the irreversible process of a species’ extinction<br />
C. Earth’s climate has changed significantly since the dinosaurs’ extinction<br />
D. the cause of the dinosaurs’ extinction is unknown<br />
Question 40: The word “magnitude” is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. carelessness B. extent C. determination D. concern<br />
Question 41: According to the passage, natural evolutionary change is different from changes caused by<br />
humans in that changes caused by humans _____________ .<br />
A. affect fewer ecosystems<br />
B. are occurring at a much faster rate<br />
C. are reversible<br />
D. are less devastating to most species<br />
Question 42: With which of the following statements would the author be most likely to agree?<br />
A. The extinction of a few species is an acceptable consequence of human progress.<br />
B. Technology will provide solutions to problems caused by the destruction of ecosystems.<br />
C. Human influence on ecosystems should not be a factor in determining public policy.<br />
D. Humans should be more conscious of the influence they have on ecosystems.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: I should have finished my homework last night but I was exhausted.<br />
A. I finished my homework last night although I was exhausted.<br />
B. I was exhausted so I didn’t finish my homework last night as planned.<br />
C. Last night I was exhausted but I tried to finish my homework.<br />
D. My homework was finished last night but I was exhausted.<br />
Question 44: She was still bad at English although she put much effort into it.<br />
A. She was still bad at English despite the fact that she put much effort into it.<br />
B. She was still bad at English, so she put much effort into it.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
C. She was still bad at English but she put much effort into it.<br />
D. She was still bad at English and she put much effort into it.<br />
Question 45: Daisy poured her heart out to me.<br />
A. Daisy told me her secret feelings.<br />
B. Daisy was very angry with me.<br />
C. Daisy and I did some exercises.<br />
D. Daisy and I fell in love with each other<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) As seeing (B) from the mountain top, the area looks (C) like a picturesque (D) harbour<br />
town.<br />
Question 47: As far as I’m (A) concerned, it was (B) the year 2007 (C) which Vietnam joined (D) the<br />
World Trade Organization.<br />
Question 48: The teacher was (A) considering (B) postponing the exam until (C) the following week (D)<br />
because the student’s confusion.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each pair<br />
of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: The teacher explained the lesson clearly. However, the students found it hard to understand<br />
it.<br />
A. Although the tea<strong>chi</strong>ng lesson was clear, there was a real challenge to the students.<br />
B. Despite the teacher's clear explanation of the lesson, students had difficulty understanding it.<br />
C. In spite of explaining the lesson clearly, students themselves found it hard to understand it.<br />
D. Though explained clearly, tfifc lesson of tea<strong>chi</strong>ng was difficult to students.<br />
Question 50: I did not see Tim off at the airport. I feel bad about it now.<br />
A. I could have seen Tim off at the airport.<br />
B. If only I had seen Tim off at the airport.<br />
C. That I did not see Tim off at the airport escapes me now.<br />
D. It suddenly dawns on me that I should have seen Tim off at the airport.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án C A A C B B D A C B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án B D A C C D A D C C<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án A A B C A C D D A B<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án D C B B D C D C A B<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án B D B D A A C D B B<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
17<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. smooth B. loop C. booth D. foot<br />
Question 2: A. disliked B. listened C. reviewed D. travelled<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. competent B. implicate C. reconstruct D. advertise<br />
Question 4: A. enter B. fashion C. diverse D. justice<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: It is impolite when you ask Alex about her age, marriage and income.<br />
A. rude B. courteous C. friendly D. thoughtful<br />
Question 6: My father, who is an accomplished guitarist, taught me how to play the guitar.<br />
A. ill-educated B. unskilled C. qualified D. unimpaired<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: His wife’s behavior at the party was unacceptable, which made everyone there shocked.<br />
A. out of practice B. out of line C. out of the habit D. out of sight<br />
Question 8: Lack of water and nutrients has impeded the growth of these plants.<br />
A. promoted B. assisted C. realized D. prevented<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Hung: "How nice! You sang so beautifully!" - Giang:" _____________ ."<br />
A. Thank you. I am exhausted. B. Thank you. But I am busy.<br />
C. Thank you. But I am not so sure. D. Thank you. It’s very encouraging.<br />
Question 10: Hoa and Hung are talking about what to do after work.<br />
- Hoa: “Do you fancy going to a movie <strong>thi</strong>s evening?” - Hung:“ _____________ ”<br />
A. Not at all. Go ahead.<br />
B. I’m sorry. I don't know about that movie.<br />
C. That would be nice.<br />
D. Not so bad. Do you like that movie?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: The doctors hope to _____________ the source of the infection which has been a mystery<br />
for the medical community since its discovery.<br />
( PC WEB )
A. trend down B. back down C. push down D. track down<br />
Question 12: I’d have been able to say goodbye to Peter if only _____________ to the airport in time.<br />
A. I get B. I got C. I have got D. I had got<br />
Question 13: Although he _____________ to Mark Twain, I <strong>thi</strong>nk his books are unique.<br />
A. often has been compared B. has often compared<br />
C. has often been compared D. has been often comparing<br />
Question 14: He denied _____________ part in the fighting at school.<br />
A. to take B. take C. to taking D. taking<br />
Question 15: Had you told me that she was going to drop out of college, I _____________ it.<br />
A. hadn’t believed B. will never believe<br />
C. would have never believed D. can’t believe<br />
Question 16: He’s not brea<strong>thi</strong>ng. He _____________ .<br />
A. must die B. must be dead C. must have dead D. must not dead<br />
Question 17: My sister went _____________ the competition and won the first prize.<br />
A. on B. in for C. away D. through<br />
Question 18: No one won the match; the final result was a(n) _____________ .<br />
A. draw B. equal C. score D. drawing<br />
Question 19: Shining her torch, Linda could just _____________ a shadowy figure crouched behind a<br />
tree.<br />
A. draw out B. work out C. make out D. put out<br />
Question 20. The trip to the UK was very expensive. _____________ , it was worth every penny.<br />
A. Whatever B. However C. Despite D. Even though<br />
Question 21. After four hours of walking in the hot summer sun, we were _____________ for a drink.<br />
A. sighing B. panting C. gulping D. gasping<br />
Question 22. My grandfather has a bad lung cancer and his doctor has advised him to ________ smoking.<br />
A. put up B. give up C. take up D. turn up<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, 0, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
HERE ARE TIPS THAT HELP SUCCEED IN YOUR JOB INTERVIEW<br />
Always arrive early. If you do not know (23) _____________ the organization is located, call for exact<br />
directions (24) _____________ advance. Leave some extra time for any traffic, parking, or unexpected<br />
events. If you are running late, call right away and let someone know. The best time to arrive is<br />
approximately 5-10 minutes early. Give yourself the time to read your resume one more time, to catch<br />
your breath, and to be ready for the interview. Once you are at the office, treat everyone you encounter<br />
with respect. Be (25) _____________ to everyone as soon as you walk in the door.<br />
Wear a professional business suit. This point should be emphasized enough. First (26) ___________ are<br />
extremely important in the interview process. Women should (27) ___________ wearing too much<br />
jewelry or make-up. Men should avoid flashy suits or wearing too much perfume. It is also important that<br />
you feel comfortable. While a suit is the standard interview attire in a business environment, if you <strong>thi</strong>nk<br />
it is an informal environment, call before and ask. Regardless, you can never be overdressed if you are<br />
wearing a tailored suit.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 23: A. when B. why C. where D. that<br />
Question 24: A. with B. in C. on D. for<br />
Question 25: A. happy B. pleasant C. disappointed D. excited<br />
Question 26: A. attendances B. attentions C. impressions D. pressures<br />
Question 27: A. avoid B. suggest C. enjoy D. mind<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
In 1826, a Frenchman named Niepce needed pictures for his business. He was not a good artist, so he<br />
invented a very simple camera. He put it in a window of his house and took a picture of his yard. That<br />
was the first photograph.<br />
The next important date in the history of photography was 1837. That year, Daguerre, another<br />
Frenchman, took a picture of his studio. He used a new kind of camera and a different process. In his<br />
pictures, you could see every<strong>thi</strong>ng clearly, even the smallest details. This kind of photograph was called a<br />
daguerreotype.<br />
Soon, other people began to use Daguerre’s process. Travelers brought back daguerreotypes from all<br />
around the world. People photographed famous buildings, cities, and mountains.<br />
In about 1840, the process was improved. Then photographers could take pictures of people and moving<br />
<strong>thi</strong>ngs. The process was not simple and photographers had to carry lots of film and processing equipment.<br />
However, <strong>thi</strong>s did not stop photographers, especially in the United States. After 1840, daguerreotype<br />
artists were popular in most cities.<br />
Matthew Brady was one well-known American photographer. He took many portraits of famous people.<br />
The portraits were unusual because they were lifelike and full of personality. Brady was also the first<br />
person to take pictures of a war. His 1862 Civil War pictures showed dead soldiers and ruined cities.<br />
They made the war seem more real and more terrible.<br />
In the 1880s, new inventions began to change photography. Photographers could buy film ready-made<br />
in rolls, instead of having to make the film themselves. Also, they did not have to process the film<br />
immediately. They could bring it back to their studios and develop it later. They did not have to carry lots<br />
of equipment. And finally, the invention of the small handheld camera made photography less expensive.<br />
With a small camera, anyone could be a photographer. People began to use cameras just for fun. They<br />
took pictures of their families, friends, and favorite places. They called these pictures “snapshots”.<br />
Documentary photographs became popular in newspapers in the 1890s. Soon magazines and books also<br />
used them. These pictures showed true events and people. They were much more real than drawings.<br />
Some people began to <strong>thi</strong>nk of photography as a form of art. They thought that photography could do<br />
more than show the real world. It could also show ideas and feelings, like other art forms.<br />
(From "Reading Power” by Beatrice S. Mikulecky and Linda Jeffries)<br />
Question 28: Which of the following could best serve as the title of the passage?<br />
A. Photography and Painting B. Story of Photography<br />
C. Story of Famous Photographers D. Different Steps in Film Processing<br />
Question 29: The word “<strong>thi</strong>s” in the passage refers to the _____________<br />
A. taking of pictures of people and moving <strong>thi</strong>ngs<br />
B. stopping of photographers from taking photos<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
C. carrying of lots of film and processing equipment<br />
D. fact that daguerreotype artists were populer in most cities<br />
Question 30: The latest invention mentioned in the passage is the invention of _____________<br />
A. handheld cameras B. rolls of film<br />
C. daguerreotypes D. processing equipment<br />
Question 31: The first photograph was taken with _____________<br />
A. new types of film B. a small handheld camera<br />
C. a daguerreotype D. a very simple camera<br />
Question 32: As mentioned in the passage, photography can _____________<br />
A. convey ideas and feelings<br />
B. show the underworld<br />
C. print old pictures<br />
D. replace drawings<br />
Question 33: Matthew Brady was well-known for _____________<br />
A. inventing daguerreotypes B. the small handheld camera<br />
C. taking pictures of French cities D. portraits and war photographs<br />
Question 34: The word “lifeliky” in the passage is closest in meaning to “_____________”<br />
A. moving B. realistic C. manlike D. tou<strong>chi</strong>ng<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Long before they can actually speak, babies pay special attention to the speech they hear around them.<br />
Wi<strong>thi</strong>n the first month of their lives, babies’ responses to the sound of the human voice will be different<br />
from their responses to other sorts of auditory stimuli. They will stop crying when they hear a person<br />
talking, but not if they hear a bell or the sound of a rattle. At first, the sounds that an infant notices might<br />
be only those words that receive the heaviest emphasis and that often occur at the ends of utterances. By<br />
the time they are six or seven weeks old, babies can detect the difference between syllables pronounced<br />
with rising and falling inflections. Very soon, these differences in adult stress and intonation can<br />
influence babies’ emotional states and behavior. Long before they develop actual language<br />
comprehension, babies can sense when an adult is playful or angry, attempting to initiate or terminate<br />
new behavior, and so on, merely on the basis of cues such as the rate, volume, and melody of adult<br />
speech.<br />
Adults make it as easy as they can for babies to pick up a language by exaggerating such cues. One<br />
researcher observed babies and their mothers in six diverse cultures and found that, in all six languages,<br />
the mothers used simplified syntax, short utterances and nonsense sounds, and transformed certain sounds<br />
into baby talk. Other investigators have noted that when mothers talk to babies who are only a few<br />
months old, they exaggerate the pitch, loudness, and intensity of their words. They also exaggerate their<br />
facial expressions, hold vowels longer, and emphasize certain words.<br />
More significant for language development than their response to general intonation is observation that<br />
tiny babies can make relatively fine distinctions between speech sounds. Other words, babies enter the<br />
world with the ability to make precisely those perceptual discriminations that are necessary if they are to<br />
acquire aural language.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Babies obviously derive pleasure from sound input, too: even as young as nine months they will listen<br />
to songs or stories, although the words themselves are beyond their understanding. For babies, language is<br />
a sensory-motor delight rather than the route to prosaic meaning that it often is for adults.<br />
Question 35: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. How babies differentiate between the sound of the human voice and other sounds<br />
B. The differences between a baby’s and an adult’s ability to comprehend language<br />
C. How babies perceive and respond to the human voice in their earliest stages of language<br />
development<br />
D. The response of babies to sounds other than the human voice<br />
Question 36: Why does the author mention a bell and a rattle in paragraph 1?<br />
A. To contrast the reactions of babies to human and nonhuman sounds<br />
B. To give examples of sounds that will cause a baby to cry<br />
C. To explain how babies distinguish between different nonhuman sounds<br />
D. To give examples of typical toys that babies do not like<br />
Question 37: The word “they” in the passage refer to _____________.<br />
A. responses B. sorts of auditory stimuli<br />
C. the babies D. sounds<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The passage mentions all of the following as ways adults modify their speech when talking<br />
to babies EXCEPT _____________.<br />
A. giving all words equal emphasis B. speaking with shorter sentences<br />
C. speaking more loudly than normal D. using meaningless sounds<br />
Question 39: The word “emphasize” in the passage is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. stress B. repeat C. explain D. leave out<br />
Question 40: Which of the following can be inferred about the findings described in paragraph 2?<br />
A. Babies who are exposed to more than one language can speak earlier than babies exposed to a single<br />
language.<br />
B. Mothers from different cultures speak to their babies in similar ways.<br />
C. Babies ignore facial expressions in comprehending aural language.<br />
D. The mothers observed by the researchers were consciously tea<strong>chi</strong>ng their babies to speak.<br />
Question 41: What point does the author make to illustrate that babies are bom with the ability to acquire<br />
language?<br />
A. Babies begin to understand words in songs.<br />
B. Babies exaggerate their own sounds and expressions.<br />
C. Babies are more sensitive to sounds than are adults.<br />
D. Babies notice even minor differences between speech sounds.<br />
Question 42: According to the author, why do babies listen to songs and stories, even though they cannot<br />
understand them?<br />
A. They understand the rhythm.<br />
B. They enjoy the sound.<br />
C. They can remember them easily.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. They focus on the meaning of their parents’ words.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: She last had her eyes tested ten months ago.<br />
A. She had tested her eyes ten months before.<br />
B. She had not tested her eyes for ten months then.<br />
C. She hasn’t had her eyes tested for ten months.<br />
D. She didn’t have any test on her eyes in ten months.<br />
Question 44: Until he spoke I hadn’t realized he didn’t know any<strong>thi</strong>ng about the subject.<br />
A. If he didn’t speak, I wouldn’t realize he didn’t know any<strong>thi</strong>ng about the subject.<br />
B. If he hadn’t spoken, I wouldn’t have realized he didn’t know any<strong>thi</strong>ng about the subject.<br />
C. Unless he spoke I wouldn’t realize he didn’t know any<strong>thi</strong>ng about the subject.<br />
D. When he spoke I hadn’t realized he didn’t know any<strong>thi</strong>ng about the subject<br />
Question 45: There is no doubt that John is the best candidate for the job.<br />
A. John is by all means the best candidate for the job.<br />
B. Without question, John is the best candidate for the job.<br />
C. In all likelihood, John is the best candidate for the job.<br />
D. Quite by chance, John is the best candidate for the job.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) Farther evidence is needed (B) before we can make any (C) judgments (D) about that<br />
person.<br />
Question 47: (A) More than people there are, especially in poor countries with (B) limited (C) amounts<br />
of land and water, the fewer resources there are (D) to meet basic needs.<br />
Question 48: (A) The girl (B) that you (C) are looking for (D) living in <strong>thi</strong>s area.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: We planned to visit Ba Na Hills in the afternoon. We could not afford the fee, however.<br />
A. As planned, we could not afford the visit to Ba Na Hills in the afternoon because of the fee.<br />
B. We visited Ba Na Hills in the afternoon though the fee was too high for us.<br />
C. We were going to visit Ba Na Hills in the afternoon, but the fee was too high for us.<br />
D. The fee was, however, high enough for us to plan a visit to Ba Na Hills in the afternoon.<br />
Question 50: She had just finished eating her breakfast. Then she fell down.<br />
A. Hardly did she finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.<br />
B. Hardly she had finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.<br />
C. Hardly have she finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.<br />
D. Hardly had she finished eating her breakfast when she fell down.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án D A C C B B B D D C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D D C D C B B A C B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D B C B B C A B C A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án D A D B C A C A A B<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D B C B B A A D C D<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
18<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. bushes B. wishes C. headaches D. researches<br />
Question 2: A. custom B. cushion C. mushroom D. culture<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 3: A. comfortable B. employment C. important D. surprising<br />
Question 4: A. improvement B. communicate C. occasional D. reservation<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: The situation in that country has remained relatively stable for a few months now.<br />
A. constant B. changeable C. objective D. ignorant<br />
Question 6: The Vietnamese consider it rude to interrupt a person while he is talking.<br />
A. bad mannered B. polite C. uneducated D. ignorant<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: In 2012, about 10% of the energy consumed in the USA came from the renewable sources.<br />
Out of <strong>thi</strong>s, hydro-power accounted for 16%.<br />
A. produced B. utilized C. costumed D. recycled<br />
Question 8: Although we argued with Tim for a long time, he stood his ground.<br />
A. refused to change his decision B. felt sorry for us<br />
C. wanted to continue D- changed his decision<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Kelly: “How lovely your dogs are!” - Tim: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. Really? They are.<br />
B. Thank you, it is nice of you to say so.<br />
C. Can you say that again?<br />
D. I love them very much.<br />
Question 10: - Nam: " _____________ " - Hoa: “Just pop in and have a look at your new car.”<br />
A. Welcome home! You look quite so brown and healthy.<br />
B. What a surprise to see you here on Sunday!<br />
C. Can I have a try at <strong>thi</strong>s dress, Madame?<br />
D. Please come in and talk.<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Many people aren’t _____________ of the amount of waste produced by their own<br />
households.<br />
A. known B. familiar C. aware D. recognised<br />
Question 12: I don’t get on well with my sister but I’m extremely _____________ of my brothers.<br />
A. interested B. close C. attached D. fond<br />
Question 13: If I didn’t have a mobile phone, my life _____________ complete.<br />
A. would not have been B. will be not C. would not be D. will not be<br />
Question 14: I went to university with a very important person, _____________ Bill Clinton.<br />
A. namely B. however C. therefore D. for example<br />
Question 15: _____________ , I realized I should have applied to the university.<br />
A. As I call B. With hindsight C. By and large D. In remembrance<br />
Question 16: It was with a _____________ heart that she said goodbye to all her classmates.<br />
A. solemn B. heavy C. dismal D. grim<br />
Question 17: I can’t believe that Sarah is going to _____________ on that parachute jump. Of course,<br />
she’s doing it for charity.<br />
A. bear a charmed life B. raise the alarm<br />
C. risk life and limb D. take sensible precautions<br />
Question 18: Their trip to London didn’t _____________ expectations.<br />
A. climb up to B. come up with C. come up to D. rise to<br />
Question 19: She’d rather I _____________ to the party with her yesterday.<br />
A. had to go B. to have gone C. went D. had gone<br />
Question 20. Some people _____________ to the party were late because of <strong>thi</strong>ck fog.<br />
A. be invited B. invited C. were invited D. Who invited<br />
Question 21. I can’t find my English book now. I hope it will _____________ up soon.<br />
A. clear B. look C. come D. turn<br />
Question 22. Mr. Hung ____________ in the army from 1970 to 1980.<br />
A. has served B. had been serving C. had served D. served<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
School exams are, generally speaking, the first kind of tests we take. They find out (23) _____________<br />
much knowledge we have gained. But do they really show how intelligent we are? After all, isn’t it a fact<br />
that some people who are very successful academically don’t have any common sense?<br />
Intelligence is the speed at which we can understand and react to new situations and it is usually tested<br />
by logic puzzles. (24) _____________ scientists are now preparing advanced computer technology<br />
that will be able to ‘“read” our brains, for the present, tests are still the most popular ways of measuring<br />
intelligence.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A person’s IQ is his intelligence (25) _____________ it is measured by a special test. The most<br />
common IQ tests are run by Mensa, an organization that was founded in England in 1946. By 1976 it had<br />
1,300 members in Britain.<br />
Today there are 44,000 in Britain and 100,000 worldwide, (26) _____________ in the US. People<br />
taking the tests are judged in relation to an average score of 100, and those (27) _____________ score<br />
over 148 are entitled to join Mensa. This works out at 2% of the population.<br />
Question 23: A. what B. how C. which D. why<br />
Question 24: A. Although B. Until C. Because D. Despite<br />
Question 25: A. that B. as C. so D. how<br />
Question 26: A. enormously B. considerably C. mainly D. highly<br />
Question 27: A. why B. who C. which D. whom<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Southern Thailand was hit Thursday by the most severe haze from forest fires in Indonesia, forcing all<br />
schools in a province to close and disrupting flights in a popular tourist area, officially said.<br />
The haze that has shrouded parts of Malaysia and Singapore for nearly two months reached hazardous<br />
levels in the southern Thai city of Songkhla, with the pollution index hitting a record-high reading of 365.<br />
A reading of 101-200 is unhealthy, 201-300 is very unhealthy and above 300 is hazardous.<br />
“This is a crisis,” said Halem Jemarican, head of the Southern Environment Office. He said the<br />
pollution index in southern Thailand has never exceeded 300 before. Halem said his office has worked<br />
with other authorities to have all schools in Songkhla province send students home and all outdoor sports<br />
stadiums to close temporarily. Warnings have been issued to vulnerable people such as <strong>chi</strong>ldren, the<br />
elderly and people with illnesses not to go out of their homes.<br />
“The wind speed is very low <strong>thi</strong>s year in the south, causing haze to stay in our skies longer,” Halem said<br />
by telephone.<br />
An airport official in Hat Yai, a popular tourist area, said three flights bound for Bangkok were delayed<br />
Thursday morning because of the haze. A flight from Bangkok to Hat Yai was diverted to Surat Thani on<br />
Wednesday evening. The official declined to be identified because of working rules.<br />
Local media reported that cloud seeding has been discussed as a way to dispel the haze in southern<br />
Thailand, which is hundreds of kilometers (miles) from the forest fires in Indonesia’s Sumatra island.<br />
Southern Thailand boasts tropical beaches popular among tourists in Surat Thani and Phuket, two of the<br />
seven provinces suffering from the haze.<br />
Question 28: The word “dispel” in the passage is closest in meaning to ____________.<br />
A. solve B. eliminate C. discourage D. lessen<br />
Question 29: Which statement is NOT true, according to the passage?<br />
A. The pollution index in southern Thailand used to exceed 300<br />
B. Seven provinces in Thailand suffered from the haze<br />
C. The haze reached a hazardous level in the city of Songkhla<br />
D. The local authorities warned the citizens against going out<br />
Question 30: The following actions are taken by die authorities in response to the haze EXCEPT<br />
_____________.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. closing sports stadiums B. sending students home<br />
C. issuing warnings D. disrupting flights<br />
Question 31: The word “their” in the passage refers to _____________.<br />
A. vulnerable people B.the elderly<br />
C. students D. stadiums<br />
Question 32: What is the event reported in the news?<br />
A. Southern Thailand was hit by the haze from Indonesia.<br />
B. People suffered because of the haze from Indonesia.<br />
C. The flights were disrupted by the haze on Thursday.<br />
D. The haze from Indonesia was the worst ever last year.<br />
Question 33: The haze stayed longer in the southern Thailand because of ____________.<br />
A. the fíne particles of dust in the air<br />
B. the tropical weather in the area<br />
C. the high pollution index<br />
D. the low speed of the wind<br />
Question 34: What is the main idea of paragraph 2?<br />
A. Thailand is the most polluted country in Asia.<br />
B. Thailand’s pollution index reads 201-300.<br />
C. The haze reached a dangerous level.<br />
D. People living in Songkhla do a lot of reading.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Leonardo was the son of a wealthy Florentine public official and a peasant woman. In the mid- 1460s,<br />
the family settled in Florence, where Leonardo was given the best education that Florence could offer. He<br />
rapidly advanced socially and intellectually. He was handsome, persuasive in conversation, and a fine<br />
musician and improviser. About in 1466 he apprenticed as a studio boy to Andrea Del Verroc<strong>chi</strong>o. In<br />
Verroc<strong>chi</strong>o’s workshop, Leonardo was introduced to many activities, from the painting of altarpieces and<br />
panel pictures to the creation of large sculptural projects. In 1472, he was entered in the painter’s guild of<br />
Florence, and in 1476, he was still mentioned as Verroc<strong>chi</strong>o’s assistant. In Verroc<strong>chi</strong>o’s Baptism of<br />
Christ, the kneeling angel at the left of the painting is by Leonardo.<br />
In 1478, Leonardo became an independent master. His first commission, to paint an altarpiece for the<br />
chapel of the Palazzo Vec<strong>chi</strong>no, the Florentine town hall, was never executed. His first large painting,<br />
The Adoration of the Magi, left unfinished, was ordered in 1481 for the Monastery of San Donato a<br />
Scopeto, Florence. Other works ascribed to his youth are the so-called Benois Madonna, the portrait<br />
Ginerva de 'Benci, and the unfinished Saint Jerome,<br />
In 1482, Leonardo’s career moved into high gear when he entered the service of the duke of Milan,<br />
Ludovico Sforza, having written the duke an astonishing letter in which he stated that he could build<br />
portable bridges; that he knew the techniques of constructing bombardments and of making cannons; that<br />
he could build ships as well as armored vehicles, catapults, and other war ma<strong>chi</strong>nes; and that he could<br />
execute sculpture in marble, bronze, and clay. He served as a principal engineer in the duke’s numerous<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
military enterprises and was so active also as an ar<strong>chi</strong>tect. In addition, he assisted the Italian<br />
mathematician Luca Pacioli in the celebrated work Divina Proportione.<br />
Evidence indicates that Leonardo had apprentices and pupils in Milan, for whom he probably wrote the<br />
various texts later compiled as Treatise on Painting. The most important of his own paintings during the<br />
early Milan period was The Virgin of the Rocks, two versions of which exist; he worked on the<br />
compositions for a long time, as was his custom, seemingly unwilling to finish what he had begun.<br />
From 1495 to 1496, Leonardo labored on his masterpiece, The Last Super, a mural in the refectory of<br />
the Monastery of Santa Maria Delle Grazie, Milan. Unfortunately, his experimental use of oil on dry<br />
plaster was technically unsound, and by 1500 its deterioration had begun. Since 1726 attempts have been<br />
made, unsuccessfully, to restore it; a concerted restoration and conservation program, making use of the<br />
latest technology, was begun in 1977 and is reversing some of the damage. Although much of the original<br />
surface is gone, the majesty of the composition and the penetrating characterization of the figures give a<br />
fleeting vision of its vanished splendor.<br />
During his long stay in Milan, Leonardo also produced other paintings and drawings, most of which<br />
have been lost, theater designs, ar<strong>chi</strong>tectural drawings, and models for the dome of Milan Cathedral. His<br />
largest commission was for a colossal bronze monument to Francesco Sforza, father of Ludovico, in the<br />
courtyard of Castello Sforzesco. In December 1499, however, the Sforza family was driven from Milan<br />
by French forces; Leonardo left the statue unfinished and he returned to Florence in 1500.<br />
Question 35: What is NOT mentioned about the young Leonardo da Vinci?<br />
A. He was physically attractive.<br />
B. He was a talented speaker<br />
C. He was well-connected<br />
D. He was gifted in many fields of art.<br />
Question 36: The word “apprenticed” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. cleaned B. painted C. studied D. mastered<br />
Question 37: How old was Leonardo da Vinci when he became an independent master?<br />
A. 23 B. 25 C. 26 D. 28<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The pronoun “he” in paragraph 3 refers to _____________<br />
A. Leonardo da Vinci B. The duke C. Sforza D. Milan<br />
Question 39: What is NOT mentioned as a work by a young Leonardo da Vinci?<br />
A. The Adoration of the Magi B. Ginerva de’ Benci<br />
C. Donato a Scopeto D. Saint Jerome<br />
Question 40: The word “catapults” in paragraph 3 is probably _____________<br />
A. an animal B. a method of transportation<br />
C. a food D. an arm<br />
Question 41: The word “concerted” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. musical B. artistic C. organized D. painful<br />
Question 42: What is NOT mentioned as a creation of Leonardo da Vinci’s while he was in Milan?<br />
A. theatre designs B. ar<strong>chi</strong>tectural drawings<br />
C. models of bronze horses D. models for church domes<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: My goal was to train myself to learn as much as possible to prepare for the future.<br />
A. I aimed at training myself to learn as much as possible to prepare for the future.<br />
B. Self-training to learn as much as possible to prepare for the future is my desire.<br />
C. I try to attain the goal of learning as much as possible to prepare for the future.<br />
D. I train myself as much as possible with the aim of preparing for the future.<br />
Question 44: “You should have finished the report by now,” Mr Huy told his secretary.<br />
A. Mr Huy reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.<br />
B. Mr Huy said that his secretary had not finished the report.<br />
C. Mr Huy scolded to his secretary for not having finished the report.<br />
D. Mr Huy reproached his secretary for not having finished the report.<br />
Question 45: Immediately, after his arrival, <strong>thi</strong>ngs went wrong.<br />
A. No longer did he arrive, but <strong>thi</strong>ngs still went wrong.<br />
B. When he was arriving, <strong>thi</strong>ngs went wrong.<br />
C. Because he arrived, <strong>thi</strong>ngs still went wrong.<br />
D. No sooner had he arrived than <strong>thi</strong>ngs went wrong.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: The number (A) of homeless people in Nepal (B) have increased significantly (C) due to<br />
the recent (D) serene earthquake.<br />
Question 47: When the <strong>chi</strong>ldren realized that they (A) were by themselves in (B) the dark, they (C)<br />
became really (D) frightening.<br />
Question 48: There (A) are (B) a car and (C) two vans (D) in front of my house.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: Jerry had a training course in alternative medicine. She was able to help the man out of<br />
danger.<br />
A. Much as Jerry had a training course in alternative medicine, she was able to help the man out of<br />
danger.<br />
B. Having trained in alternative medicine, Jerry was able to help the man out of danger.<br />
C. But for a training course in alternative medicine, Jeny could have helped the man out of danger.<br />
D. Despite training in alternative medicine, Jerry was able to help the man out of danger.<br />
Question 50: We cut down many forests. The Earth becomes hot.<br />
A. The more forests we cut down, the hotter the Earth becomes.<br />
B. The more we cut down forests, the hotter the Earth becomes.<br />
C. The more forests we cut down, the Earth becomes hotter.<br />
D. The more we cut down forests, the Earth becomes hotter.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án C B A D B B B A B B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án C D C A B B C C D B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D D B A B C B B A D<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án A A D C C C C A C D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C C A D D B D A B A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
19<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. apostrophe B. rhyme C. recipe D. psyche<br />
Question 2: A. soldier B. leader C. adopt D. wonder<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 3: A. ecclesiastical B. unsatisfactory C. occupational D. octogenarian<br />
Question 4: A. humorous B. lubricious C. strenuous D. prosperous<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: After three days on trial, the court found him innocent of the crime and he was released.<br />
A. innovative B. benevolent C. guilty D. naive<br />
Question 6: Many people perished in the earthquake because they were not prepared for it.<br />
A. survived B. departed C. suffered D. declined<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: The way the care-taker treated those little <strong>chi</strong>ldren was deplorable. She must be punished<br />
for what she did.<br />
A. respectable B. unacceptable C. mis<strong>chi</strong>evous D. satisfactory<br />
Question 8: The Extension Program first established in 1873 at Cambridge University has successfully<br />
withstood changing popular trends.<br />
A. sponsored B. endured C. stabilized in D. extended<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Sally: “I will never travel by plane again.” - Linda: “Me _____________”<br />
A. so B. too C. neither D. either<br />
Question 10: The waiter asks Mr. Mark to order his food in a restaurant.<br />
The waiter: “May I take your order now, sir?” - Mr Mark: “Yes, _____________ .”<br />
A. let’s go to that restaurant B. keep the change<br />
C. a soup and a steak D. the food tastes really good<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: There is no answer when I ring him. He _____________ the office already.<br />
A. needn’t have left B. should have left C. can’t have left D. must have left<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 12: An economic _____________ is a time when there is very little economic activity, which<br />
causes a lot of unemployment and poverty.<br />
A. improvement B. depression C. development D. mission<br />
Question 13: _____________ flowers are usually made of plastic or silk.<br />
A. Unreal B. Natural C. Artificial D. Untrue<br />
Question 14: The last of these reasons is _____________ the most important.<br />
A. so B. very C. far D. by far<br />
Question 15: They have lived next door to us for years _____________ we hardly ever see them.<br />
A. yet B. although C. so D. and<br />
Question 16: The more you study during semester, _____________ the week before the exam.<br />
A. you have to study the less B. the less you have to study<br />
C. the least you have to study D. the study less you have<br />
Question 17: I know you feel bad now, Jimmy, but try to put it out of your mind. By the time you’re an<br />
adult, you _____________ all about it.<br />
A. forget B. will be forgetting C. will have forgotten D. are forgetting<br />
Question 18: The bombardment from the sea and the air _____________ large parts of the city.<br />
A. drowned B. abolished C. liquidated D. demolished<br />
Question 19: They live on a busy road. _____________ a lot of noise from traffic.<br />
A. It must be B. There must be C. There must have D. It must have been<br />
Question 20: Nobody says a word about that accident, _____________?<br />
A. do they B. don’t they C. does he D. doesn’t he<br />
Question 21: The headmaster says that the laboratory in our school next semester.<br />
A. will be building B. will build C. are being built D. will be built<br />
Question 22: The teacher asked a difficult question, but finally Alex _____________ a good answer.<br />
A. keep pace with B. put up with C. came up with D. made way for<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Dear Parents,<br />
The exams of your <strong>chi</strong>ldren are to start soon. I know you are all really anxious for your <strong>chi</strong>ldren to do<br />
well.<br />
But, please do remember, amongst the students who will be (23) _____________ for the exams there is<br />
an artist, who doesn’t need to understand Math. There is an (24) _____________, who doesn’t care about<br />
History or English literature. There is a musician, whose Chemistry marks won’t matter. There’s an<br />
athlete, whose physical fitness is more important than Physics. If your <strong>chi</strong>ld does get top marks, that’s<br />
great! (25) ____________, if he or she doesn’t, please don’t take away their self-confidence and dignity<br />
from them. Tell them it’s OK, it’s just an exam! They are cut (26) _____________ for much bigger <strong>thi</strong>ngs<br />
in life. Tell them, no matter (27) _____________ they score, you love them and will not judge them.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Please do <strong>thi</strong>s, and when you do, watch your <strong>chi</strong>ldren conquer the world. One exam or a low mark<br />
won’t take away their dreams and talent. And please, do not <strong>thi</strong>nk that doctors and engineers are the only<br />
happy people in the world.<br />
(Source: https://www. inspire more, com/principals-test-letter-to-parents/)<br />
Question 23: A. sitting B. making C. doing D. taking<br />
Question 24: A. business B. entrepreneur C. venture D. enterprise<br />
Question 25: A. And B. Also C. So D. However<br />
Question 26: A. down B. off C. out D. away<br />
Question 27: A. what B. how C. which D. when<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Humans are consuming hundreds of wild animals “to extinction” for meat, ornaments, medicines and<br />
pets, according to scientists. A global crisis sparked by unregulated or illegal hunting and trapping means<br />
301 different species - from monkeys to bats - are now in danger, a new study claims. Experts at Oregon<br />
State University in the US, who conducted the research, have warned the decline is having a significant<br />
environmental impact and undermining the food security of millions of people in Asia, Africa and South<br />
America. “Our goal is to raise awareness of <strong>thi</strong>s global crisis. Many of these animals are at the brink of<br />
extinction. The illegal smuggling in wildlife and wildlife products is run by dangerous international<br />
networks and ranks among trafficking in arms, human beings and drugs in terms of profits,” said study<br />
leader Professor William Ripple.<br />
Researchers concluded that bold changes and political will were needed to diminish the possibility of<br />
humans consuming many of the world’s wild mammals to the point of extinction. Of the species affected,<br />
126 were primates, more than any other group, according to a team of researchers writing in the journal<br />
Royal Society Open Science. Animal rights activists said the study should serve as a wake-up call to<br />
protect endangered species from extinction. “This research should be heart-stopping news for anyone who<br />
cares about wild animal welfare and the health of our planet. Urgent action needs to be taken by<br />
governments across the globe to protect these hundreds of threatened species from extinction,” Dr Neil<br />
D’Cruze, Head of Wildlife Research and Policy at World Animal Protection told The Independent.<br />
The authors found that wild meat made up a crucial part of global diets, with an estimated 89,000<br />
tonnes harvested annually in the Brazilian Amazon alone. They also found overhunting to be mainly<br />
associated with poorer countries, where hunters might find it harder to feed their families. The research<br />
also showed much of the wild animal meat was sold in street markets and destined to become urban<br />
restaurant delicacies.<br />
In 2010, another study found that about five tonnes of bushmeat was smuggled weekly in tourist<br />
luggage through Charles de Gaulle airport in Paris, France. Dr D’Cruze said: “There are also the too often<br />
forgotten welfare impacts and high levels of suffering that animals, like primates, endure when captured<br />
and slaughtered for bush meat or the illegal wildlife trade. We must prevent the extinction of these<br />
incredible species, but we must also eradicate the pain and suffering being inflicted on millions of animals<br />
as we speak.” Large carnivores and herbivores over 10 kg comprised a small percentage of the animals<br />
listed but were hit more severely by overhunting, it was claimed. Scientists also warned the loss of large<br />
mammals could result in population explosions of prey animals, greater risk of disease and economic<br />
impact on humans. The study found that 57 large species of even-toed ungulates, including<br />
hippopotamus, wild yak, camel and marsh deer, were threatened by hunting. Smaller mammals were said<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
to play crucial roles in dispersing seeds, pollinating plants and controlling insects. Wild ox, camels, pigs,<br />
fruit bats, rhinoceroses, tapirs, deer, tree kangaroos, armadillos, pangolins, rodents and big cats, were all<br />
said to be affected.<br />
Question 28: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Hundreds of animal species “being consumed to extinction”<br />
B. The illegal smuggling in wildlife and wildlife products.<br />
C. Wild meat - a crucial part of global diets.<br />
D. Raising people’s awareness of the worldwide crisis.<br />
Question 29: According to paragraph 1, which of the following is NOT true?<br />
(Soure: https://www.independent.co.uk)<br />
A. People are consuming a large number of wild animals for food, drugs and ornaments.<br />
B. Unregulated or illegal hunting leads to global crisis.<br />
C. Illegal smuggling in wildlife and wildlife products is managed on global networks.<br />
D. The decline in the number of species has an impact on people all over the world.<br />
Question 30: The word “diminish” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. raise B. fluctuate C. decline D. remain<br />
Question 31: The word “they” in paragraph 3 refers to _____________.<br />
A. global diets B. authors C. tonnes D. hunters<br />
Question 32: According to paragraph 4, all of the following are the essential roles that small animals play<br />
EXCEPT?<br />
A. scattering seeds B. pollinating plants C. limiting insects D. improving soil<br />
Question 33: The word “carnivores” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. animals eating meats B. animals eating plants<br />
C. animals living in water D. animals living on land.<br />
Question 34: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?<br />
A. The illegal smuggling in wildlife is considered to be more profitable than drug trafficking.<br />
B. Much of the wildlife meat can be available to normal people.<br />
C. The loss of large mammals could indirectly affect the health of human.<br />
D. Overhunting is partly linked to the poor nations which lack food supply.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
One of the most interesting authors of the twentieth century, J.R.R Tolkien, a<strong>chi</strong>eved fame through his<br />
highly inventive trilogy, The Lord of the Rings. Bom in 1892, Tolkien received his education from<br />
Oxford and then served in World War I. After the war, he became a professor of Anglo -Saxon and<br />
English language and literature at Oxford University.<br />
Although published in 1965, the three books that comprise the Lord of the Rings were written in<br />
intervals from 1936 to 1949. This was mainly due to Tolkien’s responsibilities as a professor and the<br />
outbreak of World War II. By the late 1960s, <strong>thi</strong>s fascinating trilogy had become a sociological<br />
phenomenon as young people intently studied the mythology and legends created by Tolkien.<br />
The trilogy is remarkable not only for its highly developed account of historical fiction but also its<br />
success as a modem heroic epic. The main plot describes the struggle between good and evil kingdom as<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
they try to acquire a magic ring that has the power to rule the world. The novels, which are set in a time<br />
called Middle Earth, describe a detailed fantasy world. Established before humans populated the Earth,<br />
Middle Earth was inhabited by good and evil creatures such as hobbits, elves, monsters, wizards, and<br />
some humans. The characters and the setting of Middle Earth were modeled after mythological stories<br />
from Greece and Northern Europe.<br />
Although readers have scrutinized the texts for inner meaning and have tried to connect the trilogy with<br />
Tolkien’s real life experiences in England during World War II, he denied the connection. He claims that<br />
the story began in his years as an undergraduate student and grew out of his desire to create mythology<br />
and legends about elves and their language.<br />
Tolkien was a masterful fantasy novelist who used his extensive knowledge of folklore to create a body<br />
of work that is still read and enjoyed throughout the world today.<br />
Question 35: What can we assume is NOT true about Middle Earth?<br />
A. Middle Earth was based on European folktales<br />
B. Middle Earth was a fictional world<br />
C. The good and evil kingdom fought for the power<br />
D. People dominated Middle Earth<br />
Question 36: The word “scrutinized” in the fourth paragraph could be replaced by _____________ .<br />
A. examined B. denied C. enjoyed D. criticized<br />
Question 37: What does <strong>thi</strong>s paragraph mainly discuss?<br />
A. J.R.R Tolkien’s work as a professor<br />
B. All of J.R.R Tolkien’s fantasy books<br />
C. J.R.R Tolkien and his trilogy<br />
D. The popularity of J.R.R Tolkien<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: According to the passage, when did “the Lord of the Rings” trilogy become popular with<br />
young people?<br />
A. In the late 1960s B. After World War II<br />
C. In 1892 D. Between 1936 and 1946<br />
Question 39: When did Tolkien begin to create <strong>thi</strong>s trilogy?<br />
A. When he was a student B. During World War I<br />
C. When he was a professor D. During World War II<br />
Question 40: What does the word “trilogy” in the first paragraph mean?<br />
A. A specific type of fantasy novel B. A long novel<br />
C. A group of three literary books D. An unrelated group of books<br />
Question 41: What is the setting of Tolkien’s trilogy?<br />
A. Modem - day Greece B. England in the 1800’s<br />
C. Oxford University D. Middle Earth<br />
Question 42: The word “fascinating” in the second paragraph could be replaced by _____________.<br />
A. thrilling B. extremely interesting<br />
C. boring D. terrifying<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: The car was very expensive and she couldn’t afford it.<br />
A. The car was expensive so that she couldn’t buy it.<br />
B. The car was too expensive for her to buy.<br />
C. She was rich enough to buy the car.<br />
D. She was so poor but she bought the car.<br />
Question 44: You will get a raise in salary after six months.<br />
A. Your salary will be risen after you work for six months<br />
B. After six months your salary will be raised.<br />
C. You’ll get your salary after six months’ work.<br />
D. After six month your salary will be raised.<br />
Question 45: “Don’t forget to tidy up the final draft before submission,” the team leader told us.<br />
A. The team leader reminded us to tidy up the final draft before submission.<br />
B. The team leader warned us to tidy up the final draft before submission.<br />
C. The team leader ordered us to tidy up the final draft before submission.<br />
D. The team leader simply wanted us to tidy up the final draft before submission.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Global warming will (A) get worse (B) when (C) more and more people in the world (D)<br />
will have cars.<br />
Question 47: They (A) arrived (B) to Sydney (C) sometime early in (D) the summer.<br />
Question 48: (A) Petroleum is (B) composed of a complex (C) mix of hydrogen (D) and carbon.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: Soccer is not my favourite sport. My father is infatuated with it.<br />
A. Neither my father nor I like soccer.<br />
B. Soccer is not my favourite sport so my father is infatuated with it.<br />
C. Because soccer is not my favourite sport, my father is infatuated with it.<br />
D. Although my father is infatuated with soccer, it is not my favourite sport.<br />
Question 50: The song says about the love of two young students. The song is being sung.<br />
A. The song says about the love of two young students that she is singing.<br />
B. The song says about the love of two young students who she is singing.<br />
C. The song which she is singing it says about the love of two young students.<br />
D. The song which is being sung says about the love of two young students.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án B A C B C A B B C C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D B C D A B C D B A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D C A B D C A A D C<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B D A C D A C A A C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D B B B A D B C D D<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
20<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. scuba B. hummock C. fund D. punishment<br />
Question 2: A. repent B. extinct C. respect D. celebrate<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. quality B. solution C. compliment D. energy<br />
Question 4: A. vocabulary B. politically C. documentary D. laboratory<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Slang can be defined as a set of lexical, grammatical, and phonological regularities used in<br />
informal speech.<br />
A. informative B. official C. situational D. casual<br />
Question 6: The relationship between structure, process and outcome is very unclear.<br />
A. disappear B. external C. apparent D. uncertain<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Setting off on an expedition without thorough preparation and with inadequate equipment is<br />
tempting fate.<br />
A. taking a risk B. losing heart C. having panic D. going round in circles<br />
Question 8: “It’s no use talking to me about philosophy. It’s a closed book to me.’’<br />
A. a subject that I don’t understand<br />
B. a theme that I like to discuss<br />
C. a book that is never opened<br />
D. an object that I really love<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Tim and Tom are talking about the result of the English test.<br />
Tim: “I was worried about the English result, but Mr. Smith gave me an A’’ - Tom: “_____________’’<br />
A. Good luck to you!<br />
C. Mr Smith is so mean.<br />
B. Congratulations! That’s great.<br />
D. Don’t worry about it.<br />
Question 10: Mary is talking to Julia over the phone.<br />
( PC WEB )
Mary: “Thank you for helping me prepare for my birthday party, Julia.” - Julia: _____________<br />
A. It’s my pleasure<br />
B. That’s out of <strong>thi</strong>s world<br />
C. Never mention me<br />
D. Of course not<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: People are encouraged to take bottles to bottle-banks, and only shops in supermarkets<br />
which use _____________ packing.<br />
A. environmentalist friendly B. environmental friendly<br />
C. environmentally friendly D. friendly environment<br />
Question 12: Mike won five medals at the competition. His parents _____________ very proud of him.<br />
A. could have been B. can’t have C. can’t be D. must have been<br />
Question 13: My English teacher, Mrs. Brown, was the person _____________ I had great respect.<br />
A. for who B. for whom C. that D. whom<br />
Question 14: The kind-hearted woman _____________ all her life to helping the disabled and the poor.<br />
A. wasted B. spent C. dedicated D. lived<br />
Question 15: _____________ make a good impression on him.<br />
A. Only by doing so can I B. Only so doing can I<br />
C. Only by doing so I can D. Only by so doing I can<br />
Question 16: The authorities recommend that the meeting _____________ next Monday.<br />
A. be held B. is held C. will be held D. held<br />
Question 17: The Ministry of Finance has proposed an _____________ special consumption tax of 1,000<br />
VND for each pack of cigarettes.<br />
A. additional B. exclusive C. limited D. auxiliary<br />
Question 18: _____________ the salesman promised to exchange the detective CD player for a new one,<br />
they insisted on getting a refund.<br />
A. And B. But C. Although D. Despite<br />
Question 19: The audience showed their _____________ by giving the world-famous singer a big round<br />
of applause.<br />
A. intention B. admiration C. consideration D. sympathy<br />
Question 20: Many years ago, black <strong>chi</strong>ldren were _____________ to discrimination in many schools.<br />
A. subjective B. subject C. subjecting D. to be subjected<br />
Question 21: It’s about time Mrs. Brown apologized to me _____________ me a gossip in front of<br />
everybody.<br />
A. to have called B. that she called C. of calling D. for having called<br />
Question 22: He had spent _____________ time writing an essay on his <strong>chi</strong>ldhood.<br />
A. a few B. a large number of C. a great deal of D. many<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
One of the greatest concerns parents have when facing an international move is “What schooling will be<br />
available to my <strong>chi</strong>ld? Will my <strong>chi</strong>ld be disadvantaged academically as a result of <strong>thi</strong>s move?” (23)<br />
_____________ <strong>thi</strong>s fear is certainly strongest in families moving overseas for the first time, even those<br />
who may be more experienced often have concerns about their <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s education.<br />
Dr. Ernest Mannino, Director of the State Department’s Office of Overseas Schools, and Dr. Keith<br />
Miller, Deputy Director of the office, spoke candidly (24) _____________ some of the common concerns<br />
parents have regarding the education of their <strong>chi</strong>ldren. Dr. Mannino and Dr. Miller (25)____________<br />
parents against making assumptions about their <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s education. To make an educated choice,<br />
parents need to (26)____________ through schooling issues and to research post schools as far in<br />
advance of a move as possible.<br />
Children (27) _____________ are internationally mobile have many choices of schools to attend. In<br />
most major cities, there are schools based on the U.S., French, German, and British systems. Some<br />
parents also choose to become their <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s teachers through home education. Which school is<br />
appropriate for your <strong>chi</strong>ld is an individual decision based on many factors.<br />
Question 23: A. When B. Because C. Therefore D. Although<br />
Question 24: A. on B. to C. from D.about<br />
Question 25: A. discourage B. caution C.oppose D. approve<br />
Question 26: A. <strong>thi</strong>nk B. put C. fall D. take<br />
Question 27: A. who B. which C. whose D. whom<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or 0 on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Telecommuting is some form of computer communication between employees’ homes and offices. For<br />
employees whose job involve sitting at a terminal or word processor entering data or typing reports, the<br />
location of the computer is of no consequence. If the ma<strong>chi</strong>ne can communicate over telephone lines,<br />
when the work is completed, employees can dial the office computer and transmit the material to their<br />
employers. A recent survey in USA Today estimates that there are approximately 8,7 million<br />
telecommuters. But although the numbers are rising annually, the trend does not appear to be as<br />
significant as predicted when Business Week published “The Portable Executive” as its cover story a few<br />
years ago. Why hasn’t telecommuting become more popular?<br />
Clearly, change simply takes time. But in addition, there has been active resistance on the part of many<br />
managers. These executives claim that supervising the telecommuters in a large work force scattered<br />
across the country would be too difficult, or, at least, systems for managing them are not yet developed,<br />
thereby complicating the manager’s responsibilities.<br />
It is also true that employees who are given the option of telecommuting are reluctant to accept the<br />
opportunity. Most people feel that they need regular interaction with a group, and many are concerned<br />
that they will not have the same consideration for advancement if they are not more visible in the office<br />
setting. Some people feel that even when a space in their homes is set aside as a work area, they never<br />
really get away from the office.<br />
Question 28: With which of the following topics is the passage primarily concerned?<br />
A. An overview of telecommuting.<br />
B. The failure of telecommuting.<br />
C. The advantages of telecommuting.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. A definition of telecommuting.<br />
Question 29: How many Americans are involved in telecommuting?<br />
A. More than predicted in Business Week.<br />
B. More than 8 million.<br />
C. Fewer than last year.<br />
D. Fewer than estimated in USA Today.<br />
Question 30: The phrase “of no consequence” means _____________.<br />
A. of no use B. irrelevant C. of no good D. unimportant<br />
Question 31: The author mentions all of the following as concerns of telecommuting, EXCEPT<br />
_____________.<br />
A. the opportunities for advancement<br />
B. the different system of supervision<br />
C. the lack of interaction with a group<br />
D. the work place is in the home<br />
Question 32: The word “them” in the second paragraph refers to _____________.<br />
A. telecommuters B. systems C. executives D. responsibilities<br />
Question 33: The reason why telecommuting has not become popular is that the employees .<br />
A. need regular interaction with their families.<br />
B. are worried about the promotion if they are not seen at the office.<br />
C. feel that a work area in their home is away from the office.<br />
D. are ignorant of telecommuting.<br />
Question 34: The word “reluctant” in the <strong>thi</strong>rd paragraph can best be replaced by<br />
A. opposite B. willing C. hesitant D. typical<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
If you were going to choose a job that involves travel, what would be your first choice? There are many<br />
jobs available today that give people opportunities to travel. Although may traveling careers sound<br />
fantastic, they also have disadvantages.<br />
Being an au pair is an excellent way to not only go to different countries, but to live in different places<br />
around the world and really get a feel for the culture. Au pairs lives with the families they are placed with<br />
and take of <strong>chi</strong>ldren. Many parents include au pairs in family events and vacations, so they experience<br />
many aspects of the new culture while on the job. However, many of the activities are centered around the<br />
<strong>chi</strong>ldren, so they may not get to experience many <strong>thi</strong>ngs that interest adults.<br />
For people who want a bit more freedom working abroad, being an English teacher maybe a good<br />
choice. There are English tea<strong>chi</strong>ng jobs in almost countries in the world. People tea<strong>chi</strong>ng English in other<br />
countries often have a chance to travel on the weekends around the country. One drawback is that many<br />
teachers often wind up hanging out with other English teachers, and they don’t have time to learn the<br />
country’s language.<br />
The nickname “roadie” implies that <strong>thi</strong>s job involves life on the road. Roadies are people who work and<br />
travel with bands and provide technical support. Roadies can be lighting and stage crew who set up the<br />
stage and break it down before and after events. They can also be technicians helping band members with<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
their instruments. International tours take a band’s crew to cities around the world, often requiring air<br />
travel. However, the crew doesn’t get much time off, so they may travel to several countries without<br />
seeing much besides concert venues and hotels.<br />
Similarly, flight attendants often travel to cities around the world, but they don’t see much besides the<br />
inside of airplanes and hotels. However, when they do have time off, they can often fly at no cost, and<br />
family member can sometimes fly free as well. Its is widely thought that a flight attendant job is<br />
glamorous, but flight attendants must deal with travel hassles, as well as security issues.<br />
All jobs gave advantages and disadvantages whether or not you travel for work, so if you have the<br />
travel bug, keep these jobs in mind for the future.<br />
Question 35: Which of the following is a disadvantage of the job as an au pair?<br />
A. experience many interesting <strong>thi</strong>ngs<br />
B. live in different places around the world<br />
C. experience many aspects of the new culture<br />
D. most activities are centered around <strong>chi</strong>ldren<br />
Question 36: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Jobs with opportunities to travel<br />
B. Disadvantages of travelling jobs<br />
C. Travelling to and from work<br />
D. Jobs involving traveling by planes<br />
Question 37: The word “glamorous” in paragraph 5 is closet in meaning to ____________ .<br />
A. skilled B. attractive C. permanent D. challenging<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: How is a flight attendant’s job similar to a roadie’s?<br />
A. Family members may not have to pay for flights<br />
B. They must deal with travel hassles.<br />
C. A lot of time is spent indoors.<br />
D. They provide technical support.<br />
Question 39: The word “venue” in paragraph 4 is closet meaning to _____________?<br />
A. performances B. places C. tours D. artists<br />
Question 40: The word “they” in paragraph 1 refers to _____________?<br />
A. people B. opportunities C. careers D. disadvantages<br />
Question 41: Which of the following is some<strong>thi</strong>ng a roadie might do?<br />
A. set up the lights for a performance<br />
B. sing songs in front of a large audience<br />
C. clean hotel rooms after the ban and crew have left<br />
D. work on the road<br />
Question 42: It can be inferred from the passage that _____________.<br />
A. travelling careers have more disadvantages than many other.<br />
B. English teachers abroad don’t know the language of the country where they work<br />
C. it’s essential that the job you choose have more benefits than drawbacks<br />
D. people who want to travel are more likely to get a job<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: Lisa was afraid the neighbors would despise her for not having a washing ma<strong>chi</strong>ne.<br />
A. What a surprised the neighbors was that Lisa didn’t have a washing ma<strong>chi</strong>ne.<br />
B. Lisa was afraid the neighbors would know she didn’t have a washing ma<strong>chi</strong>ne.<br />
C. The neighbors felt sorry for Lisa because she didn’t have a washing ma<strong>chi</strong>ne.<br />
D. Lisa was afraid the neighbors would look down on her for not having a washing ma<strong>chi</strong>ne.<br />
Question 44: “I wouldn’t apply for that job, Lan, if I were you,” said Minh.<br />
A. Minh advised Lan not to apply for that job.<br />
B. Minh recommended Lan not apply for that job.<br />
C. Minh felt sorry because Lan applied for that job.<br />
D. Minh apologized to Lan for applying for that job.<br />
Question 45: The critics undervalued his new book.<br />
A. The critics rejected his new book.<br />
B. The critics were fed up with his new book.<br />
C. The critics had a low opinion of his new book.<br />
D. The critics turned down his new book.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: It (A) has been said (B) that laser (C) to be the most miraculous (D) to cure the disease.<br />
Question 47: The office furniture (A) that was ordered last month (B) have just arrived, but we’re not<br />
sure (C) whether the manager (D) likes it.<br />
Question 48: (A) To everyone’s (B) surprise, it wasn’t in Hanoi City (C) which he (D) made his fortune,<br />
although that’s where he was bom.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: Mark snored all night. I didn’t sleep a wink.<br />
A. I didn’t sleep a wink, which made Mark snore all night.<br />
B. Mark snored all night as a result of my sleeplessness.<br />
C. What with Mark snoring all night, I didn’t sleep a wink.<br />
D. What made Mark snore all night was my sleeplessness.<br />
Question 50: Those three countries launched missiles into Syria. No casualties were reported.<br />
A. Those three countries launched missiles into Syria, but no casualties were reported.<br />
B. Despite those three countries launched missiles into Syria, no casualties were reported.<br />
C. Those three countries launched missiles into Syria so that no casualties could be reported.<br />
D. Having launched missiles into Syria, those three countries had not reported casualties.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A D B C B C A A B A<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án C D B C A A A C B B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D C D D B A A A B D<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B A B C D A B C B C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A B D A C C B C C A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
21<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. keep B. know C. knife D.knee<br />
Question 2: A. pleasure B. television C. preserve D. decision<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. attract B. polite C. promise D. approach<br />
Question 4: A. media B. belief C. culture D. actor<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the<br />
underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Polluted water and increased water temperatures have driven many species to the verge of<br />
extinction.<br />
A. Enriched B. Contaminated C. Strengthened D. Purified<br />
Question 6: English is a compulsory subject in most of the schools in our country.<br />
A. required B. paid C. optional D. dependent<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: I was completely mesmerized by Cristiano Ronaldo’s performance. He is really one of the<br />
greatest footballers of all time.<br />
A. fascinated B. amazed C. uninspired D. rewarded<br />
Question 8: When Kelly invited us to dinner, she really showed off her culinary talents. She prepared a<br />
feast - a huge selection of dishes that were simply mouth-watering.<br />
A. relating to medical knowledge B. involving hygienic conditions and diseases<br />
C. concerning nutrition and health D. having to do with food and cooking<br />
Mark the letter A, Bf C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Sally and Susan are talking about the dancing show they have just watched.<br />
- Sally: “What a fantastic performance! Thank you for inviting me to the musical.”<br />
- Susan: “_____________ I’m happy you enjoyed the show.”<br />
A. You are welcome. B. Thanks. That’s why I didn’t like dancing<br />
C. Are you kidding? D. No way<br />
Question 10: Peter is telling Alex about his father’s health condition.<br />
Peter: “My father’s much better now.” - Alex: “_____________”<br />
A. Oh, I’m pleased to hear it. B. Wonderful! Congratulations on your success!<br />
C. Oh, really? You must be very tired. D. Bad news for you.<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Da Vinci’s Mona Lisa is _____________; if it was destroyed no amount of money could<br />
ever replace it.<br />
A. worthless B. valueless C. priceless D. invaluable<br />
Question 12: He is exhausted. He _____________ around the whole afternoon trying to clean the house<br />
before the guests arrive.<br />
A. has been running B. run C. be running D. was running<br />
Question 13: He has received numerous honours and prizes in _____________ of his remarkable<br />
a<strong>chi</strong>evements.<br />
A. unrecognizable B. recognize C. recognizable D. recognition<br />
Question 14: If you knew he was ill, why _____________ you _____________ to see him?<br />
A. didn’t / come B. wouldn’t / come C. should/come D. would/come<br />
Question 15: You need to make _____________ about what course you should take at university.<br />
A. a decision B. a fortune C. a guess D. an impression<br />
Question 16: Tim is nearsighted. He _____________ glasses ever since he was nine years old.<br />
A. should have worn B. must wear C. need wear D. has had to wear<br />
Question 17: As a student, you envied your friends who were working and earning their own money,<br />
_____________?<br />
A. were they B. didn’t you C. weren’t they D. were you<br />
Question 18: Neither Mary nor her sister _____________ to attend the concert.<br />
A. go B. are going C. have gone D. is going<br />
Question 19: On Sundays, many people take their cars to service stations ____________.<br />
A. to get the oil refilled B. to get the oil refill<br />
C. to refill the oil D. to make the oil refilled<br />
Question 20: _____________ advised on what and how to prepare for the interview, he might have got<br />
the job.<br />
A. Had he been B. If he had C. Unless he had been D. Were he to be<br />
Question 21: My brother was worried about being interviewed on television, but he _____________ to<br />
the occasion wonderfully.<br />
A. raised B. rose C. fell D. faced<br />
Question 22: The more difficult the job is, _____________.<br />
A. the more interesting she finds B. the more she finds it interesting<br />
C. she finds it more interesting D. the more interesting it is to her<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
We are all too well aware that the extinction of animal and plant species is one of the biggest and most<br />
horrifying threats (23) _____________ our planet these days. Having said that, there has recently<br />
been some good news out of Russia regarding some<strong>thi</strong>ng called regeneration - a(n) (24) _____________<br />
solution to <strong>thi</strong>s ever-growing problem.<br />
Trang 2/9<br />
( PC WEB )
Regeneration involves (25) _____________ tissue from a plant or animal that has become extinct and<br />
‘bringing it back to life’. In recent Russian experiments, scientists took fruit and seeds from the<br />
underground burrow of a long-dead Siberian squirrel and process to regenerate a beautiful flower called<br />
the Silene stenophylla. To date, it is the oldest plant to be produced from the innovative regeneration<br />
(26)____________<br />
Understandably, experts are over the moon about their success as it shows once and for all that tissue<br />
can survive ice conservation for thousands of years. Those who participated in the regeneration of the<br />
flower are pleased and are now hoping to find prehistoric squirrel tissue or perhaps even (27)<br />
_____________ tissue from the great woolly mammoth, which could lead to the resurrection of those two<br />
species.<br />
[From: STARLIGHT 8, Workbook, Express Publishing. 2010]<br />
Question 23: A. heading B. facing C. confronting D. hallenging<br />
Question 24: A. probable B. possible C. likely D. expected<br />
Question 25: A. pulling B. moving C. taking D. bringing<br />
Question 26: A. succeeded B. managed C. directed D. conducted<br />
Question 27: A. icy B. freezing C. iced D. frozen<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Soi<strong>chi</strong>ro Honda was bom in 1906 in a small village in Japan. It was so small that it didn’t even have<br />
electricity. His family was poor. Soi<strong>chi</strong>ro had eight brothers and sisters. Sadly, five of them died when<br />
they were young because they did not have good medical care. When Soi<strong>chi</strong>ro was eight years old, he<br />
saw his first automobile. He was amazed by it. For the next 50 years, he loved ma<strong>chi</strong>nes on wheels. When<br />
he was 15 years old, Soi<strong>chi</strong>ro left his village to work at an auto repair shop in Tokyo. It was then that<br />
Honda discovered motorcycles. He spent all of his free time fixing and riding motorcycles. He returned to<br />
his village six years later to open his own garage. Soon he owned several shops and had over 50<br />
employees.<br />
At the same time, he began to build and race motorcycles and cars. Honda loved to race, and he became<br />
one of Japan’s most competitive drivers. In 1936, his race car crashed while he was driving 100 miles per<br />
hour. Half of Honda’s face was crushed, and he had other serious injuries. It took him a year and a half to<br />
recover. After <strong>thi</strong>s, his family begged him to give up racing. He looked for a less dangerous job and<br />
finally decided to become a manufacturer.<br />
At first, he manufactured engine parts. The Japanese navy used a lot of his engine parts in World War<br />
II. In 1948, after the war, he started the Honda Motor Company. He started the company with only<br />
$3,300. He made his first ma<strong>chi</strong>nes from engine parts that the military did not need after the war. These<br />
ma<strong>chi</strong>nes were not real motorcycles; they were bicycles with motors. People bought them because they<br />
needed a reliable form of transportation. As Honda’s business grew, he began to make different types of<br />
motorcycles. By 1950, his motorcycles were selling all over Japan. But there were 50 other motorcycle<br />
makers in Japan at the time. In 1958, Honda designed a lightweight motorcycle called the Super Cub. It<br />
was a huge success and Honda made a lot of money. Two years later, Honda built the world’s biggest<br />
motorcycle factory in Japan.<br />
By the 1960s, the Super Cub was popular all over Asia. But Honda wanted the motorcycle to be popular<br />
all over the world. In Europe, he put his motorcycles in difficult races to show how good they were. In the<br />
United States, he tried a different method. He used a magazine ad with the words “You Meet the Nicest<br />
Trang 3/9<br />
( PC WEB )
People on a Honda." It showed ordinary Americans such as students, businessmen, and older people all<br />
riding happily on the Honda Super Cub. The ad appeared in many popular magazines.<br />
Readers who had never ridden a motorcycle saw the ad. The ad showed that motorcycles were not just<br />
for crazy young people who wore black leather jackets. They were good for other people too. The<br />
company sold thousands of motorcycles to new riders. Honda then started to put the ads on television.<br />
This was also very successful. For example, he put an ad for his motorcycle on during the Academy<br />
Awards program. Millions of people watched that program, and on the next day, sales of the motorcycle<br />
went up tremendously. By 1968, Honda had sold 1 million motorcycles in the United States.<br />
In 1963, his company started to make cars. In 1972, it produced the Civic-, the next year, the Accord;<br />
and then in 1978, the Prelude. Soon, the company was one of the world’s biggest automobile makers.<br />
Honda was also famous for his business style. He believed that workers and bosses should have a close<br />
relationship. He also thought it was important to encourage workers to do their best.<br />
In 1973, Soi<strong>chi</strong>ro Honda retired as president of his company. He died in 1991. Honda was very<br />
important to Japan’s recent history. He and many other business leaders helped make Japan into a leading<br />
industrial nation.<br />
Question 28: Where did Honda go when he left his village?<br />
A. went to work at an auto repair shop in Tokyo<br />
B. went to work as a motor racer<br />
C. went to open repair shop<br />
D. went to fix and ride motorcycles<br />
Question 29: Honda was very successful because he _____________<br />
A. owned the only motorcycle maker<br />
B. put his motorcycles in difficult races<br />
C. had a good education<br />
D. wasn’t afraid to take chances<br />
Question 30: Soi<strong>chi</strong>ro Honda _____________.<br />
A. wasted his time working at an auto repair shop<br />
B. manufactured cars and motorcycles all his life<br />
C. was poor when hestarted out, but later became a success<br />
D. a mechanic coming from a poor family<br />
Question 31: What was different about the new motorcycle that Honda designed?<br />
A. It was a cheaper one<br />
B. It was a bicycle with motor.<br />
C. It was a lightweight one<br />
D. It was the biggest one<br />
Question 32: Honda start the Honda Motor Company in _____________.<br />
A. 1984 B. 1948 C. 1950 D. 1960<br />
Question 33: What happened to Honda’s race car in 1936?<br />
A. It crashed. B. It collapsed. C. It was crushed. D. It was injured.<br />
Question 34: Honda’s business was _____________.<br />
A. small in the beginning only and then expanded<br />
Trang 4/9<br />
( PC WEB )
B. a huge success in the United States<br />
C. selling motorcycles to young people<br />
D. a huge success ffom the beginning<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
The idea of preserving biological diversity gives most people a warm feeling inside. But what, exactly,<br />
is diversity? And which kind is most worth preserving? It may be anathema to save-the-lot<br />
environmentalists who hate setting such priorities, but academics are starting to cook up answers.<br />
Andrew Solow, a mathematician at the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, and his colleagues<br />
argue that in the eyes of conservation, all species should not be equal. Even more controversially, they<br />
suggest that preserving the rarest is not always the best approach. Their measure of diversity is the<br />
amount of evolutionary distance between species. They reckon that if choices must be made, then the<br />
number of times that cousins are removed from one another should be one of the criteria.<br />
This makes sense from both a practical and an aesthetic point of view. Close relatives have many genes<br />
in common. If those genes might be medically or agriculturally valuable, saving one is nearly as good as<br />
saving both. And different forms are more interesting to admire and study than lots of <strong>thi</strong>ngs that look the<br />
same. Dr Solow’s group illustrates its thesis with an example. Six species of crane are at some risk of<br />
extinction. Breeding in captivity might save them. But suppose there were only enough money to protect<br />
three. Which ones should be picked?<br />
The genetic distances between 14 species of cranes, including the six at risk, have already been<br />
established using a technique known as DNA hybridisation. The group estimated how likely it was that<br />
each of these 14 species would become extinct in the next 50 years. Unendangered species were assigned<br />
a 10% chance of meeting the Darwinian reaper-man; the most vulnerable, a 90% chance. Captive<br />
breeding was assumed to reduce an otherwise endangered species’ risk to the 10% level of the safest. Dr<br />
Solow’s computer permed all possible combinations of three from six and came to the conclusion that<br />
protecting the Siberian, white-naped and black-necked cranes gave the smallest likely loss of biological<br />
diversity over the next five decades. The other three had close relatives in little need of protection. Even if<br />
they became extinct, most of their genes would be saved.<br />
Building on the work of <strong>thi</strong>s group, Martin Weitzman, of Harvard University, argues that conservation<br />
policy needs to take account not only of some firm measure of the genetic relationships of species to each<br />
other and their likelihood of survival, but also the costs of preserving them. Where species are equally<br />
important in genetic terms, and - an important and improbable precondition - where the protection of one<br />
species can be assured at the expense of another, he argues for making safe species safer, rather than<br />
endangered species less endangered.<br />
In practice, it is difficult to choose between species. Most of those at risk - especially plants, the group<br />
most likely to yield useful medicines - are under threat because their habitats are in trouble, not because<br />
they are being shot, or plucked, to extinction. Nor can conservationists choose among the millions of<br />
species that theory predicts must exist, but that have not yet been classified by the biologists assigned to<br />
that tedious task.<br />
This is not necessarily cause for despair. At the moment, the usual way to save the genes in these<br />
creatures is to find the bits of the world with the largest number of species and try to protect them from<br />
the bulldozers. What economists require from biologists are more sophisticated ways to estimate the<br />
Trang 5/9<br />
( PC WEB )
diversity of groups of organisms that happen to live together, as well as those which are related to each<br />
other. With clearer goals established, economic theory can then tell environmentalists where to go.<br />
Question 35: Dr Solow believes that _____________.<br />
A. very rare species can’t be saved<br />
B. all very rare species should be saved<br />
C. all species should be saved<br />
D. only some species are worth saving<br />
Question 36: Dr Solow’s work depended on _____________.<br />
A. the premise that all cranes should be protected<br />
B. previous biological research<br />
C. the cost of preserving cranes<br />
D. the premise that not all species are the same<br />
Question 37: Three of the six species of endangered cranes _____________<br />
A. were less interesting to admire than others<br />
B. could be allowed to become extinct<br />
C. were so rare they couldn’t be saved<br />
D. shouldn’t be protected<br />
[from The Economist]<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: Dr Weitzman believes that if two species are equally important genetically we should<br />
protect _____________.<br />
A. the one that is more attractive<br />
B. them both<br />
C. the less endangered one<br />
D. the rarer one<br />
Question 39: Endangered species of cranes can be saved by _____________<br />
A. stopping hunters from killing them<br />
B. protecting their habitats<br />
C. encouraging them to mate with their cousins<br />
D. keeping them in zoos or wildlife parks<br />
Question 40: Most species are endangered because _____________.<br />
A. biologists haven’t classified them<br />
B. they are hunted or picked<br />
C. we don’t care enough about them<br />
D. the places they live in are being destroyed<br />
Question 41: Dr Weitzman’s ideas _____________.<br />
A. confirm Dr Solow’s<br />
B. contradict Dr Solow’s<br />
C. disregard Dr Solow’s<br />
D. take Dr Solow’s ideas one step further<br />
Question 42: According to the writer what has to be done first is for _____________.<br />
Trang 6/9<br />
( PC WEB )
A. biologists to instruct economists<br />
B. biologists to classify undiscovered species<br />
C. developers to stop destroying habitats<br />
D. economists to instruct biologists<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: You are in <strong>thi</strong>s mess right now because you didn’t listen to me in the first place.<br />
A. If you listened to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t be in <strong>thi</strong>s mess right now.<br />
B. If you listen to my advice in the first place, you will not be in <strong>thi</strong>s mess right now.<br />
C. If you had listened to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t be in <strong>thi</strong>s mess right now.<br />
D. If you had listened to my advice in the first place, you wouldn’t have been in <strong>thi</strong>s mess right now.<br />
Question 44: It was only when I left home that I realized how much my family meant to me.<br />
A. As soon as I left home, I found out what a family could do without.<br />
B. I left home and didn’t realize how meaningful my family was.<br />
C. Not until I left home did I realize how much my family meant to me.<br />
D. Before I left home, I realized how much my family meant to me.<br />
Question 45: Mike put a fence so that people didn’t walk on his garden.<br />
A. Mike put a fence because he wants to remind people to walk on his garden.<br />
B. Mike put a fence to prevent people from walking on his garden.<br />
C. In order to tell people to walk on his garden, Mike put a fence.<br />
D. So as to encourage people to walk on his garden, Mike put a fence.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) The assumption (B) that smoking has bad (C) effects on our health (D) have been<br />
proved.<br />
Question 47: The improvement (A) for water standards (B) over (C) the last 50 years has been (D) very<br />
great.<br />
Question 48: (A) Not until ten years (B) ago (C) was there much need for personal (D) computer.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: My mother regretted not having planted a garden <strong>thi</strong>s year. She felt bad when buying<br />
vegetables at the supermarket.<br />
A. If my mother had planted a garden <strong>thi</strong>s year, she wouldn’t have had to buy her vegetables from the<br />
supermarket.<br />
B. When she realized that the vegetables at the supermarket were so bad, my mother decided to grow<br />
her own from then on.<br />
C. Feeling sorry that she hadn’t planted a garden <strong>thi</strong>s year, my mother did not feel good about<br />
purchasing vegetables from the supermarket.<br />
D. The garden that my mother had not planted, which she regretted not doing, would have produced<br />
better vegetables than the ones she got at the supermarket.<br />
Trang 7/9<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 50: My mother is on a business trip. We have a cooked dinner every evening.<br />
A. Although my mother is on a business trip, we have a cooked dinner every evening.<br />
B. We have a cooked dinner every evening, so my mother is on a business trip.<br />
C. Because my mother is on a business trip, we have a cooked dinner every evening<br />
D. When we have a cooked dinner every evening, my mother is on a business trip.<br />
Trang 8/9<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A C C B D C A D A A<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án C A D B A D B D A A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án B D B B C B D A D B<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án C B A A D B A C D D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D A C C B D A D C A<br />
Trang 9/9<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 10/9
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
22<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. scenic B. pesticide C. survive D. fertilizer<br />
Question 2: A. wicked B. hatred C. ragged D. followed<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. challenging B. relation C. arrangement D. preparing<br />
Question 4: A. nobody B. atmosphere C. gigantic D. ignorant<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Although it’s a long day for us, we feel we are contented with what we do.<br />
A. interested B. dissatisfied C. excited D. shocked<br />
Question 6: Differently from English taught to all Vietnamese students, Chinese and French have been<br />
made optional languages taught at secondary schools in Vietnam.<br />
A. compulsory B. important C. comfortable D. necessary<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Don’t forget to drop me a line while you are away.<br />
A. call me B. give me a ring C. drop in me D. write to me<br />
Question 8: We can use either verbal or nonverbal forms of communication.<br />
A. using facial expressions B. using gesture<br />
C. using speech D. using verbs<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Mike and Tim are university students. They are talking about Tim upcoming high-school<br />
reunion.<br />
Mike: “So, you have your fifth high-school reunion coming up?” - Tim: “ _____________”<br />
A. Oh, the school reunion was wonderful.<br />
B. No. You’re in no mood for the event<br />
C. The food at the reunion was excellent.<br />
D. Yeah. I’m really looking forward to it.<br />
Question 10: John and Mary are discussing school work.<br />
John: “Your parents must be proud of your English result at school.” - Mary: “_____________”<br />
A. Of course. B. I’m glad you like it.<br />
( PC WEB )
C. Thanks. It’s certainly encouraging. D. I am sorry to hear that.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Let’s take actions to protect the environment, _____________ we?<br />
A. needn’t B. must C. shall D. will<br />
Question 12: People should eat _____________ and do _____________ to reduce the risk of heart<br />
disease.<br />
A. less and less fat / the more exercise B. less fat / more exercise<br />
C. the less fat / the more exercise D. the lease fat / the most exercise<br />
Question 13: Tim would like to specialize _____________ computer science.<br />
A. of B. to C. in D. at<br />
Question 14: Even the most _____________ individuals can be thrown into a mild panic at the prospect<br />
of organizing a wedding.<br />
A. cool-headed B. soft-hearted C. half-hearted D. big-headed<br />
Question 15: He told me that it was a genuine diamond, and I was completely _____________ .<br />
A. put down B. turned down C. pulled up D. taken in<br />
Question 16: We have bought some _____________.<br />
A. German lovely old glasses B. German old lovely glasses<br />
C. lovely old German glasses D. old lovely German glasses<br />
Question 17: If Bill _____________ a job now, he wouldn’t be so unhappy.<br />
A. has B. has had C. had D. would have<br />
Question 18: All _____________ barristers are expected to study at the Inns of Court.<br />
A. hopeful B. wishful C. willing D. prospective<br />
Question 19: It is not until December 25 _____________ the exam results will be announced.<br />
A. which B. what C. that D. when<br />
Question 20: Life in the countryside is very ____________ , isn’t it?<br />
A. peace B. peaceful C. peacefully D. peacefulness<br />
Question 21: In Vietnam, application forms for the National Entrance Examinations must be _________<br />
before the deadline, often in April.<br />
A. issued B. signed C. read D. submitted<br />
Question 22: She _____________ on her computer for more than two hours when she decided to stop for<br />
a rest.<br />
A. has worked B. has been working<br />
C. was working D. had been working<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
st<br />
21 century teachers need to serve as a guide or mentor for their students, not as the all-knowing sage<br />
providing them with every<strong>thi</strong>ng they need. Nowadays, with so much access (23) _____________<br />
resources of all kinds, <strong>chi</strong>ldren invariably know more than teachers on different topics, step ahead of the<br />
technology. Teachers need to be empowered as facilitators for learning, so that they can empower their<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
students in (24)____________ . This shift is great news for teachers. Instead of struggling to give kids all<br />
the information in areas (25) they know little about, teachers can support students as they make their own<br />
steps into different fields. It’s about preparing them to go beyond their seniors, ensuring they have the<br />
skills to do it, and assisting them along the way. (26) _____________, teachers need to be forward<strong>thi</strong>nking,<br />
curious and flexible. They must be learners: learning new tea<strong>chi</strong>ng methods, and learning<br />
alongside their students. Simply asking questions like “What will my students need dozens of years from<br />
now?” or “How can I help give them those skills?” can change teachers’ (27) _____________, make them<br />
a leader, and bring about changes in the classroom, school and community.<br />
Question 23: A. to B. with C. for D. in<br />
Question 24: A. sight B. use C. line D. turn<br />
Question 25: A. what B.that C. where D. whom<br />
Question 26: A. For instance B. Therefore C. In practice D. Otherwise<br />
Question 27: A. knowledge B. prejudice C. mindset D. judgement<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
When we talk about living a healthy life, there is a famous old saying, you are what you eat. In fact, it is<br />
not just what people eat, but their whole lifestyle, which is important. The best way to stay healthy is to<br />
live a balanced lifestyle. Are you living a balanced lifestyle both physically and mentally?<br />
Physical Balance<br />
The human body needs physical exercise at least once a day. In today’s world, many working people<br />
spend most of their day sitting at a desk. To add more exercise to your daily life, try to stop what you are<br />
doing about once an hour and stretch or take a short walk. After work, take a brisk walk or go to the gym.<br />
Your body will thank you for it.<br />
For good health, nutritionists say we should eat at least four servings of raw food a day. By eating many<br />
colorful fruits and vegetables, you can be sure you are getting the correct nutrients. Have a red apple<br />
with your breakfast, a green salad at lunch, some carrots for your afternoon snack, and grapes for dessert<br />
instead of cake or cookies. Of course, for a healthy balance, your body also needs other foods.<br />
Mental Balance<br />
Mentally balanced people are usually emotionally balanced. They are generally happy with the <strong>thi</strong>ngs<br />
they have. They do not need to have more and more <strong>thi</strong>ngs. A mentally balanced person also feels good<br />
about who they are. They don’t worry about the past, and generally have good relationships with the<br />
people around them. That doesn’t mean that mentally healthy people never have negative feelings, but<br />
they don’t let these types of feelings control them or their behavior. It’s normal for people to feel their<br />
emotions-life always has its challenges and tragedies. But mentally healthy people face those challenges<br />
and resolve them quickly instead of allowing them to take control of their lives. By taking a little time<br />
each day to eat well, exercise, and clear your mind, anyone can live a more balanced and heal<strong>thi</strong>er<br />
lifestyle.<br />
Question 28: According to the article, people need to exercise _____________.<br />
A. once an hour B. once a day<br />
C. for one hour at a time D. in the evenings, after work<br />
Question 29: The following statements are recommended as ways to get physical exercise EXCEPT<br />
_____________.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. stret<strong>chi</strong>ng B. taking a walk C. going to a gym D. playing sports<br />
Question 30: The word “nutrients” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. exercise activities B. <strong>thi</strong>ngs needed for healthy growth<br />
C. positive feelings D. foods that are not cooked<br />
Question 31: In paragraph 4, in “and resolve them quickly,” the word “them” means _____________<br />
A. emotions B. people C. challenges D. lives<br />
Question 32: According to the article, to have a balanced lifestyle, people need to _____________.<br />
A. work less and exercise more<br />
B. eat cookies and cake only once a week<br />
C. let their feelings control their behavior<br />
D. take care of both their physical and mental health<br />
Question 33: Which statement is true, according to the article?<br />
A. Fruits and vegetables should only be eaten raw.<br />
B. A healthy, balanced lifestyle is difficult for most people.<br />
C. People should exercise at least four times a day.<br />
D. Mentally healthy people also face challenges and tragedies.<br />
Question 34: The author wrote <strong>thi</strong>s article mostly to _____________<br />
A. tell people about the key parts of a balanced lifestyle<br />
B. tell people which foods are and are not healthy<br />
C. make sure everyone gets enough exercise in their lives<br />
D. show that mental health is more important than physical health<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
A folk culture is small, isolated, cohesive, conservative, nearly self-sufficient group that is<br />
homogeneous in custom and race, with a strong family or clan structure and highly developed rituals.<br />
Order is maintained through sanctions based in the religion or family, and interpersonal relationships<br />
are strong. Tradition is paramount, and change comes infrequently and slowly. There is relatively little<br />
division of labor into specialized duties. Rather, each person is expected to perform a great variety of<br />
tasks, though duties may differ between the sexes. Most goods are handmade, and a subsistence economy<br />
prevails. Individualism is weakly developed in folk cultures, as are social classes. Unaltered folk cultures<br />
no longer exist in industrialized countries such as the United States and Canada. Perhaps the nearest<br />
modem equivalent in Anglo-America is the Amish, a German American farming sect that largely<br />
renounces the products and labor saving devices of the industrial age. In Amish areas, horse-drawn<br />
buggies till serve as a local transportation device, and the faithful are not permitted to own automobiles.<br />
The Amish’s central religious concept of Demut, “humility”, clearly reflects the weakness of<br />
individualism and social class so typical of folk cultures, and there is a corresponding strength of Amish<br />
group identity. Rarely do the Amish marry outside their sect. The religion, a variety of the Mennonite<br />
faith, provides the principal mechanism for maintaining order.<br />
By contrast, a popular culture is a large heterogeneous group, often highly individualistic and constantly<br />
changing. Relationships tend to be impersonal, and a pronounced division of labor exists, leading to the<br />
establishment of many specialized professions. Secular institutions, of control such as the police and army<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
take the place of religion and family in maintaining order, and a money-based economy prevails. Because<br />
of these contrasts, “popular” may be viewed as clearly different from “folk”.<br />
The popular is replacing the folk in industrialized countries and in many developing nations, Folk-made<br />
objects give way to their popular equivalent, usually because the popular item is more quickly or cheaply<br />
produced, is easier or time saving to use, or lends more prestige to the owner.<br />
Question 35: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Two decades in modem society<br />
B. The influence of industrial technology<br />
C. The characteristics of “folk” and “popular” societies<br />
D. The specialization of labor in Canada and the United States<br />
Question 36: Which of the following is typical of folk cultures?<br />
A. There is a money-based economy.<br />
B. Social change occurs slowly.<br />
C. Contact with other cultures is encouraged.<br />
D. Each person develops one specialized skill.<br />
Question 37: What does the author imply about the United States and Canada?<br />
A. They value folk cultures.<br />
B. They have no social classes.<br />
C. They have popular cultures.<br />
D. They do not value individualism.<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The phrase “largely renounces” is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. generally rejects B. greatly modifies C. loudly declares D. often criticizes<br />
Question 39: What is the main source of order in Amish society?<br />
A. The government B. The economy C. The clan structure D. The religion<br />
Question 40: Which of the following statements about Amish beliefs does the passage support?<br />
A. A variety of religious practices is tolerated.<br />
B. Individualism and competition are important.<br />
C. Pre-modem technology is preferred.<br />
D. People are defined according to their class.<br />
Question 41: The word “prevails” is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. dominates B. provides C. develops D. invests<br />
Question 42: Which of the following is NOT given as a reason why folk-made objects are replaced by<br />
mass-produced objects?<br />
A. cost B. quality C. prestige D. convenience<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: In spite of his poverty, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.<br />
A. Although he was poor, he led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause.<br />
B. He led a devoted life to the revolutionary cause, but he was so poor.<br />
C. If he had not been so poor, he could have devoted his life to the revolutionary cause.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. He could not devote his life to the revolutionary cause because of his poverty.<br />
Question 44: It was only when we arrived in Kenya that we saw hippos and giraffes.<br />
A. When we arrived in Kenya we only saw hippos and giraffes.<br />
B. We arrived in Kenya only when we saw hippos and giraffes.<br />
C. We only arrived in Kenya when we saw hippos and giraffes.<br />
D. Only when we arrived in Kenya did we see hippos and giraffes.<br />
Question 45: This party is ‘evening dress’ only.<br />
A. You have to dress up <strong>thi</strong>s evening.<br />
B. I dress up only for <strong>thi</strong>s evening party.<br />
C. You’re not allowed to dress casually for <strong>thi</strong>s party.<br />
D. This party is only for those who dress up in the evening.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) Overpopulation is (B) a short way to lead to (C) poor. (D) illiteracy, and social evils.<br />
Question 47: Rainforests (A) are being cut and (B) burning at (C) such a speed that they will disappear<br />
(D) from the earth in the near future.<br />
Question 48: The student (A) must have her assessment form (B) fill in by the examiner (C) during the<br />
(D) oral exam.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: I got up late and missed the first class. The alarm clock didn’t go off.<br />
A. If I set the alarm clock well, I would not get up late and miss the first class.<br />
B. Because the alarm clock didn’t working well, I got up late and missed the first class.<br />
C. Because I got up late and missed the first class, the alarm clock didn’t go off.<br />
D. I got up late and missed the first class, so the alarm clock didn’t go off.<br />
Question 50: Collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby. I know a lot of people who do <strong>thi</strong>s.<br />
A. Because collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby, I know a lot of people who do <strong>thi</strong>s.<br />
B. Despite the fact that collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby, I know a lot of people who do <strong>thi</strong>s.<br />
C. Collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby; therefore, I know a lot of people who do <strong>thi</strong>s.<br />
D. However collecting decay teeth is an unusual hobby, I know a lot of people who do <strong>thi</strong>s.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A D A C B A D C D C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án C B C A D C C D C B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D D A D B B C B D B<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án C D D A C B C A D C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A B A D C C B B B B<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
23<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 05<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. kites B. catches C. oranges D. buzzes<br />
Question 2: A. gossip B. gentle C. gamble D. garage<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. ma<strong>chi</strong>ne B. confine C. engine D. entail<br />
Question 4: A. preference B. obstacle C. practicing D. supporter<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: The length of an X-ray wave is incredibly small: less than one ten-millionth of a millimeter.<br />
A. believably B. considerably C. famously D. sufficiently<br />
Question 6: If any employee knowingly breaks the terms of <strong>thi</strong>s contract, he will be dismissed<br />
immediately.<br />
A. coincidentally B. deliberately C. instinctively D. accidentally<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: She said some quite nasty <strong>thi</strong>ngs about him.<br />
A. favourable B. funny C. offensive D. smelling<br />
Question 8: Sally rings her boyfriend every day; she must be running up a huge phone bill.<br />
A. saving up B. owing to C. being a debtor D. having to pay<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Lan: “Thanks a lot for your help.” - Nam: “_____________.”<br />
A. My excitement B. My delight C. My happiness D. My pleasure<br />
Question 10: - Mai: “I’ve got some amazing news” - Hoa: “_____________ ”<br />
A. Get a life! B. No way! You’re pulling my leg.<br />
C. That’ll teach you. D. Fire away, I’m all ears.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: His country has _____________ climate.<br />
A. continent B. continental C. continence D. continentally<br />
Question 12: It _____________ Susan that you saw last night. She’s abroad with her family.<br />
A. should have been B. must have been C. can’t have been D. needn’t have been<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 13: He is a very intelligent boy; _____________ , he sometimes gets bad marks.<br />
A. otherwise B. so C. however D. thus<br />
Question 14: I _____________ with my uncle when I am on holiday in Ho Chi Minh City next month.<br />
A. will be staying B. will have stayed C. will have been staying D. stay<br />
Question 15: She started the course two months ago but dropped _____________ after only a month<br />
A. out B. back C. of D. in<br />
Question 16: _____________ that Columbus discovered America.<br />
A. In 1492 B. That was in 1492 C. There was in 1492 D. It was in 1492<br />
Question 17: The use of vitamin _____________ and herbs has become increasingly popular among<br />
Americans.<br />
A. ingredients B. materials C. components D. supplements<br />
Question 18: Due to ever more spreading poa<strong>chi</strong>ng, there _____________ a dramatic decline in the<br />
number of elephants recently.<br />
A. is B. had been C. was D. has been<br />
Question 19: She passed the National High School Graduation Exam with _____________ colours.<br />
A. red B. true C. bright D. flying<br />
Question 20: It was no accident that he broke my glasses. He did it _____________ purpose.<br />
A. with B. on C. by D. about<br />
Question 21: No matter how angry he was, he would never _____________ to violence.<br />
A. refuse B. resist C. resolve D. resort<br />
Question 22: They _____________ tired now because they _____________ in the garden since 7<br />
o’clock.<br />
A. are/ worked B. were/were working<br />
C. are/have been working D. were/worked<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
The reality is that everyone uses jargon. It is an essential part of the network of occupations and pursuits<br />
which make up society. All jobs have an element of jargon, which workers learn as they<br />
(23)____________ their expertise. All hobbies require mastery of a jargon. Each society grouping has its<br />
jargon. The phenomenon turns (24) to be universal and valuable. It is the jargon element, which, in a job,<br />
can promote economy and precision and thus help make life easier for the workers.<br />
When we have learned to command it, jargon is some<strong>thi</strong>ng we readily take (25) _____________ in<br />
whether the subject is motorcycling, baseball or computers. It can add pace, variety and humor to speech -<br />
as when, with an important event approa<strong>chi</strong>ng, we might slip into the related jargon. We enjoy the mutual<br />
showing off which stems from a fluent use of terminology, we enjoy the in-jokes (26) _____________<br />
shared linguistic experience permits. (27) _____________, we are jealous of <strong>thi</strong>s knowledge. We are<br />
quick to demean anyone who tries to be part of our group without being prepared to take on its jargon.<br />
And we resent it when some other group, sensing our lack of linguistic awareness, refuses to let us in.<br />
(Source: The Cambridge Encyclopedia of the English Language by David Crystal)<br />
Question 23. A. develop B. raise C. extend D. expand<br />
Question 24. A. in B. on C. out D. up<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 25. A. notice B. control C. grant D. pleasure<br />
Question 26. A. who B. which C. what D. when<br />
Question 27. A. Otherwise B. Therefore C. Moreover D. However<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
The rules of etiquette in American restaurants depend upon a number of factors the physical location of<br />
the restaurant, e.g., rural or urban; the type of restaurant, e.g., informal or formal; and certain standards<br />
that are more universal. In other words, some standards of etiquette vary significantly while other<br />
standards apply almost anywhere. Learning the proper etiquette in a particular type of restaurant in a<br />
particular area may sometimes require instruction, but more commonly it simply requires sensitivity and<br />
experience. For example, while it is acceptable to read a magazine in a coffee shop, it is inappropriate to<br />
do the same in a more luxurious setting. And, if you are eating in a very rustic setting, it may be fine to<br />
tuck your napkin into your shirt, but if you are in a sophisticated urban restaurant <strong>thi</strong>s behavior would<br />
demonstrate a lack of manners. It is safe to say, however, that in virtually every restaurant it is<br />
unacceptable to indiscriminately throw your food on the floor. The conclusion we can most likely draw<br />
from the above is that while the types and locations of restaurants determine etiquette appropriate to them,<br />
some rules apply to all restaurants.<br />
Question 28: What topic is <strong>thi</strong>s passage primarily concerned?<br />
A. Instruction in proper etiquette<br />
B. Rules of etiquette<br />
C. Variable and universal standards of etiquette<br />
D. The importance of good manners<br />
Question 29: According to the passage, which of the following is a universal rule of etiquette?<br />
A. reading a magazine at a coffee shop<br />
B. not throwing food on the floor<br />
C. ating in rustic settings<br />
D. tucking a napkin in your shirt<br />
Question 30: What does the word “it” refer to?<br />
A. learning the proper etiquette B. clear instruction<br />
C. knowing the type of restaurant D. sensitivity<br />
Question 31: Which of the following words is most similar to the meaning of “rustic”?<br />
A. urban B. unsophisticated C. agricultural D. ancient<br />
Question 32: Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “tuck”?<br />
A. set B. put C. fold D. hold<br />
Question 33: The word “indiscriminately” could best be replaced by which of the following?<br />
A. randomly B. angrily C. noisily D. destructively<br />
Question 34: The author uses the word “draw” in line 16 to mean _____________.<br />
A. pick out B. drag away C. evoke D. infer<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
TEACHING IN INDIA<br />
by Elise Cooper<br />
‘Elise in India’. That was the name of my blog last year when I took a year out between school and<br />
university. I was lucky enough to get a tea<strong>chi</strong>ng job abroad through an international organization. I was<br />
going to work in a school attached to a <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s home in north-west India. There were eight of us on the<br />
week-long introduction course in the capital, Delhi. As well as advice and ideas for tea<strong>chi</strong>ng we were<br />
given information about health and local customs, and learned a few essential phrases in the local<br />
language.<br />
Another course member, Lucy, was coming to the same school as me and we were both nervous when<br />
we set off on the 15-hour bus ride to the <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s home. I had worked as a classroom assistant before,<br />
but here I wouldn’t be much older than some of my pupils. How would I manage? My worries<br />
disappeared once we reached the home. Our rooms were on the top floor above the girls’ bedrooms and<br />
from the window we looked out across flat fields full of fruit trees and could just see the snow-covered<br />
mountain tops in the distance.<br />
There were 90 <strong>chi</strong>ldren in the home, aged between five and 20. In addition there were a small number<br />
of pupils who came in each day from the area around. Although they were a little shy to start with, they<br />
were so keen to ask us questions that we quickly became friends.<br />
Lucy and I taught four lessons a day, mainly spelling, reading and general knowledge. We had a<br />
textbook but since it wasn’t very exciting, we tried to make the lessons more interesting with activities<br />
and games. This wasn’t always easy: there was a mixture of ages in each class because pupils had begun<br />
their education at different times. Like school<strong>chi</strong>ldren everywhere, they didn’t always behave perfectly in<br />
class. However, they used to send us notes apologizing afterwards, or thanking us for an interesting<br />
lesson, so we didn’t really mind.<br />
The best fun came after school, though. We spent many happy hours playing games or football or just<br />
chatting with the <strong>chi</strong>ldren. On Friday afternoons, Lucy and I were in charge of sport, which had just been<br />
introduced at the school. Trying to organize fifty <strong>chi</strong>ldren into cricket teams is some<strong>thi</strong>ng I’ll never<br />
forget. Another of my memories is playing in goal for a boys’ football game. Even though Lucy and a<br />
group of little girls joined in as extra goalkeepers, we still managed to let the other side score!<br />
I was terribly sad to leave. I felt I had learned as much as - if not more than - my pupils from the<br />
experience.<br />
Question 35: How did Elise apply for the tea<strong>chi</strong>ng post in India?<br />
A. By contacting directly with the school<br />
B. By posting her resume’ online<br />
C. Through an international organization<br />
D. Through a local organization<br />
Question 36: According to the text, the pupils in each class that Elise taught were _____________.<br />
A. at the same age B. at different ages C. all older than her D. all adolescents<br />
Question 37: Which of the following words would the author most probably use to describe her<br />
experience in India?<br />
A. useful B. problematic C. informative D. nonsense<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: Elise and Lucy were responsible for tea<strong>chi</strong>ng the following lessons EXCEPT _________.<br />
A. general knowledge B. spelling C. reading D. history<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 39: According to Elise, what do Indian pupils and school <strong>chi</strong>ldren everywhere have in<br />
common?<br />
A. background knowledge B. interests in games and activities<br />
C. shyness and nervousness D. imperfect behavior in class<br />
Question 40: What can be inferred about Elise according to the text?<br />
A. She is now working in Delhi. B. She spent one year in India.<br />
C. She is not Indian. D. She can speak the local language well.<br />
Question 41: What does “This” in paragraph 4 refer to?<br />
A. the pupil’s education<br />
B. the general knowledge<br />
C. the way to make the lessons more attractive<br />
D. the lessons in the textbook<br />
Question 42: Which adjective best describes the job of getting pupils’ attention to the general knowledge<br />
lessons?<br />
A. effortless B. time-consuming C. simple D. challenging<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: You could not have made a very good impression on them.<br />
A. Some<strong>thi</strong>ng appears to have made them <strong>thi</strong>nk you are unsuitable.<br />
B. It's impossible that the effect you made on them was particularly positive.<br />
C. You should have tried harder to make them <strong>thi</strong>nk well of you.<br />
D. You seem to have impressed them very unfavourably.<br />
Question 44: Many people lack water due to population growth and climate change.<br />
A. Many people lack water; therefore, the population grows, and climate changes.<br />
B. Owing to many people’s lack of water, the population grows, and climate changes.<br />
C. Because many people lack water, the population grows, and climate changes.<br />
D. Many people lack water not only due to population growth, but also because of climate change.<br />
Question 45: My son was just not strong enough to have caused so much damage.<br />
A. My son, though quite strong, caused little damage himself.<br />
B. Not much damage was caused because my son was very weak.<br />
C. My son wasn’t strong, but he caused great damage.<br />
D. Someone else, not my son, caused the damage.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46. (A) Most greetings cards are (B) folding and have a picture (C) on the front and a message<br />
(D) inside.<br />
Question 47. (A) The twins have the (B) same identical (C) birthmarks (D) on their backs<br />
Question 48. I (A) always look back (B) on the time (C) where I spent with my family (D) on a farm in<br />
Paris.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: My sister loved travelling in Europe very much. She decided not to go to France because of<br />
her fears of terrorism.<br />
A. My sister would have gone to France if she hadn’t been scared of terrorism so much because Europe<br />
was her favourite travel spot.<br />
B. As France had become a high-risk terrorism spot, my sister, who normally loved Europe, was afraid<br />
to go there.<br />
C. Although my sister liked touring Europe ever since the threat of terrorism started, she hadn’t been to<br />
France.<br />
D. Even though my sister liked touring Europe very much, she was afraid of the terrorism in France, so<br />
she chose not to go there.<br />
Question 50: That man may be her father. His eyes are also brown.<br />
A. So brown as his eyes that man is perhaps her father.<br />
B. That man’s eyes are so brown that he may be her father.<br />
C. Because that man’s eyes are brown, he may be her father, too.<br />
D. That man whose eyes are also brown may be her father.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A B C D A D C D D D<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án B C C A A D D D D B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D C A C D B C C B A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B B A D C B A D D C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C D B D D B B C D D<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
24<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. crashed B. waived C. gained D. seemed<br />
Question 2: A. slopes B. provokes C. unites D. provides<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3. A. establish B. endanger C. protection D. volunteer<br />
Question 4. A. athletic B. vertical C. amateur D. national<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: The law holds parents liable if a <strong>chi</strong>ld does not attend school.<br />
A. parental B. unhappy C. dutiful D. irresponsible<br />
Question 6: Many parents always kept a tight rein on their <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
A. gave less money B. let loose C. set free D. helped to ride<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Our new house is modem but there is no room to swing a cat.<br />
A. no playground for cats B. very small<br />
C. no space for <strong>chi</strong>ldren D. no room to keep cats<br />
Question 8: We played my brother’s school at football and beat them hollow.<br />
A. defeated easily B. had a draw C. broke a nil score D. lost the game<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Lan “What cool <strong>thi</strong>ngs can you do?” - Hoa: " _____________ "<br />
A. Singing and dancing or some<strong>thi</strong>ng like that.<br />
B. Cool? No<strong>thi</strong>ng can interest me but window shopping and strolling.<br />
C. To make ice-cream with a freezer.<br />
D. Well, just turn on the air-conditioner<br />
Question 10: - David: “ _____________ ” - Mike: “I won’t say no!”<br />
A. How are <strong>thi</strong>ngs with you, Mike?<br />
B. What about playing badminton <strong>thi</strong>s afternoon?<br />
C. Mike, do you know where the scissors are?<br />
D. What’s your favourite drink, tea or coffee?<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: He daren’t _____________ his boss for a rise just now.<br />
A. asking B. be asking C. to asking D. ask<br />
Question 12: Because the traffic was so terrible, by the time we got to the airport, our airline’s check-in<br />
counter had _____________ closed.<br />
A. already B. no more C. still D. yet<br />
Question 13: The conflict between the two countries should be settled by _____________ means, not<br />
fighting.<br />
A. diplomacy B. diplomatic C. diplomatically D. diploma<br />
Question 14: From the 1980s _____________ the festival has been celebrated annually.<br />
A. onwards B. forwards C. backwards D. upwards<br />
Question 15: He was _____________ from the competition for using drugs.<br />
A. disqualified B. omitted C. sacked D. prevented<br />
Question 16: Flash photography is _____________ prohibited in <strong>thi</strong>s museum.<br />
A. rigorously B. strictly C. staunchly D. firmly<br />
Question 17: The terrible weather may have _____________ the small population.<br />
A. backed down B. accounted for C. brought in D. let down<br />
Question 18: In general, Japanese people believe that shoes must be worn outside, so before coming into<br />
their houses.<br />
A. put off them B. take them off C. put them off D. take off them<br />
Question 19: The wine had made him a little _____________ and couldn’t control his movement.<br />
A. narrow-minded B. light-headed C. light-footed D. light-hearted<br />
Question 20: Only after she had finished the course did she realize she _____________ a wrong choice.<br />
A. had made B. has made C. had been making D. was making<br />
Question 21: “You should concentrate on _____________ the teacher is saying.”<br />
A. what B. which C. that D. whom<br />
Question 22: Your brother hardly talks to anyone, _____________ ?<br />
A. does he B. is he C. doesn’t he D. isn’t he<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Many people enjoy lying in bed in the morning, but can you imagine having to spend 90 days in bed?<br />
Could you stand the boredom and the frustration of not being (23) _____________ to get up? That was<br />
the task that faced 14 volunteers when they started out on a bed-rest experiment being conducted<br />
(24)_____________ the European Space Agency.<br />
The study had a serious purpose: to investigate the changes that take place in the human body during<br />
long-duration spaceflight. Lying in a horizontal position was the best way of (25)_____________<br />
weightlessness. The aim was to discover what effect period of weightlessness will have on the health of<br />
astronauts spending several months on the International Space Station.<br />
The volunteers ate their meals, took showers and underwent medical tests without ever sitting up.<br />
That’s even tougher than it sounds, especially when you (26)_____________ that no visitors were<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
permitted. However, each volunteer did have a mobile phone, as well as access to the latest films,<br />
computer games and music. Surprisingly, Everyone was in a good (27)_____________ at the end of the<br />
90 days, “I would do it again,” said one of the volunteers. “It was disorientating, but we knew we were<br />
‘contributing to medical research and space exploration.”<br />
Question 23: A. helped B. allowed C. granted D. approved<br />
Question 24: A. by B. on C. for D.about<br />
Question 25: A. simulated B. simulate C. to simulate D. simulating<br />
Question 26: A. reckon B. realise C. regard D. remark<br />
Question 27: A. attitude B. spirit C. feeling D. mood<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
There are two basic types of glaciers, those that flow outward in all directions with little regard for any<br />
underlying terrain and those that are confined by terrain to a particular path.<br />
The first category of glaciers includes those massive blankets that cover whole continents, appropriately<br />
called ice sheets. There must be over 50,000 square kilometers of land covered with ice for the glacier to<br />
qualify as an ice sheet. When portions of an ice sheet spread out over the ocean, they form ice shelves.<br />
About 20,000 years ago the Cordilleran Ice Sheet covered nearly all the mountains in southern Alaska,<br />
western Canada, and the western United States. It was about 3 kilometers deep at its <strong>thi</strong>ckest point in<br />
northern Alberta. Now there are only two sheets left on Earth, those covering Greenland and Antarctica.<br />
Any domelike body of ice that also flows out in all directions but covers less than 50,000 square<br />
kilometers is called an ice cap. Although ice caps are rare nowadays, there are a number in northeastern<br />
Canada, on Baffin Island, and on the Queen Elizabeth Islands.<br />
The second category of glaciers includes those of a variety of shapes and sizes generally called<br />
mountain or alpine glaciers. Mountain glaciers are typically identified by the landform that controls their<br />
flow. One form of mountain glacier that resembles an ice cap in that it flows outward in several directions<br />
is called an ice field. The difference between an ice field and an ice cap is subtle. Essentially, the flow of<br />
an ice field is somewhat controlled by surrounding terrain and thus does not have the domelike shape of a<br />
cap. There are several ice fields in the Wrangell, St. Elias, and Chugach mountains of Alaska and<br />
northern British Columbia.<br />
Less spectacular than large ice fields are the most common types of mountain glaciers : the cirque and<br />
valley glaciers. Cirque glaciers are found in depressions in the surface of the land and have a<br />
characteristic circular shape. The ice of valley glaciers, bound by terrain, flows down valleys, curves<br />
around their comers, and falls over cliffs.<br />
Question 28: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Where major glaciers are located<br />
B. How glaciers shape the land<br />
C. How glaciers are formed<br />
D. The different kinds of glaciers<br />
Question 29: It can be inferred that ice sheets are so named for which of the following reasons?<br />
A. They are confined to mountain valleys.<br />
B. They cover large areas of land.<br />
C. They are <strong>thi</strong>cker in some areas than in others.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. They have a characteristic circular shape.<br />
Question 30: According to the passage, where was the Cordilleran Ice Sheet <strong>thi</strong>ckest?<br />
A. Alaska B. Greenland C. Alberta D. Antarctica<br />
Question 31: The word “rare” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. small B. unusual C. valuable D. widespread<br />
Question 32: According to the passage (paragraph 5), ice fields resemble ice caps in which of the<br />
following ways?<br />
A. Their shap B. Their flow C. Their textur D. Their locat<br />
Question 33: All of the following are alpine glaciers EXCEPT _____________<br />
A. cirque glaciers B. ice caps C. valley glaciers D. ice fields<br />
Question 34: The word “depressions” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. intrusion B. dejection C. concaves D. convexes<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Moving Your Mind for Maximum Fitness<br />
When people design a new workout programme, they often target their chest, stomach, and leg muscles,<br />
hoping to sculpt the perfect physique. However, they often neglect the most important part of the body:<br />
the brain. Our brains grow stronger when we exercise them and weaker when neglected. To assist in<br />
keeping our minds sharp, several websites and apps offer brain games to help us get our mental workouts<br />
accomplished in a very short time.<br />
As we age, our vocabulary continues to expand and we become better at creative plans. However, by<br />
the time we enter our 20s, our prefrontal cortex starts to shrink. Although part of the reason for our<br />
decline is physical, there is evidence that targeted exercises can halt or even reserve cognitive damage.<br />
Throughout our lives we maintain the ability to create new neurons whenever we learn some<strong>thi</strong>ng new,<br />
like a foreign language or a new sport. By repeating these activities we create new pathways and<br />
connections between neurons that keep our minds functioning at an optimal level. This is what brain<br />
fitness exercises aim to accomplish.<br />
These digital exercises are broken into different categories. The first is memory exercises. These<br />
programmes display information to users and then quiz us to see how much we can recall. The second<br />
type is attention exercises. These games get users to focus on multiple tasks at once, dividing their<br />
attention. Although trying to concentrate on several <strong>thi</strong>ngs at once during work is not recommended,<br />
doing it in a game environment can help to strengthen our focus in the long term. Speed exercises, on the<br />
other hand, are designed to keep our minds agile. In addition to these major categories, there are other<br />
games that focus on specific situations like remembering names and faces, or calculating directions.<br />
Although many users rave about positive effects of these games, there are other hacks we can use to<br />
strengthen our brains. One is napping. Studies have shown that people who nap in the afternoon fared<br />
much better at mental tasks than those who didn’t. A little caffeine can also make your mind sharper, as<br />
long as you don’t overdo it. Finally, getting some physical exercise also tends to improve the clarity of<br />
our <strong>thi</strong>nking. In other words, maybe the Roman poet Juvenal was on to some<strong>thi</strong>ng when he wrote “A<br />
sound mind in a healthy body”.<br />
Question 35. What happens when we don’t exercise our brains?<br />
A. It doesn’t work well. B. It grows much bigger in size.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
C. It causes lots of health problems. D. It keeps functioning well.<br />
Question 36. What function of our brain improves as we get older?<br />
A. We can remember more <strong>thi</strong>ngs. B. We are better at making plans.<br />
C. We <strong>thi</strong>nk much quicker. D. No<strong>thi</strong>ng improves at all<br />
Question 37. All of the following are true about our brains EXCEPT that _____________ .<br />
A. there are several web sites and apps to help us get our mental workout<br />
B. the number of neurons remains the same throughout our lives<br />
C. our brains become stronger when we are more mentally active<br />
D. connections and pathways between neurons play an important role in the functions of our brains<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>. What could replace the word “optimal” in paragraph 2?<br />
A. excellent B. unacceptable C. debatable D. decent<br />
Question 39. What is the meaning of the word “it” in paragraph 3?<br />
A. Doing memory exercises<br />
B. Keeping your mind empty<br />
C. Concentrating on many <strong>thi</strong>ngs<br />
D. focusing on one <strong>thi</strong>ng<br />
Question 40. Which of the following statements is NOT true about our brains and brain games?<br />
A. We should concentrate on several <strong>thi</strong>ngs at once during our lives to strengthen our focus.<br />
B. These brain games don’t take us much time to carry out.<br />
C. The brain games can help us improve our memory and keep our minds active.<br />
D. There are some brain games for specific purposes.<br />
Question 41. What can be inferred from the passage?<br />
A. There are some brain games to treat mental diseases.<br />
B. Our brains will work very well during a nap.<br />
C. We don’t need brain games when we are playing a new sport.<br />
D. There is a close relationship between physical and mental health.<br />
Question 42. According to the passage, which of the following statements about coffee is true?<br />
A. It is not very good for your brain.<br />
B. You should drink as much of it as possible.<br />
C. A few cups of it could help your brain.<br />
D. Its effects on the brain were never tested.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: When the unemployment rate is high, the crime rate is usually also high.<br />
A. The unemployment rate is as high as the crime rate.<br />
B. The high rate of unemployment depends on the high rate of crime.<br />
C. The higher the unemployment rate is, the higher the crime rate is.<br />
D. The unemployment rate and crime rate are both higher.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 44: The captain said to his men: “Abandon the ship immediately!”<br />
A. The captain ordered his men to abandon the ship immediately.<br />
B. The captain threatened his men to abandon the ship immediately.<br />
C. The captain invited his men to abandon the ship immediately.<br />
D. The captain suggested his men abandon the ship immediately.<br />
Question 45: Many countries share the view that drastic measures must be taken to stop the pollution of<br />
the seas.<br />
A. The pollution of the seas can only be prevented provided that many countries follow the same policy.<br />
B. By putting into practice a series of precaution it is generally believed that the pollution of the seas<br />
will be prevented.<br />
C. The sea will, it seems, continue to be polluted unless <strong>thi</strong>s agreement is accepted by a majority of the<br />
countries.<br />
D. A lot of countries agree that it is essential to take strong action to put an end to the pollution of the<br />
sea.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: It is (A) recommended that (B) people (C) to take regular (D) exercise.<br />
Question 47: (A) More than ten students (B) have failed the exam, (C) that surprised (D) the teacher.<br />
Question 48: The world is becoming more (A) industrialized and the number of animal (B) species that<br />
have become (C) extinct (D) have increased.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: The moon is the nearest planet to the earth. It causes tides on the earth.<br />
A. The moon is the nearest planet to the earth, which causes tides on the earth.<br />
B. The moon which nearest planet to the earth, causes tides on the earth.<br />
C. The moon, which is the nearest planet to the earth, causes tides on the earth.<br />
D. The moon causes tides on the earth, is the nearest planet to the earth.<br />
Question 50: This is the battle field. The soldiers fought there.<br />
A. This is the battle field which the soldiers fought.<br />
B. This is the battle field that the soldiers fought.<br />
C. This is the battle field where the soldiers fought there.<br />
D. This is the battle field where the soldiers fought.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A D D A D B B A A B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D A B A A B B B B A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án A A B A D B D D B C<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B B B C A B B A C A<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D C C A D C C D C D<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
25<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1:A. subscribed B. launched C. inspired D. welcomed<br />
Question 2: A. sour B. hour C. pour D. flour<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. reduce B. impress C. technique D. finish<br />
Question 4: A. enthusiast B. preferential C. participant D. particular<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: The Red Cross is an international humanitarian agency dedicated to reducing the sufferings<br />
of wounded soldiers, civilians and prisoners of war.<br />
A. happiness B. loss C. sadness D. pain and sorrow<br />
Question 6: They are laun<strong>chi</strong>ng a campaign to promote awareness of environmental issues.<br />
A. encourage B. publicize C. hinder D. strengthen<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: The natives were angry when the foreigners came to their country and took over their land.<br />
A. tourists B. migrants C. members D. locals<br />
Question 8: Alice’s eyes gleamed with pleasure when she saw the diamond ring in front of her.<br />
A. shone B. flashed C. kindled D. glowed<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Mike and Sue are talking about transport in the future.<br />
- Mike: “Do you <strong>thi</strong>nk there will be pilotless planes?” - Sue: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. I’m afraid I can’t.<br />
B. What for? There are quite a few around.<br />
C. Why not? There have been cars without drivers.<br />
D. I’m glad you like it.<br />
Question 10: Alex and Ann are talking about their classmate.<br />
- Alex: “ _____________ ” - Ann: “Yeah, not bad, I suppose.”<br />
A. Do you see him often? B. What are you <strong>thi</strong>nking?<br />
C. How did you meet him? D. He is quite good-looking, isn’t he?<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: I was bom in New York but I grew _____________ in England.<br />
A. at B. up C. about D. of<br />
Question 12: I wish every<strong>thi</strong>ng _____________ so expensive.<br />
A. would be B. wouldn’t be C. won’t be D. could be<br />
Question 13: You can select what you want; it’s your _____________ .<br />
A. choose B. chose C. chosen D. choice<br />
Question 14: By the end of the 21st century, scientists _____________ a cure for the common cold.<br />
A. will find B. will have found C. will be finding D. will have been found<br />
Question 15: He did not share his secrets with other people but he _____________ in her.<br />
A. confessed B. concealed C. confided D. consented<br />
Question 16: This road is very narrow. It _____________ to be widened.<br />
A. might B. needs C. mustn’t D. may<br />
Question 17: This book is so interesting that I can’t _____________ .<br />
A. pick it up B. let it down C. open it up D. put it down<br />
Question 18: Thank you for _____________ me.<br />
A. invite B. invited C. invitation D. inviting<br />
Question 19: I don’t <strong>thi</strong>nk it is fair to _____________ a comparison between the two sisters<br />
A. do B. draw C. take D. strike<br />
Question 20: I don’t <strong>thi</strong>nk the problem will be serious _____________ ?<br />
A. don’t I B. will it C. do I D. won’t it<br />
Question 21: Elephants scratch themselves with sticks _____________ .<br />
A. which hold in their trunks B. are held in their trunk<br />
C. holding in their trunks D. held in their trunks<br />
Question 22: We booked a table for dinner. We _____________ a table as the restaurant was empty.<br />
A. should have booked B. can’t have booked<br />
C. mustn’t have booked D. needn’t have booked<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
What make a good souvenir?<br />
On my desk at home, I have a collection of souvenirs; objects that remind me of places I’ve visited and<br />
important events in my life. These objects include a model boat that I saw being carved from a piece of<br />
wood on a Caribbean island, a piece of lava that emerged hot from a volcano in the year I was bom, and a<br />
shell (23) _____________ on my favourite <strong>chi</strong>ldhood beach.<br />
Unlike every<strong>thi</strong>ng else, from which memory and detail fades, it is as if the longer you hold on to certain<br />
objects, the (24)_____________ their associations with the past become, and the sharper the<br />
recollections that gather around them. They are, (25) _____________ , real souvenirs, encapsulations not<br />
only of the place, but of your time in the place. But these days, the term “real souvenirs” sounds like a<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
contradiction in terms, and <strong>thi</strong>s is because the objects sold to tourists as souvenirs are often cheap massproduced<br />
imports that have no<strong>thi</strong>ng to do with the place at all.<br />
It’s often the (26) _____________ that the best souvenirs, like my shell, are found rather than<br />
purchased, but browsing for souvenirs can also be a fun holiday activity. But if you are buying souvenirs<br />
on holiday <strong>thi</strong>s summer, make sure they (27) _____________ the reality test. A good souvenir is not just<br />
made in the area where it is bought, it also says some<strong>thi</strong>ng about the culture of that area. It is some<strong>thi</strong>ng<br />
made by local people using sustainable local materials, and because you are effectively supporting the<br />
local economy, it shouldn’t come too cheap, either.<br />
Question 23: A. come across B. found out C. picked up D. bumped into<br />
Question 24: A. larger B. wider C. harder D. greater<br />
Question 25: A. therefore B. whereas C. however D. otherwise<br />
Question 26: A. point B. case C. fact D. truth<br />
Question 27: A. pass B. win C. take D. beat<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
FLASH MOBS -A NEW KIND OF EVENT<br />
In 2003, an unusually large number of customers arrived without warning in the carpet department of<br />
Macy’s Department store in New York. The assistants couldn’t see why all of them were so interested in<br />
buying exactly the same carpet. In 2006,4,000 people arrived with MP3 players and headsets at a London<br />
railway station and started dancing at a set time. As no music could be heard, <strong>thi</strong>s looked veiy strange.<br />
Police were even called to make sure that trains continued to run on time, but when they arrived the<br />
dancers had gone. In March 2013, more than 2,000 people gathered in Seoul, South Korea, complete with<br />
musical instruments, and started to dance. Many were students from Sungsin Girls’ High School - they<br />
joined other Earth Hour supporters and collected a staggering 150,000 signatures from local citizens in<br />
support of the campaign. In Korea, an estimated 12 million people participated in Earth Hour 2013. These<br />
are three samples of ‘flash mob’ events, when a crowd of people suddenly come together in a public<br />
place, perform an unusual action, and appear as quickly as they appear. They are organised using<br />
electronic media such as mobile phones or the internet.<br />
To their fans, flash mobs are simply a chance to have some lighthearted, if rather silly, fun. However,<br />
when just under 2,000 people got together in San Francisco for an enormous pillow fight, it ended up<br />
costing thousands of dollars. Unfortunately, a heavy rainstorm meant that the city was left covered with<br />
wet feathers, which caused streets, shops, and a restaurant to be flooded, and ruin the local fountain. It<br />
took several days to put the damage right. Norman Dito, head of the city’s Recreation and Park<br />
Department said, ‘In future, organizers of such events should apply for permission beforehand and pay<br />
the standard fee to cover security, insurance, and cleaning up afterwards. Sadly, I <strong>thi</strong>nk <strong>thi</strong>s is unlikely to<br />
happen, since nobody knows who the organizers are, or when or where a flash mob will take place next.<br />
Crimes associated with flash mobs are rare, but occasionally make international headlines. Sometimes<br />
referred to as ‘flash robs’ by the media, these start with the intent to destroy, or lead to the destruction of<br />
private property or violence. Professor of Psychology Mark Leary explains that as social media adds the<br />
ability to recruit a large number of people, individuals who would not rob a store on their own feel freer<br />
to misbehave without being identified. In Germany, the authorities in some cities have taken <strong>thi</strong>ngs even<br />
further by strictly enforcing an already-existing law that says a special Permit must be obtained to use a<br />
public space for any event.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 28: The primary purpose of the passage is to _____________<br />
A. explain what flash mobs involve<br />
B. warn people against going to flash mobs<br />
C. complain about a recent flash mob<br />
D. give advice on how to arrange flash mobs<br />
Question 29: The shop assistants in Macy’s didn’t understand _____________<br />
A. why the shoppers were interested in the same product<br />
B. where the shoppers had come from<br />
C. which items the shoppers wanted to buy<br />
D. how the shoppers had got there<br />
Question 30:. The police were called to the London railway station to _____________<br />
A. prevent people wat<strong>chi</strong>ng the event<br />
B. prevent the trains departing late<br />
C. make sure no one was injured<br />
D. arrest the dancers<br />
Question 31: The word “staggering” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. usal B. strange C. illegal D. inexpected<br />
Question 32: The word “it” in paragraph 2 refers to _____________ .<br />
A. a heavy rainstorm B. a pillow fight C. San Francisco D. a chance<br />
Question 33: The word “recruit” is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. excite B. gather C. cover D. employ<br />
Question 34: All of the following are true about flash mobs events EXCEPT _____________<br />
A. the events often take place at public places<br />
B. the participants perform unusual actions<br />
C. the events involve large numbers of participants<br />
D. the events are held mostly to collect signatures<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
SHAYNE’S DREAMS COME TRUE - BUT WILL THEY BE SHATTERED?<br />
It is a week before The X Factor live tour when I meet the winner of the series, Shayne Ward. “It has<br />
been mental.” he says, referring to the past six months of his life. “I’ve just been talking to Louis Walsh<br />
on the phone. Louis Walsh!” Walsh, a top record producer and The X Factor judge, now manages<br />
Shayne’s career. “I was talking to Simon Cowell (a celebrity record producer) yesterday!” He shakes his<br />
head in amazement. And these people are telling me they’re excited about working with me. “I can’t get<br />
my head round it.”<br />
Shayne is about as natural as any pop star arriving in the public arena can be. “I just can’t accept where<br />
I am now” he says sincerely. “It doesn’t feel real. To me, <strong>thi</strong>s is just a job.” “What do you <strong>thi</strong>nk being<br />
famous feels like?” I ask him. “I’m not sure, to be honest. Different from <strong>thi</strong>s?” he laughs, with only a<br />
hint of nerves. Since winning The X Factor, Shayne’s success has been phenomenal. His debut single<br />
took just three days to reach the number one spot. On tour, he’s going to play to audiences of 10,000 on<br />
average. He has already brought the house down at a gig in his home city. “I walked out after that<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
performance and just thought, “I’m dreaming!”” Shayne is one of a family of seven <strong>chi</strong>ldren. Times were<br />
hard, but he has never wished or a different <strong>chi</strong>ldhood. Although he thought about going to college, he<br />
ended up leaving school at sixteen, just to help his mother pay the rent. He set out on his reality show<br />
journey shortly afterwards. When he told he friends he had an audition for The X Factor, none of them<br />
really believed him. “I thought I’d go fot it because my family wanted me to, but I never really believed<br />
that I would win.”<br />
Naturally, Ward is a fan of reality TV talent shows. “They’re brilliant, because people who want<br />
recording contracts try for years and get nowhere. Then these competitions come along the people at<br />
home decide whether they like the singers or not. So it's not just a few people at a record company<br />
deciding who gets a chance.” But the previous winner of The X Factor only had one hit. He hasn’t been<br />
heard of since then. Is Shayne Ward going to be another talent show flop?<br />
A lot of people feel cynical about reality TV show winners and their chances of continuing success.<br />
Audiences usually lose interest in them as soon as the show has finished. In fact, contestants on shows<br />
like Big Brother are given severe warnings from the show’s producers beforehand, basically telling them<br />
“you will not be liked”. Talent shows like The X Factor have to offer contestants a kind of stardom<br />
though, and some<strong>thi</strong>ng they can <strong>thi</strong>nk of as a career, months afterwards at least.<br />
Question 35: The word “mental” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to<br />
A. psy<strong>chi</strong>atric B. physical C. crazy D. mind-bending<br />
Question 36: The word “it” in the first paragraph refers to<br />
A. the tour B. the experience C. the phone call D. the show<br />
Question 37: Which of the following statement is TRUE about Shayne Ward?<br />
A. He is certain how well known he is.<br />
B. He finds his present situation unacceptable.<br />
C. He is confused about the nature of fame.<br />
D. He <strong>thi</strong>nks his job isn’t particularly glamorous.<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: After performing in his home city, Shayne felt<br />
A. overwhelmed B. embarrassed C. disappointed D. relieved<br />
Question 39: After leaving school at the age of sixteen, Shayne<br />
A. set off on a trip B. gave up performing<br />
C. got himself a job D. applied to a college<br />
Question 40: The word “flop” in the passage is closest in meaning to<br />
A. someone who is unpopular<br />
B. someone who is unsuccessful<br />
C. someone who isn’t ambitious<br />
D. someone who lacks character<br />
Question 41: According to the passage, who decide the winner of a reality TV talent show?<br />
A. audiences B. contestants C. previous winners D. record companies<br />
Question 42: What does the writer suggest about reality talent show winners?<br />
A. They are treated badly by producers. B. Their fame is short-lived.<br />
C. Audiences never really like them. D. They don’t expect to be popular.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: My sister and I dressed as quickly as we could, but we missed the school bus and we late<br />
for school.<br />
A. My sister and I could dress quickly but could not be in time for school.<br />
B. My sister and I missed the school bus, so we were late for school.<br />
C. My sister and I dressed quickly but we were late for school because we missed the school bus.<br />
D. My sister and I were late for school because we dressed so quickly<br />
Question 44: I last heard <strong>thi</strong>s song 10 years ago.<br />
A. It has been 10 years when I have heard <strong>thi</strong>s song.<br />
B. It was 10 years since I last heard <strong>thi</strong>s song.<br />
C. It is 10 years since I last heard <strong>thi</strong>s song.<br />
D. It is 10 years when I have heard <strong>thi</strong>s song.<br />
Question 45: He now goes to work on his bicycle instead of by car.<br />
A. Since he bought the car, he has never used the bicycle to go to work<br />
B. He has now stopped driving to work and goes by bicycle.<br />
C. He still goes to work by car but more often on his bicycle.<br />
D. He has never gone to work in his car but always on his bicycle.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: No one in our office (A) wants to drive to work (B) because of there (C) are always traffic<br />
jams (D) at rush hour.<br />
Question 47: Linda refuse (A) taking the job (B) given to her (C) because the salary (D) was not good.<br />
Question 48: The General Certificate of Secondary Education (GCSE) is (A) the name of (B) a set of<br />
English qualifications, generally (C) taking by secondary students (D) at the age of 15-16 in England.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: Her living conditions were difficult. However, she studied very well.<br />
A. She studied very well in spite of her difficult living conditions.<br />
B. She studied very well thanks to the fact that she lived in difficult conditions.<br />
C. Although she lived in difficult conditions, but she studied very well.<br />
D. Difficult as her living conditions, she studied very well.<br />
Question 50: My grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970. It was completely destroyed by the forest<br />
fire.<br />
A. My grandparents’ lake house, which was built in 1970, was completely destroyed by the forest fire.<br />
B. My grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970, so it was completely destroyed by the forest fire.<br />
C. My grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970; however, completely destroying the forest fire.<br />
D. The forest fire destroyed my grandparents’ lake house was built in 1970.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án B C D B A C D A C D<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án B B D B C B D D B B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D D C D A B A A A B<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án D B B D C C D A C B<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A B C C B B A C A A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
26<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. visits B. destroys C. believes D. depends<br />
Question 2: A. element B. dedicate C. event D. devote<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. interview B. determine C. politics D. calculate<br />
Question 4: A. simple B. polite C. factual D. instant<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: We offer a speedy and secure service of transferring money in less than 24 hours.<br />
A. unsure B. unlimited C. unimportant D. unlikely<br />
Question 6: I can’t stand people who treat animals cruelly.<br />
A. gently B. cleverly C. reasonably D. brutally<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: That is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate.<br />
A. matter B. place C. attention D. situation<br />
Question 8: My close friend, Trang, always helps me when I am in need.<br />
A. sends money B. gives a hand C. buys a book D. gives care<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Customer: “Can I have a look at that shirt, please?” - Salesgirl: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. Which one? Is it <strong>thi</strong>s one?<br />
B. It’s much cheaper.<br />
C. It’s out of stock.<br />
D. Can I help you?<br />
Question 10: - Tim: “Good morning. Could I speak to Mr. Brown, please?” - Michael: “ ________ ”<br />
A. He’s in a meeting. Can I take a message?<br />
B. Probably by Monday next week.<br />
C. I’ll have to ask the person you want to ring first.<br />
D. Certainly. Would two o’clock be OK?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 11: That secretary, _____________ answered the phone, told me that the director was out.<br />
A. who B. whose C. that D. whom<br />
Question 12: Students will not be allowed into the exam room if they _____________ their student cards.<br />
A. don’t produce B. didn’t produce C. produced D. hadn’t produced<br />
Question 13: Changes have been made in our education program. Therefore, young <strong>chi</strong>ldren<br />
_____________ do homework any more.<br />
A. couldn’t B. needn’t C. oughtn’t D. haven’t<br />
Question 14: Although MERS (Middle East Respiratory Syndrome) spreads through close contact with<br />
sick people, not through the air, many people still avoid _____________ to crowded places.<br />
A. having gone B. going C. to go D. gone<br />
Question 15: A large number of inventions and discoveries have been _____________ accident.<br />
A. in B. by C. at D. on<br />
Question 16: After the new technique had been introduced, <strong>thi</strong>s factory produced _____________ cars in<br />
2015 as the year before.<br />
A. twice as many B. twice many as C. as many twice D. as twice many<br />
Question 17: It is _____________ of businessmen to shake hands in formal meetings.<br />
A. familiar B. ordinary C. common D. typical<br />
Question 18: Nam has finally found a new job after being _____________ for several months.<br />
A. out of reach B. out of order C. out of work D. out of mind<br />
Question 19: She performed so well in the 28th Sea Games Women’s 200m butterfly that none of her<br />
rivals could _____________ her.<br />
A. look up to B. come up to C. catch up with D. put up with<br />
Question 20: Sally really loves the _____________ jewelry box that her parents gave her as a birthday<br />
present.<br />
A. wooden brown nice B. nice wooden brown<br />
C. brown wooden nice D. nice brown wooden<br />
Question 21: My boss asked his son _____________ impolitely.<br />
A. didn’t behave B. to behave C. not behave D. not to behave<br />
Question 22: Natural disasters will result _____________ crop failures and famine.<br />
A. in B. from C. of D. to<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Without transportation, our modem society could not (23) _____________. We would have no metal,<br />
no coal and no oil nor would we have any (24 _____________ made from these materials. (25)<br />
_____________, we would have to spend most of our time raising food and food would be limited to the<br />
kinds that could grow in the climate and soil of our neighborhood.<br />
Transportation also affects our lives in other ways. Transportation can speed a doctor to the side of a<br />
sick person, even if the patients’ lives on an isolated farm. It can take police to the scene of a crime wi<strong>thi</strong>n<br />
a moment of being noticed. Transportation (26)____________teams of athletes to compete in national<br />
and international sports contests. In time of (27) _____________transportation can rush aid to persons in<br />
areas stricken by floods, families and earthquakes.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 23: A. establish B. exist C. take place D. happen<br />
Question 24: A. producers B. production C. products D. productivity<br />
Question 25: A. Even B. Besides C. Although D. However<br />
Question 26: A. brings B. fetches C. enables D. gets<br />
Question 27: A. disasters B. accidents C. problems D. wars<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Although speech is the most advanced form of communication, there are many ways of communicating<br />
without using speech. Signals, signs, symbols, and gestures may be found in every known culture. The<br />
basic function of signal is to impinge upon the environment in such a way that it attracts attention, for<br />
example, the dots and dashes of a telegraph circuit. Coded to refer to speech, the potential for<br />
communication is really great. Less adaptable to the codification of words, signs also contain meaning in<br />
and of themselves. A stop sign or barber pole conveys meaning quickly and conveniently. Symbols are<br />
more difficult to describe than either signals or signs because of their intricate relationship with the<br />
receiver’s cultural perceptions. In some culture, applauding in a theater provides performers with an<br />
auditory’ symbol of approval. Gestures such as waving and handshaking also convey certain cultural<br />
messages.<br />
Although signals, signs, symbols, and gestures are very useful, they do have a major disadvantage. They<br />
usually do not allow ideas to be shared without the sender being directly adjacent to the receiver. As a<br />
result, means of communication intended to be used for long distances and extended periods are based<br />
upon speech. Radio, television, and the telephone are only a few.<br />
Question 28: All of the following are true EXCEPT _____________ .<br />
A. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures are found in every culture.<br />
B. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures are very useful.<br />
C. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures also have some disadvantage.<br />
D. Signal, symbols, signs and gestures are only used for long distance contact.<br />
Question 29: What does the author say about the speech?<br />
A. It is dependent upon the advances made by inventors.<br />
B. It is the only true form of communication.<br />
C. It is necessary for communication to occur.<br />
D. It is the most advanced form of communication.<br />
Question 30: Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?<br />
A. Gestures B. Communication C. Signs and signals D. Speech<br />
Question 31: The phrase “impinge upon’’ in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. affect B. vary C. prohibit D. improve<br />
Question 32: The word “it” in paragraph I refers to _____________<br />
A. way B. environment C. speech D. signal<br />
Question 33: Applauding was cited as an example of _____________<br />
A. a symbol B. a signal C. a sign D. a gesture<br />
Question 34: Why were the telephone, radio, and the television invented?<br />
A. Because people wanted to communicate across long distances.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Because people wanted new forms of communication.<br />
C. Because people believed that signs, signals, and symbols were obsolete.<br />
D. Because people were unable to understand signs, signals, and symbols.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
The concept of being environmentally conscious, or “green,” has become more prevalent in twenty<br />
first-century U.S. culture. It has begun to affect the manufacturing of every<strong>thi</strong>ng from non-toxic<br />
household cleaning products to motor vehicles powered by alternative sources of energy. However, one<br />
way of being “green” that is perhaps not as apparent to the viewer but of equal importance in being<br />
environmentally conscious, is the construction of buildings that are considered “sustainable.” Sustainable<br />
buildings are those that do not impose on the environment or rely on the over-utilization of energy or<br />
natural resources. There are four main principles of sustainability, which include consideration of the<br />
health and stability of all living <strong>thi</strong>ngs and their environmental diversity, as well as the economic<br />
opportunities of humanity.<br />
Sustainable ar<strong>chi</strong>tecture consists of environmentally conscious design techniques. In the past, the<br />
demolition of an old building meant that all or most of the debris of the building would end up in a<br />
landfill or a waste disposal site. Today, ar<strong>chi</strong>tects can plan and design a building that uses recycled<br />
materials, such as wood, concrete, stone, or metal. These materials are salvaged from the demolition of<br />
an older building and can be appropriately incorporated into a new construction. Ar<strong>chi</strong>tects and<br />
construction supervisors may also choose to recycle more organic parts of demolished buildings, such as<br />
wooden doors, windows and other glass, ceramics, paper, and textiles.<br />
A problem that has often arisen has been with how a site crew-whether it is demolition or construction<br />
crew determines and sorts what is “waste” and what is recyclable. Ar<strong>chi</strong>tects and environmental scientists<br />
have to decide whether or not a material is appropriate for use in new construction and how it will impact<br />
the environment. They must evaluate the materials from the demolition and determine what those<br />
materials contain, and if they meet the standards set by the U.S. government’s Environmental Protection<br />
Agency (the EPA). If the debris from the demolition contains hazardous materials that are harmful to the<br />
environment or to the consumer, such as asbestos, then the material is not salvageable. Use of asbestos for<br />
insulation and as a form of fire retardation in buildings and fabrics was common in the nineteenth<br />
century. Asbestos was once used in shingles on the sides of old buildings, as well as in the insulation in<br />
the interior walls of homes or other construction. In new “green” construction, insulation that was once<br />
asbestos-based can be replaced with recycled denim or constructed with cellulose-a fibrous material<br />
found in paper products. The same assessment applies to wood or wallboard painted with toxic lead-based<br />
paints. In addition, gas-flow regulators and meters on both water and gas heating systems constructed<br />
prior to 1961 must be carefully evaluated to determine that they do not contain dangerous substances such<br />
as mercury. Mercury can be harmful to humans and the environment if it is spilled during the removal of<br />
these devices.<br />
Question 35: The word “prevalent” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. rare B. unusual C. widespread D. valuable<br />
Question 36: In paragraph 1, the author implies that _____________ .<br />
A. all buildings impose on the environment.<br />
B. the concept of being green has not influenced manufacturers.<br />
C. uses of alternative energy are apparent to the consumer.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. some companies manufacture vehicles that are not powered by gasoline.<br />
Question 37: According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true?<br />
A. Today’s cleaning products and appliances harm the environment.<br />
B. All construction follows the concept of sustainable ar<strong>chi</strong>tecture.<br />
C. Sustainable buildings do not overuse electricity, oil, or gas.<br />
D. Construction of “green” buildings is an old idea.<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: In paragraph 2, the word “salvaged” is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. destroyed B. saved C. buried D. lost<br />
Question 39: According to paragraph 2, environmentally conscious design incorporates _____________ .<br />
A. safe, organic, recycled materials B. new wood, stone, or concrete<br />
C. debris from a demolished building D. materials from a landfill<br />
Question 40: In paragraph 3, the author mention both demolition and construction crews in order to<br />
_____________ .<br />
A. contrast the work of the two types of crews on a site<br />
B. give an example of how choosing materials is not easily determined on a site<br />
C. illustrate the types of crews that sort waste and recyclables<br />
D. demonstrate that choosing recyclable materials is challenging for both crews<br />
Question 41: The word “they” in paragraph 3 refers to _____________ .<br />
A. the materials from the demolition<br />
B. the site crew<br />
C. ar<strong>chi</strong>tects and environmental scientists<br />
D. the EPA<br />
Question 42: In paragraph 3, the author mentions all of the following hazardous materials found in debris<br />
from a demolition site EXCEPT _____________ .<br />
A. asbestos B. mercury. C. cellulose D. lead<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: Alex doesn’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning.<br />
A. Alex is in two minds about getting up early in the morning.<br />
B. Alex is not hesitant to get up early in the morning.<br />
C. Alex is accustomed to getting up early in the morning.<br />
D. Alex is pleased with getting up early in the morning.<br />
Question 44: People rumour that the Prince secretly got married to an ordinary girl.<br />
A. The Prince is rumoured to have secretly got married to an ordinary girl.<br />
B. It was rumoured that the Prince secretly got married to an ordinary girl.<br />
C. The Prince was rumoured to secretly get married to an ordinary girl.<br />
D. The Prince had secretly got married to an ordinary girl, as it was rumoured.<br />
Question 45: She never lets her daughter participate in an activity unless it is under the supervision of an<br />
adult.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. The only activities in which she allows her daughter to take part are those watched over by a grownup.<br />
B. If an older person is in attendance, she usually agrees to her daughter’s participation in activities.<br />
C. She always takes her daughter to activities which are supervised by grown-ups.<br />
D. As long as she herself is present at the activity, she permits her daughter to join in.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Sugars (A) like glucose (B) is (C) made (D) up of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen atoms.<br />
Question 47: A 1971 U.S. (A) government policy not only put warnings on cigarette (B) packs but also<br />
(C) banning television (D) advertising of cigarettes.<br />
Question 48: (A) Most of the Earth’s ice is (B) found either in the two great ice (C) caps of Antarctica<br />
and Greenland (D) and on the tall mountains of the world.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: People should not throw rubbish in the park. People should not cut down the trees in the<br />
park.<br />
A. People should either throw rubbish in the park or cut down the trees in the park.<br />
B. People should neither throw rubbish nor cut down the trees in the park.<br />
C. People should either throw rubbish nor cut down the trees in the park.<br />
D. People should neither throw rubbish or cut down the trees in the park<br />
Question 50: Most of the classmates couldn’t come. He invited them to the birthday party.<br />
A. Most of the classmates he invited to the birthday party couldn’t come.<br />
B. Most of the classmates he was invited to the birthday party couldn’t come.<br />
C. Most of the classmates that he invited them to the birthday party couldn't come.<br />
D. Most of the classmates which he invited to the birthday party couldn't come.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A D B B A A D B A A<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án A A B B B A D C C D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D A B C B C A D D B<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án A D A A C D C B A D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A C C A A B C D B A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
27<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. society B. delegate C. president D. protection<br />
Question 2: A. packed B. pleased C. stopped D. finished<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. solidarity B. effectively C. documentary D. dedication<br />
Question 4: A. emerge B. organic C. belief D. medium<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: “If you had studied instead of goofing off all semester, you wouldn’t be so worried about<br />
tomorrow’s exam.”<br />
A. to behave not very well<br />
B. to pass time studying<br />
C. to hardly try to work<br />
D. to pass time in a relaxed way<br />
Question 6: With the final examinations coming very soon his anxiety was rising to almost unbearable<br />
limits.<br />
A. joy B. confidence C. boredom D. apprehension<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: The report advocated that all buildings should be fitted with smoke detectors.<br />
A. supported B. cheered C. forced D. warned<br />
Question 8: He resembles his father very much.<br />
A. looks after B. names after C. takes after D. calls after<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Jane: “Your hairstyle is terrific, Daisy!” - Daisy: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. Yes, all right.<br />
B. Thank you. I had it done yesterday.<br />
C. Never mention it.<br />
D. Thanks, but I’m afraid.<br />
Question 10: - John: “What kind of job would you like?” - Tim: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. No, thanks B. I heard it was very good<br />
( PC WEB )
C. Any<strong>thi</strong>ng to do with computers D. Anytime after next week<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: I enjoy _____________ busy. I don’t like it when there is no<strong>thi</strong>ng.<br />
A. being/to do B. to be/doing C. to be/to do D. being/doing<br />
Question 12: Women no longer have to do hard work nowadays as they used to _____________ ?<br />
A. are they B. aren’t they C. do they D. don’t they<br />
Question 13: You _____________ Peter yesterday. He’s been on business for a week now.<br />
A. mustn’t have seen<br />
B. could not have seen<br />
C. may have not seen<br />
D. can have seen<br />
Question 14: She was the first woman _____________ the ship.<br />
A. who leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left<br />
Question 15: No one can predict the future exactly. Things may happen _____________ .<br />
A. expectation B. expected C. expectedly D. unexpectedly<br />
Question 16: I want to tell you about my _____________ when I first arrived in London.<br />
A. incidents B. happenings C. experiences D. events<br />
Question 17: The local people were not very friendly to us, in fact there was a distinctly _____________<br />
atmosphere.<br />
A. hostile B. offensive C. rude D. abrupt<br />
Question 18: She sent her <strong>chi</strong>ldren to the park so that she could have some _____________ .<br />
A. fresh and quiet B. quiet and peace C. peace and quiet D. fresh and peace<br />
Question 19: I _____________ to see my girlfriend on my way home.<br />
A. dropped back B. dropped in C. dropped out D. dropped off<br />
Question 20: Bob won first _____________ in the art competition.<br />
A. prize B. medal C. reward D. benefit<br />
Question 21: My younger sister is not _____________ to drive a car.<br />
A. so old B. enough old C. too old D. old enough<br />
Question 22: The students _____________ by the teacher yesterday were very rude.<br />
A. punished B. to punish C. punish D. punishing<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Many Americans believe that manners have gotten worse and official figures confirm <strong>thi</strong>s. In a recent<br />
survey, nearly 70% said that people are (23) _____________ than they were 20 or 30 years ago. This is<br />
true of both large and small towns, although 74% of (24) _____________ living in cities said that people<br />
have become ruder, compared with 67% in rural areas. However, few people believe that they have bad<br />
manners themselves! For example, only 8% in the questionnaire (25) _____________ they have ever<br />
used their cell phones in public in a loud or annoying way. Many people (26) new technology for our<br />
changing manners. Computers, MP3 players, and cell phones take us away from face-to-face contact, as<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
well as being very annoying in public places. “All of these <strong>thi</strong>ngs result in a world with more stress, more<br />
chances for people to be rude to each other,” said Peter Post, an instructor on business manners.<br />
But what can we do about it? Some people would like to see a rail car (27) _____________ for cell<br />
phone users so that the rest of us can travel in peace and quiet. In fact, one train company, Amtrak, has<br />
banned cell phones in one car of some trains, which is called a “Quiet Car”.<br />
Question 23: A. ruder B. older C. wiser D. smarter<br />
Question 24: A. those B. them C. they D. ones<br />
Question 25: A. confess B. admit C. accept D. agree<br />
Question 26: A. reproach B. reprimand C. command D. blame<br />
Question 27: A. founded B. prepared C.reserved D. suited<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
One of the highest honors for formalists, writers, and musical composers is the Pulitzer Prize. First<br />
awarded in 1927, the Pulitzer Prize has been won by Ernest Hemingway, Harper Lee. John F. Kennedy,<br />
and Rodgers and Hammerstein, among others. As with many famous awards, <strong>thi</strong>s prize was named after<br />
its founder, Joseph Pulitzer.<br />
Joseph Pulitzer’s story, like that of many immigrants to the United States, is one of hardship, hard work<br />
and triumph. Bom in Hungary, Joseph Pulitzer moved to United States in 1864. He wanted to be a<br />
reporter, but he started his American life by fighting in the American Civil War. After the war, Pulitzer<br />
worked for the German - language newspaper, the Westiiche Post. His skills as a reporter were wonderful,<br />
and he soon became a partial owner of the paper.<br />
In 1978, Pulitzer was able to start a newspaper of his own. Right from the first edition, the newspaper<br />
took a controversial approach to new. Pulitzer wanted to appeal to the average reader, so he produced<br />
exciting stories of scandal and intrigue. Such an approach is commonplace today, but in Pulitzer’s time it<br />
was new and different. The approach led to the discovery' of many instances of corruption by influential<br />
people. Pulitzer ‘paper became very famous and is still produced today.<br />
The success of Joseph Pulitzer’s newspaper made him a very wealthy man, so he wanted to give<br />
some<strong>thi</strong>ng back to his profession. Throughout his later years, he worked to establish university programs<br />
for the tea<strong>chi</strong>ng of journalism, and he funded numerous scholarships to assist journalism students. Finally,<br />
he wanted to leave a legacy that would encourage writers to remember the importance of quality. On his<br />
death, he gave two million dollars to Columbia University so they could award prizes to great writers.<br />
The Pulitzer Prize recipients are a very select group. For most, winning a Pulitzer Prize is the highlight<br />
of their career. If an author, journalist, or composer you know has won a Pulitzer Prize, you can be sure<br />
they are at the top of their profession.<br />
Question 28: Why does the writer mention “John F. Kennedy” in line 3?<br />
A. He was one of the inventors of the famous awards.<br />
B. He was one of the winners of the Pulitzer Prize.<br />
C. He was one of the people who selected the Pulitzer winners.<br />
D. He was in one of the scandals reported on by Joseph Pulitzer.<br />
Question 29: According to the reading passage, why did Joseph Pulitzer invent the Pulitzer Prize?<br />
A. to encourage people to remember his name and success<br />
B. to encourage writers to remember the importance of quality<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
C. to encourage journalism students to a<strong>chi</strong>eve their goals<br />
D. to encourage people to appreciate the work of the Pulitzer winners<br />
Question 30: The word “partial” in the passage is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. in part only B. brand new C. one and only D. very important<br />
Question 31: According the passage, who receives the Pulitzer Prize?<br />
A. Columbia University graduates B. journalism students<br />
C. noted writers and composers D. most newspaper reporters<br />
Question 32: According to the reading passage, how did Joseph Pulitzer appeal to the average reader?<br />
A. He wrote about famous writers of journalism and literature.<br />
B. He wrote stories about the war.<br />
C. He produced his own newspaper.<br />
D. He produced exciting stories of scandal and intrigue.<br />
Question 33: Which sentence about Joseph Pulitzer is true according to the reading passage?<br />
A. He received a scholarship when he was a university student.<br />
B. He was rich even when he was young.<br />
C. He was a reporter during the American Civil War.<br />
D. He immigrated to the United States from Hungary.<br />
Question 34: Which sentence about Joseph Pulitzer is NOT true according to the reading passage?<br />
A. Joseph Pulitzer was the first writer to the win the prize in 1917.<br />
B. The prize is aimed at encouraging a writer’s career.<br />
C. Joseph Pulitzer left money to award to the prizewinners.<br />
D. Receiving the prize is one of the highest honors for writers.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, c, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Most of us associate robots with films such as Star Wars, I, Robot or AI, but in reality they have more to<br />
do with social issues and politics rather than science fiction. The term robot first made its appearance in a<br />
play entitled Rossum s Universal Robots written almost a century ago by a Czechoslovakian playwright<br />
by the name of Karel Capek. Capek got the name robot from the Slavic word ‘ robota’ which means<br />
forced labour. In his play, he portrays a society where robots, which look human, are mass produced to<br />
work in the place of people.<br />
Capeks story was well received by the critics but never really got credit for being the source of the<br />
notion of robots. The play has significant relevance to our society today, as humanoid-type robots are<br />
being created to fulfil a wide range of tasks. Robot engineers are not only developing mindless worker<br />
drones, but are attempting to create human-like companion robots for people. Consequently, the question<br />
of what actually makes us human is the subject of lively debate.<br />
In the USA, sociable robotics is developing at a relatively rapid rate and a human companion type of<br />
robot could soon be a reality. Japanese researchers see a very bright future for these robots who will serve<br />
as friends or family to the lonely. Nevertheless, one needs to ask if a human being can have a relationship<br />
with a ma<strong>chi</strong>ne in the same way as they do with other people or animals and if so, what effect <strong>thi</strong>s could<br />
have on our society. The success of robot toys or virtual pets suggests that <strong>thi</strong>s type of relationship is<br />
possible.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Research shows that <strong>chi</strong>ldren tend to have similar relationships with humans as with non-humans<br />
whereas the same is true for adults only with pets or when the robot is designed to look like a <strong>chi</strong>ld. This<br />
is probably because robots display superficial emotions and cannot as yet replace human touch. But will<br />
these ma<strong>chi</strong>nes one day succeed in replacing humans?<br />
Some paint a very dark picture of a robot society and predict that artificially intelligent ma<strong>chi</strong>nes will<br />
take control of the entire planet and dominate the human race. However robot technology is still in its<br />
infancy and the idea of them taking over the world is pure fantasy to most of us, including scientists. In<br />
fact, most robots can only perform very basic tasks and even the most advanced robot that is capable of<br />
expressing over forty different emotions seems to do so in a totally random manner, regardless of what is<br />
going on around it.<br />
In spite of the simplicity of today’s robots, robotic technology is impacting our everyday lives in a<br />
dramatic way. Nowadays, our robots are becoming more and more like those portrayed in Capeks work.<br />
In a society where human relationships are so often strained, it is no surprise that the possibility for<br />
human-robot relationships is increasing.<br />
Question 35: In paragraph 2, the phrase ‘was well received by the critics' means _____________ .<br />
A. reviewers thought the story was good.<br />
B. they praised the w riter for his linguistic skills.<br />
C. the story was sent to a lot of critics.<br />
D. the author was criticised by other writers.<br />
Question 36: The word “strained” in the last sentence means _____________ .<br />
A. separated B. impressed C. extended D. close<br />
Question 37: Adults tend to have good relationships with _____________ .<br />
A. <strong>chi</strong>ldlike robots B. robot toys C. non-humans D. virtual pets<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: Japanese researchers <strong>thi</strong>nk that robots could _____________ .<br />
A. be useful to engineers<br />
B. be put to use as servants<br />
C. be of use to families<br />
D. be of use to people who live alone<br />
Question 39: When most people <strong>thi</strong>nk of robots, they tend to <strong>thi</strong>nk of _____________<br />
A. literature B. social issues C. politics D. films<br />
Question 40: Most critics ignored the fact that _____________ .<br />
A. Capek came up with the idea of robots.<br />
B. robots can do a lot of tasks,<br />
C. robots are important in our society.<br />
D. humanoid robots are being created.<br />
Question 41: There is a lot of discussion about _____________<br />
A. the truth about companionship<br />
B. the nature of a humanoid robot<br />
C. how a robot is made up<br />
D. what a human really is<br />
Question 42: Advanced robots still only _____________ .<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. express emotions randomly<br />
B. perform basic tasks<br />
C. express over forty emotions<br />
D. react to emotions just like humans<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: “Why don’t you take extra classes in English if you want to become a tourist guide?” said<br />
my friend.<br />
A. My friend advised me to not take extra classes in English only if I wanted to become a tourist guide.<br />
B. My friend suggested I take extra classes in English if I wanted to become a tourist guide.<br />
C. In my friend’s opinion, I will never become a tourist guide if I don’t take extra classes in English.<br />
D. In my friend’s opinion, taking extra classes in English is necessary if I wanted to become a tourist<br />
guide.<br />
Question 44: It is acknowledged that Vietnam had a complete control over SARS from a very early stage<br />
of the epidemic.<br />
A. Vietnam is acknowledged to have a complete control over SARS from a very early stage of the<br />
epidemic.<br />
B. Vietnam is acknowledged to have completely controlled SARS from a very early stage of the<br />
epidemic.<br />
C. Vietnam was acknowledged to have controlled SARS from a very early stage of the epidemic.<br />
D. Vietnam was acknowledged to have had a complete control over SARS from a very early stage of<br />
the epidemic.<br />
Question 45: She usually spends one hour driving to work every day.<br />
A. She usually works one hour every day.<br />
B. It usually takes her one hour to drive to work every day.<br />
C. She usually goes to work by car once a day.<br />
D. It usually takes her one hour to work on her car every day.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Leonardo is often (A) thought of primarily as an artist, and (B) with masterpieces such as<br />
The Last Supper and the Mona Lisa (C) to his credits, his (D) place in art history is assured.<br />
Question 47: The longest advertising poster (A) ever produced which (B) was for (C) the Rome Opera<br />
House was nearly 300m (D) length.<br />
Question 48: The funny <strong>thi</strong>ng (A) about Chinese food is that it seems to taste different in (B) every<br />
country you eat (C) them and (D) yet no<strong>thi</strong>ng like the Chinese food you eat in China.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49. Computer is a miraculous device. It is capable of doing almost any<strong>thi</strong>ng you ask it to.<br />
A. Computer can’t do any<strong>thi</strong>ng you ask it to because it is a miraculous device.<br />
B. Computer is unable to do almost any<strong>thi</strong>ng you ask it to so it is a miraculous device.<br />
C. Computer is a miraculous device since it is possible for doing any<strong>thi</strong>ng you ask it to.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. Computer is a miraculous device because it is impossible for doing almost any<strong>thi</strong>ng you<br />
ask it to.<br />
Question 50. Mary was really thrilled with the recent decrease in the cost of electronic items. She bought<br />
a new CD player.<br />
A. Mary was so interested in the recent cost of electronic items that she decided to buy herself a new<br />
CD player immediately.<br />
B. It was really thrilling for Mary to be able to buy her first CD player after so many years of high<br />
prices for electronic items.<br />
C. Mary, who had just purchased a new CD player at a low price, was so thrilled that she got a few<br />
other electronic items as well.<br />
D. Mary purchased a new CD player due to the fact that the drop in electronic goods’ price really<br />
excited her.<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A B B D B B A C B C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án A C B B D C A C B A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D A A A B D C B B A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án C D D A A A A D D A<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D A B B B C D C C D<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
28<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. bats B. dates C. days D. speaks<br />
Question 2: A. confide B. install C. kidding D. rim<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. conserve B. a<strong>chi</strong>eve C. employ D. waver<br />
Question 4: A. perseverance B. application C. agriculture D. dedication<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: The nominating committee always meets behind closed doors, lest its deliberations become<br />
known prematurely.<br />
A. privately B. safely C. publicly D. dangerously<br />
Question 6: We managed to get to school in time despite the heavy rain.<br />
A. later than expected B. earlier than a particular moment<br />
C. early enough to do some<strong>thi</strong>ng D. as long as expected<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Today’s scientists have overcome many of the challenges of the depth by using more<br />
sophisticated tools.<br />
A. complicated B. worldly C. experienced D. aware<br />
Question 8: Suddenly, it began to rain heavily, so all the summer hikers got drenched all over.<br />
A. very tired B. completely wet C. refreshed D. cleansed<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Tim and Alice are tatking about pets.<br />
-Tim: “Oh! What a beautiful cat. What do you <strong>thi</strong>nk?”<br />
-Alice: “ _____________ . Dogs are more loyal than cats.”<br />
A. That’s right<br />
B. I <strong>thi</strong>nk I’d rather get a dog.<br />
C. I can’t agree with you more<br />
D. Thank you. That’s really encouraging<br />
Question 10: Two friends Diana and Anne are talking about their upcoming exams.<br />
- Diana: “Our midterm exams will start next Tuesday, are you ready?”<br />
( PC WEB )
- Anne: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. I’m half ready. B. God save you.<br />
C. Thank you so much D. Don’t mention it!<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: People are advised to _____________ smoking because of its harm to their health.<br />
A. cut down on B. cut off C. cut in D. cut down<br />
Question 12: I <strong>thi</strong>nk you’d be good at <strong>thi</strong>s job. Why don’t you _____________ it?<br />
A. take care of B. apply for C. take after D. put off<br />
Question 13: UNESCO was established to encourage collaboration nations in the areas _____________<br />
education, science, culture, and communication.<br />
A. between - in B. among – in C. among- of D. between-of<br />
Question 14: We live in a large house in _____________ middle of the village.<br />
A. a B. an C. the D. <br />
Question 15: Ben asked Jane where _____________ the previous Sunday.<br />
A. has she been B. she had been C. had she been D. she has been<br />
Question 16: Each of us must take _____________ for our own actions.<br />
A. ability B. responsibility C. possibility D. probability<br />
Question 17: _____________ Nam Cao is a realistic writer, but he still used a lot of romance in his<br />
stories.<br />
A. On my part B. On the contrary C. On the other hand D. On the whole<br />
Question 18: Many villages were _____________ by the floods last year.<br />
A. looked after B. taken out C. come up D. wiped out<br />
Question 19: In many families, the most important decisions are _____________ by many women.<br />
A. done B. given C. arrived D. made<br />
Question 20: Thanks to the women’s liberation, women can take part in _____________ activities.<br />
A. social B. socially C. socialize D. society<br />
Question 21: When my mother is busy preparing dinner, my father often gives her a hand _________ the<br />
housework.<br />
A. on B. with C. for D. about<br />
Question 22: If my cousin _____________ an alarm, the <strong>thi</strong>eves wouldn’t have broken into his house.<br />
A. installs B. have installed C. had installed D. installed<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
I had never been to Denmark before, so when I set out to catch the ferry in early May, I little suspected<br />
that by the end of the trip I’d have made such lasting friendships. Esjberg is a (23) _____________ port<br />
for a cyclist’s arrival, where tourist information can be obtained and money changed. A cycle track leads<br />
(24) _____________ town and down to Ribe, where I spent my first night. The only appointment I had to<br />
keep was a meeting with a friend who was flying out in June. I wanted to use my time well, so I had<br />
planned a route which would include several small islands and various parts of the countryside.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
In my (25)_____________ , a person travelling alone sometimes meets with unexpected hospitality,<br />
and <strong>thi</strong>s trip was no (26) _____________ . On only my second day, I got into conversation with a cheerful<br />
man who turned out to be the local baker. He insisted that I should join his family for lunch, and, while<br />
we were eating, he contacted his daughter in Odense. Wi<strong>thi</strong>n minutes, he had (27) _____________ for me<br />
to visit her and her family. Then I was sent on my way with a fresh loaf of bread to keep me going, and<br />
the feeling that <strong>thi</strong>s would turn out to be a wonderful holiday.<br />
Question 23: A. capable B. ready C. favorable D. convenient<br />
Question 24: A. into B. upward C. out of D. upon<br />
Question 25: A. information B. experience C. knowledge D. observation<br />
Question 26: A. exception B. difference C. exchange D. contract<br />
Question 27: A. fixed B. ordered C. settled D. arranged<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
The iPhone was released in 2007. E-books reached the mainstream in the late 1990s. Printed books have<br />
been around since the 1450s. But how did writing move around before then? After all, a book - electronic<br />
or not - is simply a mechanism for making written information portable. And our ancestors were as eager<br />
to take their reading on the go as we are. Here are some ways that people used to record information and<br />
carry it around.<br />
In Mesopotamia, in the 3rd millennium BCE, various ancient peoples began scribbling on small tablets<br />
that were several inches long. Scribes used a stylus to make marks on wet clay tablets, w hich were then<br />
dried outside or baked so as to make them long-lasting. Some particularly important texts ran across<br />
multiple tablets. The type of writing used by these scribes was cuneiform, and it sustained the production<br />
of these tablets for some 2,000 years.<br />
The Chinese also created tablets that were made from bamboo or wood and were lashed together with<br />
the equivalent of rope. Records suggest that these may have emerged by 1300 BCE, if not before, but<br />
many simply rotted away or otherwise decayed. The emperor Shihuangdi also didn’t help in 213 BCE<br />
when he ordered that most books not in his possession be burned. During roughly the same time, the<br />
Chinese also created scrolls made of silk, though these scrolls were not always rolled into a cylindrical<br />
form; some of the documents written on silk that were found, for example, at Mawangdui, an<br />
archaeological site in southeastern China that dates to the 2nd century BCE, were found folded into<br />
rectangles. The texts on these tablets and scrolls covered a wide range of topics, from medicine to poetry<br />
to philosophy.<br />
Wax tablets were a riff on the ancient Mesopotamian clay tablets, courtesy of the ancient Greeks and<br />
Romans. Clay tablets could be awkward to work with; papyrus could be a pain to prepare and store. But<br />
filling a wooden block with hot wax that, after it cooled, provided a smooth soft writing surface? Simple.<br />
And cheap too. Permanence was a bit of a problem, but it was also an advantage: the wax could be<br />
remelted or scraped smooth, and the tablet was ready for use again. The Greeks and the Romans, and<br />
medieval Europeans after them, used these tablets for some important legal documentation, but their<br />
primary advantage was flexibility—very much like a paper (or electronic) tablet today.<br />
Question 28: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Ways people sent their information to others<br />
(Source: https://britannicalearn. com)<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Different kinds of ancient people’s books<br />
C. Tablet as the most important material in making e-books.<br />
D. Ways people Took Their Reading on the Go<br />
Question 29: According paragraph 1, a book is simply defined as _____________ .<br />
A. a system for making written information transportable<br />
B. an electronic mechanism for making written information portable<br />
C. a mechanism for recording important information long-lasting<br />
D. a way of recording information.<br />
Question 30: The word “them" in paragraph 2 refers to _____________<br />
A. ancient peoples B. scribes C. clay tablets D. important texts<br />
Question 31: The word “emerged" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. appeared B. invented C. discovered D. found<br />
Question 32: According the passage, Chinese people _____________ .<br />
A. created bamboo tablets and silk scrolls almost simultaneously<br />
B. created bamboo tablets before they used silk scrolls<br />
C. created silk scrolls very roughly before they used bamboo tablets<br />
D. didn’t use silk scrolls until they created bamboo tablets<br />
Question 33: The word “roughly” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to<br />
A. violently B. harshly C. approximately D. severely<br />
Question 34: Which of the following material is considerably similar to a paper people write on today?<br />
A. clay tablets B. bamboo tablets C. wood tablets D. wax tablets<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
What geologists call the Basin and Range Province in the United States roughly coincides in its<br />
northern portions with the geographic province known as the Great Basin. The Great Basin is surrounded<br />
on the west by the Sierra Nevada and on the east by the Rocky Mountains; it has no outlet to the sea. The<br />
prevailing winds in the Great Basin are from the west. Warm, moist air from the Pacific Ocean is forced<br />
upward as it crosses the Sierra Nevada. At the higher altitudes it cools and the moisture it carries is<br />
precipitated as rain or snow on the western slopes of the mountains. That which reaches the Basin is air<br />
wrung dry of moisture. What little water falls there as rain or snow, mostly in the winter months,<br />
evaporates on the broad, flat desert floors. It is, therefore, an environment in which organism battle for<br />
survival. Along the rare watercourses, cottonwoods and willows eke out a sparse existence. In the upland<br />
ranges, pinion pines and junipers struggle to hold their own.<br />
But the Great Basin has not always been so arid. Many of its dry, closed depressions were once filled<br />
with water. Owens Valley, Panamint Valley, and Death Valley were once a string of interconnected lakes.<br />
The two largest of the ancient lakes of the Great Britain were Lake Lahontan and Lake Bonneville. The<br />
Great Salt Lake is all that remains of the latter, and Pyramid Lake is one of the last briny remnants of the<br />
former.<br />
There seem to have been several periods wi<strong>thi</strong>n the last tens of thousands of years when water<br />
accumulated in these basins. The rise and fall of the lakes were undoubtedly linked to the advances and<br />
retreats of the great ice sheets that covered much of the northern part of the North American continent<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
during those times. Climatic changes during the Ice Ages sometimes brought cooler, wetter weather to<br />
mid-latitude deserts worldwide, including those of the Great Basin. The broken valleys of the Great Basin<br />
provided ready receptacles for <strong>thi</strong>s moisture.<br />
Question 35: What is the geographical relationship between the Basin and Range Province and the Great<br />
Basin?<br />
A. The Great Basin is in the northern part of the Basin and Range Province.<br />
B. The Great Basin is west of the Basin and Range Province.<br />
C. The Great Basin is larger than the Basin and Range Province.<br />
D. The Great Basin is mountainous; the Basin and Range Province is flat desert.<br />
Question 36: According to the passage, what does the Great Basin lack?<br />
A. Dry air B. Access to the ocean<br />
C. Winds from the west D. Snow<br />
Question 37: The word “prevailing” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. most frequent B. occasional C. gentle D. most dangerous<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: It can be inferred that the climate in the Great Basin is dry because _____________ .<br />
A. the winds are not strong enough to carry moisture<br />
B. the weather patterns are so turbulent<br />
C. the altitude prevents precipitation<br />
D. precipitation falls in the nearby mountains<br />
Question 39: Why does the author mention Owens Valley, Panamint Valley, and Death Valley in the<br />
second paragraph?<br />
A. To give examples of depressions that once contained water.<br />
B. To explain their geographical formation.<br />
C. To compare the characteristics of the valleys with the characteristics of the lakes.<br />
D. To explain what the Great Britain is like today.<br />
Question 40: The word “the former” in paragraph 2 refer to _____________ .<br />
A. Lake Lahontan B. Lake Bonneville<br />
C. The Great Salt Lake D. Pyramid Lake<br />
Question 41: The word “accumulated” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. dried B. flooded C. collected D. evaporated<br />
Question 42: According to the passage, the Ice Ages often brought about _____________ .<br />
A. wetter weather B. warmer climates C. broken valley D. desert formation<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: Lisa always reminds me of my youngest sister.<br />
A. My youngest sister’s name is Lisa.<br />
B. I always <strong>thi</strong>nk of Lisa, my youngest sister.<br />
C. Whenever I see Lisa, I <strong>thi</strong>nk of my youngest sister.<br />
D. It is Lisa who is my youngest sister.<br />
Question 44: People rumor that the president has been suffering from a rare disease.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. It was rumored that the president has been suffering from a rare disease.<br />
B. The president is rumored to have been suffering from a rare disease.<br />
C. A rare disease is rumored to be causing sufferings to the president.<br />
D. The president has been rumored to suffer from a rare disease.<br />
Question 45: California attracted people from many countries when gold was discovered in I848.<br />
A. Discovered in 1848, gold was attractive to people in Cali font ia.<br />
B. Discovered in California in 1848, gold attracted people from many countries there.<br />
C. Gold in California was discovered in 1848 after many people came here.<br />
D. When people are attracted to California, they discovered gold in 1848.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Anew school with (A) more than 50 classrooms (B) have just been (C) built in our (D) local<br />
area.<br />
Question 47: The doctor (A) advised him to avoid (B) eating fatty foods, (C) having more fresh<br />
vegetables and drink (D) much water.<br />
Question 48: Since (A) poa<strong>chi</strong>ng is becoming more (B) seriously, the government has imposed (C)<br />
stricter laws to prevent (D) it.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: Mr. Smith is a professor. His car was stolen yesterday.<br />
A. His car was stolen yesterday, he is a professor.<br />
B. Mr. Smith, who his car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.<br />
C. Mr. Smith, who is a professor, his car was stolen yesterday.<br />
D. Mr. Smith, whose car was stolen yesterday, is a professor.<br />
Question 50: My motorbike cannot start in the mornings. I <strong>thi</strong>nk I will get the garage to repair it.<br />
A. My motorbike cannot start in the mornings, so 1 will have it repaired.<br />
B. My motorbike which I will have it repaired cannot start in the morning.<br />
C. My motorbike which I will get it repaired cannot start in the mornings.<br />
D. My motorbike I will get it repaired which cannot start in the mornings.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án C A D C C A A B B A<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án A B C C B B D D D A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án B C D C B A D D A C<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án A A C D A B A D A A<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C A C B B B C B D A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
29<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 05<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. chamber B. ancient C. danger D. ancestor<br />
Question 2: A. backcourt B. yoghourt C. forecourt D. law-court<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. implement B. windowpane C. repentance D. stimulate<br />
Question 4: A. worksheet B. announce C. solemn D. sculpture<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: The economy has ground to a halt because of the civil war.<br />
A. stopped suddenly B. gone to the moon<br />
C. lingered to success D. been flying high<br />
Question 6: Thousands are going starving because of the failure of <strong>thi</strong>s year's harvest.<br />
A. hungry B. poor C. rich D. full<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: This property is owned communally now, so everyone must take care of it.<br />
A. kept by one member B. shared by roommates<br />
C. saved one by one D. used by everyone<br />
Question 8: “Do you <strong>thi</strong>nk it’s OK for me to wear jeans to a job interview or do I need some<strong>thi</strong>ng a bit<br />
more upmarket?”<br />
A. being trendy and fashionable B. high quality or expensive<br />
C. cheap with decent quality D. bought from overseas<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Mai: “I passed the English test, Mom.” - Mom: “ _____________ !”<br />
A. All right B. Well done C. Good luck D. Thank you<br />
Question 10: - Mike: “A motorbike knocked Tim down” - Mary: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. How terrific! B. Poor him!<br />
C. Why do you say so? D. What a cheap motorbike!<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Although at that time my knowledge of German was very poor, I _____________ most of<br />
what they said.<br />
( PC WEB )
A. did understand B. managed understand<br />
C. didn’t understand D. have understood<br />
Question 12: There are many superstitions signs that one can use to _____________ the evil eye if you<br />
believe _____________ such <strong>thi</strong>ngs.<br />
A. look out-over B. let out-with C. come up-about D. ward off-in<br />
Question 13: We can go by _____________ road, because _____________ are normally free from heavy<br />
traffic at <strong>thi</strong>s time of day.<br />
A. neither - some B. any - either C. both - all D. either – both<br />
Question 14: With unemployment at a record level, retraining programs would _____________ off in the<br />
long run.<br />
A. go B. pay C. pass D. wear<br />
Question 15: We can win only if we remain united, and so we must support them the moment they<br />
_____________on strike.<br />
A. will go B. went C. will have gone D. go<br />
Question 16: It’s time we bought some new furniture. Look at these chairs. They’re _____________ to<br />
pieces.<br />
A. crumbling B. battered C. falling D. going<br />
Question 17: He prefers _____________ water to tap water.<br />
A. fresh B. canned C. mineral D. well<br />
Question 18: It is people who are of voting age who make up the _____________ of a country.<br />
A. ballot papers B. electorate C. constituency D. electors<br />
Question 19: It was a(n) _____________ conversation. We were both talking about different <strong>thi</strong>ngs<br />
without realising it.<br />
A. unwise B. absurd C. <strong>thi</strong>ck D. foolish<br />
Question 20: The film _____________ by the time we _____________ to the cinema.<br />
A. had already started/got B. already started/ had gotten<br />
C. had already started/had gotten D. has already started/ got<br />
Question 21: It’s only a small lamp, so it doesn’t _____________ off much fight.<br />
A. shed B. cast C. give D. spend<br />
Question 22: Before her injury, my sister _____________ tennis professionally.<br />
A. would used to play B. will play C. use to play D. used to play<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
The technique to (23) _____________ a kite was described very accurately by Marco Polo, the<br />
European explorer who went to China m ore than seven hundred years (24) _____________ . The men<br />
Polo saw flying a kite were (25) _____________ engaged in a game, or a pastime. They were a ship’s<br />
crew superstitious (26) _____________ all sailors are, and they believed the kite would show them<br />
whether or not their voyage would be prosperous. If the (27) _____________ went straight up, it was a<br />
good sign, and they would immediately<br />
Question 23. A. play B. fly C. start D. blow<br />
Question 24. A. before B. previously C. former D. ago<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 25. A. not B. really C. actually D. <br />
Question 26. A. so B. like C.such D. as<br />
Question 27. A. kite B. ship C. sail D. wind<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
For more than six million American <strong>chi</strong>ldren, coming home after school means coming back to an<br />
empty house. Some deal with the situation by wat<strong>chi</strong>ng TV. Some may hide. But all of them have<br />
some<strong>thi</strong>ng in common. They spend part of each day alone. They are called “latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren”. They are<br />
<strong>chi</strong>ldren who look after themselves while their parents work. And their bad condition has become a<br />
subject of concern.<br />
Lynette Long was once the principal of an elementary school. She said, “we had a school rule against<br />
wearing jewelry. A lot of kids had chains around their necks with keys attached. I was constantly telling<br />
them to put the keys inside shirts. There were so many keys; it never came to my mind what they meant.”<br />
Slowly, she learned that they were house keys.<br />
She and her husband began talking to the <strong>chi</strong>ldren who had keys. They learned of the effect working<br />
couples and single parents were having on their <strong>chi</strong>ldren. Fear was the biggest problem faced by <strong>chi</strong>ldren<br />
at home alone. One in three latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren the Longs talked to reported beinu frightened. Many had<br />
nightmares and were worried about their own safety<br />
The most common way latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren deal with their fears is by hiding. They mav hide in a shower<br />
stall, under a bed or in a closet. The second is TV. They often turn the volume up It's hard to get statistics<br />
on latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren, the Longs have learned. Most parents are slow to admit that they leave their <strong>chi</strong>ldren<br />
alone.<br />
Question 28: The phrase “an empty house” in the passage mostly means _____________ .<br />
A. a house with too much space B. a house with no furniture<br />
C. a house with no people inside D. a house with no<strong>thi</strong>ng inside<br />
Question 29: One <strong>thi</strong>ng that the <strong>chi</strong>ldren in the passage share is that _____________ .<br />
A. they all wear jewelry<br />
B. they spend part of each day alone<br />
C. they all watch TV<br />
D. they are from single-parent families<br />
Question 30: The phrase “latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren” in the passage means <strong>chi</strong>ldren who _____________<br />
A. look after themselves while their parents are not at home<br />
B. close doors with keys and watch TV by themselves<br />
C. like to carry latches and keys with them everywhere<br />
D. are locked inside houses with latches and keys<br />
Question 31: What is the main idea of the first paragraph?<br />
A. Why kids hate going home B. Children’s activities at home<br />
C. Bad condition of latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren D. How kids spend free time<br />
Question 32: What do latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren suffer most from when they are at home alone?<br />
A. Tiredness B. Boredom C. Loneliness D. Fear<br />
Question 33: Lynette Long learned of latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s problems by _____________ .<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. visiting their homes B. talking to them<br />
C. delivering questionnaires D. interviewing their parents<br />
Question 34: It’s difficult to find out the number of latchkey <strong>chi</strong>ldren because _____________ .<br />
A. there are too many of them in the whole country<br />
B. most parents are reluctant to admit that they leave their <strong>chi</strong>ldren alone<br />
C. they hide themselves in shower stalls or under beds<br />
D. they do not give information about themselves for safety reasons<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Marianne Moore (1887-1972) once said that her writing could be called poetry only because there was<br />
no other name for it. Indeed her poems appear to be extremely compressed essays that happen to be<br />
printed in jagged lines on the page. Her subject were varied: animals, laborers, artists, and the craft of<br />
poetry. From her general reading came quotations that she found striking or insightful. She included these<br />
in her poems, scrupulously enclosed in quotation marks, and sometimes identified in footnotes. Of <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
practice, she wrote, “Why many quotation marks?’ I am asked ... When a <strong>thi</strong>ng has been so well that it<br />
could not be said better, why paraphrase it? Hence, my writing is, if not a cabinet of fossils, a kind of<br />
collection of flies in amber.” Close observation and concentration on detail and the methods of her<br />
poetry.<br />
Marianne Moore grew up in Kirkwood, Missouri, near St. Lois. After graduation from Bryn Mawr<br />
College in 1909, she taught commercial subjects at the Indian School in Carlisle, Pennsylvania. Later she<br />
became a librarian in New York City. During the 1920’s she was editor of The Dial, an important literary<br />
magazine of the period. She lived quietly all her life, mostly in Brooklyn, New York. She spent a lot of<br />
time at the Bronx Zoo, fascinated by animals. Her admiration of the Brooklyn Dodgers-before the<br />
teammoved to Los Angeles-was widely known. Her first book of poems was published in London in 1921<br />
by a group of friends associated with the Imagist movement. From that time on her poetry has been read<br />
with interest by succeeding generations of poets and readers. In 1952 she was awarded the Pulitzer Prize<br />
for her Collected Poems. She wrote that she did not write poetry “for money or fame. To eam a living is<br />
needful, but it can be done in routine ways. One writes because one has a burning desire to objectify what<br />
it is indispensable to one’s happiness to express<br />
Question 35: The word “succeeding” in line 19 is closest to _____________ .<br />
A. inheriting B. prospering C. diverse D. later<br />
Question 36: It can be inferred from the passage that Moore wrote because she _____________ .<br />
A. wanted to win awards<br />
B. was dissatisfied with what others wrote<br />
C. felt a need to express herself<br />
D. wanted to raise money for the Bronx Zoo<br />
Question 37: What is the passage mainly about?<br />
A. Essayists and poets of the 1920’s<br />
B. The use of quotations in poetry<br />
C. Marianne Moore’s life and work<br />
D. The influence of the imagists on Marianne Moore.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question <strong>38</strong>: Where did Moore grow up?<br />
A. In Kirkwood B. In Brooklyn. C. In Carlisle. D. In Los Angeles<br />
Question 39: Which of the following can be inferred about Moore’s poems?<br />
A. They do not use traditional verse forms<br />
B. They are better known in Europe than the United States<br />
C. They were all published in The Dial<br />
D. They tend to be abstract<br />
Question 40: The author mentions all of the following as jobs held by Moore EXCEPT _____________ .<br />
A. teacher B. magazine editor C. commercial artist D. librarian<br />
Question 41: According to the passage Moore wrote about all of the following EXCEPT ____________.<br />
A. workers B. animals C. fossils D. artists<br />
Question 42: The word “it” in line 22 refers to _____________ .<br />
A. writing poetry B. becoming famous C. earning a living D. attracting readers<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: It was such strong coffee that he couldn’t drink it.<br />
A. The coffee was too strong for him to drink.<br />
B. He couldn’t drink the coffee although the coffee was so strong.<br />
C. He couldn’t drink too strong coffee before.<br />
D. The strong coffee made him able to drink it.<br />
Question 44: Linda seems to have very little record for other people’s feelings.<br />
A. Linda has very few feelings like other people.<br />
B. Linda appears unconcerned about other people’s feelings.<br />
C. Linda has difficulty expressing her feelings for other people.<br />
D. Linda doesn’t respect people who feel sorry for themselves.<br />
Question 45: “I’m sorry I didn't tell you about my trip earlier,” Lan said.<br />
A. Lan apologized me for not to tell about her trip earlier.<br />
B. Lan apologized for not telling her about my trip earlier.<br />
C. Lan apologized for telling me about her late trip.<br />
D. Lan apologized for not telling me about her trip earlier<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: There (A) are probably (B) around 3,000 languages (C) speaking in (D) the world.<br />
Question 47: (A) The novelist Shirley Hazzard is noted (B) for the insight, poetic style, and (C) sensitive<br />
she (D) demonstrates in her works.<br />
Question 48: Today the (A) number of people (B) whom enjoy winter sports (C) is almost double (D)<br />
that of twenty years ago.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: She tried very hard to pass the driving test. She could hardly pass it.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. Although she didn’t try hard to pass the driving test, she could pass it.<br />
B. Despite being able to pass the driving test, she didn’t pass it.<br />
C. No matter how hard she tried, she could hardly pass the driving test.<br />
D. She tried very hard, so she passed the driving test satisfactorily.<br />
Question 50: They’re my two sisters. They aren’t teachers like me.<br />
A. They’re my two sisters, both of those are teachers like me.<br />
B. They’re my two sisters, neither of whom are teachers like me.<br />
C. Like me, neither of my two sisters aren’t teachers.<br />
D. They’re my two sisters who neither are teachers like me.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án D B C B D D D A B B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án A D D B D C C B B A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án C D B D A D A C B A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án C D B B D C C A A C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C C A B D C C B C B<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
30<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. coach B. goat C. toad D. broad<br />
Question 2: A. laughs B. arrives C. slopes D. presidents<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. result B. famine C. earthquake D. injure<br />
Question 4: A. possible B. medical C. rapidly D. initiate<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: For most male spiders courtship is a perilous procedure, for they may be eaten by females.<br />
A. complicated B. dangerous C. safe D. peculiar<br />
Question 6: A chronic lack of sleep may make us irritable and reduces our motivation to work.<br />
A. uncomfortable B. responsive C. miserable D. calm<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: My parent’ warnings didn’t deter me from choosing the job of my dreams.<br />
A. influence B. discourage C. reassure D. inspire<br />
Question 8: My wife was so keen on the picture that she paid through her nose for it.<br />
A. paid no<strong>thi</strong>ng B. turned a deaf ear<br />
C. was offered D. paid much more than usual<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Tim: I’m terribly sorry. I just forgot to call you yesterday.<br />
- David: _____________<br />
A. Never mind. You need to remember next time<br />
B. It’s alright. We can talk about it today<br />
C. You’re welcome<br />
D. What a pity!<br />
Question 10: Mary is talking to her professor in his office.<br />
- Mary: “Can you tell me how to find material for my science report, professor?”<br />
- Professor: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. I like it that you understand.<br />
B. Try your best, Mary.<br />
( PC WEB )
C. You can borrow books from the library.<br />
D. You mean the podcasts from other students?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: The world work is developing very quickly. If you don’t self-leam continuously, we will<br />
not _____________ social movements.<br />
A. put up with B. keep up with<br />
C. get on with D. deal with<br />
Question 12: Does television adequately reflect the ethnic and cultural _____________ of the country.<br />
A. custom B. diversity C. alternation D. minority<br />
Question 13: He may be shy now, but he will soon come out of his _____________ when he meets the<br />
right girl.<br />
A. shoe B. hole C. shed D. shell<br />
Question 14: There’s a list of repairs as long as _____________ .<br />
A. your arm B. a pole C. your arms D. a mile<br />
Question 15: I tried to talk to her, but she was as high as a _____________<br />
A. kite B. house C. sky D. wall<br />
Question 16: Not only _____________ to determine the depth of the ocean floor, but it is also used to<br />
locate oil.<br />
A. seismology is used B. using seismology<br />
C. is seismology used D. to use seismology<br />
Question 17: The jury _____________ her compliments her excellent knowledge of the subject.<br />
A. returned/ to B. paid/ to C. returned/ on D. paid / on<br />
Question 18: Determining the mineral content of soil samples is an exacting process; _____________ ,<br />
experts must perform detail tests to analyze soil specimens.<br />
A. therefore B. afterward C. so that D. however<br />
Question 19: John lost the _____________ bicycle he bought last week and his parents were very angry<br />
with him.<br />
A. new beautiful blue Japanese B. beautiful blue Japanese new<br />
C. beautiful new blue Japanese D. Japanese beautiful new blue<br />
Question 20: Donald Trump is _____________ President of _____________ United States.<br />
A. the/ the B. a/ the C. the/ a D. the/ an<br />
Question 21: _____________ he arrived at the bus stop when the bus came.<br />
A. Hardly had B. No sooner had C. No longer has D. Not until had<br />
Question 22: Many young people in rural areas don’t want to spend their lives on the farm like<br />
Their _____________ parents. Therefore, they leave their home villages to find well-paid jobs in the fastgrowing<br />
industrial zones.<br />
A. long-term B. up-to-date C. weather-beaten D. wide-ranging<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Trang 2/8<br />
( PC WEB )
You may have heard that tomatoes and processed tomato product like tomato sauce and canned<br />
tomatoes protect (23) _____________ some types of cancer. The cancer-preventing properties of tomato<br />
products have been (24) _____________ to lycopene. It is a bright red pigment found in tomatoes and<br />
other red fruits and is the cause of their red color. Unlike other fruits and vegetables, where nutritional<br />
content such as vitamin C is diminished upon cooking, processing of tomatoes increases the concentration<br />
of lycopene. Lycopene in tomato paste is four times (25) _____________ in fresh tomatoes.<br />
This is because lycopene is insoluble in water and is tightly bound to vegetable fiber. Thus, (26<br />
_____________ tomato products such as pasteurized tomato juice, so up, sauce, and ketchup contain the<br />
highest concentrations of lycopene. Cooking and crushing tomatoes as in the canning process and serving<br />
in oil-rich dishes such as spaghetti sauce or pizza (27) _____________ increase assimilation from the<br />
digestive tract into the bloodstream. Lycopene is a fat-soluble substance, so the oil is said to help<br />
absorption to a great extent.<br />
Question 23: A. out B. off C. against D. away<br />
Question 24: A. pressed B. responsible C. attributed D. original<br />
Question 25: A. much more B. as much as C. as many as D. further than<br />
Question 26: A. fresh B. processed C. contained D. raw<br />
Question 27: A. largely B. <strong>chi</strong>efly C. mainly D. greatly<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Garbage is a big problem all over the world. People buy and use a lot of <strong>thi</strong>ngs nowadays. After a while,<br />
they throw them away in the garbage bin. All the garbage is later thrown away or dumped outside the<br />
city. These places are called landfill sites. In many cities, landfill sites are now full.<br />
We have to manage our waste and garbage better. If we throw away so many <strong>thi</strong>ngs, soon we will have<br />
no place to dump them. The best <strong>thi</strong>ng to do is to reduce the amount of garbage. If we use less, we throw<br />
away less. For instance, we can buy food in big boxes and packages. Then we throw away only one box<br />
every month or so. Otherwise, we throw away many small boxes or cans every day.<br />
Similarly, we can reuse a lot of packaging. For example, we do not have to buy take-out coffee in<br />
Styrofoam cups, which are made of aluminum - a toxic material to the environment. We can bring our<br />
own cup from home and fill it with fresh coffee.<br />
We also do not have to take the plastic bags from the supermarket. We can bring our own cloth bag<br />
from home instead. When we pack lunch, it is better to use a lunch box than a paper bag. Instead of paper<br />
plates, we can use real plates. We can clean up with a dishtowel, not a paper towel. We can use a compost<br />
bin for food scraps. In <strong>thi</strong>s way, the food gets back into the earth. It does not get mixed up with the<br />
regular garbage.<br />
Finally, all paper, glass and metal we do use, we can recycle. In many countries, there are now<br />
recycling programs. In Germany, for example, people separate all glass bottles by color. Then they put<br />
the bottles into special bins that are on the street. The city collects the glass, cleans it, and reuses it. As<br />
well, in most countries, people recycle newspapers and cardboard. It is easy and efficient.<br />
Question 28: What is the topic word of the first paragraph?<br />
(Source: http://mini-ielts. com/869/reading/the-garbage-problem)<br />
A. Environment B. Garbage C. Problem D. Plastic<br />
Question 29: What is the main idea of the second paragraph?<br />
Trang 3/8<br />
( PC WEB )
A. People must deal with garbage better.<br />
B. People should reduce their waste.<br />
C. People should recycle more.<br />
D. People should reuse <strong>thi</strong>ngs.<br />
Question 30: Why does the author say that garbage is a big problem?<br />
A. Because not all cities have landfill sites.<br />
B. Because people throw away every<strong>thi</strong>ng they buy.<br />
C. Because landfill sites get fewer and fewer.<br />
D. Because people buy too many <strong>thi</strong>ngs.<br />
Question 31: What do people throw away?<br />
A. Lunch box B. Wood C. Plastic, glass and metal D. Dishtowel<br />
Question 32: Why does the author mention Germany at the end of the reading passage?<br />
A. To demonstrate that recycling works.<br />
B. To suggest that recycling is the best solution to the garbage problem.<br />
C. To criticize countries that do not have a recycling program.<br />
D. To offer additional advice about how to handle waste.<br />
Question 33: Why should people NOT throw away Styrofoam cups?<br />
A. Because they can fill them again with fresh tea.<br />
B. Because they can buy take-out coffee in them.<br />
C. Because they can reuse them at home and office.<br />
D. Because they are toxic to the environment.<br />
Question 34: What advice does the author give about reusing waste?<br />
A. We should throw away food in the compost bin.<br />
B. We should clean glasses ourselves and recycle them.<br />
C. We should drink take-out coffee.<br />
D. We should collect our own bags from the special bin.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
It takes a long time to raise a family of owlets, so the great homed owl begins early in the year. In<br />
January and February, or as late as March in the North, the male calls to the female with a resonant hoot.<br />
The female is larger than the male. She sometimes reaches a body length of twenty-two to twenty-four<br />
inches, with a wingspread up to fifty inches. To impress her, the male does a strange courtship dance. He<br />
bobs. He bows. He ruffles his feathers and hops around with an important air. He flutters from limb to<br />
limb and makes flying sorties into the air. Sometimes he returns with an offering of food. They share the<br />
repast, after which she joins the dance, hopping and bobbing about as though keeping time to the beat of<br />
an inner drum. Owls are poor home builders. They prefer to nest in a large hollow in a tree or even to<br />
occupy the deserted nest of a hawk or crow. These structures are large and rough, built of sticks and bark<br />
and lined with leaves and feathers. Sometimes owls nest on a rocky ledge, or even on the bare ground,<br />
even to occupy the deserted nest of a hawk or crow. These structures are large and rough, built of sticks<br />
and bark and lined with leaves and feathers. Sometimes owls nest on a rocky ledge, or even on the bare<br />
ground. The mother lays two or three round, dull white eggs. Then she stoically settles herself on the nest<br />
Trang 4/8<br />
( PC WEB )
and spreads her feather skirts about her to protect her precious charges from snow and cold. It is five<br />
weeks before the first downy white owlet pecks its way out of the shell. As the young birds feather out,<br />
they look like wise old men with their wide eyes and quizzical expressions. They clamor for food and<br />
keep the parents busy supplying mice, squirrels, rabbits, crayfish, and beetles. Later in the season baby<br />
crows are taken. Migrating songsters, waterfowl, and game birds all fall prey to the hungry family. It is<br />
nearly ten weeks before fledglings leave the nest to search for their own food. The parent birds weary of<br />
family life by November and drive the young owls away to establish hunting ranges of their own<br />
Question 35: What is the topic of <strong>thi</strong>s passage?<br />
A. Mating rituals of great homed owls<br />
B. Raising a family of great homed owls<br />
C. Habits of young great homed owls<br />
D. Nest building of great homed owls<br />
Question 36: The phrase “a resonant hoot” is closest in meaning to<br />
A. a sound B. an offering of food C. an instrument D. a movement<br />
Question 37: It can be inferred from the passage that the courtship of great homed owls _____________<br />
A. happens in the fall<br />
B. takes place on the ground<br />
C. involves the male alone<br />
D. is an active process<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: According to the passage, great homed owls _____________<br />
A. may inhabit a previously used nest<br />
B. are discriminate nest builders<br />
C. need big nests for their numerous eggs<br />
D. build nests on tree limbs<br />
Question 39: According to the passage, which of the following is the mother owl’s job?<br />
A. To build the nest<br />
B. To initiate the courtship ritual<br />
C. To sit on the nest<br />
D. To feed the young<br />
Question 40: The phrase “precious charges” refers to _____________<br />
A. the hawks and crows B. other nesting owls<br />
C. the nest D. the eggs<br />
Question 41: According to the passage, young owlets eat every<strong>thi</strong>ng EXCEPT _____________<br />
A. insects B. other small birds<br />
C. small mammals D. nuts and seeds<br />
Question 42: The word “they” refers to<br />
A. the adult birds B. the wise old men C. the prey D. the young birds<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Trang 5/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 43: As Keanu Reeves became more famous, it was more difficult for him to avoid newspaper<br />
reporters.<br />
A. The more famous Keanu Reeves became, the more difficult for him it was to avoid newspaper<br />
reporters.<br />
B. The more Keanu Reeves became famous, the more difficult for him it was to avoid newspaper<br />
reporters.<br />
C. The more famous Keanu Reeves became, the more difficult for him to avoid newspaper reporters it<br />
was.<br />
D. The more famous Keanu Reeves became, the more difficult it was for him to avoid newspaper<br />
reporters.<br />
Question 44: Much as Michael loved travelling in Asia, he decided not to go to Iraq because of hi s fears<br />
of terrorism.<br />
A. As Iraq had become a high-risk terrorism spot, Michael, who normally loved Asia, was afraid to go<br />
there.<br />
B. Even though Michael liked touring Asia very much, he was afraid of terrorism in Iraq, so he chose<br />
not to go there.<br />
C. Although Michael liked touring Asia, ever since the threat of terrorism started, he hadn’t been to<br />
Iraq.<br />
D. Michael would have gone to Iraq if he hadn’t been scared of terrorism so much because Asia was his<br />
favorite travel spot.<br />
Question 45: If it hadn’t been for the wind, the fire would never have spread so fast.<br />
A. Even without the wind, the fire would have spread just as fast.<br />
B. It was the wind that caused the fire to spread at such a speed.<br />
C. Had there been a wind, the fire would have spread even faster.<br />
D. The force of the wind affected the way the fire spread.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) Because the highway system (B) was built 40 years ago, (C) most of the roads now<br />
need (D) to repair.<br />
Question 47: They (A) asked me (B) what did happen last night, (C) but I was unable (D) to tell them.<br />
Question 48: Jane still (A) has trauma from the (B) tragic accident, (C) that took away her (D) closest<br />
friend.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: The old man is working in <strong>thi</strong>s factory. I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.<br />
A. The old man whom is working in <strong>thi</strong>s factory, I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.<br />
B. The old man whom I borrowed his bicycle yesterday is working in <strong>thi</strong>s factory.<br />
C. The old man whose bicycle I borrowed yesterday is working in <strong>thi</strong>s factory.<br />
D. The old man is working in <strong>thi</strong>s factory which I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.<br />
Question 50: The film was not interesting. However, he tried to watch the whole film.<br />
A. In spite of the film uninteresting, he tried to watch the whole film.<br />
Trang 6/8<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Uninteresting as the film was, he tried to watch the whole film.<br />
C. Despite of uninteresting film, he tried to watch the whole film.<br />
D. Uninteresting as was the film, he tried to watch the whole film<br />
Trang 7/8<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án D B A D C D B D B C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án B B D A A C D A C A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án A C C C B B D B A C<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án C A D A B A D A C D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D D D B B D B C C B<br />
Trang 8/8<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
31<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 07<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. mechanics B. ar<strong>chi</strong>tect C. <strong>chi</strong>mney D. ar<strong>chi</strong>vist<br />
Question 2: A. slice B. river C. quiver D. shiver<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. peccadillo B. consecrate C. commodore D. ectoplasm<br />
Question 4: A. develop B. envelope C. telescope D. antelope<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Nowadays female engineers are not too <strong>thi</strong>ck on the ground.<br />
A. rare B. efficient C. overweight D. enormous<br />
Question 6: “Please speak up a bit more, Jack. You’re hardly loud enough to be heard from the back”,<br />
the teacher said.<br />
A. visible B. edible C. eligible D. inaudible<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: After many years of unsuccessfully endeavoring to form his own orchestra, Glenn Miller<br />
finally a<strong>chi</strong>eved world fame in 1939 as a big band leader.<br />
A. offering B. deciding C. requesting D. trying<br />
Question 8: Few businesses are flourishing in the present economic climate.<br />
A. taking off B. setting up C. growing well D. closing down<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: John: “Do you <strong>thi</strong>nk that we should use public transportation to protect our<br />
environment?” - Linda: “_____________.”<br />
A. Of course not. You bet B. There is no doubt about it<br />
C. Well, that’s very surprising D. Yes, it’s an absurd idea<br />
Question 10: Two friends are talking about their schoolwork.<br />
- Jennifer: “I’m giving a presentation on global warming on Friday and I’m so nervous.”<br />
Mary: “_____________ ”<br />
A. You should <strong>thi</strong>nk more about how to present the subject matter effectively.<br />
B. There are a lot of <strong>thi</strong>ngs you can do to make you feel more confident.<br />
C. It is easier to convince the audience and to hold their attention with actual data.<br />
( PC WEB )
D. In order for you to succeed, you need to keep the audience interested and involved.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: She wasn’t feeling very well; otherwise, she _____________ the meeting so early.<br />
A. wouldn’t leave B. didn’t leave C. wouldn’t have left D. hadn’t left<br />
Question 12: The teacher told the pupils that salt water _____________ at a lower temperature than fresh<br />
water.<br />
A. froze B. would freeze C. freeze D. freezes<br />
Question 13: I’d just as soon _____________ to another restaurant as wait for a table here.<br />
A. go B. going C. to go D. have gone<br />
Question 14: I wish to pay a visit to the beach <strong>thi</strong>s summer, _____________ ?<br />
A. do I B. don’t I C. may I D. am I<br />
Question 15: _____________ cthe rise in unemployment, people still seem to be spending more.<br />
A. Despite B. Although C. Because D. Because of<br />
Question 16: A teacher’s _____________ to education is worth great respect of the whole society<br />
because it brings benefits to the development of society.<br />
A. guidance B. principle C. identity D. devotion<br />
Question 17: Cultural diversity supports the idea that every person can _____________ a unique and<br />
positive contribution to the larger society because of, rather than in spite of, their differences.<br />
A. take B. make C. pay D. lead<br />
Question 18: Air pollution poses a _____________ to both human health and our environment.<br />
A. jeopardy B. threat C. difficulty D. problem<br />
Question 19: The Pyeongchang 2018 Winter Olympics is getting _____________ and it marks the first<br />
time that South Korea has hosted the Winter Olympics.<br />
A. grounded B. underway C. bearings D. comeuppance<br />
Question 20: He _____________ for an international company before he became a teacher.<br />
A. has been working B. has worked C. was working D. had worked<br />
Question 21: She decided _____________ up yoga to help her to lose weight and escape from her hectic<br />
lifestyle as a graphic designer.<br />
A. to taking B. to take C. take D. taking<br />
Question 22: In the modem Western world parents rarely expect their <strong>chi</strong>ldren to support them<br />
financially, _____________?<br />
A. does it B. doesn’t it C. do they D. don’t they<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
In a small village in North Yorkshire, there is a big old farmhouse (23) _____________ three families<br />
live together. Alice and George and their three <strong>chi</strong>ldren, Joe and Pam and their two <strong>chi</strong>ldren, and Sue and<br />
her baby daughter. The adults divide up the work between them. George does the cooking, Joe and Sue do<br />
almost the housework. Pam looks after the shopping and (24) _____________ the repairs, and Alice takes<br />
care of the garden.<br />
Trang 2/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Alice, George and Sue go out to work. Joe works at home (25) _____________ computer systems, and<br />
Pam, who is a painter, looks after the baby during the day. Two of the <strong>chi</strong>ldren go to school in the village,<br />
but the three oldest ones go by bus to the secondary school in the nearest town, ten miles away.<br />
The three families get (26) _____________ well, and enjoy their way of life. There are a few<br />
difficulties, of course. Their biggest worry at the moment is money - one of the cars needs replacing, and<br />
the roof needs some expensive repairs. But <strong>thi</strong>s isn’t too serious the bank has agreed to a loan, which they<br />
expect to be able to pay back in three years. And they all say they would much rather go on living in their<br />
old farmhouse (27) _____________ move to a luxury flat in a big city.<br />
Question 23: A. that B. where C. in where D. which<br />
Question 24: A. does B. has C. prepares D. fulfils<br />
Question 25: A. designs B. and design C. designing D. who designs<br />
Question 26: A. on B. of C. with D. in<br />
Question 27: A. then B. than C. to D. therefore<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
What drives moderately intelligent persons to put themselves up for acceptance or disparagement? In<br />
short, what sort of individual wants to be a comedian? When we hear the very word, what does the label<br />
suggest? Other professions, callings and occupations attract separate and distinct types of practitioner.<br />
Some stereotypes are so familiar as to be cheaply laughable examples from the world of travesty, among<br />
them absent-minded professors, venal lawyers, gloomy detectives and cynical reporters. But what corny<br />
characteristics do we attribute to comedians? To a man or woman, are they generally parsimonious,<br />
vulgar, shallow, arrogant, introspective, hysterically insecure, smug, autocratic, amoral, and selfish? Read<br />
their superficial stories in the tabloids and so they would appear.<br />
Rather than look at the complete image, perhaps we need to explore the initial motives behind a choice<br />
of career. Consider first those who prefer a sort of anonymity in life, the ones who’d rather wear a<br />
uniform. The psychological make-up of individuals who actively seek to resign their individuality is<br />
apparent among those who surrender to the discipline of a military life. The emotional and intellectual<br />
course taken by those who are drawn to anonymity is easily observed but not easily deflected. They want<br />
to be told what to do and then be required to do it over and over again in the safety of a routine, often<br />
behind the disguises of a number of livery. If their egos ache with the need for recognition and praise, it’s<br />
a pain that must be contained, frustrated or satisfied wi<strong>thi</strong>n the rut they occupy. The mere idea of standing<br />
up in front of an audience and demanding attention is abhorrent.<br />
Nor will we find our comics among the doormats and dormice, the meek. There's precious little comedy<br />
in the lives of quiet hobbyists, bashful scholars, hermits, anchorites and recluses, the discreet and the<br />
modest, ones who deliberately select a position of obscurity and seclusion. Abiding quietly in <strong>thi</strong>s stratum<br />
of society, somewhere well below public attention level, there is humour, yes, since humour can endure in<br />
the least favourable circumstances, persisting like lichen in Antarctica. And jokes. Many lesser-known<br />
comedy writers compose their material in the secret comers of an unassuming existence. I know of two,<br />
both content to be minor figures in the civil service, who send in topical jokes to radio and TV shows on<br />
condition that their real names are not revealed.<br />
In both cases I’ve noticed that their comic invention, though clever, is based upon wordplay, puns and<br />
similar equivoques, never an aggressive comic observation of life. Just as there may be a certain sterility<br />
in the self-effacement of a humble life, so it seems feasible that the selection process of what’s funny is<br />
Trang 3/8<br />
( PC WEB )
emasculated before it even commences. If you have no ginger and snap in your daily round, with little<br />
familiarity with strong emotions, it seems likely that your sense of fun will be limited by timidity to a<br />
simple juggling with language.<br />
If the comedian’s genesis is unlikely to be founded in social submission, it’s also improbable among the<br />
top echelons of our civilisation. Once again, humour can be found among the majestic. Nobles and royals,<br />
statesmen and lawmakers, have their wits. Jokes and jokers circulate at the loftiest level of every<br />
advanced nation, but being high-born seems to carry no compulsion to make the hoi polloi laugh.<br />
Some of our rulers do make us laugh but that’s not what they’re paid to do. And, so with the constricted<br />
comedy of those who live a constricted life, that which amuses them may lack the common touch.<br />
Having eliminated the parts of society unlikely to breed funnymen, it’s to the middle ranks of humanity,<br />
beneath the exalted and above the invisible, that we must look to see where comics come from and why.<br />
And are they, like nurses and nuns, called to their vocation? As the mountain calls to the mountaineer and<br />
the pentameter to the poet, does the need of the mirthless masses summon forth funsters, ready to<br />
administer relief as their sole raison d’etre? We've often heard it said that someone’s a ’bom comedian’<br />
but will it do for all of them or even most of them? Perhaps we like to <strong>thi</strong>nk of our greatest jesters as we<br />
do our greatest painters and composers, preferring to believe that their gifts are inescapably driven to<br />
expression. But in our exploration of the comedy mind, hopefully finding some such, we are sure to find<br />
some quite otherwise.<br />
th<br />
[Source: PROFICIENCY TESTBUILDER 4 Edition, Macmillan, 2013]<br />
Question 28: In the fourth paragraph, the writer criticises the kind of comedy he describes for its lack of<br />
_____________.<br />
A. spirit B. originality C. sophistication D. coherence<br />
Question 29: What does the writer wonder in the last paragraph?<br />
A. whether comedians can be considered great in the way that other people in the arts can<br />
B. whether people’s expectations of comedians are too high<br />
C. whether comedians realise how significant they are in the lives of ordinary people<br />
D. whether it is inevitable that some people will become comedians<br />
Question 30: What does the writer imply about comedians in the first paragraph?<br />
A. People in certain other professions generally have a better image than them.<br />
B. It is harder to generalise about them than about people in other professions.<br />
C. They often cannot understand why people make negative judgements of them.<br />
D. It is possible that they are seen as possessing only negative characteristics.<br />
Question 31: The writer says that people at the top of society _____________.<br />
A. are unaware of how ridiculous they appear to others.<br />
B. would not be capable of becoming comedians even if they wanted to.<br />
C. take themselves too seriously to wish to amuse anybody.<br />
D. have contempt for the humour of those at lower levels of society.<br />
Question 32: Which word/phrase can be a substitution for “the hoi polloi”?<br />
A. the elite B. the mass media C. ordinary people D. the showbiz<br />
Question 33: The writer says in the <strong>thi</strong>rd paragraph that shy people _____________<br />
A. fear that what they find humorous would not amuse others.<br />
Trang 4/8<br />
( PC WEB )
B. are capable of being more humorous than they realise.<br />
C. may be able to write humorous material but could not perform it.<br />
D. do not get the recognition they deserve even if they are good at comedy.<br />
Question 34: What does the writer say about people who wear uniforms?<br />
A. The desires they have are never met when they are at work.<br />
B. They are more aware of their inadequacies than others may <strong>thi</strong>nk.<br />
C. They criticise performers for craving attention.<br />
D. It is unusual for them to break their normal patterns of thought.<br />
Read the follow passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
In my experience, freshmen today are different from those I knew when I started as a counsellor and<br />
professor 25 years ago. College has always been demanding both academically and socially. But students<br />
now are less mature and often not ready for the responsibility of being in college.<br />
It is really too easy to point the finger at parents who protect their <strong>chi</strong>ldren from life’s obstacle. Parents,<br />
who handle every difficulty and every other responsibility for their <strong>chi</strong>ldren writing admission essays to<br />
picking college courses, certainly may contribute to their <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s lack of coping strategies. But we can<br />
look even more broadly to the social trends of today.<br />
How many people do you know who are on medication to prevent anxiety or depression? The number<br />
of students who arrive at college already medicated for unwanted emotions has increased dramatically in<br />
the past 10 years. We, as a society, don’t want to “feel” any<strong>thi</strong>ng unpleasant and we certainly don’t want<br />
our <strong>chi</strong>ldren to “suffer”.<br />
The resulting problem is that by not experiencing negative emotions, one does not learn the necessary<br />
skills to tolerate and negotiate adversity. As a psychologist, I am well aware of the fact that some<br />
individuals suffer from depression and anxiety and can benefit from treatment, but I question the growing<br />
number of medicated adolescents today.<br />
Our world is more stressful in general because of the current economic and political realities, but I don’t<br />
believe that the college experience itself is more intense today than that of the past 10 years. What I do<br />
<strong>thi</strong>nk is that many students are often not prepared to be young “adults” with all the responsibilities of life.<br />
What does <strong>thi</strong>s mean for college faculty and staff? We are required to assist in the basic parenting of<br />
these students - the student who complains that the professor didn’t remind her of the due date for an<br />
assignment that was clearly listed on the syllabus and the student who cheats on an assignment in spite of<br />
careful instructions about plagiarism.<br />
As college professors, we have to explain what it means to be an independent college student before we<br />
can even begin to teach. As parents and teachers we should expect young people to meet challenges. To<br />
encourage them in <strong>thi</strong>s direction, we have to step back and let them fail and pick themselves up and move<br />
forward. This approach needs to begin at an early age so that college can actually be a passage to<br />
independent adulthood.<br />
Question 35: According to the writer, students today are different from those she knew in that they are.<br />
A. too ready for college B. not as mature<br />
C. not so academic D. responsible for their work<br />
Question 36: The word “handle” in paragraph 2 mostly means _____________.<br />
A. deal with B. gain benefits from C. lend a hand to D. point at<br />
Trang 5/8<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 37: According to the writer, students’ difficulties to cope with college life are partly due to<br />
_____________,<br />
A. the absence of parents’ protection<br />
B. the lack of parental support<br />
C. the over - parenting from parents<br />
D. the lack of financial support<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The phrase “on medication” in paragraph 3 is similar in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. studying medicine at college<br />
B. doing medical research<br />
C. receiving medical treatment<br />
D. suffering anxiety or depression<br />
Question 39: Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?<br />
A. College faculty and staff are required to help in the parenting of problematic students.<br />
B. The college experience itself is more intense today than that of the past 10 years.<br />
C. Our world is more stressful because of the current economic and political situation.<br />
D. Our society certainly doesn’t want our <strong>chi</strong>ldren to experience unpleasant <strong>thi</strong>ngs.<br />
Question 40: Students who are not well - prepared to be young “adults” with all the responsibilities of<br />
life will need _____________.<br />
A. to be assigned more housework from adults<br />
B. to be given more social responsibilities<br />
C. to be encouraged to meet challenges<br />
D. daily coa<strong>chi</strong>ng from their teachers<br />
Question 41: According to the writer, failure in life and less support from parents will _____________ .<br />
A. help students to leam to stand on their own feet<br />
B. allow students to leam the first lesson in their lives<br />
C. defeat students from the very beginning<br />
D. discourage students and let them down forever Question 42: What is probably the writer’s attitude in<br />
the passage?<br />
A. Praising B. Indifferent C. Humorous D. Critical<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: My decision to get up to dance coincided with the band’s decision to stop playing.<br />
A. I couldn’t dance because the band stopped playing.<br />
B. The moment I got up to dance the band stopped playing.<br />
C. If the band played, I would dance.<br />
D. The band stopped playing, which prevented me from dancing.<br />
Question 44: The head teacher was at a loss to understand the girl’s behavior.<br />
A. The girl’s behavior was no<strong>thi</strong>ng but a shock to the head teacher.<br />
B. The head teacher thought that the girl’s behavior was contemptible.<br />
C. The girl’s behavior was incomprehensible to the head teacher.<br />
Trang 6/8<br />
( PC WEB )
D. The head teacher treated the girl with suspicion because she didn’t understand her.<br />
Question 45: People say that he was bom in London.<br />
A. That is said he was bom in London.<br />
B. He was said to be bom in London<br />
C. He is said to have been bom in London<br />
D. It was said that he was bom in London<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Tom’s jokes are (A) inappropriate but we have to put up with (B) it just (C) because he’s<br />
(D) the boss.<br />
Question 47: There were (A) inconsiderate (B) amounts of money (C) wasted on large (D) building<br />
projects.<br />
Question 48: The exam to (A) become a lawyer is (B) on far the (C) most difficult he (D) has taken.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: He is always talking foolishly when everybody talks about some<strong>thi</strong>ng in a serious way. I<br />
can’t bear that.<br />
A. Everybody talks seriously when he talks foolishly.<br />
B. I don’t mind his talking foolishly when everybody talks seriously.<br />
C. I can’t understand what he talks when people talk foolishly.<br />
D. I hate him talking foolishly when people talk seriously.<br />
Question 50: I had known that my mother was sick as a result of a failing kidney, but I had not realized<br />
how much trouble my parents were having in dealing with that sickness.<br />
A. Although I had known that my mother was suffering from a failing kidney, I had not realized my<br />
parents’ problems caused by <strong>thi</strong>s illness.<br />
B. In my <strong>chi</strong>ldhood I didn’t know my mother’s sickness, so I couldn’t realize how much trouble my<br />
parents had.<br />
C. When I learned my mother’s sickness which was the result of a failing kidney, I realized the pain my<br />
mother had.<br />
D. I hadn’t realized the problems they had to deal with until my parents told me about my mother’s<br />
illness.<br />
Trang 7/8<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án C A A A A D D C B B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án C D A C A D B B B D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án B C B A C A B A D D<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B C C D B A C C B C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A D B C C B A B D A<br />
Trang 8/8<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
32<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. clothes B. bosses C. couches D. boxes<br />
Question 2: A. smoothly B. southern C. breath D. airworthy<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. vulnerable B. compliment C. counterpart D. interviewee<br />
Question 4: A. survive B. workforce C. bamboo D. exist<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: She was too wet behind the ears to be in charge of such demanding tasks.<br />
A. full of experience B. lack of responsibility<br />
C. without money D. full of sincerity<br />
Question 6: The consequences of the typhoon were disastrous due to the lack of precautionary measures.<br />
A. severe B. physical C. damaging D. beneficial<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: I see Tim boasting again. I’ve heard him telling everyone he’s the best tennis player in the<br />
County.<br />
A. blowing his own trumpet B. holding his tongue<br />
C. speaking too much D. pulling my leg<br />
Question 8: In order to enjoy fine wine, one should drink it slowly, a little at a time.<br />
A. sip it B. smell it C. spill it D. stir it<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Mike : “ My first English test was not as good as I expected.” - Thomas “ ____________”<br />
A. Good Heavens ! B. That’s brilliant enough!<br />
C. It’s okay, don’t worry. D. Never mind, better job next time!<br />
Question 10: Tom: “Can I have another cup of tea?” - Lisa: “ _____________ .”<br />
A. Allow yourself B. Do it yourself C. Help yourself D. Be yourself<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: Vietnam is playing its part in the worldwide trend of fostering a/an attitude to the LGBT<br />
community with several steps toward marriage equality.<br />
( PC WEB )
A. strong-minded B. like-minded C. absent-minded D. open-minded<br />
Question 12: The <strong>thi</strong>eves _____________ by car but we can’t be sure.<br />
A. must have escaped B. needn’t have escaped<br />
B. should have escaped D. might have escaped<br />
Question 13: _____________ ten minutes earlier, you would have got a better seat.<br />
A. Had you arrived B. If you arrived C. Were you arrived D. If you hadn’t arrived<br />
Question 14: Parents in Vietnam arc on tenterhooks over the growing _____________ of an Internet<br />
challenge known as Blue Whale, where ‘players’ arc asked to complete a series of tasks, the final being<br />
suicide.<br />
A. popular B. popularity C. popularize D. popularly<br />
Question 15: The annual production of household wastewater makes up over 30 percent of all wastewater<br />
_____________ into the environment in Vietnam.<br />
A. be discharged B. which discharged C. was discharged D. discharged<br />
Question 16: The 19th Asian Physics Olympiad, an annual contest in physics for high school students,<br />
_____________ on Sunday at the Hanoi-based University of Science and Technology.<br />
A. made out B. picked up C. kicked off D. held up<br />
Question 17: The Credit Institution Law which took _____________ on January 15, 2018 stipulates that<br />
Chairs and CEOs of credit institutions must not be chairs and members of board of management.<br />
A. enforcement B. effect C. result D. charge<br />
Question 18: He _____________ as many boxes of cigars as he could carry home if regulations were<br />
tightened on visitors to Cuba again.<br />
A. would have bought B. will buy C. had bought D. would buy<br />
Question 19: They agreed _____________ implementing signed cooperation agreement.<br />
A. to continuing B. to continue C. continue D. continuing<br />
Question 20: While he was composing the song, he imagined the story in his head. He _____________<br />
<strong>thi</strong>s music video to the audience for better understanding about his compositions.<br />
A. added B. dedicated C. committed D. admitted<br />
Question 21: When Mark comes home, tell him I’m out a bit, _____________ ?<br />
A. does he B. do you C. aren’t I D. will you<br />
Question 22: If we had finished it before we went on the tour, I <strong>thi</strong>nk it _____________ a much better<br />
record.<br />
A. would have been B. would be C. will have been D. will be<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Almost 90 percent of American students below the college level attend public elementary and<br />
secondary schools, which do not charge tuition but rely on local and state taxes for funding. Traditionally,<br />
elementary school includes kindergarten through the eighth grade. In some places, (23) _____________ ,<br />
elementary school ends after the sixth grade, and students attend middle school, or junior high school,<br />
from grades seven through nine. Similarly, secondary school, or high school, traditionally comprises<br />
grades nine through twelve, but in some places begins (24) _____________ the tenth grade.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Most of the students who do not attend public elementary and secondary schools attend private schools,<br />
for which their families pay (25) _____________ . Four out of five private schools are run by religious<br />
groups. In these schools religious instruction is part of the curriculum, (26) _____________ also includes<br />
the traditional academic courses. There is also a small but growing number of parents who educate their<br />
<strong>chi</strong>ldren themselves, a practice known as home schooling.<br />
The United States does not have a national school system. Nor, with the exception of the military<br />
academies, are there schools run by the federal government. But the government (27) _____________<br />
guidance and funding for federal educational programs in which both public and private schools take part<br />
and the U.S. Department of Education oversees these programs.<br />
Question 23: A. whereas B.therefore C. however D. moreover<br />
Question 24: A. with B. of C. on D. at<br />
Question 25: A. money B. tuition C. cost D.expense<br />
Question 26: A. where B. what C. which D. that<br />
Question 27: A. provide B. give C. make D. offer<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Scientists do not yet thoroughly understand just how the body of an individual becomes sensitive to a<br />
substance that is harmless or even wholesome for the average person. Milk, wheat, and egg, for example,<br />
rank among the most healthful and widely used foods. Yet these foods can cause persons sensitive to<br />
them to suffer greatly. At first, the body of the individual is not harmed by coming into contact with the<br />
substance. After a varying interval of time, usually longer than a few weeks, the body becomes sensitive<br />
to it, and an allergy has begun to develop. Sometimes it’s hard to figure out if you have a food allergy,<br />
since it can show up so many different ways. Your symptoms could be caused by many other problems.<br />
You may have rashes, hives, joint pains mimicking arthritis, headaches, irritability, or depression. The<br />
most common food allergies are to milk, eggs, seafood, wheat, nuts, seeds, chocolate, oranges, and<br />
tomatoes. Many of these allergies will not develop if these foods are not fed to an infant until her or his<br />
intestines mature at around seven months. Breast milk also tends to be protective. Migraines can be set<br />
off by foods containing tyramine, phenathylamine, monosodium glutamate, or sodium nitrate. Common<br />
foods which contain these are chocolate, aged cheeses, sour cream, red wine, pickled herring, <strong>chi</strong>cken<br />
livers, avocados, ripe bananas, cured meats, many Oriental and prepared foods (read the labels!). Some<br />
people have been successful in treating their migraines with supplements of B-vitamins, particularly B6<br />
and niacin. Children who are hyperactive may benefit from eliminating food additives, especially<br />
colorings, and foods high in salicylates from their diets.<br />
Question 28: The topic of <strong>thi</strong>s passage is _____________<br />
A. reactions to foods B. food and nutrition<br />
C. infants and allergies D. a good diet<br />
Question 29: According to the passage, the difficulty in diagnosing allergies to foods is due to _______ .<br />
A. the vast number of different foods we eat<br />
B. lack of a proper treatment plan<br />
C. the similarity of symptoms of the allergy to other problems<br />
D. the use of prepared formula to feed babies<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 30: The word “symptoms” is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. indications B. diet C. diagnosis D. prescriptions<br />
Question 31: The phrase “set off’ is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. relieved B. identifid C. avoided D. triggered<br />
Question 32: What can be inferred about babies from <strong>thi</strong>s passage?<br />
A. They can eat almost any<strong>thi</strong>ng.<br />
B. They should have a carefully restricted diet as infants.<br />
C. They gain little benefit from being breast fed.<br />
D. They may become hyperactive if fed solid food too early.<br />
Question 33: The word “hyperactive” is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. overly active B. unusually low activity<br />
C. excited D. inquisitive<br />
Question 34: The author states that the reason that infants need to avoid certain foods related to allergies<br />
has to do with the infant’s _____________.<br />
A. lack of teeth B. poor metabolism<br />
C. underdeveloped intestinal tract D. inability to swallow solid foods<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Non-verbal communication is a wordless form of communication. It is mainly a silent form of<br />
communication that does not involve speech or words. Non-verbal communication is done through eye<br />
contact, hand movement, touch, facial expressions, bodily postures and non-lexical components, etc. At<br />
times, silence is said to the best form of non-verbal communication.<br />
One example of non-verbal communication is dancing. When we dance, we can express so many<br />
different emotions. From passion to religious devotion, dancing either alone, writh another person as part<br />
of a couple or in a synchronized group, can communicate so much. Dancing is some<strong>thi</strong>ng that many of us<br />
engage in from <strong>chi</strong>ldhood and it becomes an important way of socializing and expressing ourselves at the<br />
same time.<br />
Body language including bodily movement and postures is a language all of its own. Our posture, and<br />
the way that we lean forward or back or cross or uncross our legs can speak volumes about us. Very<br />
often, we are not even aware that we are communication our thoughts via our body language. That is the<br />
reason why, in job interviews and other situations in which we are under scrutiny, it is a good idea to pay<br />
attention to our body language. For example, leaning forward can be a sign of positivity, whilst sitting<br />
with our arms folded can make us look closed off - as if we have some<strong>thi</strong>ng to hide.<br />
What we wear can often communicate <strong>thi</strong>ngs. For example, if we dress up in academic robes, it is clear<br />
that we want to communicate to everyone who sees us that we have attained a certain level of academic<br />
a<strong>chi</strong>evement. We should never judge people by what they wear - however, some types of official<br />
garments (such as a judge’s wig, a scholar’s gown or a soldier’s medal) are designed to communicate<br />
some<strong>thi</strong>ng about the wearer.<br />
Silence is also a type of non-verbal communication. Sometimes, staying silent can communicate much<br />
more than words can. Silence can be powerful, sad, happy or it can simply communicate to other people<br />
that we do not want to engage with them. Good communicators are able to listen, and to use comfortable<br />
silences, to connect with other people. There is no need to <strong>thi</strong>nk that communication is all about words!<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Effective communication, as is abundantly clear from the discussion above, involves not just listening<br />
to other people’s words and expressing ourselves in words. It also means picking up on other people’s<br />
non-verbal cues. Why not go through the list above and <strong>thi</strong>nk about which forms of non-verbal<br />
communication you are adept at understanding. Are there any ways in which you might improve your<br />
non-verbal communication skills? We could all benefit from a little improvement in <strong>thi</strong>s area, as it<br />
enables us to enjoy deeper and more meaningful connections with other people.<br />
Question 35: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Some types of wordless form of communication<br />
B. Some types of effective form of communication<br />
C. Communication and its effective forms.<br />
D. Non-verbal communication and its benefits<br />
(Source: http://www.importantindia.com)<br />
Question 36: The word “engage” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to ____________.<br />
A. attract B. participate C. occupy D. employ<br />
Question 37: The word “them" in paragraph 5 refers to _____________.<br />
A. words B. silences<br />
C. good communicators D. other people<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: Which of the following is considered as a positive sign ofbody language at a job interview?<br />
A. uncrossing legs B. paying attention to volumes<br />
C. leaning forward D. sitting with folded arms<br />
Question 39: Which of the following is NOT mentioned as types of official clothes?<br />
A. a judge’s wig B. a scholar’s dress<br />
C. a trooper’s medal D. a doll’s gown<br />
Question 40: Which of the following statement is TRUE about silence according to paragraph 5?<br />
A. Silent communication is always much more effective than speech.<br />
B. Silence can have more than one meaning.<br />
C. Silence is one of the ways people use to communicate to others.<br />
D. Good communicators are able to use comfortable silences to contact with other people.<br />
Question 41: The word “picking up on” in paragraph 6 is closest in meaning to_____________.<br />
A. understanding B. giving attention to<br />
C. improving D. increasing<br />
Question 42: Which of the following can be inferred from the passage?<br />
A. Body language is the most useful form of communication.<br />
B. When people cannot speak, they can use non-verbal communication.<br />
C. It’s impossible to <strong>thi</strong>nk that communication is all about words.<br />
D. Communication is done through not only words but also non-verbal cues.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: I’d hardly unpacked in my hotel room when my phone rang.<br />
A. Had I hardly unpacked in my hotel room, my phone rang.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. I was unpacking in my hotel hard when my phone rang.<br />
C. Hardly had I unpacked in my hotel room when my phone rang.<br />
D. It was hard for me to unpack in my hotel when my phone rang.<br />
Question 44: The local people are in no way to blame for the destruction of the forest.<br />
A. In no way are the local people to blame for the destruction of the forest.<br />
B. The local people have no way to blame for the destruction of the forest.<br />
C. It no use to blame the local people for the destruction of the forest.<br />
D. There is no way for the local people to blame for the destruction of the forest.<br />
Question 45: “Don’t forget to hand in the report, Peter!” said Kate.<br />
A. Kate reminded Peter to handing in the report.<br />
B. Kate said that Peter had forgotten to hand in the report.<br />
C. Kate forgot to hand in the report to Peter.<br />
D. Kate reminded Peter to hand in the report.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: It is (A) common knowledge that solar heating for a (B) large office building is (C)<br />
technically different (D) from a single-family home.<br />
Question 47: All members (A) shall give the United Nations (B) every assistance in any action<br />
(C) it does in accordance with (D) the present Charter.<br />
Question 48: (A) Reminding not to miss (B) the 15:20 train, the manager set out (C) for the station<br />
(D) in a hurry.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: Michael missed his flight because he had not been informed of the change in flight<br />
schedule.<br />
A. Not having been informed of the change in flight schedule, Michael missed his flight.<br />
B. Not having missed his flight, Michael was informed of the change in flight schedule.<br />
C. Michael missed his flight, though he had been informed of the change in flight schedule.<br />
D. Michael had been informed of his flight delay, which was due to the change in flight schedule.<br />
Question 50: Most scientists know him well. However, very few ordinary people have heard of him.<br />
A. Although he is well known to scientists, he is little known to the general public.<br />
B. He is the only scientist that is not known to the general public.<br />
C. Many ordinary people know him better than most scientists do.<br />
D. Not only scientists but also the general public know him as a big name.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A C D B A D A A D C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D D A B D C B D B B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D A C D B C A A C A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án D B A C A B D C D B<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A D C A D D C A A A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
33<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. priority B. habitat D. protection D. essential<br />
Question 2: A. marvelous B. assistance D. armchair D. argument<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. explain B. involve D. purpose D. control<br />
Question 4: A. weather B. police D. divide D. attract<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: There has been no discernible improvement in the noise levels since lorries were banned.<br />
A. clear B. obvious D. <strong>thi</strong>n D. insignificant<br />
Question 6: Vietnam’s admission to the World Trade Organization (WTO) has promoted its trade<br />
relations with other countries.<br />
A. balance B. restricted D. expanded D. boosted<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: At times. I look at him and wonder what is going on his mind.<br />
A. Never B. Always D. Hardly D. Sometimes<br />
Question 8: We went away on holiday last week, but it rained day in day out.<br />
A. every other day B. every single day D. every second day D. every two days<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Nam: “Do you <strong>thi</strong>nk you will get the job?”<br />
- Hoa: “ _____________<br />
A. I know so B. Well, I hope so<br />
D. I <strong>thi</strong>nk I am very sleepy. D. Yes, that’s right<br />
Question 10: - Mai: “ _____________ ” - Hung: “She must be vexed and forlorn, I’m sure.”<br />
A. No one was invited to her farewell party.<br />
B. What would she say if he came back to her?<br />
D. How did Jenny feel when they broke up?<br />
D. Guess what? I saw Jenny driving a new Audi to class.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 11: The old woman accused the boy _____________ window<br />
A. in breaking B. on breaking D. at breaking D. of breaking<br />
Question 12: Neither the students nor their lecturer _____________ English in the classroom<br />
A. have used B. use D. are using D. uses<br />
Question 13: In order to make the house more beautiful and newer, the Browns had it _____________<br />
yesterday.<br />
A. to be repainted B. repaint D. repainted D. to repaint<br />
Question 14: Last summer he _____________ to Ha Long Bay.<br />
A. went B. has been going D. has gone D. was going<br />
Question 15: Many people lost their homes in the earthquake. The government needs to establish more<br />
shelters to care for those _____________ have homes.<br />
A. which doesn’t B. who doesn’t D. which don’t D. who don’t<br />
Question 16: I love _____________ films but I seldom find time to go to the cinema.<br />
A. seeing B. see D. saw D. seen<br />
Question 17: We’re going to freeze out here if you don’t let us _____________ the bus.<br />
A. come up B. go into D. take off D. get on<br />
Question 18: I saw him hiding some<strong>thi</strong>ng in a _____________ bag.<br />
A. black small plastic B. plastic small black D. small plastic black D. small black plastic<br />
Question 19: She spent _____________ her free time wat<strong>chi</strong>ng TV.<br />
A. a few B. most of D. a lot D. most<br />
Question 20: Water pollution occurs when chemicals or substances that make water contaminated are<br />
discharged directly or indirectly into water bodies without enough _____________ to get rid of harmful<br />
compounds<br />
A. treatable B. treated D. treating D. treatment<br />
Question 21: Violence on TV can have a negative _____________ on <strong>chi</strong>ldren.<br />
A. affect B. consequence D. influence D. result<br />
Question 22: _____________ people in cities now choose to get married later than previous generations.<br />
A. More and more B. Little by little D. Less and more D. Many and many<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Tea<strong>chi</strong>ng English as a foreign language can be a great way to travel around the world and earn money at<br />
the same time. However, some graduates actually like the idea of (23) _____________ a career in<br />
tea<strong>chi</strong>ng English long-term, and there are numerous courses at various (24) _____________ of tea<strong>chi</strong>ng,<br />
from the fast-track TEFL to a diploma or masters.<br />
To find the right course a good place to start is TEFL.com - a website with lots of relevant information<br />
and helpful advice, including a comprehensive list of institutions in the UK offering TEFL courses. The<br />
site also offers a job search facility to assist qualified students (25) _____________ finding work.<br />
When deciding which course to take, the best bet is to look at what your needs are. If you want a career<br />
in tea<strong>chi</strong>ng English then definitely find one designed for that (26) _____________like an MA or diploma;<br />
but if you want to travel around the world, then do a shorter course which will supply you with tea<strong>chi</strong>ng<br />
skills.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Some countries, like Japan, will employ people without a tea<strong>chi</strong>ng qualification as (27) _____________<br />
as the teacher is a native speaker of English. However, most countries do now expect a qualification.<br />
(Adapted from ‘‘Earn after you learn" by Kate Harvey)<br />
Question 23: A. tracking B. pursuing D. hunting D. chasing<br />
Question 24: A. levels B. categories D. groups D. classes<br />
Question 25: A. to B. for D. at D. in<br />
Question 26: A. function B. use D. lesson D. purpose<br />
Question 27: A. far B.soon D. long D. well<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
In the last few decades, the world of work has dramatically changed how people earn their living and<br />
plan their work lives. This new labour market is evolving at accelerating speed as old industrial-age jobs<br />
are replaced by knowledge-based work and information technology continues to alter how we work, play<br />
and learn. This dramatic change in how goods and services are produced and distributed has been labelled<br />
the “New Economy.” The old economy was based on resources; the New Economy is based on<br />
knowledge and is driven by technology and information.<br />
Working in new ways: In <strong>thi</strong>s New Economy, new forms of work are being created, as employment in a<br />
“job-for-life” is replaced by a variety of “work alternatives.” These work alternatives can include working<br />
part time, contracting, consulting or owning a business where you hire your own employees.<br />
In British Columbia, more and more people are working in <strong>thi</strong>s way, and economists are predicting that<br />
<strong>thi</strong>s trend will continue in the future. Career counsellors are encouraging people to prepare for these work<br />
alternatives rather than for just a full-time job.<br />
New <strong>thi</strong>nking for a new millennium: The New Economy demands that we change our <strong>thi</strong>nking about the<br />
labour market. Traditional job patterns that we took for granted for most of the last century have<br />
disappeared. Letting go of the way <strong>thi</strong>ngs used to be in the world of work is one of the hardest challenges<br />
that career planners face today. Here are some trends that all workers will have to adapt to:<br />
Change: Rapid change will be constant in the workplace of the new millennium. Those who understand<br />
change and can manage it effectively will be more successful.<br />
Just-in-time training: In the information economy, it is impossible to leam every<strong>thi</strong>ng you need to know<br />
ahead of time to do a job. Rapid learning will be commonplace. The advantage will go to those who can<br />
leam - and instruct - the fastest. Workers must commit to continuous learning throughout their life or<br />
work.<br />
Fusion: Job classifications and occupational titles will become less important. The jobs of the future<br />
will be hyphenated; in other words, there will be a fusion of titles like carpenter-ar<strong>chi</strong>tect, accountantsales<br />
rep, or graphic designer-webmaster. Being able to combine a variety of skills to apply to a particular<br />
task will be increasingly important.<br />
Self-reliance: Work is becoming more “entrepreneurial” in the sense that workers have to be prepared<br />
for a variety of work alternatives and take the initiative to market their skills more creatively. As a result,<br />
people will need to be more responsible for their own career development. The notion of “career selfmanagement”<br />
is emerging as a means not only of surviving in the New Economy, but also of thriving and<br />
making the best of its new opportunities.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Emphasis on skills: Workers can no longer expect long-term job security, but they can rely on “skills<br />
security”. If workers keep their skills up-to-date and market them effectively in areas of the economy that<br />
are growing, they will be able to find work. An essential ingredient of career self-management is knowing<br />
and developing skill sets and then finding areas of work where they can be applied.<br />
Balance in life/work: Information technology is fuelling the accelerating pace of change. We are<br />
“plugged in” to work more than ever before through communications (e-mail, phone, fax, pagers, the<br />
Internet). To maintain their health and well-being, workers will have to re<strong>thi</strong>nk how and where they work<br />
and find balance between earning a living and living their lives.<br />
Finding opportunity. In <strong>thi</strong>s New Economy, it is beneficial for people to use their creativity to find new<br />
opportunities where they can apply their skills and abilities. This means keeping an open mind about<br />
where and how you work.<br />
The New Economy is very different from the old. It offers even more opportunities to find challenging,<br />
rewarding and satisfying work. If you spend time and energy planning for <strong>thi</strong>s new reality, you will be<br />
able to create a career plan that offers excitement, anticipation and hope for the future.<br />
Question 28: What is TRUE about the New Economy according to the passage?<br />
A. It is harder to find a good job in the New Economy.<br />
B. The New Economy may see the increase in the number of the businessmen.<br />
D. The New Economy offers more courses on improving the life and work skills.<br />
D. Technology and information is considered the basis for the development of the New Economy.<br />
Question 29: What can be inferred from the passage about the future workers?<br />
A. They can combine some jobs at the same time to earn a good living.<br />
B. They may keep their mind open to welcome the new trends.<br />
D. They have to plan and manage their career better.<br />
D. They can get the job excitement more easily in the New Economy.<br />
Question 30: The main difference between the New Economy and the old one is _____________ .<br />
A. opportunities offered B. high living standard<br />
D. skill security D. careers chosen<br />
Question 31: Which of the following best describes the organization of the passage?<br />
A. A discussion about the job trends.<br />
B. An analysis of requirements for the New Economy’s workers.<br />
D. A criticism of the Old Economy.<br />
D. A description of the New Economy.<br />
Question 32: What can be inferred from the Old Economy according to the passage?<br />
A. It is an age of industrialization.<br />
B. It has opened up new horizons for workers to develop their new interests.<br />
D. It has limited the workers’ ability in balancing their life and work.<br />
D. It has seen an increase in the number of intellectuals.<br />
Question 33: What is the author’s attitude in the passage?<br />
A. Advisory B. Critical D. Complimentary D. Indifferent<br />
Question 34: Who should read <strong>thi</strong>s passage?<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. Interviewers B. Employers. D. Undergraduates. D. Parents.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
It is hard to <strong>thi</strong>nk of a world without gas or electricity. Both are commonly used for lighting and heating<br />
today. We now can instantly flick a lighter or strike a match to make a flame. But it was not long ago that<br />
there were no such <strong>thi</strong>ngs as matches or lighters. To make fire, it was necessary to strike a piece of iron<br />
on flint for sparks to ignite some tinder. If the tinder was damp, or the flint old, you had to borrow some<br />
fire from a neighbor.<br />
We do not know exactly when or how people first used fire. Perhaps, many ages ago, they found that<br />
sticks would bum if they were dropped into some hole where melted lava from a volcano lay boiling.<br />
They brought the lighted sticks back to make their fire in a cave. Or, they may have seen trees catch fire<br />
through being struck by lightning, and used the trees to start their own fires.<br />
Gradually people learned they could start a fire without traveling far to find flames. They rubbed two<br />
pieces of wood together. This method was used for thousands of years.<br />
When people became used to making fires with which to cook food and stay warm at night, they found<br />
that certain resins or gums from trees burnt longer and brighter. They melted resins and dipped branches<br />
in the liquid to make torches that lit their homes at night. Iron stands in which torches used to be fixed can<br />
still be seen in old buildings of Europe.<br />
There was no lighting in city streets until gas lamps, and then electric lamps were installed. Boys ran<br />
about London at night carrying torches of burning material. They were called torch boys, or link boys,<br />
and earned a living by guiding visitors to friends’ houses at night.<br />
For centuries homes were lit by candles until oil was found. Even then, oil lamps were no more<br />
effective than a cluster of candles. We read about the splendors and marvels of ancient palaces and<br />
castles, but we forget that they must have been gloomy and murky places at night.<br />
Question 35: What does “they” refer to?<br />
A. people B, ages D. sticks D. trees<br />
Question 36: According to the passage the first fire used by people was probably obtained ________<br />
A. from the sun’s heat through glass<br />
B. by rubbing wood together<br />
D. from heat or fire caused by nature<br />
D. by striking iron against flint<br />
Question 37: It is stated in the passage that torches for lighting were made from _____________.<br />
A. the wood of gum trees B. iron bars dipped in melted resins<br />
D. wooden poles dipped in oil D. tree branches dipped in melted resins<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: It is mentioned in the passage that before the electric lamp was invented, _____________.<br />
A. oil lamps and then candles were used<br />
B. candles and oil lamps appeared about the same time<br />
D. candles and then oil lamps were used<br />
D. people did not use any form of lighting in their houses<br />
Question 39: The word “splendors” in the passage could be best replaced by which of the following?<br />
A. expensive objects B. places of scenic beauty<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. a<strong>chi</strong>evements D. the beautiful and impressive features<br />
Question 40: According to the passage, which of the following sentence is NOT true?<br />
A. We know exactly when and how people first used fire.<br />
B. Before gas lamps and electric lamps appeared, streets were lit by torches.<br />
D. We can make a fire by striking a piece of iron on flint to ignite some tinder.<br />
D. Matches and lighters were invented not long ago.<br />
Question 41: The word “gloomy” in the passage is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. nearly dark B. badly decorated<br />
D. containing a lot of white D. mysterious<br />
Question 42: What form of street lighting was used in London when link boys used to work there?<br />
A. Gas lighting B. No lighting at all<br />
D. Electric lighting. D. Oil lighting.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: However old and worn his clothes were, they look clean and of good quality.<br />
A. His clothes looked clean and of good quality but they were old and worn.<br />
B. His clothes, though old and worn, looked clean and of good quality.<br />
D. He was fond of wearing such old and worn clothes because they were of good quality.<br />
D. No matter what good quality his clothes had, they looked old and worn.<br />
Question 44: Calling Jim is pointless because his phone is out of order.<br />
A. It’s worth not calling Jim because his phone is out of order.<br />
B. It’s no use to call Jim because his phone is out of order.<br />
D. It’s useless calling Jim because his phone is out of order.<br />
D. There’s no point calling Jim because his phone is out of order.<br />
Question 45: I thought I should not stay at home yesterday.<br />
A. I regretted staying at home yesterday.<br />
B. I regretted for staying at home yesterday.<br />
D. I regret for staying at home yesterday.<br />
D. I regret to stay at home yesterday.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) Ocean currents (B) have an (C) enormous affect (D) on life on <strong>thi</strong>s planet.<br />
Question 47: A (A) vast quantity of radioactive (B) material (C) is made when a hydrogen bomb (D)<br />
explode.<br />
Question 48: (A) The Oxford Dictionary is (B) well known for including many different (C) meanings of<br />
words and (D) to give real examples.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: David said to Mike, “Don’t touch the electric wires. It might be deadly.”<br />
A. David advised Mike not to touch the electric wires as it might be deadly.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. David warned Mike not to touch the wires as it might be deadly.<br />
D. David suggested that Mike not touch the electric wires as it might be deadly.<br />
D. David did not allow Mike to touch the electric wires as it might be deadly.<br />
Question 50: The teacher has done his best to help all students. However, none of them made any effort<br />
on their part.<br />
A. The teacher has done his best to help all student, or none of them made any effort on their part.<br />
B. Although the teacher has done his best to help all students, none of them made any effort on their<br />
part<br />
D. Because the teacher has done his best to help all students, none of them made any effort on their part.<br />
D. When the teacher has done his best to help all students, none of them made any effort on their part.<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án D B C A D B D B B C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D D C A D A D D B D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án C A B A D D C D C A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B A A C C C D C D A<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A B B C A C D D B B<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
34<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. championship B. scholarship C. mechanic D. chemical<br />
Question 2: A. sacrificed B. interfered C. approached D. established<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. decision B. chemistry C. attention D. statistics<br />
Question 4:A. instance B. airport C. signal D. mistake<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Love is supposed to follow marriage, not precede it.<br />
A. come after B. take out C. happen D. find out<br />
Question 6: The emergence of supersonic travel opened new horizons for the military, tourism, and<br />
commerce.<br />
A. simplicity B. disappearance C. urgency D. profitability<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: She was bom and grown up in a picturesque fishing village in Ha Long Bay.<br />
A. dangerous B. pretty C. wealthy D. poor<br />
Question 8: Sports and festivals form an integral part of every human society.<br />
A. Informative B. delighted C. exciting D. essential<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: -Lan: “ _____________ ” - Trang: “No, every<strong>thi</strong>ng’s gone just fine so far.”<br />
A. Have you had any problems with your new apartment?<br />
B. Have you had any time to look around for a new apartment yet?<br />
C. I wonder if he got ill last night from all the alcohol he drank.<br />
D. Will you be able to finish the project on time?<br />
Question 10: - Tim: “Who is going to drive you to the reception tomorrow?” - Christ: “ ____________”<br />
A. I’m too tired to drive there.<br />
B. I wonder if he will give me a lift.<br />
C. Lauren will be picking me up in the morning at the comer.<br />
D. No. I had my car serviced yesterday.<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: - ‘You and Tim seem to be good mates.’ - ‘Well, I _____________ for ages.’<br />
A. have known B. know C. was knowing D. knew<br />
Question 12: _____________ giraffe is the tallest of all _____________ animals.<br />
A. A/ the B. The/ C. A/ D. / the<br />
Question 13: Emily is _____________ of sitting still for two minutes together.<br />
A. unwilling B. disable C. unable D. incapable<br />
Question 14: ‘Are flights with <strong>thi</strong>s company often delayed?’ - ‘No, they _____________ on schedule. ’<br />
A. usually left B. have usually left<br />
C. are usually leaving D. usually leave<br />
Question 15: They held a party to congratulate their son _____________ his success.<br />
A. in B. with C. on D. for<br />
Question 16: I wish I had someone of my own age _____________ I could trust.<br />
A. in whom B. in which C. with whom D. which<br />
Question 17: Anna _____________ halfway to the shops when she realized she'd left her purse at home.<br />
A. was getting B. had got C. had been getting D. has got<br />
Question 18: The depletion of the rain forests has _____________ to a decrease in the number of species<br />
there.<br />
A. resulted B. attributed C. got D. led<br />
Question 19: With a sigh, Paul _____________ himself that he was visiting the city for the very last<br />
time.<br />
A. reminded B. reminisced C. remembered D. recalled<br />
Question 20: Only when you grow up, _____________ the truth.<br />
A. you will know B. you know C. do you know D. will you know<br />
Question 21: We interviewed a number of candidates but none of them _____________ us.<br />
A. impression B. impressive C. impressively D. impressed<br />
Question 22: I was late for my exam because I _____________ about it all night and didn’t get much<br />
sleep.<br />
A. had been worrying B. worry<br />
C. have been worrying D. was worrying<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
My first job was a sales assistant at a large department store. I wanted to work part-time, because I was<br />
still studying at university and I was only able to work a few nights a week.<br />
I came across the advertisement in the local newspaper. I remember the interview as though it were<br />
yesterday. The (23) _____________ manager sat behind a large desk. He asked me various questions<br />
which surprised me because all I wanted was to work in sales. An hours later, I was told that I had got the<br />
job and was given a contract to go over. I was to be trained for ten days before I took my post Also, as a<br />
member of staff, I was (24) _____________ to some benefits, including discounts.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
When I eventually started, I was responsible (25) _____________ the toy section. I really enjoyed it<br />
there and I loved demonstrating the different toys. I was surprised at how friendly my colleagues were,<br />
too. They made working there fun even when we had to deal with customers (26) _____________ got on<br />
our nerves. (27) _____________ , working there was a great experience which I will never forget.<br />
Question 23: A. personal B. personable C. personage D. personnel<br />
Question 24: A. catered B. given C. entitled D. supplied<br />
Question 25: A. for B. with C. in D. to<br />
Question 26: A. which B. why C. when D. who<br />
Question 27: A. In contrast B. However C. Moreover D. On the whole<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
One of the most difficult questions to answer is how much a job is worth. We naturally expect that a<br />
doctor’s salary will be higher than a bus conductor’s wage. But the question becomes much more difficult<br />
to answer when we compare, say, a miner with an engineer, or an unskilled man working on an oil-rig in<br />
the North Sea with a teacher in a secondary school. What the doctor, the engineer and teacher have is<br />
many years of training in order to obtain the necessary qualifications for their professions. We feel<br />
instinctively that these skills and these years, when they were studying instead of earning money, should<br />
be rewarded. At the same time we recognize that the work of the miner and the oil-rig laborer is both hard<br />
and dangerous, and that they must be highly paid for the risks they take.<br />
Another factor we must take into consideration is how socially useful a man’s work is, regardless of the<br />
talents he may bring to it. Most people would agree that looking after the sick or tea<strong>chi</strong>ng <strong>chi</strong>ldren is<br />
more important than, say, selling secondhand cars or improving the taste of toothpaste by adding a red<br />
stripe to it. Yet it is almost certain that the used car salesman earns more than the nurse, and that research<br />
chemist earns more than the schoolteacher.<br />
Indeed, <strong>thi</strong>s whole question of just rewards can be turned on its head. You can argue that a man who<br />
does a job which brings him personal satisfaction is already receiving part of his reward in the form of a<br />
so-called “psy<strong>chi</strong>c wage”, and that it is the man with the boring, repetitive job who needs more money to<br />
make up for the soul-destroying monotony of his work. It is significant that that those jobs which are<br />
traditionally regarded as “vocations” - nursing, tea<strong>chi</strong>ng and the Church, for example - continue to be<br />
poorly paid, while others, such as those in the world of sport or entertainment, carry financial rewards out<br />
of all proportion to their social worth.<br />
Although the amount of money that people earn is in reality largely determined by market forces, <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
should not prevent us from seeking some way to decide what is the right pay for the job. A starting point<br />
for such an investigation would be to try to decide the ratio which ought to exist between the highest and<br />
the lowest paid. The picture is made more complicate by two factors: firstly by the “social wage”, i.e, the<br />
welfare benefits which every citizen receives; and secondly, by the taxation system, which is often used<br />
as an instrument of social justice by taxing high incomes at a very high rate indeed. Allowing for these<br />
two <strong>thi</strong>ngs, most countries now regard a ratio of 7:1 as socially acceptable. If it is less, the highlyqualified<br />
people carrying heavy responsibilities become disillusioned, and might even end up by<br />
emigration (the so-called “brain-drain” is an evidence that <strong>thi</strong>s can happen). If it is more, the gap<br />
between rich and poor will be so great that it will lead social tensions and ultimately to violence.<br />
(Adapted from: "How much is job worth? ")<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 28: According to the passage, the professional man, such as the doctor, should be well paid<br />
because _____________.<br />
A. he knows more than other people about his subject<br />
B. he has to work much harder than most other people<br />
C. his work involves much great intelligence than, say, a bus conductor’s<br />
D. he has spent several years learning how to do his job<br />
Question 29: As far as rewarding people for their work is concerned, the writer, believes that ________.<br />
A. qualified people should be the highest paid<br />
B. we should pay people according to their talents<br />
C. we should pay for socially-useful work, regardless of the person’s talent<br />
D. market forces will determine how much a person is paid<br />
Question 30: The word “disillusioned” in the passage is closest in meaning to _____________.<br />
A. discreditable B. disagreeable C. dishonest D. disenchanted<br />
Question 31: The argument of the “psy<strong>chi</strong>c wage” is used to explain why _____________.<br />
A. people who do monotonous jobs are highly paid<br />
B. you should not try to compare the pay of different professions<br />
C. people who do important work are not well paid<br />
D. some professional people are paid more than others<br />
Question 32: It can be inferred from the passage that a man who does a boring, repetitive job<br />
_____________.<br />
A. should receive more money as a compensation for the drudgery of his work<br />
B. has no interest in his work apart from the money he receives for doing it<br />
C. receives less money than he deserves<br />
D. can only expect more money if his job is a highly-skilled one<br />
Question 33: The author mentions “brain-drain” as an evidence to show that _____________.<br />
A. high taxation is a useful and effective instrument of social justice<br />
B. people with jobs or responsibility expect to be highly paid<br />
C. the poor are generally more patriotic than the rich<br />
D. well-educated people are prepared to emigrate whenever they can get a better paid job<br />
Question 34: The word “ultimately” in the final paragraph is closest in meaning to ,<br />
A. dramatically B. unfortunately C. exceptionally D. eventually<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Being aware of one’s own emotions - recognizing and acknowledging feelings as they happen - is at the<br />
very heart of Emotional Intelligence. And <strong>thi</strong>s awareness encompasses not only moods but also thoughts<br />
about those moods. People who are able to monitor their feelings as they arise are less likely to be ruled<br />
by them and are thus better able to manage their emotions.<br />
Managing emotions does not mean suppressing them; nor does it mean giving free rein to every feeling.<br />
Psychologist Daniel Goleman, one of several authors who have popularized the notion of Emotional<br />
Intelligence, insisted that the goal is balance and that every feeling has value and significance. As<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Goleman said, “A life without passion would be a dull wasteland of neutrality, cut off and isolated from<br />
the richness of life itself.” Thus, we manage our emotions by expressing them in an appropriate manner.<br />
Emotions can also be managed by engaging in activities that cheer us up, soothe our hurts, or reassure us<br />
when we feel anxious.<br />
Clearly, awareness and management of emotions are not independent. For instance, you might <strong>thi</strong>nk<br />
that individuals who seem to experience their feelings more intensely than others would be less able to<br />
manage them. However, a critical component of awareness of emotions is the ability to assign meaning<br />
to them - to know why we are experiencing a particular feeling or mood. Psychologists have found that,<br />
among individuals who experience intense emotions, individual differences in the ability to assign<br />
meaning to those feelings predict differences in the ability to manage them. In other words, if two<br />
individuals are intensely angry, the one who is better able to 'understand why he or she is angry will also<br />
be better able to manage the anger.<br />
Self-motivation refers to strong emotional self-control, which enables a person to get moving and<br />
pursue worthy goals, persist at tasks even when frustrated, and resist the temptation to act on impulse.<br />
Resisting impulsive behavior is, according to Goleman, “the root of all emotional self-control.”<br />
Of all the attributes of Emotional Intelligence, the ability to postpone immediate gratification and to<br />
persist in working toward some greater future gain is most closely related to success - whether one is<br />
trying to build a business, get a college degree, or even stay on a diet. One researcher examined whether<br />
<strong>thi</strong>s trait can predict a <strong>chi</strong>ld’s success in school. The study showed that 4-year- old <strong>chi</strong>ldren who can delay<br />
instant gratification in order to advance toward some future goal will be “far superior as students” when<br />
they graduate from high school than will 4-year-olds who are not able to resist the impulse to satisfy their<br />
immediate wishes.<br />
Question 35: Which of the following can we infer from paragraph 1?<br />
A. If people pay attention to their feelings, they will not be able to manage them.<br />
B. If people pay attention to their feelings, they can control their emotions better.<br />
C. People who can manage their emotions will be controlled by them.<br />
D. Some people can understand their feelings better than others.<br />
Question 36: According to paragraphs 1 to 3, people should be aware of their emotions so that they can<br />
_____________.<br />
A. stop feeling angry<br />
B. manage their emotions appropriately<br />
C. experience feelings more intensively<br />
D. explain their emotions to others<br />
Question 37: All of the following are mentioned in paragraph 2 about our emotions EXCEPT<br />
_____________.<br />
A. we can manage our emotions B. we should ignore some feelings<br />
C. every feeling is important D. emotions are part of a satisfying life<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The word “critical” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. indecisive B. inessential C. dynamic D. important<br />
Question 39: The word “them” in paragraph 3 refers to _____________ .<br />
A. intense emotions B. psychologists<br />
C. individuals D. individual differences<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 40: In paragraph 3, the author explains the concept of awareness and management of emotions<br />
by _____________ .<br />
A. giving an example of why people get angry<br />
B. describing how people learn to control their emotions<br />
C. comparing how two people might respond to an intense emotion<br />
D. explaining why some people are not aware of their emotions<br />
Question 41: The word “pursue” in paragraph 4 mostly means _____________ .<br />
A. be involved in some<strong>thi</strong>ng B. improve or develop some<strong>thi</strong>ng<br />
C. try to a<strong>chi</strong>eve some<strong>thi</strong>ng D. find out about some<strong>thi</strong>ng<br />
Question 42: According to paragraph 5, <strong>chi</strong>ldren might be more successful in school if they can resist<br />
impulses because they can _____________ .<br />
A. have more friends at school B. easily understand new information<br />
C. focus on their work and not get distracted D. be more popular with their teachers<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: “It was nice of you to give me the present. Thank you,” Mary said to Alex.<br />
A. Mary asked Alex for the present.<br />
B. Mary was happy to give Alex the present.<br />
C. Mary was sorry to receive the present for Alex.<br />
D. Mary thanked Alex for the present.<br />
Question 44: We last went to that cinema 2 months ago.<br />
A. We didn’t go to the cinema for 2 months.<br />
B. We have been to the cinema for 2 months.<br />
C. We haven’t been to the cinema for 2 months.<br />
D. We didn’t want to go to the cinema anymore<br />
Question 45: Without my tutor’s help, I couldn’t have made such a good speech.<br />
A. Had my tutor not helped me, I couldn’t make such a good speech.<br />
B. If my tutor didn’t help me, I couldn’t make such a good speech.<br />
C. If it hadn’t been for my tutor’s help, I couldn’t have made such a good speech.<br />
D. If my tutor hadn’t helped me, I could have made such a good speech.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Saccharin is (A) about 300 times as (B) sweeter as table sugar (C) but has no carbohydrates<br />
and no (D) food value.<br />
Question 47: (A) Much people (B) have found the (C) monotonous buzzing of the vuvuzela in the 2010<br />
World-Cup matches (D) so annoying.<br />
Question 48: Helen Killer, (A) who was both (B) blind and (C) deafness, overcame her (D) inabilities<br />
with the help of her teacher, Ann Sulivan.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: There is an important difference between humans and apes. Apes walk on four legs.<br />
A. Apes walk on four legs, so they are importantly different from humans.<br />
B. There is an important difference between humans and apes that walk on four legs.<br />
C. There are important differences between humans and apes that walk on four legs.<br />
D. An important difference between humans and apes is that apes walk on four legs.<br />
Question 50: Mary quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday. She didn’t want to answer his phone call <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
morning.<br />
A. Mary’s refusal to answer the phone leads to her argument with her boyfriend yesterday.<br />
B. Much as Mary quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday, she answered his phone call <strong>thi</strong>s morning.<br />
C. Having quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday, Mary refused to answer his phone call <strong>thi</strong>s morning.<br />
D. Before Mary quarreled with her boyfriend yesterday, she answered his phone call<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A B B D A B B D A C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án A B D D C A A D A D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D A D C A D D D D D<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B A B D B B B D A C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C C D C C B A C D C<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
35<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. hydro B. lifestyle C. environment D. immigrant<br />
Question 2: A. developed B. addicted C. influenced D. distinguished<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. gorgeous B. suggest C. purchase D. beauty<br />
Question 4: A. adventure B. advantage C. advertise D. adverbial<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: “Don’t be such a pessimist. I’m sure you’ll soon get over it. Cheer up!”<br />
A. hobbyist B. optimist C. activist D. feminist<br />
Question 6: “Be quick! We must speed up if we don’t want to miss the bus. “<br />
A. turn down B. slow down C. look up D. put forward<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Technological changes have rendered many traditional skills obsolete.<br />
A. outdated B. impractical C. unappreciated D. undeveloped<br />
Question 8: By being thrifty and shopping wisely housewives in the city can feed an entire family on as<br />
little as 500,000 VND a week.<br />
A. luxurious B. economical C. sensible D. miserable<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Henry is talking to his mother.<br />
- Henry: “I’ve passed my driving test.” ~ His mother: _____________ ”<br />
A. Congratulations! B. That’s a good idea.<br />
C. That’s too bad. D. All right.<br />
Question 10: Two friends Diana and Tim are talking with each other about their shopping.<br />
- Diana: “Look at <strong>thi</strong>s catalog, Tim. I <strong>thi</strong>nk I want to get <strong>thi</strong>s red blouse.” - Tim: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. No, thank you. B. That’s a long way to go, dear.<br />
C. Don’t you have one like <strong>thi</strong>s in blue? D. I’ll go myself, then.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 11: Despite their normal cylindrical form, some of the documents _____________ on silk that<br />
were found at Mawangdui, an archaeological site in southeastern China, were folded into rectangles.<br />
A. wrote B. written C. were written D. be written<br />
Question 12: I am sure your sister will lend you a sympathetic _____________ when you explain the<br />
situation to her.<br />
A. eye B. ear C. arm D. finger<br />
Question 13: Mr. Mike is certainly a _____________ writer; he has written a lot of books <strong>thi</strong>s year.<br />
A. prolific B. fruitful C. fertile D. successful<br />
Question 14: We were quite impressed by the _____________ students who came up with the answer to<br />
our question almost instantly.<br />
A. absent-minded B. big-headed C. quick-witted D. bad-tempered<br />
Question 15: I do not <strong>thi</strong>nk there is a real _____________ between men and women at home as well as in<br />
our society.<br />
A. attitude B. equality C. value D. measurement<br />
Question 16: I didn’t see the red light at the crossroads. Otherwise, I _____________ my car.<br />
A. stopped B. had stopped C. would have stopped D. would stop<br />
Question 17: Tim asked Sally _____________ English so far.<br />
A. how long was she learning<br />
B. how long she has been learning<br />
C. she had been learning how long<br />
D. how long she had been learning<br />
Question 18: The incident happening last week left him _____________ confused and hurt.<br />
A. feel B. felt C. feeling D. to feeling<br />
Question 19: “We gave them the money yesterday, but we haven’t received a receipt yet, __________ ?”<br />
she asked her husband.<br />
A. didn’t we B. have we C. did we D. haven’t we<br />
Question 20: You and your big mouth! It was supposed to be a secret. You _____________ her!<br />
A. shouldn’t have told B. mightn’t have told<br />
C. mustn’t have told D. couldn’t have told<br />
Question 21: If I had a typewriter now, I _____________ <strong>thi</strong>s report by myself.<br />
A. would have type B. will type C. would type D. typed<br />
Question 22: A completely new situation will _____________ when the examination system comes into<br />
existence.<br />
A. arouse B. rise C. raise D. arise<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Shopping centers have become a (23)_____________ more than just places to shop and look for<br />
bargains. They are places of entertainment where people meet and have fun. Some modem shopping<br />
centers are so big they can takes days to (24) _____________ properly. For example, the Cehavir<br />
Shopping and Entertainment Centre in Istanbul covers 420,000 square meters and is considered to be the<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
largest shopping center in Europe. It has around 350 shops and 50 restaurants to choose from. And if you<br />
fancy (25) _____________ your friends in the evening, there are 12 cinemas, a bowling alley and even a<br />
roller coaster ride.<br />
Another huge shopping center is the Mall of the Emirates in Dubai. As (26) _____________ as around<br />
700 shops and restaurants, you can go to Magic Planet, which is a mini theme park, or watch a film in one<br />
of the fourteen cinemas. And if that isn’t enough, (27) _____________ about visiting Ski-Dubai, the<br />
world-famous indoor ski slope? Some people want to have a more cultural experience. This is easy at the<br />
Mall of the Emirates. There is a Community Theatre and an Arts Centre on the second floor of the<br />
building with a theatre, art galleries, a music school and a library.<br />
(Source: Pre-intermediate Solutions by Tim Falla and Paul A Davies)<br />
Question 23: A. much B. lot C. few D. many<br />
Question 24: A. invent B. explore C. find D. search<br />
Question 25: A. meet B. to be met C. to meet D. meeting<br />
Question 26: A. soon B. long C. well D.good<br />
Question 27: A. how B. where C. when D. which<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
For many people who live in cities, parks are an important part of the landscape. They provide a place<br />
for people to relax and play sports, as well as arefuge from theoften harsh environment of a city. What<br />
people often overlook is that parks also provide considerable environmental benefits.<br />
One benefit of parks is that plants absorb carbon dioxide-a key pollutant-and emit oxygen, which<br />
humans need to breathe. According to one study, an acre of trees can absorb the same amount of carbon<br />
dioxide that a typical car emits in 11,000 miles of driving. Parks also make cities cooler. Scientists have<br />
long noted what is called the Urban Heat Island Effect: building materials such as metal, concrete, and<br />
asphalt absorb much more of the sun’s heat and release it much more quickly than organic surfaces like<br />
trees and grass. Because city landscapes contain so much ot these building materials, cities are usually<br />
warmer than surrounding rural areas. Parks and other green spaces help to mitigate the Urban Heat Island<br />
Effect.<br />
Unfortunately, many cities cannot easily create more parks because most land is already being used for<br />
buildings, roads, parking lots, and other essential parts of the urban environment. However, cities could<br />
benefit from many of the positive effects of parks by encouraging citizens to create another type of green<br />
space: rooftop gardens. While most people would not <strong>thi</strong>nk of starting a garden on their roof, human<br />
beings have been planting gardens on rooftops for thousands of years. Some rooftop gardens are very<br />
complex and require complicated engineering, but others are simple container gardens that anyone can<br />
create with the investment of a few hundred dollars and a few hours of work.<br />
Rooftop gardens provide many of the same benefits as other urban park and garden spaces, but without<br />
taking up the much-needed land. Like parks, rooftop gardens help to replace carbon dioxide in the air<br />
with nourishing oxygen. They also help to lessen the Urban Heat Island Effect, which can save people<br />
money. In the summer, rooftop gardens prevent buildings from absorbing heat from the sun, which can<br />
significantly reduce cooling bills. In the winter, gardens help hold in the heat that materials like brick and<br />
concrete radiate so quickly, leading to savings on heating bills. Rooftop vegetable and herb gardens can<br />
also provide fresh food for city dwellers, saving them money and making their diets heal<strong>thi</strong>er. Rooftop<br />
gardens are not only some<strong>thi</strong>ng everyone can enjoy, they are also a smart environmental investment.<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 28: Based on its use in paragraph 2, it can be inferred that mitigate belongs to which of the<br />
following word groups?<br />
A. exacerbate, aggravate, intensify<br />
B. obliterate, destroy, annihilate<br />
C. allay, alleviate, reduce<br />
D. absorb, intake, consume<br />
Question 29: Using the information in paragraph 2 as a guide, it can be inferred that _____________ .<br />
A. cities with rooftop gardens are cooler than those without rooftop gardens<br />
B. some plants are not suitable for growth in rooftop gardens<br />
C. most people prefer parks to rooftop gardens<br />
D. most people prefer life in the country over life in the city<br />
Question 30: Based on the information in paragraph 3, which of the following best describes the main<br />
difference between parks and rooftop gardens?<br />
A. Parks are expensive to create while rooftop gardens are not.<br />
B. Parks are public while rooftop gardens are private.<br />
C. Parks absorb heat while rooftop gardens do not.<br />
D. Parks require much space while rooftop gardens do not.<br />
Question 31: The author claims all of the following to be the benefits of rooftop gardens except_<br />
A. increased space for private relaxation<br />
B. savings on heating and cooling costs<br />
C. better food for city dwellers<br />
D. improved air quality<br />
Question 32: According to the author, one advantage that rooftop gardens have over parks is that they<br />
_____________ .<br />
A. decrease the Urban Heat Island Effect<br />
B. replenish the air with nourishing oxygen<br />
C. do not require the use of valuable urban land<br />
D. are less expensive than traditional park spaces<br />
Question 33: The author’s tone in the passage is best described as _____________<br />
A. descriptive B. passionate C. informative D. argumentative<br />
Question 34: It can be inferred from the passage that the author would most likely endorse a program that<br />
_____________<br />
A. permitted the construction of buildings in city park land provided they have rooftop gardens<br />
B. extended discounts on plants to customers who use them to create rooftop gardens<br />
C. offered free admission to schools willing to take their students on field trips to the city park<br />
D. promised vacation getaways to cooler destinations for those trapped in the city at the peak of summer<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
It is commonly believed in the United States that school is where people go to get an education.<br />
Nevertheless, it has been said that today <strong>chi</strong>ldren interrupt their education to go to school. The<br />
distinction between schooling and education implied by <strong>thi</strong>s remark is important.<br />
Education is much more open-ended and all-inclusive than schooling. Education knows no bounds. It<br />
can take place anywhere, whether in the shower or on the job, whether in a kitchen or on a tractor. It<br />
includes both the formal learning that takes place in schools and the whole universe of informal learning.<br />
The agents of education can range from a revered grandparent to the people debating politics on the radio,<br />
from a <strong>chi</strong>ld to a distinguished scientist. Whereas schooling has a certain predictability, education quite<br />
often produces surprises. A chance conversation with a stranger may lead a person to discover how little<br />
is known of other religions. People are engaged in education in infancy. Education, then, is a very broad,<br />
inclusive term. It is a lifelong process, a process that starts long before the start of school, and one that<br />
should be an integral part of one’s entire life.<br />
Schooling, on the other hand, is a specific, formalized process, whose general pattern varies little from<br />
one setting to the next. Throughout a country, <strong>chi</strong>ldren arrive at school at approximately the same time,<br />
take assigned seats, are taught by an adult, use similar textbooks, do homework, take exams, and so on.<br />
The slices of reality that are to be learned, whether they are the alphabet or an understanding of the<br />
workings of government, have usually been limited by the boundaries of the subjects being taught. For<br />
example, high school students know that they are not likely to find out in their classes the truth about<br />
political problems in their communities or what the newest filmmakers are experimenting with. There are<br />
definite conditions surrounding the formalized process of schooling<br />
Question 35: The word “they” in paragraph 3 refers to _____________<br />
A. seats B. boundaries<br />
C. similar textbooks D. slices of reality<br />
Question 36: What is the main idea of the passage?<br />
A. The more years students go to school, the better their education is.<br />
B. Education and schooling are quite different experiences.<br />
C. Students benefit from schools, which require long hours and homework.<br />
D. The best school teach a wide variety of subjects.<br />
Question 37: The word “chance” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. passive B. lively C. unplanned D. usual<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: What does the author probably mean by using the expression “<strong>chi</strong>ldren interrupt their<br />
education to go to school” in paragraph 1 ?<br />
A. Summer school makes the school year too long.<br />
B. Going to several different schools is educationally beneficial.<br />
C. All of people’s life is an education.<br />
D. School vacations interrupt the continuity of the school year.<br />
Question 39: The phrase “For example” in paragraph 3, introduces a sentence that gives examples of<br />
_____________<br />
A. similar textbooks<br />
B. the workings of a government<br />
C. the boundaries of the subjects<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. the results of schooling<br />
Question 40: The passage supports which of the following conclusions?<br />
A. Education involves many years of professional training.<br />
B. Going to school is only part of how people become educated.<br />
C. Education systems need to be radically reformed.<br />
D. Without formal education, people would remain ignorant.<br />
Question 41: The passage is organized by _____________<br />
A. giving examples of different kinds of schools<br />
B. narrating a story about excellent teacher<br />
C. listing and discussing several educational problems<br />
D. contrasting the meanings of two related words<br />
Question 42: The writer seems to agree that _____________<br />
A. Education is not as important as schooling<br />
B. Schooling is more important than education<br />
C. Education is more influential than schooling<br />
D. Schooling is unlimited and more informal<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: John said, “You’d better not lend them any money, Daisy.”<br />
A. John asked Daisy if she had lent them any money.<br />
B. John commanded Daisy not to lend them any money.<br />
C. John advised Daisy not to lend them any money.<br />
D. John ordered Daisy not to lend them any money.<br />
Question 44: “Get out of my car or I’ll call the police!” Jane shouted to the strange man.<br />
A. Jane politely told the man she would call the police if he didn't leave her car.<br />
B. Jane plainly said that she would call the police.<br />
C. Jane threatened to call the police if the man didn't leave her car,<br />
D. Jane informed the strange man that she would call the police.<br />
Question 45: We started working here three years ago.<br />
A. We have worked here for three years.<br />
B. We worked here for three years.<br />
C. We will work here for three years.<br />
D. We have no longer worked here for three years.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Dogs (A) that are (B) trained to lead (C) the blind must be (D) loyalty, intelligent and calm.<br />
Question 47: I enjoy (A) reading the article (B) that you (C) told me about (D) it yesterday.<br />
Question 48: (A) Having served lunch, the (B) medical staff (C) continued to (D) discuss the problems.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 49: He was very powerful. Nevertheless, he failed to do any<strong>thi</strong>ng to save his son's life.<br />
A. Powerful as he might be, he could do no<strong>thi</strong>ng to save his son’s life.<br />
B. He failed to do any<strong>thi</strong>ng to save his son’s life in spite of the fact that he had no power.<br />
C. In order to save his son’s life, he had great power to do any<strong>thi</strong>ng he could.<br />
D. The failure in saving his son’s life was due to his being very powerful.<br />
Question 50: The buses began to pull out. Most of them were full of passengers.<br />
A. The buses, most of which were full of passengers, began to pull out.<br />
B. The buses, most of them were full of passengers, began to pull out.<br />
C. The passengers, most of them were full of, began to pull out the buses.<br />
D. The passengers, most of whom were full of the buses, began to pull out.<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án D B B C B B A B A C<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án B B A C B C D C B A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án C D A B D C A C A D<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án A C C B D B C C C B<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D C C C A D D A A A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
36<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. prepared B. organized C. impressed D. involved<br />
Question 2: A. surround B. source C. account D. plough<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. justice B. leading C. diverse D. namely<br />
Question 4: A. applicant B. investment C. commercial D. domestic<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: Research suggests that <strong>chi</strong>ldren are more resilient than adults when it comes to getting over<br />
an illness.<br />
A. becoming much stronger B. becoming healthy again<br />
C. making a slow recovery D. making a quick recovery<br />
Question 6: Blue is an old hand at such compositions and has never had any trouble with them.<br />
A. relaxed about B. reserved about C. uninterested in D. inexperienced in<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: Not only is summer sea ice shrinking rapidly in the Arctic, but so is the average <strong>thi</strong>ckness of<br />
sea ice.<br />
A. getting larger B. getting better C. getting smaller D. getting <strong>thi</strong>cker<br />
Question 8: What most prevents women from rea<strong>chi</strong>ng the boardroom, say bosses and headhunters, is<br />
lack of hands-on experience of a firm’s core business.<br />
A. significant B. practical C. available D. tested<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Carol is wearing a new dress and Helen loves it.<br />
- Helen: “ _____________ ” - Carol: “Thanks. I’m glad you like it. My sister gave it to me yesterday.”<br />
A. What a fashionable dress you are wearing!<br />
B. Oh! I don’t like your fashionable dress.<br />
C. I <strong>thi</strong>nk you have a fashionable dress.<br />
D. Your fashionable must be expensive.<br />
Question 10: Nam and Mai are talking about their plan for the weekend.<br />
- Nam: “Do you feel like going to the cinema <strong>thi</strong>s weekend?” - Mai: “ _____________ ”<br />
( PC WEB )
A. You’re welcome! B. That would be great!<br />
C. I don’t agree. I’m afraid D. I feel very bored.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: You should _____________ more attention to what your teacher explains.<br />
A. make B. get C. set D. pay<br />
Question 12: The Foreign Ministries of Vietnam and Mexico agreed _____________ measures to boost<br />
the bilateral cooperation between the two nations.<br />
A. to take B. taking C. to be taken D. being taken<br />
Question 13: There are no easy ways to learn a foreign language, _____________ ?<br />
A. are they B. are there C. aren’t they D. aren’t there<br />
Question 14: You look exhausted. You _____________ in the garden all day.<br />
A. must have worked B. must be working<br />
C. can’t have worked D. must have been working<br />
Question 15: The more _____________ you look, the better you will feel.<br />
A. confident B. confide C. confidently D. confidence<br />
Question 16: In 1973, when the tigers appeared to be facing _____________ , the World Wide Fund for<br />
_____________ and the Indian Government agreed to set up “Operation Tiger”.<br />
A. extinct/ Nature B. extinction/ Nature<br />
C. extinction/ Natural D. extinct/ Naturalists<br />
Question 17: After six months of convalescence in a nursing home, Tim is finally on the _____________<br />
A. mend B. go C. run D. top<br />
Question 18: Most <strong>chi</strong>ldren enjoy _____________ with their parents and siblings.<br />
A. played B. play C. to play D. playing<br />
Question 19: Police have not revealed the _____________ details of the case.<br />
A. total B. whole C. overall D. full<br />
Question 20: It’s too late; you shouldn’t go. Don’t worry! We can _____________ for a night.<br />
A. put you up B. put you through C. put you away D. put you aside<br />
Question 21: We should make full use _____________ the Internet as it is an endless source of<br />
information.<br />
A. of B. in C. with D. from<br />
Question 22: The manager _____________ his temper with the employees and shouted at them.<br />
A. had B. lost C. took D. kept<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
You may have heard that tomatoes and processed tomato product like tomato sauce and canned<br />
tomatoes protect (23) _____________ some types of cancer. The cancer-preventing properties of tomato<br />
products have been (24) to lycopene. It is a bright red pigment found in tomatoes and other red fruits and<br />
is the cause of their red color. Unlike other fruits and vegetables, where nutritional content such as<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
vitamin C is diminished upon cooking, processing of tomatoes increases the concentration of lycopene.<br />
Lycopene in tomato paste is four times (25) _____________ in fresh tomatoes.<br />
This is because lycopene is insoluble in water and is tightly bound to vegetable fiber. Thus, (26)<br />
_____________ tomato products such as pasteurized tomato juice, so up, sauce, and ketchup contain the<br />
highest concentrations of lycopene. Cooking and crushing tomatoes as in the canning process and serving<br />
in oil-rich dishes such as spaghetti sauce or pizza (27) _____________ increase assimilation from the<br />
digestive tract into the bloodstream. Lycopene is a fat-soluble substance, so the oil is said to help<br />
absorption to a great extent.<br />
Question 23: A. out B. off C. against D. away<br />
Question 24: A. pressed B. responsible C. attributed D. original<br />
Question 25: A. much more B. as much as C. as many as D. further than<br />
Question 26: A. fresh B. processed C. contained D. raw<br />
Question 27: A. largely B.<strong>chi</strong>efly C. mainly D. greatly<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Music therapy is using music to help people with a variety of problems. For example, it can help people<br />
with communication and speech problems speak better. It can help people with memory problems<br />
remember <strong>thi</strong>ngs from their past. Music therapy can also help people manage stress and be more relaxed.<br />
It can even make people with bad pain feel better.<br />
In music therapy, a music therapist works with one person alone or with small groups. The therapist<br />
meets with the person and does tests to find out what the problem is and what the person can do with<br />
music. Then the therapist decides what kind of music therapy to use. Some people sing, and others might<br />
compose music, but a person doesn’t need to know about music to be helped by music therapy. There are<br />
options such as listening to music and dancing to music. Research shows that these activities are good for<br />
the body and for the mind.<br />
Homes that take care of elderly people often have music therapy programs. The programs help the<br />
elderly be more energetic and also help with memory problems. Some hospitals have music therapy for<br />
patients who are in a lot of pain. Music can affect a part of the brain that reduces pain.<br />
Trevor Gibbons is one example of a person who was helped by music therapy. In 2000, he was putting<br />
in windows on the fourth floor of a building when he fell. He was in the hospital for over a year. He was<br />
in a lot of pain, and he couldn’t talk. He went from the hospital to a rehabilitation center that has a music<br />
therapy program, and a music therapist worked with him for several years. He could sing more easily than<br />
he could talk. Trevor says that music also helped him manage loneliness, sadness, and pain after he was<br />
hurt. Music and the music therapist inspired him, and he has written and sung many songs. He has even<br />
recorded CDs and performed at Lincoln Center in New York.<br />
Question 28: Which is the main idea of the passage?<br />
(From “Four Corners 4" by Jack C. Richards and David Bohlke)<br />
A. the history of music therapy B. the life of a music therapist<br />
C. other uses of music D. music for the elderly<br />
Question 29: According to paragraph 1, music can be helpful for all of the following people EXCEPT<br />
_________.<br />
A. people with good stress management<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. people with communication and speech problems<br />
C. people with bad pain<br />
D. people with memory problems<br />
Question 30: According to the passage, the kind of music therapy is chosen by _____________ .<br />
A. the composer B. the patient C. the therapist D. the singer<br />
Question 31: The word “energetic” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. rich in money B. short of breath C. full of life D. lack of energy<br />
Question 32: It is stated in the passage that _____________.<br />
A. listening and dancing to music are not included in music therapy<br />
B. homes for the aged don’t have music therapy programs<br />
C. in music therapy some people sing or even compose music<br />
D. Trevor Gibbons hurt himself when he fell off the fifth floor<br />
Question 33: It can be inferred from the last paragraph that a rehabilitation center is _____________.<br />
A. a center for victims of natural disasters<br />
B. a center for people to recover from injuries<br />
C. a center for poor or homeless people<br />
D. a center for disabled or disadvantaged <strong>chi</strong>ldren<br />
Question 34: Which of the following statements is TRUE about music therapy?<br />
A. Trevor Gibbons was not helped by music therapy.<br />
B. A music therapist always works with one person each time.<br />
C. A person must know about music to be helped by music therapy.<br />
D. Music can reduce pain by affecting a part of the brain.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Plants and animals will find it difficult to escape from or adjust to the effects of global wanning.<br />
Scientists have already observed shifts in the lifecycles of many plants and animals, such as flowers<br />
blooming earlier and birds hat<strong>chi</strong>ng earlier in the spring. Many species have begun shifting where they<br />
live or their annual migration patterns due to warmer temperatures.<br />
With further warming, animals will tend to migrate towards the poles and up mountainsides towards<br />
higher elevations. Plants will also attempt to shift their ranges, seeking new areas as old habitats grow too<br />
warm. In many places, however, human development will prevent these shifts. Species that find cities or<br />
farmland blocking their way north or south may become extinct. Species living in unique ecosystems,<br />
such as those found in polar and mountaintop regions, are especially at risk because migration to new<br />
habitats is not possible. For example, polar bears and marine mammals in the Arctic are already<br />
threatened by dwindling sea ice but have nowhere farther north to go.<br />
Projecting species extinction due to global warming is extremely difficult. Some scientists have<br />
estimated that 20 to 50 percent of species could be committed to extinction with 2 to 3 Celsius degrees of<br />
further warming. The rate of warming, not just the magnitude, is extremely important for plants and<br />
animals. Some species and even entire ecosystems, such as certain types of forest, may not be able to<br />
adjust quickly enough and may disappear.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Ocean ecosystems, especially fragile ones like coral reefs, will also be affected by global warming.<br />
Warmer ocean temperatures can cause coral to “bleach”, a state which if prolonged will lead to the death<br />
of the coral. Scientists estimate that even 1 Celsius degree of additional warming could lead to<br />
widespread blea<strong>chi</strong>ng and death of coral reefs around the world. Also, increasing carbon dioxide in the<br />
atmosphere enters the ocean and increases the acidity of ocean waters. This acidification further stresses<br />
ocean ecosystems.<br />
(From "Global Warming" by Michael Mastrandrea and Stephen H, Schneider)<br />
Question 35: Scientists have observed that warmer temperatures in the spring cause flowers to ________<br />
A. bloom earlier B. lose color C. die instantly D. become lighter<br />
Question 36: According to paragraph 2, when their habitats grow warmer, animals tend to move ______<br />
A. south-eastwards and down mountainsides toward lower elevations<br />
B. north-westwards and up mountainsides toward higher elevations<br />
C. towards the North Pole and down mountainsides toward lower elevations<br />
D. towards the poles and up mountainsides toward higher elevations<br />
Question 37: It is mentioned in the passage that if the global temperature rose by 2 or 3 Celsius degrees<br />
_____________<br />
A. water supply would decrease by 50 percent<br />
B. the sea level would rise by 20 centimeters<br />
C. 20 to 50 percent of species could become extinct<br />
D. half of the earth’s surface would be flooded<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: According to the passage, if some species are not able to adjust quickly to warmer<br />
temperatures, _____________ .<br />
A. they may be endangered<br />
B. they can begin to develop.<br />
C. they will certainly need water<br />
D. they move to tropical forests.<br />
Question 39: The word “fragile” in paragraph 4 most probably means _____________ .<br />
A. very large B. easily damaged C rather strong D. pretty hard<br />
Question 40: The blea<strong>chi</strong>ng of coral reefs as mentioned in paragraph 4 indicates _____________ .<br />
A. the water absorption of coral reefs<br />
B. the quick growth of marine mammals.<br />
C. the blooming phase of sea weeds<br />
D. the slow death of coral reefs.<br />
Question 41: The level of acidity in the ocean is increased by _____________ .<br />
A. the rising amount of carbon dioxide entering the ocean<br />
B. the decrease of acidity of the pole waters<br />
C. the extinction of species in coastal areas.<br />
D. the loss of acidity in the atmosphere around the earth<br />
Question 42: What does the passage mainly discuss?<br />
A. Influence of climate changes on human lifestyles.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. Effects of global warming on animals and plants<br />
C. Global warming and possible solutions<br />
D. Global warming and species migration<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: People say that he won a lot of money on the Vietlott.<br />
A. He is said to have won a lot of money on the Vietlott.<br />
B. He was said that he won a lot of money on the Vietlott.<br />
C. He is said to win a lot of money on the Vietlott.<br />
D. He won a lot of money on the Vietlott as people said.<br />
Question 44: I have never played golf before.<br />
A. It is the first time 1 had played golf.<br />
B. This is the first time I have ever played golf.<br />
C. It is the last time I played golf.<br />
D. I used to play golf but I gave it up already.<br />
Question 45: “Sorry, we’re late. It took us ages to look for a parking place," said John.<br />
A. John finally found a parking place after a long time sear<strong>chi</strong>ng even though they were late.<br />
B. John said that he was late because he had spent a lot of time finding a parking place.<br />
C. John said sorry for being late because he had to try his best to look for a parking place.<br />
D. John apologized for being late because it took them much time to find a parking place.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: The measures (A) have contributed to the effort to preserve biodiversity and (B) put an end<br />
to the (C) illegally use and trafficking of wildlife (D) across the country.<br />
Question 47: The maps, together with a statement (A) asking for (B) approval for the 1 /5000 planning of<br />
Thu Thiem New Urban Area, (C) was submitted to the central Government (D) at that time.<br />
Question 48: The music video, titled “Run now”, (A) was uploaded (B) in the world's (C) biggest videosharing<br />
site at 12:00 am, (D) and quickly fielded one million views at 12:18 am.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: The student was very bright. He could solve all the math problems.<br />
A. He was such bright student that he could solve all the math problems.<br />
B. The student was very bright that he could solve all the math problems.<br />
C. He was so bright a student that he could solve all the math problems.<br />
D. Such bright was the student that he could solve all the math problems.<br />
Question 50: He didn’t hurry. Therefore, he missed the plane.<br />
A. Had he hurried, he could have caught the plane.<br />
B. Had he hurried, he might catch the plane.<br />
C. If he hurried, he wouldn’t miss the plane.<br />
D. He didn’t miss the plane because he hurried.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án C B C A C D C B A B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D A B D A B A D D A<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án A B C C B B D C A C<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án C C B D A D C A B D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án A B A B D C C B C A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
37<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. seizure B. heifer C. sheila D. receive<br />
Question 2: A. satisfy B. qualify C. freestyle D. simpty<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. risky B. conserve C. liquid D. forest<br />
Question 4: A. certificate B. apartment C. individual D. biology<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: “Can I try out your new bicycle?” ~ “Be my guest.”<br />
A. Sorry, you can’t. B. You’re kidding. C. Never mind D. No problem.<br />
Question 6: We should keep these proposals secret from the chairman for the time being.<br />
A. revealed B. frequent C. lively D. accessible<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: It was inevitable that the smaller company should merge with the larger one.<br />
A. vital B. unnecessary C. urgent D. unavoidable<br />
Question 8: From an airplane, the grasslands of the western prairie appear almost as uniform as a placid<br />
sea.<br />
A. hilly B. calm C. seedy D. fake<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - Linda: “ _____________ ” - Sally: “Bob? Oh. He’s come back again.”<br />
A. Has Bob been here? I’ve been looking for him all day.<br />
B. People say Bob has divorced his <strong>thi</strong>rd wife.<br />
C. Yes, certainly. Bob will be here in a moment.<br />
D. Someone called you last night. His name was Bob.<br />
Question 10: - Lisa: “How are <strong>thi</strong>ngs with Sarah?” - Mary: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. Not so good. They had a new ma<strong>chi</strong>ne.<br />
B. Yes, certainly. She’l! be here in a moment.<br />
C. Of course. We’re going to have a lovely autumn.<br />
D. Fine. She’s just come back from Vietnam.<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: It is a biological fact that <strong>chi</strong>ldren _____________ their parents.<br />
A. take after B. take to C. look up D. care for<br />
Question 12: The Cosmonaut Training Center at Star City, Russia was named _____________ Gagarin.<br />
A. to B. with C. by D. after<br />
Question 13: _____________ taught me how to play the guitar.<br />
A. It was my uncle whom<br />
B. It was my uncle<br />
C. it is my uncle when<br />
D. It was my uncle that<br />
Question 14: _____________ species are plant and animal species which are in danger of extinction.<br />
A. Dangerously B. Endangered C. Endanger D. Dangerous<br />
Question 15: It’s very warm. We _____________ take coats with us.<br />
A. needn’t B. may C. mustn’t D. must<br />
Question 16: We have just bought some _____________ cups.<br />
A. Chinese old lovely B. old lovely Chinese C. lovely old Chinese D. Chinese lovely old<br />
Question 17: No one gave you any gift on your birthday, _____________ ?<br />
A. didn’t them B. did it C. didn’t they D. did they<br />
Question 18: All fossil fuels are _____________ resources that cannot be replaced after used.<br />
A. abundant B. renewable C. plentiful D. non-renewable<br />
Question 19: It gets _____________ when the winter is coming.<br />
A. more and more cold B. colder and colder<br />
C. cold and colder D. cold and less cold<br />
Question 20: Their house is _____________ decorated.<br />
A. beautify B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beauty<br />
Question 21: I would like to _____________ my gratitude to everyone for their hard work.<br />
A. expand B. extend C. express D. enlarge<br />
Question 22: Looking down at the coral reef, we saw _____________ of tiny, multi-coloured fish.<br />
A. teams B. flocks C. shoals D. swarms<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
LIFE OF EARTH IN 2110<br />
The worst prediction for the next century (23) _____________ the weather. Many people <strong>thi</strong>nk that<br />
global warming will cause important environmental changes. There is scientific evidence that suggests<br />
cities on the coast may disappear if the sea level (24) _____________ There is better news regarding<br />
health. Medical advances mean that people will live longer. Doctors will be more successfully diagnosing<br />
an illness (25) _____________ of new technology. Infective diseases will disappear in many areas of the<br />
world and new drugs will be how to treat muscular aches and pains. Futuristic organ transplants will be<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
easier. Technological progress will give experts the (26) _____________ to manufacture invisibility<br />
cloaks, which may be (27) _____________ the market before the end of the century.<br />
Question 23: A. concerns B. participates C. contacts D. relates<br />
Question 24: A. roars B. lifts C. rises D. raises<br />
Question 25: A. because B. approving C. regardless D. in spite<br />
Question 26: A. love B. chance C. tool D. power<br />
Question 27: A. at B. in C. to D. on<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
The days of the camera-toting tourist may be numbered. Insensitive travelers are being ordered to stop<br />
pointing their cameras and camcorders at reluctant local residents. Tour companies selling expensive trips<br />
to remote comers of the world, off the well-trodden path of the average tourist, have become increasingly<br />
irritated at the sight of the visitors upsetting locals. Now one such operator plans to ban clients from<br />
taking any photographic equipment on holidays. Julian Mathews is the director of Discovery Initiatives, a<br />
company that is working hand-in-hand with other organizations to offer holidays combining high<br />
adventure with working on environmental projects. His trips are not cheap; two weeks of white-water<br />
rafting and monitoring wildlife in Canada cost several thousand pounds.<br />
Matthews says he is providing ‘holidays without guilt’, insisting that Discovery Initiatives is not a tour<br />
operator but an environmental support company. Clients are referred to as ‘participants’ or ‘ambassadors’.<br />
‘We see ourselves as the next step on from cco-tourism, which is merely a passive form, of sensitive<br />
travel - our approach is more proactive.’ However, says Matthews, there is a price to pay. ‘I am planning<br />
to introduce tours with a total ban on cameras and camcorders because of the damage they do to our<br />
relationships with local people. I have seen some horrendous <strong>thi</strong>ngs, such as a group of six tourists<br />
arriving at a remote village in the South American jungle, each with a video camera attached to their face.<br />
That sort of <strong>thi</strong>ng tears me up inside. Would you like somebody to come into your home and take a photo<br />
of you cooking? A camera is like a weapon; it puts up a barrier and you lose all the communication that<br />
comes through body language, which effectively means that the host communities are denied access to<br />
the so-called cultural exchange.<br />
Matthews started organizing environmental holidays after a scientific expedition for young people. He<br />
subsequently founded Discovery Expeditions, which has helped support 13 projects worldwide. With the<br />
launch of Discovery Initiatives, he is placing a greater emphasis on adventure and fun, omitting in the<br />
brochure all references to scientific research. But his rules of conduct are strict. ‘In some parts of the<br />
world, for instance, I tell people they should wear long trousers, not shorts, and wear a tie, when eating<br />
out. It may sound dictatorial, but I find one has a better experience if one is well dressed. I don’t<br />
understand why people dress down when they go to other countries.’<br />
Matthews’ views reflect a growing unease among some tour companies at the increasingly cavalier<br />
behaviour of well-heeled tourists. Chris Parrott, of Journey Latin America, says: ‘We tell our clients that<br />
indigenous people are often shy about being photographed, but we certainly don’t tell them not to take a<br />
camera. If they take pictures without asking, they may have tomatoes thrown at them.’ He also reports<br />
that increasing numbers of clients are taking camcorders and pointing them indiscriminately at locals. He<br />
says: ‘People with camcorders tend to be more intrusive than those with cameras, but there is a payoff -<br />
the people they are filming get a tremendous thrill from seeing themselves played back on the<br />
viewfinder.’<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Crispin Jones, of Exodus, the overland truck specialist, says: ‘We don’t have a policy but, should<br />
cameras cause offence, our tour leaders will make it quite clear that they cannot be used. Clients tend to<br />
do what they are told.<br />
Earthwatch, which pioneered the concept of proactive eco-tourism by sending paying volunteers to<br />
work on scientific projects around the world, does not ban cameras, but operates strict rules on their use.<br />
Ed Wilson, the marketing director of the company, says: ‘We try to impress on people the common<br />
courtesy of getting permission before using their cameras, and one would hope that every tour operator<br />
would do the same. People have to be not only environmentally aware but also culturally aware. Some<br />
people use the camera as a barrier; it allows them to distance themselves from the reality of what they see.<br />
I would like to see tourists putting their cameras away for once, rather than trying to record every<strong>thi</strong>ng<br />
they see.’<br />
Question 28: The word “indigenous” in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to<br />
A. timid B. native C. ignorant D. impoverished<br />
Question 29: Which of the following does Chris Parrott believe?<br />
A. Local people may react angrily towards tourists who use cameras<br />
B. Tourists are becoming more sensitive about their use of cameras.<br />
C. Camcorders always cause more trouble with local people than cameras<br />
D. Tourists are unlikely to agree to travel without their cameras.<br />
Question 30: In the first paragraph we learn that Discovery Initiatives<br />
A. organizes trips to places where few tourists go<br />
B. offers trips that no other tour company offers<br />
C. has decided to respond to its customers’ complaints<br />
D. has already succeeded in changing the kind of tourist it attracts<br />
Question 31: Which of the following best summarizes the view of Earthwatch?<br />
A. There are more problems concerning the use of cameras these days.<br />
B. Cameras enable people to be detached from places they visit.<br />
C. Too many tour operators ignore the problems caused by cameras.<br />
D. Most tourists realize when they have caused offence to local people.<br />
Question 32: The word “courtesy” in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to<br />
A. dignity B. politeness C. nobility D. elite<br />
Question 33: What does Matthews say in paragraph 3 about cameras and camcorders?<br />
A. They prevent local people from learning about other societies.<br />
B. They encourage holidaymakers to behave unpredictable<br />
C. They discourage holidaymakers from intruding on local people.<br />
D. They give local people a false impression of holidaymakers.<br />
Question 34: What is Matthews keen for clients to realize?<br />
A. that the brochure does not contain all the information they need.<br />
B. that certain behavior may spoil their enjoyment of a trip.<br />
C. that it is likely that they will not be allowed in certain places.<br />
D. that they may find certain local customs rather surprising.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
There are two main hypotheses when it comes to explaining the emergence of modem humans. The<br />
‘Out of Africa’ theory holds that homo sapiens burst onto the scene as a new species around 150,000 to<br />
200,000 years ago in Africa and subsequently replaced archaic humans such as the Neandertals. The other<br />
model, known as multi-regional evolution or regional continuity, posits far more ancient and diverse roots<br />
for our kind. Proponents of <strong>thi</strong>s view believe that homo sapiens arose in Africa some 2 million years ago<br />
and evolved as a single species spread across the Old World, with populations in different regions linked<br />
through genetic and cultural exchange.<br />
Of these two models, Out of Africa, which was originally developed based on fossil evidence, and<br />
supported by much genetic research, has been favored by the majority of evolution scholars. The vast<br />
majority of these genetic studies have focused on DNA from living populations, and although some small<br />
progress has been made in recovering DNA from Neandertal that appears to support multi-regionalism,<br />
the chance of recovering nuclear DNA from early human fossils is quite slim at present. Fossils thus<br />
remain very much a part of the human origins debate.<br />
Another means of gathering theoretical evidence is through bones. Examinations of early modem<br />
human skulls from Central Europe and Australia dated to between 20,000 and 30,000 years old have<br />
suggested that both groups apparently exhibit traits seen in their Middle Eastern and African<br />
predecessors. But the early modem specimens from Central Europe also display Neandertal traits, and the<br />
early modem Australians showed affinities to archaic Homoffom Indonesia. Meanwhile, the debate<br />
among paleoanthropologists continues, as supporters of the two hypotheses challenge the evidence and<br />
conclusions of each other.<br />
Question 35: The passage primarily discusses which of the following?<br />
A. Evidence that supports the “Out of Africa” theory.<br />
B. Two hypotheses and some evidence on the human origins debate<br />
C. The difficulties in obtaining agreement among theorists on the human origins debate<br />
D. That fossils remain very much a part of the human origins debate<br />
(Source: www.coursehero.com)<br />
Question 36: The word “emergence” in the passage is closest in meaning to _____________<br />
A. complexity B. development C. appearance D. decline<br />
Question 37: All of the following statements are true EXCEPT _____________<br />
A. three methods of gathering evidence are mentioned in the passage<br />
B. the multi-regional model goes back further in history<br />
C. the “Out of Africa” model has had more support from scholars<br />
D. DNA studies offer one of the best ways in future to provide clear evidence<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: Which of the following is NOT true?<br />
A. The vast majority of genetic studies have focused on living populations<br />
B. Early modem human skulls all support the same conclusions<br />
C. Both hypotheses focus on Africa as a location for the new species<br />
D. Early modem Australian skulls have similarities to those from Indonesia<br />
Question 39: The word “their” in the passage refers to _____________<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
A. Middle Easterners and Africans B. skulls<br />
C. central Europeans and Australians D. traits<br />
Question 40: Which of the following is NOT true about the two hypotheses?<br />
A. Both hypotheses regard Neanderthals to be the predecessors of modem humans<br />
B. Genetic studies have supported both hypotheses<br />
C. Both hypotheses cite Africa as an original location<br />
D. One hypothesis dates the emergence of homo sapiens much earlier than the other<br />
Question 41: It can be inferred from the passage that _____________<br />
A. there is likely to be an end to the debate in the near future<br />
B. the debate will interest historians to take part in<br />
C. the debate is likely to be less important in future<br />
D. there is little likelihood that the debate will die down<br />
Question 42: According to the passage, the multi-regional evolution model posits far more diverse roots<br />
for our kind because _____________<br />
A. evidence from examinations of early modem human skulls has come from a number of different<br />
parts of the world.<br />
B. DNA from Neanderthal appears to support multi-regionalism<br />
C. populations in different regions were linked through genetic and cultural exchange<br />
D. <strong>thi</strong>s has been supported by fossil evidence<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: It is likely that the council will convene next week.<br />
A. The council must convene next week<br />
B. The council can’t convene next week.<br />
C. The council will not convene next week.<br />
D. The council may convene next week.<br />
Question 44: First impression on university life varies from student to student.<br />
A. University life makes the students vary in impression.<br />
B. No two students share the same experience at the university.<br />
C. Each student has his/her own first impression on university life.<br />
D. Students hold different viewpoints on university life.<br />
Question 45: “You are a newcomer here, aren’t you?” she asked me.<br />
A. She wanted to know why I did not come here again.<br />
B. She asked me whether I was a newcomer there.<br />
C. She did not know that I am the newcomer.<br />
D. She told me she was a newcomer in that place.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: (A) When precipitation occurs, (B) some of it evaporates, some runs off (C) the surface it<br />
strikes, and some (D) sinking into the ground.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 47: (A) What happened in that city (B) were a reaction from city workers, (C) including<br />
firemen and policemen who had been laid off from (D) their jobs.<br />
Question 48: (A) Opened the letter (B) from her boyfriend, she (C) felt extremely (D) excited.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: The Postal Service used the Roman god Mercury as its symbol. This was replaced in 1837<br />
with a running pony.<br />
A. The Postal Service, which used the Roman god Mercury as its symbol, was replaced in 1837 with a<br />
running pony.<br />
B. The Postal Service used the Roman god Mercury as its symbol, which was replaced in<br />
1837 with a running pony.<br />
C. The Postal Service, that was replaced in 1837 with a running pony, used the Roman god Mercury as<br />
its symbol.<br />
D. The Postal Service used a running pony as its symbol, which was replaced in 1837 with the Roman<br />
god Mercury.<br />
Question 50: The most successful candidates are not always the best educated. They are the best trained<br />
in the technique.<br />
A. The most successful candidates are the best at training in the technique, if not they will need<br />
education.<br />
B. The most successful candidates are people who are trained well in the technique, although well<br />
educated.<br />
C. The most successful candidates are not only the best educated but also the best trained in the<br />
technique.<br />
D. The most successful candidates are not always the best educated, but the best trained in the<br />
technique.<br />
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án B D B C A A D B D D<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án A D D B A C D D B C<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án C C A C A B D B A D<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án B B A A B C D B C A<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D C D C B D B A A D<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
<strong>38</strong><br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. needed B. stopped C. provided D. naked<br />
Question 2: A. teach B. break C. deal D. clean<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3: A. notify B. advocate C. influence D. interfere<br />
Question 4: A. royal B. unique C. remote D. extreme<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: I’d like to pay some money into my bank account.<br />
A. withdraw some money from B. put some money into<br />
C. give some money out D. leave some money aside<br />
Question 6: She was unhappy that she lost contact with a lot of her old friends when she went abroad to<br />
study.<br />
A. made room for B. put in charge of<br />
C. got in touch with D. lost control of<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: One of the main goals of WHO is conducting research on medical development and health<br />
care.<br />
A. going by B. giving away C. carrying out D. looking up<br />
Question 8: Because their birthdays occurred in the same month, they shared a birthday party.<br />
A. did B. spared C. merited D. experienced together<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: Mary: “It’s a nice day today. Let’s play a game of tennis. - Linda: _____________<br />
A. Will we not play? B. Why do I have to play it?<br />
C. Why not? D. Shall I make a cup of tea?<br />
Question 10: John is talking to his wife, Mary.<br />
- John: “Put the kettle on, will you?” - Mary: “ _____________ ”<br />
A. Yes, but I am busy. B. I’ll have a go.<br />
C. Not at all. Go ahead. D. Your wish is my command.<br />
( PC WEB )
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: One of the most difficult decisions young adults face is what to do for a(n) ____________.<br />
A. work B. lifestyle C. living D. existence<br />
Question 12: Is Helen _____________ the hotel reservations for us?<br />
A. being made B. to be making C. to be made D. going to make<br />
Question 13: I <strong>thi</strong>nk it’s safer to go on a package _____________ than make my own travel<br />
arrangements.<br />
A. travel B. journey C. cruise D. holiday<br />
Question 14: The minimum _____________ for the post was a degree in education.<br />
A. requiring B. required C. require D. requirement<br />
Question 15: “I wouldn’t buy that dress if I were you; it isn’t in _____________ - “You’re right, it<br />
probably doesn’t suit me either.”<br />
A. fashion B. mode C. style D. trend<br />
Question 16: I’m not completely _____________ with the way the hairdresser styled my hair.<br />
A. satisfied B. satisfying C. satisfyingly D. satisfaction<br />
Question 17: Peter _____________ a book when I saw him.<br />
A. is reading B. has been reading C. read D. was reading<br />
Question 18: My car isn’t xcxc . It’s always letting me down.<br />
A. believable B. reliable C. colorable D. conceivable<br />
Question 19: The lecture was so boring that John could hardly keep himself _____________ asleep.<br />
A. of falling B. to falling C. from falling D. in falling<br />
Question 20: He can borrow <strong>thi</strong>s CD _____________ he gives it back to me by Thursday.<br />
A. unless B. in case C. as long D. provided<br />
Question 21: This book provides students _____________ useful tips that help them to pass the coming<br />
exam.<br />
A. at B. about C. for D. with<br />
Question 22: The team had been trying to win the competition for years. Last year they finally<br />
_____________<br />
A. carried away B. carried it on C. brought it off D. brought it on<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Education and Employment<br />
All men should study, we have to study to (23) _____________ our knowledge and develop our<br />
intelligence. An uneducated man can only utilize his (24) _____________ strength to work and live.<br />
An educated man, without <strong>thi</strong>s strength, still has the faculty of his intelligent brain and good reflection.<br />
This intelligence and thought enable him to help his physical strength to act more quickly and cleverly.<br />
In a same profession or work, the educated man differs from the uneducated considerably. Therefore,<br />
intellectual workers have to study, <strong>thi</strong>s is a matter of course but (25) _____________ workers must also<br />
(26) _____________ an education.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
In civilized countries compulsory education has been applied. Man must spend seven or eight<br />
years studying. From ploughmen to labourers in these nations, no one is (27) _____________ to read a<br />
book or a paper fluently.<br />
Question 23: A. last B. stretch C. enlarge D.increase<br />
Question 24: A. body B. power C. labour D. brain<br />
Question 25: A. simple B. easy C. hard D. manual<br />
Question 26: A. learn B. study C. acquire D.know<br />
Question 27: A. able B. unable C. not D. never<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant<br />
language of international communication, English as we know it today emerged around 1350, after<br />
having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following the Norman invasion of<br />
1066, Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken only in England and had not expanded even<br />
as far as Wales, Scotland, or Ireland. However, during the course of the next two century, English began<br />
to spread around the globe as a result of expl orati on, trade (inc 1 uding slave trade), colonization, and<br />
missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English, speakers became established and grew in various parts<br />
of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of<br />
international business, banking, and diplomacy.<br />
Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is in English.<br />
Two <strong>thi</strong>rds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology,<br />
advertising, media, international airport, and air traffic controllers. Today there are more than 700 million<br />
English users in the world, and over half of these are non-native speakers, constituting the largest number<br />
of non-native users than any other language in the world.<br />
Question 28: What is the main topic of the passage?<br />
A. The number of non-native users of English.<br />
B. The French influence on the English language.<br />
C. The expansion of English as an international language.<br />
D. The use of English for science and technology.<br />
Question 29: In the first paragraph, the word “emerged” is closest in meaning to<br />
A. appeared B. hailed C. frequented D. engaged<br />
Question 30: In the first paragraph, the word “elements” is closest in meaning to<br />
A. declaration B. features C. curiosities D. customs<br />
Question 31: Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England? _____________<br />
A. In 1066 B. around 1350 C. before 1600 D. after 1600<br />
Question 32: According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread of English<br />
around the world EXCEPT _____________ .<br />
A. the slave trade B. the Norman invasion<br />
C. missionaries D. colonization<br />
Question 33: In the second paragraph, the word “stored” is closest in meaning to _____________ .<br />
A. bought B. saved C. spent D. valued<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 34: According to the passage, approximately how many non-native users of English are there in<br />
the world today ? _____________ .<br />
A. a quarter million B. half a million<br />
C. 350 million D. 700 million<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
We find that bright <strong>chi</strong>ldren are rarely held back by mixed-ability tea<strong>chi</strong>ng. On the contrary, both their<br />
knowledge and experience are enriched. We feel that there are many disadvantages in Streaming pupils-<br />
It does not take into account the fact that <strong>chi</strong>ldren develop at different rates. It can have a bad effect on<br />
both the bright and the not-so-bright <strong>chi</strong>ld. After all, it can be quite discouraging to be at the bottom of the<br />
top grade!<br />
Besides, it is rather unreal to grade people just according to their intellectual ability. This is only one<br />
aspect of their total personality. We are concerned to develop the abilities of all our pupils to the full, not<br />
just their academic ability. We also value personal qualities and social skills, and we find that mixedability<br />
tea<strong>chi</strong>ng contributes to all these aspects of learning.<br />
In our classroom, we work in various ways. The pupils often work in groups; <strong>thi</strong>s gives them the<br />
opportunity to learn to co-operate, to share, and to develop leadership skills. They also learn how to cope<br />
with the personal problems as well as learning how to <strong>thi</strong>nk, to make decisions, to analyze and evaluate,<br />
to communicate effectively. The pupils learn from each other as well as from the teachers.<br />
Sometimes the pupils work in pairs; sometimes they work on individual tasks and assignments, they can<br />
do <strong>thi</strong>s at their own speed. They also have some formal class tea<strong>chi</strong>ng when <strong>thi</strong>s is appropriate. We<br />
encourage our pupils to use the library, and we teach them the skills they need in order to do <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
effectively. An advanced pupil can do advanced works; it does not matter what age the <strong>chi</strong>ld is. We<br />
expect our pupils to do their best, not their least, and we give them every encouragement to attain <strong>thi</strong>s<br />
goal.<br />
(Source: Business English Integrated Course 1, Passage 4)<br />
Question 35: The phrase “held back” in paragraph 1 means _____________ .<br />
A. forced to study in lower classes<br />
B. made to remain in the same classes<br />
C. prevented from advancing<br />
D. made to lag behind<br />
Question 36: The author argues that a teacher’s <strong>chi</strong>ef concern should be the development of the pupils’<br />
_____________ .<br />
A. learning ability and communicative skills<br />
B. intellectual abilities<br />
C. personal and social skills<br />
D. total personality<br />
Question 37: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?<br />
A. Group work provides the pupils with the opportunity to learn to be capable organizers.<br />
B. Group work gives pupils the opportunity to learn to work together with others.<br />
C. Pupils also learn how to participate in tea<strong>chi</strong>ng activities.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
D. Pupils also learn to develop their reasoning ability.<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: Which of the following statements can best summarize the main idea of the passage?<br />
A. The aim of the education is to find out how to teach the bright and not -so-bright pupils<br />
B. Various ways of tea<strong>chi</strong>ng should be encouraged in class<br />
C. Children, in general, develop at different rates<br />
D. Bright <strong>chi</strong>ldren do benefit from mixed- ability tea<strong>chi</strong>ng<br />
Question 39: According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?<br />
A. Pupils cannot develop in the best way if they arc streamed into classes of different intellectual<br />
abilities<br />
B. There is no fixed method in tea<strong>chi</strong>ng pupils to develop themselves to the full<br />
C. Development of pupils as individuals is not the aim of group work<br />
D. It’s not good for a bright <strong>chi</strong>ld to find out that he performs worst in a mixed-ability class<br />
Question 40: According to the passage, which of the following is an advantage of mixed ability tea<strong>chi</strong>ng?<br />
A. Formal class tea<strong>chi</strong>ng is the important way to give pupils essential skills such as those to be used in<br />
the library.<br />
B. Pupils can be hindered from an all-round development<br />
C. A pupil can be at the bottom of a class<br />
D. Pupils as individuals always have the opportunities to work on their own<br />
Question 41: According to the passage, “streaming pupils" _____________ .<br />
A. will help the pupils learn best<br />
B. is quite discouraging<br />
C. is the act of putting pupils into class according to their academic abilities<br />
D. aims at enri<strong>chi</strong>ng both their knowledge and experience<br />
Question 42: According to the author, mixed-ability tea<strong>chi</strong>ng is more preferable because ____________.<br />
A. its aim at developing the <strong>chi</strong>ldren’s total personality<br />
B. <strong>chi</strong>ldren can learn to work with each other to solve personal problems<br />
C. formal class tea<strong>chi</strong>ng is appropriate<br />
D. it doesn’t have disadvantages as in streaming pupils<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Question 43: People <strong>thi</strong>nk that increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases will<br />
inevitably lead to global warming.<br />
A. Global warming is thought to result in increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse<br />
gases.<br />
B. Increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases is thought to be responsible for<br />
global warming.<br />
C. Increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases is attributed to global warming.<br />
D. Global warming is blamed for increasing levels of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases.<br />
Question 44: John no longer drinks a lot.<br />
A. John rarely drank a lot<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. John used to drink a lot.<br />
C. John didn’t use to drink a lot.<br />
D. John now drinks a lot.<br />
Question 45: ‘Stop smoking or you’ll be ill,’ the doctor told me.<br />
A. I was ordered not to smoke to recover from illness.<br />
B. The doctor advised me to give up smoking to avoid illness.<br />
C. The doctor suggested smoking to treat illness.<br />
D. I was warned against smoking a lot of cigarettes.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: Some people (A) believe that humans will (B) never (C) use away all the (D) natural<br />
resources of our Earth.<br />
Question 47: Amelia Earhart, the first woman (A) to fly solo across (B) the Atlantic, disappeared (C) on<br />
June 1937 while (D) attempting to fly around the world.<br />
Question 48: (A) Owing to their superior skill, (B) highly competitive athletes (C) have been known to<br />
win contests and break records even (D) when suffered from injuries, physical disorders, and infections.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, Q, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: I strongly disapproved of your behavior. However, I will help you <strong>thi</strong>s time.<br />
A. Despite of my strong disapproval of your behavior, I will help you <strong>thi</strong>s time.<br />
B. Despite my strong disapproval of your behavior, I will help you <strong>thi</strong>s time.<br />
C. Because of your behavior, I will help you <strong>thi</strong>s time.<br />
D. Although I strongly disapproved of your behavior, but I will help you <strong>thi</strong>s time.<br />
Question 50: He is very intelligent. He can solve all the problems in no time.<br />
A. So intelligent a student is he that he can solve all the problems in no time.<br />
B. So intelligent is he that he can solve all the problems in no time.<br />
C. An intelligent student is he that he can solve all the problems in no time.<br />
D. He is very intelligent that he can solve all the problems in no time.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án B B D A A C C D C D<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án C D D D A A D B C D<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D C D A D C B C A B<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án D B B C C D C B A D<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án C A B B B C C D B B<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )
( PC WEB )<br />
Trang 8/7
ĐỀ SỐ<br />
39<br />
Đề <strong>thi</strong> <strong>gồm</strong> 06<br />
trang<br />
BỘ ĐỀ THI THPT QUỐC GIA CHUẨN CẤU TRÚC BỘ GIÁO DỤC & ĐÀO<br />
TẠO<br />
Môn: TIẾNG ANH<br />
Thời gian làm bài: 50 phút<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part<br />
differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 1: A. events B. teams C. medals D. games<br />
Question 2: A. cool B. hood C. fool D. boot<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other<br />
three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions<br />
Question 3:A. recipient B. satisfaction C. continual D. gymnasium<br />
Question 4:A. parrot B. apply C. leopard D. panda<br />
Mark the letter A. B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning<br />
to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 5: A salesman finally managed to persuade her into buying a skirt that she really didn’t like.<br />
A. convince her of B. talk her out of<br />
C. look upon on her D. turn down her<br />
Question 6: The wealthy man stood idly by while the poor people starved.<br />
A. did some<strong>thi</strong>ng to help B. indulged in medicines<br />
C. worked hard . got nervous<br />
Mark the letter A, B( C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to<br />
the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 7: It’s not my cup of tea.<br />
A. the kind of <strong>thi</strong>ng I like B. my field of study<br />
C. my responsibility D. my best choice<br />
Question 8: You have to be on your toes if you want to beat her.<br />
A. pay all your attention to what you are doing<br />
B. upset her in what she is doing<br />
C. get involved in what she is doing<br />
D. make her comply with your orders<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each<br />
of the following exchanges.<br />
Question 9: - “By the time I’m 30, I’ll be a millionaire and married to a supermodel.”<br />
- “ _____________ ”<br />
A. Yes, take care! B. In your dreams! C. Hands off! D. Oh, what a shame!<br />
Question 10: David and Mary are in the canteen.<br />
-David: “Here’s a small gift for your birthday. It’s some<strong>thi</strong>ng I know you like”<br />
-Mary: “ _____________ ”<br />
( PC WEB )
A. You are absent-minded but how can you know the gift I like?<br />
B. So did you remember my birthday! Thank you so much!<br />
C. You may be right but I don’t like it much.<br />
D. I don’t know. How much did you pay for it?<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the<br />
following questions.<br />
Question 11: _____________ at school yesterday when we were informed that there was no class due to<br />
a sudden power cut.<br />
A. We have hardly arrived B. We had arrived hardly<br />
C. Hardly we had arrived D. Hardly had we arrived<br />
Question 12: Such characters as fairies or witches in Walt Disney animated cartoons are purely ______ .<br />
A. imaginary B. imaginative C. imagining D. imaginable<br />
Question 13: I _____________ Tom with me if I had known you and he didn’t get along well with each<br />
other.<br />
A. didn’t bring B. won’t bring<br />
C. hadn’t brought D. wouldn’t have brought<br />
Question 14: This project _____________ by the end of <strong>thi</strong>s month.<br />
A. will have been finished B. will be finishing<br />
C. will finished D. will have finished<br />
Question 15: We are having our wedding invitations _____________ in London<br />
A. to print B. print C. printed D. printing<br />
Question 16: He _____________ the plants. If he had, they wouldn’t have died.<br />
A. needn’t have watered B. can’t have watered<br />
C. shouldn’t water D. couldn’t water<br />
Question 17: It’s important to know about how developed countries have solved the urbanization<br />
problems and _____________ some solutions to those in Vietnam.<br />
A. <strong>thi</strong>nk B. advise C. expect D. propose<br />
Question 18: Her first novel has been _____________ acclaimed as a masterpiece.<br />
A. nation B. national C. international D. internationally<br />
Question 19: People have used coal and oil to _____________ electricity for a long time.<br />
A. cultivate B. breed C. raise D. generate<br />
Question 20: As the clouds drifted away, the pattern of the fields was clearly _____________ from a<br />
height.<br />
A. apparent B. visible C. foreseeable D. evident<br />
Question 21: The energy _____________ from the sun is renewable and environmentally-friendly.<br />
A. harnessing B. is harnessed C. which harnessed D. harnessed<br />
Question 22: Don’t worry. He’ll do the job as _____________ as possible.<br />
A. economizing B. economic C. economical D. economically<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 23 to 27.<br />
Trang 2/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Millions of people of all ages enjoy a hobby which is both interesting (23) _____________ fun. And<br />
every year, more and more people start a stamp collection on their own and discover an interest which can<br />
last a lifetime. Starting your collection is easy (24) _____________ stamps can be found everywhere.<br />
Holiday postcards from friends, birthday cards from relatives and letters from pen pals can all (25 )<br />
_____________ you with stamps from all over the world. But once you have started collecting (26)<br />
_____________ , you will probably want to join the Stamp Collectors’ Club (27) _____________ exists<br />
to provide collectors with new British stamps.<br />
Question 23: A. also B. at C. or D. and<br />
Question 24: A. moreover B. although C. furthermore D. because<br />
Question 25: A. take B. consider C. give D. provide<br />
Question 26: A. seriously B. competitively C. greatly D. attractively<br />
Question 27: A. where B. which C. what D. when<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 28 to 34.<br />
The Hindu culture celebrates marriage as a pure and pristine rite enabling two individuals start their<br />
journey of life together. It puts emphasis on the values of happiness, harmony and growth and could be<br />
traced back from the Vedic times.<br />
Months before the wedding ceremony, an engagement is held which is called “magni”. The couple is<br />
blessed here with gifts, jewelry and clothes. Another important ritual is the “mehendi which is a paste<br />
made from the leaves of henna plant. It is the traditional art of adorning the hands and the feet of the<br />
bride with mehendi and the name of the groom is also hidden in the design.<br />
On the day of marriage, the couple exchanges garlands as a gesture of acceptance of one another and a<br />
pledge to respect one another as partners which is known as “jaimala”. This is followed by “kanyadaan”,<br />
where the father of the bride places her hand in the groom's hand requesting him to accept her as an equal<br />
partner.<br />
Another ritual is the “havan” in which the couple invokes Agni, the god of Fire, to witness their<br />
commitment to each other. Crushed sandalwood, herbs, sugar rice and oil are offered to the ceremonial<br />
fire. The “gath bandhan” takes place where scarves of the bride and groom are tied together symbolizing<br />
their eternal bond.This signifies their pledge before God to love each other and remain loyal. The couple<br />
then takes four “mangal pheras” or walk around the ceremonial fire, representing four goals in life:<br />
“Dharma”, religious and moral duties; “Artha”, prosperity; “Kama” earthly pleasures; “Moksha”, spiritual<br />
salvation.<br />
The couple also takes seven steps together to begin their journey, called the “saptapardi”. Then the<br />
ritual of “sindoor” takes place where the groom applies a small dot of vermilion, a red powder to the<br />
bride’s forehead and welcomes her as his partner for life. This signifies the completion of the marriage.<br />
The parents of the bride and the groom then give their blessings, “ashirwad” to the newly wed couple as<br />
they touch the feet of their parents.<br />
Question 28: What might be the most suitable title for <strong>thi</strong>s reading passage?<br />
A. The Hindu culture B. The Hindu religion<br />
C. The Hindu wedding D. The Hindu tradition<br />
Question 29: What does the word “magni” stand for?<br />
A. the wedding<br />
Trang 3/7<br />
( PC WEB )
B. the paste made from the leave of one another<br />
C. the engagement<br />
D. the gesture of acceptance of one another<br />
Question 30: What do the Hindu people <strong>thi</strong>nk about marriage?<br />
A. It is entirely a spiritual traditional ritual allowing two individuals to live together.<br />
B. It is a belief in the growth of a family newly formed by two individuals.<br />
C. It is a wish of happiness and harmony to come to two individuals.<br />
D. It is just a living-together announcement of two individuals.<br />
Question 31: What can the word “adorning” be best replaced by?<br />
A. decorating B. painting C. repairing D. dying<br />
Question 32: What can the word “invokes” be best replaced by?<br />
A. tells B. says C. prays D. talks<br />
Question 33: Why does the couple exchange garlands?<br />
A. to do a ritual<br />
B. to show both their acceptance of and the swear to respect the partner.<br />
C. to express their acceptance of one another and a wish of happiness.<br />
D. to express their vow to respect each other for the whole life.<br />
Question 34: When is the wedding ceremony completed?<br />
A. When the parents of the bride and the groom give their blessings to the couple.<br />
B. When the couple touches their parents’ feet.<br />
C. When the couple makes seven steps together.<br />
D. When the groom applies a small dot of Vermillion of the bride’s forehead.<br />
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the<br />
correct answer to each of the questions from 35 to 42.<br />
Harvard University, today recognized as part of the top echelon of the world’s universities, came from<br />
very inauspicious and humble beginning.<br />
This oldest of American universities was founded in 1636, just sixteen years after the Pilgrims landed at<br />
Plymouth. Included in the Puritan emigrants to the Massachusetts colony during <strong>thi</strong>s period were more<br />
than 100 graduates of England’s prestigious Oxford and Cambridge universities, and these universities<br />
graduates in the New World were determined that their sons would have the same educational<br />
opportunities that they themselves had had. Because of <strong>thi</strong>s support in the colony for an institution of<br />
higher learning, the General Court of Massachusetts appropriated 400 pounds for a college in October of<br />
1636 and early the following year decided on a parcel of land for the school; <strong>thi</strong>s land was in an area<br />
called Newetowne, which was later renamed Cambridge after its English cousin and is the site of the<br />
present-day university.<br />
When a young minister named John Harvard, who came from the neighboring town of Charlestowne,<br />
died from tuberculosis in 16<strong>38</strong>, he willed half of his estate of 1,700 pounds to the fledgling college. In<br />
spite of the fact that only half of the bequest was actually paid, the General Court named the college after<br />
the minister in appreciation for what he had done. The amount of the bequest may not have been large,<br />
particularly by today’s standard, but it was more than the General Court had found it necessary to<br />
appropriate in order to open the college.<br />
Trang 4/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Henry Dunster was appointed the first president of Harvard in 1640, and it should be noted that in<br />
addition to serving as president, he was also the entire faculty, with an entering freshmen class of four<br />
students. Although the staff did expand somewhat, for the first century of its existence the entire tea<strong>chi</strong>ng<br />
staff consisted of the president and three or four tutors.<br />
Question 35: The main idea of <strong>thi</strong>s passage is that _____________ .<br />
A. Harvard University developed under the auspices of the General Court of Massachusetts<br />
B. What is today a great university started out small<br />
C. John Harvard was key to the development of a great university<br />
D. Harvard is one of the world’s most prestigious universities.<br />
Question 36: The passage indicates that Harvard is _____________<br />
A. one of the oldest universities in the world<br />
B. the oldest university in the world<br />
C. one of the oldest universities in America<br />
D. the oldest university in America<br />
Question 37: It can be inferred from the passage that the Puritans who traveled to the Massachusetts<br />
colony were _____________ .<br />
A. rather rich<br />
B. rather well educated<br />
C. rather supportive of the English government<br />
D. rather undemocratic<br />
Question <strong>38</strong>: The pronoun “they” in the second paragraph refers to _____________<br />
A. son<br />
B. university graduates<br />
C. Oxford and Cambridge universities<br />
D. educational opportunities<br />
Question 39: The “pounds” in the second paragraph are probably _____________<br />
A. units of money B. college students<br />
C. types of books D. school campuses<br />
Question 40: Which of the following is NOT mentioned about John Harvard?<br />
A. What he died of B. Where he came from<br />
C. Where he was buried D. How much he bequeathed to Harvard<br />
Question 41: The passage implies that _____________ .<br />
A. Someone else really served as president of Harvard before Henry Dunster<br />
B. Henry Dunster was an ineffective president<br />
C. Henry Dunster spent much of his time as president managing the Harvard faculty<br />
D. The position of president of Harvard was not merely an administrative position in the early years<br />
Question 42: The word “somewhat” in the last paragraph could best be replaced by _____________<br />
A. to and fro B. back and forth C. side by side D. more or less<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is closest in<br />
meaning to each of the following questions.<br />
Trang 5/7<br />
( PC WEB )
Question 43: “I haven’t been very open-minded,” said the manager.<br />
A. The manager promised to be very open-minded.<br />
B. The manager admitted not having been very open-minded.<br />
C. The manager denied having been very open-minded.<br />
D. The manager refused to have been very open-minded.<br />
Question 44: They believe that burning fossil fuels is the main cause of air pollution.<br />
A. It is believed that burning fossil fuels is held responsible for air pollution.<br />
B. Burning fossil fuels is believed to result from air pollution.<br />
C. Burning fossil fuels is believed to have caused high levels of air pollution.<br />
D. It is believed that air pollution is mainly to blame for burning fossil fuels.<br />
Question 45: Nam used to work as a journalist for a local newspaper.<br />
A. Nam enjoyed working as a journalist for a local newspaper.<br />
B. Nam no longer likes the job as a journalist for a local newspaper.<br />
C. Nam has stopped working as a journalist for a local newspaper.<br />
D. Nam refused to work as a journalist for a local newspaper.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs<br />
correction in each of the following questions.<br />
Question 46: The (A) wooden fence (B) surrounded the factory is beginning (C) to fall down because of<br />
(D) the rain.<br />
Question 47: A turtle differs (A) from (B) other reptiles (C) in that its body is encased in a protective<br />
shell of (D) their own.<br />
Question 48: Starfishes and sea ur<strong>chi</strong>ns, (A) members of the e<strong>chi</strong>noderms or (B) spiny skinned animals,<br />
are particularly (C) interested because of (D) their unusual structures.<br />
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best combines each<br />
pair of sentences in the following questions.<br />
Question 49: We arrived at the conference. We realized our reports were still at home.<br />
A. Not until we arrived at the conference did we realize that our reports were still at home<br />
B. We arrived at the conference and realized that our reports are still at home.<br />
C. Not until had we arrived at the conference, we realized our reports were still at home.<br />
D. It was until we arrived at the conference that we realize our reports were still at home.<br />
Question 50: They drove fifteen miles off the main road. Also, they had no<strong>thi</strong>ng to eat for the day.<br />
A. Not only did they drive fifteen miles off the main road but they also had no<strong>thi</strong>ng to eat for the day.<br />
B. Driving fifteen miles off the main road, they eventually had some<strong>thi</strong>ng to eat for the day.<br />
C. They neither drove fifteen miles off the main road nor had any<strong>thi</strong>ng to eat for the day.<br />
D. They drove fifteen miles off the main road until they had some<strong>thi</strong>ng to eat for the day.<br />
Trang 6/7<br />
( PC WEB )
ANSWER KEY<br />
Câu 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10<br />
Đáp án A B B B B A A A B B<br />
Câu 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20<br />
Đáp án D A D A C B D D D B<br />
Câu 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30<br />
Đáp án D D D D D A B C C A<br />
Câu 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 <strong>38</strong> 39 40<br />
Đáp án A C B D B D B B A C<br />
Câu 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50<br />
Đáp án D D B A C B D C A A<br />
Trang 7/7<br />
( PC WEB )